■3qc*K.x*jgtytjBUUi ■ lUji ■lMBP»«3QBwg5^BBMWWWMWI 
 
 2£r?a!i£b l&rabtng* 
 
 
 «.". 
 
 Vil i is'? 
 
 f 
 
 ; L EC T ! ON S f ro ill 
 
 n
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES 
 
 GIFT OF 
 
 PROF. MALBONE W. GRAHAM

 
 SELECTIONS 
 
 FROM THE PROSE WRITINGS OF 
 
 MATTHEW ARNOLD 
 
 Edited with 
 Notes and an Introduction 
 
 BY 
 
 LEWIS E. GATES 
 
 w 
 
 WW 
 
 NEW YORK 
 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
 
 Copyright, 1897, 
 
 BY 
 
 HENRY HOLT & CO.
 
 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 These Selections from Arnold are meant to go with 
 the Selections from Newman already included in Eng- 
 lish Readings. Newman and Arnold were both Oxford 
 men ; both were devoted believers in the academic 
 ideal; both discussed and dealt practically with edu- 
 cational problems, and yet both touched life in many 
 other ways and are remembered as men of letters or 
 leaders of thought, rather than as mere academicians. 
 Although Arnold never imposed himself on his gener- 
 ation as did Newman, never ruled the imaginations 
 of large masses of men, or was so prevailing and 
 picturesque a figure as Newman, yet no less than New- 
 man he represents one distinct phase of nineteenth- 
 century academic culture; from 1855 to 1870 he was 
 probably the man of letters whom the younger genera- 
 tion at Oxford most nearly accepted as their natural 
 spokesman. 
 
 The Selections aim to present, in the briefest possible 
 compass, what is most characteristic in Arnold's criti- 
 cism of literature and life. His conception of the 
 critic was as the guardian of culture, as called upon 
 to pass judgment on the various expressions of life, 
 and especially upon books in their relation to life, 
 and to determine their influence on the temper and 
 ideals of the public. He is to be an adept in life, 
 
 
 691368
 
 iv PREFACE. 
 
 a diviner of the essentials that underlie the multi- 
 form play of human energy ; he must know life inti- 
 mately; and being concerned that life shall have its 
 best quality, he will strive for this perfection not 
 only through what he says about books, but also 
 through direct comment on those modes of living — 
 those ideals — which his analysis and imagination 
 detect as ruling his contemporaries. In obedience 
 to this conception of the critic, Arnold had much 
 to say not only on poetry and belles lettres, but on 
 politics, religion, theology, and the general social con- 
 ditions of his time. The Selections include one or 
 more of his characteristic comments on each of these 
 topics. 
 
 It should also be noted that many of the Selections 
 are complete essays or lectures, not mere extracts. 
 The Function of Criticism at the Present Time is an en- 
 tire essay; On Translating Homer is the entire first 
 lecture on this subject; Oxford and Philistinism and 
 Culture and Anarchy are entire prefaces or introduc- 
 tions; Compulsory Education and " Life a Dream " are 
 entire Letters; Literature and Science and Emerson are 
 entire Discourses — two of the three that Arnold gave 
 repeatedly in America. His Discourses in America 
 stood specially high in Arnold's favor; shortly before 
 his death he spoke of the book as that " by which, of 
 all his prose-writings, he should most wish to be re- 
 membered." 
 
 The Selections are believed also to present Arnold's 
 style adequately throughout its whole range. In some 
 respects his style, despite possible faults of manner 
 that will later be considered, is the best model avail-
 
 PRE FA CE. V 
 
 able for students of prose. It is not so idiosyncratic 
 as are the styles of Carlyle or Mr. Ruskin, not so 
 inimitably individual; it is more conventional and 
 unimpassioned, more expressive of the mood of prose, 
 with little of the color and few of the overtones of 
 poetry. Yet it is an intensely vital style, and every- 
 where exemplifies not simply the logic of good writing, 
 but the intimate correspondence of phrase with thought 
 and mood that great writers of prose continually secure. 
 Individual it therefore is, and yet not arbitrarily or 
 forbiddingly individual. Its merits and possible short- 
 comings are analyzed at length in the Introduction. 
 
 The more important dates in Arnold's life and a list 
 of his main publications are given just after the Intro- 
 duction. ■ A brief sketch of his life may be found in 
 Men of the Time, ed. 1887; a longer, more appreciative 
 sketch, in Eminent Persons, or Biographies reprinted 
 from the Times, vol. iv. Mr. Andrew Lang's article on 
 Arnold, in the Century for April, 1882, also contains 
 much interesting biographical detail. 
 
 Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., 
 August, 1S97.
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Introduction : 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 I. 
 
 Arnold's Manner, 
 
 
 . ix 
 
 II. 
 
 Criticism of Life, 
 
 • 
 
 . . xiv 
 
 III. 
 
 Theory of Culture, 
 
 
 . . xxii 
 
 IV. 
 
 Ethical Bias, 
 
 • 
 
 xxxii 
 
 V. 
 
 Literary Criticism, 
 
 
 xliii 
 
 VI. 
 
 Appreciations, 
 
 • 
 
 li 
 
 VII. 
 
 Style, 
 
 
 lix 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Relation to his Times, . 
 
 • 
 
 lxxvii 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Selections : * 
 
 ""The Function of Criticism (1865), .... 
 
 On Translating Homer (1861), .... 
 
 Philology and Literature (1862), .... 
 
 ^The Grand Style (1862) 
 
 "^Style in Literature (1866), ..... 
 
 pfature in English Poetry (1866), .... 
 
 Poetry and Science (1S63) 102 
 
 literature and Science (1882), .... 104 
 
 * The date assigned each Selection is that of its earliest appear- 
 ance in print.
 
 V11J 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Uxford and Philistinism (1865), 
 Philistinism (1863), . . . 
 
 vDulture and Anarchy (1867), 
 Sweetness and Light (1867), . 
 
 Hebraism and Hellenism (1868), 
 N The Dangers of Puritanism (1868), 
 The Not Ourselves (1871), 
 Paris and the Senses (1873), . 
 The Celt and the Teuton (1866), 
 The Modern Englishman (1866), . 
 Compulsory Education (1867), . 
 " Life a Dream " (1870), . . 
 
 America (1869), 
 xlmerson (1884), . 
 Notes ... . 
 
 PAGE 
 
 . 132 
 
 139 
 
 . 144 
 
 147 
 . l8l 
 
 193 
 . 204 
 
 218 
 . 224 
 
 235 
 
 . 242 
 
 250 
 
 . 258 
 
 265 
 
 . 295
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Admirers of Arnold's prose find it well to admit 
 frankly that his style has an unfortunate knack of 
 exciting prejudice. Emerson has somewhere spoken 
 of the unkind trick fate plays a man when it gives him 
 a strut in his gait. Here and there in Arnold's prose, 
 there is just a trace — sometimes more than a trace — of 
 such a strut. He condescends to his readers with a 
 gracious elaborateness ; he is at great pains to make 
 them feel that they are his equals ; he undervalues him- 
 self playfully ; he assures us that " he is an unlearned 
 belletristic trifler"; 1 he insists over and over again 
 that " he is an unpretending writer, without a phil- 
 osophy based on interdependent, subordinate, and 
 coherent principles." 2 All this he does, of course, 
 smilingly ; but the smile seems to many on whom its 
 favors fall, supercilious ; and the playful undervalua- 
 tion of self looks shrewdly like an affectation. He is 
 very debonair, — this apologetic writer ; very self-as- 
 sured ; at times even jaunty. 3 
 
 Thorough-going admirers of Arnold have always 
 
 1 Celtic Literature, p. 21. 
 
 2 Culture and Anarchy, p. 152 ; Friendship's Garland, p. 273. 
 
 3 Various critics have complained of Arnold's tone and bearing. 
 Mr. Saintsbury, for example, objects to his " mincing" manner j 
 Professor Jowett, to his " flippancy."
 
 x INTRODUCTION. 
 
 relished this strain in his style ; they have enjoyed its 
 delicate challenge, the nice duplicity of its innuendoes; 
 they have found its insinuations and its covert, satirical 
 humor infinitely entertaining and stimulating. More- 
 over, however seriously disposed they may have been, 
 however exacting of all the virtues from the author of 
 their choice, they have been able to reconcile their 
 enjoyment of Arnold with their serious inclinations, 
 for they have been confident that these tricks of 
 manner implied no essential or radical defect in 
 Arnold's humanity, no lack either of sincerity or of 
 earnestness or of broad sympathy. 
 
 Such admirers and interpreters of Arnold have 
 been amply justified of their confidence since the 
 publication in 1895 of Arnold's Letters. The Arnold 
 of these letters is a man the essential integrity — whole- 
 ness — of whose nature is incontestable. His sincerity, 
 kindliness, wide-ranging sympathy with all classes of 
 men, are unmistakably expressed on every page of his 
 correspondence. We see him having to do with 
 people widely diverse in their relations to him ; with 
 those close of kin, with chance friends, with many 
 men of business or officials, with a wide circle of 
 literary acquaintances, with workingmen, and with 
 foreign savants. In all of his intercourse the same 
 sweet-tempered frankness and the same readiness of 
 sympathy are manifest. There is never a trace of the 
 duplicity or the treacherous irony that are to be found 
 in much of his prose. 
 
 Moreover, the record that these Letters contain of 
 close application to uncongenial tasks must have been 
 a revelation to many readers who have had to rely
 
 INTRODUCTION. XI 
 
 upon books for their knowledge of literary men. 
 Popular caricatures of Arnold had represented him as 
 "a high priest of the kid-glove persuasion," as an 
 incorrigible dilettante, as a kind of literary fop idling 
 his time away over poetry and recommending the 
 parmaceti of culture as the sovereignest thing in 
 nature for the inward bruises of the spirit. This con- 
 ception of Arnold, if it has at all maintained itself, 
 certainly cannot survive the revelations of the Letters. 
 The truth is beyond cavil that he was one of the most 
 self-sacrificingly laborious men of his time. 
 
 For a long period of years Arnold held the post of 
 inspector of schools. Day after day, and week after 
 week, he gave up one of the finest of minds, one of 
 the most sensitive of temperaments, one of the most 
 delicate of literary organizations, to the drudgery of 
 examining in its minutest details the work of the 
 schools in such elementary subjects as mathematics 
 and grammar. On January 7, 1863, he writes to his 
 mother, "I am now at the work I dislike most 
 in the world — looking over and marking examina- 
 tion papers. I was stopped last week by my eyes, 
 and the last year or two these sixty papers a day of 
 close hand-writing to read have, I am sorry to say, 
 much tried my eyes for the time." ' Two years later 
 he laments again: "I am being driven furious by 
 seven hundred closely-written grammar papers, which 
 I have to look over." ' During these years he was 
 holding the Chair of Poetry at Oxford, and he had 
 long since established his reputation as one of the 
 
 1 Letters, i. 207. 5 Letters, i. 285
 
 Xll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 foremost of the younger poets. Yet for a livelihood 
 he was forced still to endure — and he endured them till 
 within a few years of his death in 1888 — the exactions 
 of this wearing and exasperating drudgery. More- 
 over, despite occasional outbursts of impatience, he 
 gave himself to the work freely, heartily, and effect- 
 ively. He was sent on several occasions to the Con- 
 tinent to examine and report on foreign school 
 systems ; his reports on German and French educa- 
 tion show immense diligence of investigation, a 
 thorough grasp of detail, and patience and persistence 
 in the acquisition of facts that in and for themselves 
 must have been unattractive and unrewarding. 
 
 The record of this severe labor is to be found in 
 Arnold's Letters, and it must dispose once for all of 
 any charge that he was a mere dilettante and coiner 
 of phrases. Through a long period of years he 
 was working diligently, wearisomely, in minutely prac- 
 tical ways, to better the educational system of Eng- 
 land ; he was persistently striving both to spread 
 sounder ideals of elementary education and to make 
 more effective the system actually in vogue. And 
 thus, unpretentiously and laboriously, he was serv- 
 ing the cause of sweetness and light as well as through 
 his somewhat debonair contributions to literature. 
 
 In another way his Letters have done much to 
 reveal the innermost core of Arnold's nature, and so, 
 ultimately, to explain the genesis of his prose. They 
 place it beyond a doubt that in all he wrote Arnold 
 had an underlying purpose, clearly apprehended and 
 faithfully pursued. In 1867, in a letter to his mother, 
 he says : " I more and more become conscious of
 
 INTRODUCTION. Xlli 
 
 having something to do and of a resolution to do 
 it. . . Whether one lives long or not, to be less and 
 less personal in one's desires and workings is the great 
 matter." ' In a letter of 1863 he had already written 
 in much the same strain : " However, one cannot 
 change English ideas as much as, if I live, I hope to 
 change them, without saying imperturbably what one 
 thinks, and making a good many people uncomfort- 
 able." And in a letter of the same year he exclaims : 
 "It is very animating to think that one at last has a 
 chance of getting at the English public. Such a pub- 
 lic as it is, and such a work as one wants to do with 
 it." 3 A work to do ! The phrase recalls Cardinal 
 Newman and the well-known anecdote of his Sicilian 
 illness, when through all the days of greatest danger 
 he insisted that he should get well because he had a 
 work to do in England. Despite Arnold's difference 
 in temperament from Newman and the widely dis- 
 similar task he proposed to himself, he was no less in 
 earnest than Newman, and no less convinced of the 
 importance of his task. 
 
 The occasional supercilious jauntiness of Arnold's 
 style, then, need not trouble even the most consci- 
 entious of his admirers. To many of his readers it is 
 in itself, as has been already suggested, delightfully 
 stimulating. Others, the more conscientious folk and 
 perhaps also the severer judges of literary quality, are 
 bound to find it artistically a blemish; but they need 
 not at any rate regard it as implying any radical 
 defect in Arnold's humanity or as the result of cheap 
 
 1 Letters, i. 400. J Letters, i. 225. 3 Letters, i. 233.
 
 xiv IN TROD UC TION. 
 
 cynicism or of inadequate sympathy. In point of fact, 
 the true account of the matter seems rather to lie in the 
 paradox that the apparent superciliousness of Arnold's 
 style comes from the very intensity of his moral 
 earnestness, and that the limitations of his style and 
 method are largely due to the strenuousness of his 
 moral purpose. 
 
 II. 
 
 What, then, was Arnold's controlling purpose in 
 his prose writing ? What was " the work " that he 
 " wanted to do with the English public " ? In trying 
 to find answers to these questions it will be well first 
 to have recourse to stray phrases in Arnold's prose ; 
 these phrases will give incidental glimpses, from differ- 
 ent points of view, of his central ideal ; later, their 
 fragmentary suggestions may be brought together into 
 something like a comprehensive formula. 
 
 In the lectures on Celtic Literature Arnold points 
 out in closing that it has been his aim to lead English- 
 men to " reunite themselves with their better mind and 
 with the world through science " ; that he has sought 
 to help them "conquer the hard unintelligence, which 
 was just then their bane ; to supple and reduce it by 
 culture, by a growth in the variety, fullness, and sweet- 
 ness of their spiritual life." In the Preface to his first 
 volume of Essays he explains that he is trying " to pull 
 out a few more stops in that powerful but at present 
 somewhat narrow-toned organ, the modern English- 
 man." In Culture and Anarchy he assures us that 
 his object is to convince men of the value of " culture ";
 
 introduction: xv 
 
 to incite them to the pursuit of "perfection"; to help 
 "make reason and the will of God prevail." And 
 again in the same work he declares that he is striving 
 to intensify throughout England "the impulse to the 
 development of the whole man, to connecting and 
 harmonizing all parts of him, perfecting all, leaving 
 none to take their chance." 
 
 These phrases give, often with capricious pictur- 
 esqueness, hints of the prevailing intention with which 
 Arnold writes. They may well be supplemented by 
 a series of phrases in which, in similarly picturesque 
 fashion, he finds fault with life as it actually exists in 
 England, with the individual Englishman as he 
 encounters him from day to day ; these phrases, 
 through their critical implications, also reveal the pur- 
 pose that is always present in Arnold's mind, when he 
 addresses his countrymen. "Provinciality," Arnold 
 points out as a widely prevalent and injurious charac- 
 teristic of English literature ; it argues a lack of 
 centrality, carelessness of ideal excellence, undue 
 devotion to relatively unimportant matters. Again, 
 "arbitrariness," and "eccentricity" are noticeable 
 traits both of English literature and scholarship ; 
 Arnold finds them everywhere deforming Professor 
 Newman's interpretations of Homer, and he further 
 comments on them as in varying degrees " the great 
 defect of English intellect — the great blemish of 
 English literature." In religion he takes special 
 exception to the "loss of totality" that results, from 
 sectarianism ; this is the penalty, Arnold contends, 
 that the Nonconformist pays for his hostility to the 
 established church ; in his pursuit of his own special
 
 xvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 enthusiasm the Nonconformist becomes, like Ephraim, 
 "a wild ass alone by himself." 
 
 From all these brief quotations this much at least 
 is plain, that what Arnold is continually recommend- 
 ing is the complete development of the human type, 
 and that what he is condemning is departure from 
 some finely conceived ideal of human excellence — 
 from some scheme of human nature in which all its 
 powers have full and harmonious play. The various 
 phrases that have been quoted, alike the positive and 
 the negative ones, imply as Arnold's continual pur- 
 pose in his prose-writings the recommendation of this 
 ideal of human excellence and the illustration of the 
 evils that result from its neglect. The significance 
 and the scope of this purpose will become clearer, 
 however, if we consider some of the imperfect ideals 
 which Arnold finds operative in place of this absolute 
 ideal, and note their misleading and depraving effects. 
 
 One such partial ideal is the worship of the 
 excessively practical and the relentlessly utilitarian 
 as the only things in life worth while. England is 
 a prevailingly practical nation, and our age is a 
 prevailingly practical age ; the unregenerate product 
 of this nation and age is the Philistine, and against 
 the Philistine Arnold never wearies of inveighing. 
 The Philistine is the swaggering enemy of the chil- 
 dren of light, of the chosen people, of those who 
 love art and ideas disinterestedly. The Philistine 
 cares- solely for business, for developing the material 
 resources of the country, for starting companies, 
 building bridges, making railways, and establishing 
 plants. The machinery of life — its material organ-
 
 INTRODUCTION. xvu 
 
 ization — monopolizes all his attention. He judges 
 of life by the outside, and is careless of the 
 things of the spirit. The Philistine may, of course, 
 be religious ; but his religion is as materialistic as his 
 everyday existence ; his heaven is a triumph of engi- 
 neering skill and his ideal of future bliss is, in Sydney 
 Smith's phrase, to eat "pdte's de foie gras to the sound 
 of trumpets." Against men of this class Arnold can- 
 not show himself too cynically severe ; they are piti- 
 ful distortions ; the practical instincts have usurped, 
 and have destroyed the symmetry and integrity of the 
 human type. The senses and the will to live are mo- 
 nopolizing and determine all the man's energy toward 
 utilitarian ends. The power of beauty, the power of 
 intellect and knowledge, the power of social manners 
 are atrophied. Society is in serious danger unless 
 men of this class can be touched with a sense of their 
 shortcomings ; made aware of the larger values of 
 life ; made pervious to ideas ; brought to recognize 
 the importance of the things of the mind and the 
 spirit. 
 
 Another partial ideal, the prevalence of which Arnold 
 laments, is the narrowly and unintelligently religious 
 ideal. The middle class Englishman is according to 
 Arnold a natural Hebraist; he is pre-occupied with 
 matters of conduct and careless about things of the 
 mind; he is negligent of beauty and abstract truth, of 
 all those interests in life which had for the Greek of 
 old, and still have for the modern man of " Hellen- 
 istic " temper, such inalienable charm. The Puritan- 
 ism of the seventeenth century was the almost 
 unrestricted expression of the Hebraistic temper, and
 
 xvm INTRODUCTION. 
 
 from the conceptions of life that were then wrought 
 out, the middle classes in England have never wholly 
 escaped. The Puritans looked out upon life with a 
 narrow vision, recognized only a few of its varied in- 
 terests, and provided for the needs of only a part of 
 man's nature. Yet their theories and conceptions of 
 life — theories and conceptions that were limited in the 
 first place by the age in which they originated, and in 
 the second place by a Hebraistic lack of sensitiveness 
 to the manifold charm of beauty and knowledge — 
 these limited theories and conceptions have imposed 
 themselves constrainingly on many generations of 
 Englishmen. To-day they remain, in all their nar- 
 rowness and with an ever increasing disproportion to 
 existing conditions, the most influential guiding prin- 
 ciples of large masses of men. Such men spend their 
 lives in a round of petty religious meetings and em- 
 ployments. They think all truth is summed up in 
 their little cut and dried Biblical interpretations. 
 New truth is uninteresting or dangerous. Art dis- 
 tracts from religion, and is a siren against whose 
 seductive chanting the discreet religious Ulysses seals 
 his ears. To Arnold this whole view of life seems 
 sadly mistaken, and the men who hold it seem fan- 
 tastic distortions of the authentic human type. The 
 absurdities and the dangers of the unrestricted Hebra- 
 istic ideal he satirizes or laments in Culture and 
 Anarchy, in Literature and Dogma, in God and the 
 Bible, and in St. Paul and Protestantism. 
 
 Still another kind of deformity arises when the in- 
 tellect grows self-assertive and develops overween- 
 ingly. To this kind of distortion the modern man ui
 
 INTRODUCTION. XIX 
 
 science is specially prone ; his exclusive study of 
 material facts leads to crude, unregenerate strength 
 of intellect, and leaves him careless of the value truth 
 may have for the spirit, and of its glimmering sugges- 
 tions of beauty. Yes, and for the philosopher and the 
 scholar, too, over-intellectualism has its peculiar dan- 
 gers. The devotee of a system of thought is apt to 
 lose touch with the real values of life, and in his exor- 
 bitant desire for unity and thoroughness of organiza- 
 tion, to miss the free play of vital forces that gives 
 to life its manifold charm, its infinite variety, and 
 its ultimate reality. Bentham and Comte are ex- 
 amples of the evil effects of this rabid pursuit of 
 system. :i Culture is always assigning to system- 
 makers and systems a smaller share in the bent of 
 human destiny than their friends like." ' As for the 
 pedant he is merely the miser of facts, who grows 
 withered in hoarding the vain fragments of precious 
 ore of whose use he has lost the sense. Men of all 
 these various types offend through their fanatical 
 devotion to truth ; for, indeed, as someone has in 
 recent years well said, the intellect is " but a parvenu" 
 and the other powers of life, despite the Napoleonic 
 irresistibleness of the newcomer, have rights that de- 
 serve respect. Over-intellectualism, then, like the 
 over-development of any other power, leads to dis- 
 proportion and disorder. 
 
 Such being some of the partial ideals against which 
 Arnold warns his readers, what account does he give 
 of that perfect human type in all its integrity, in terms 
 
 1 Culture and Anarchy, p. 33.
 
 XX INTRODUCTION. 
 
 of which he criticises these aberrations or deformities ? 
 To attempt an exact definition of this type would 
 perhaps be a bit presumptuous and grotesque, and, 
 with his usual sureness of taste, Arnold has avoided 
 the experiment. But in many passages he has recorded 
 clearly enough his notion of the powers in man that 
 are essential to his humanity, and that must all be duly 
 recognized and developed, if man is to attain in its 
 full scope what nature offers him. A representative 
 passage may be quoted from the lecture on Literature 
 and Science : "When we set ourselves to enumerate 
 the powers which go to the building up of human life, 
 and say that they are the power of conduct, the power 
 of intellect and knowledge, the power of beauty, and 
 the power of social life and manners, he [Professor 
 Huxley] can hardly deny that this scheme, though 
 drawn in rough and plain lines enough, and not pre- 
 tending to scientific exactness, does yet give a fairly 
 true representation of the matter. Human nature is 
 built up of these powers ; we have the need for them 
 all. When we have rightly met and adjusted the 
 claims for them all, we shall then be in a fair way for 
 getting soberness and righteousness with wisdom." ' 
 
 These same ideas are presented under a somewhat 
 different aspect and with somewhat different termi- 
 nology in the first chapter of Culture and Anarchy : 
 " The great aim of culture [is] the aim of setting our- 
 selves to ascertain what perfection is and to make it 
 prevail." Culture seeks " the determination of this 
 question through all the voices of human experience 
 
 1 Selections, p. 116.
 
 INTRODUCTION. XXI 
 
 which have been heard upon it, — of art, science, poetry 
 philosophy, history, as well as of religion, — in order to 
 give a greater fullness and certainty to its solution. . . 
 Religion says: The Kingdom of God is within you j 
 and culture, in like manner, places human perfection 
 in an internal condition, in the growth and predomi- 
 nance of our humanity proper, as distinguished from 
 our animality. It places it in the ever-increasing 
 efficacy and in the general harmonious expansion of 
 those gifts of thought and feeling which make the 
 peculiar dignity, wealth, and happiness of human na- 
 ture. As I have said on a former occasion : ' It is in 
 making endless additions to itself, in the endless ex- 
 pansion of its powers, in endless growth in wisdom 
 and beauty, that the spirit of the human race finds its 
 ideal. To reach this ideal, culture is an indispensable 
 aid, and that is the true value of culture.' " ' 
 
 In such passages as these Arnold comes as near as 
 he ever comes to defining the perfect human type. 
 He does not profess to define it universally and in ab- 
 stract terms, for indeed he " hates " abstractions almost 
 as inveterately as Burke hated them. He does not 
 even describe concretely for men of his own time and 
 nation the precise equipoise of powers essential to per- 
 fection. Yet he names these powers, suggests the 
 ends toward which they must by their joint working 
 contribute, and illustrates through examples the evil 
 effects of the preponderance or absence of one and 
 another. Finally, in the course of his many discus- 
 sions, he describes in detail the method by which the 
 
 1 Selections, p. 152-
 
 XXII INTRODUCTION. 
 
 delicate adjustment of these rival powers may be 
 secured in the typical man ; suggests who is to be the 
 judge of the conflicting claims of these powers, 
 and indicates the process by which this judge may 
 most persuasively lay his opinions before those whom 
 he wishes to influence. The method for the attain- 
 ment of the perfect type is culture ; the censor of 
 defective types and the judge of the rival claims of 
 the co-operant powers is the critic ; and the process by 
 which this judge clarifies his own ideas and enforces 
 his opinions on others is criticism. 
 
 III. 
 
 We are now at the centre of Arnold's theory of life 
 and hold the keyword to his system of belief, so far as 
 he had a system. His reasons for attaching to the 
 work of the critic the importance he palpably attached 
 to it, are at once apparent. Criticism is the method 
 by which the perfect type of human nature is at any 
 moment to be apprehended and kept in uncontami- 
 nate clearness of outline before the popular imagina- 
 tion. The ideal critic is the man of nicest 
 discernment in matters intellectual, moral, aesthetic, 
 social ; of perfect equipoise of powers ; of delicately 
 pervasive sympathy ; of imaginative insight; who grasps 
 comprehensively the whole life of his time ; who feels 
 its vital tendencies and is intimately aware of its most 
 insistent preoccupations ; who also keeps his orienta- 
 tion toward the unchanging norms of human endeavor : 
 and who is thus able to note and set forth the imper-
 
 INTRODUCTION. xxill 
 
 fections in existing types of human nature and to urge 
 persuasively a return in essential particulars to the 
 normal type. The function of criticism, then, is the 
 vindication of the ideal human type against perverting 
 influences, and Arnold's prose writings will for the 
 most part be found to have been inspired in one form 
 or another by a single purpose : the correction of ex- 
 cess in some human activity and the restoration of that 
 activity to its proper place among the powers that make 
 up the ideal human type. 
 
 Culture and Anarchy (1869) was the first of Arnold's 
 books to illustrate adequately this far-reachingconcep- 
 tion of criticism. His special topic is, in this case, 
 social conditions in England. Politicians, he urges, 
 whose profession it is to deal with social questions, are 
 engrossed in practical matters and biassed by party 
 considerations ; they lack the detachment and breadth 
 of view to see the questions at issue in their true rela- 
 tions to abstract standards of right and wrong. They 
 mistake means for ends, machinery for the results that 
 machinery is meant to secure ; they lose all sense of 
 values and exalt temporary measures into matters 
 of sacred import ; finally they come to that pass of 
 ineptitude which Arnold symbolizes by the enthusiasm 
 of Liberals over the measure to enable a man to marry 
 his deceased wife's sister. What is needed to correct 
 these absurd misapprehensions is the free play of criti- 
 cal intelligence. The critic from his secure coign of 
 vantage must examine social conditions dispassion- 
 ately ; he must determine what is essentially wrong in 
 the inner lives of the various classes of men around 
 him and so reveal the real sources of those social evils
 
 xxiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 which politicians are trying to remedy by external 
 readjustments and temporary measures. 
 
 And this is just the task that Arnold undertakes in 
 Culture and Anarchy. He sets himself to consider 
 English society in its length and breadth with a view 
 to discovering what is its essential constitution, what 
 are the typical classes that enter into it, and what are 
 the characteristics of these classes. So far as concerns 
 classification, he ultimately accepts, it is true, as ade- 
 quate to his purpose the traditional division of English 
 society into upper, middle, and lower classes. But he 
 then goes on to give an analysis of each of these 
 classes that is novel, penetrating, in the highest degree 
 stimulating. He takes a typical member of each class 
 and describes him in detail, intellectually, morally, 
 socially; he points out his sources of strength and his 
 sources of weakness. He compares him as a type 
 with the abstract ideal of human excellence and notes 
 wherein his powers "fall short or exceed." He indi- 
 cates the reaction upon the social and political life of 
 the nation of these various defects and excesses, 
 their inevitable influence in producing social misad- 
 justment and friction. Finally, he urges that the one 
 remedy that will correct these errant social types and 
 bring them nearer to the perfect human type is culture, 
 increase in vital knowledge. 
 
 The details of Arnold's application of this concep- 
 tion of culture as a remedy for the social evils of the 
 time, every reader may follow out for himself in 
 Culture and Anarchy. One point in Arnold's concep- 
 tion, however, is to be noted forthwith; it is a crucial 
 point in its influence on his theorizings. By culture
 
 IN TROD UCTION. xx v 
 
 Arnold means increase of knowledge; yes, but he 
 means something more; culture is for Arnold not 
 merely an intellectual matter. Culture is the best 
 knowledge made operative and dynamic in life and 
 character. Knowledge must be vitalized ; it must be 
 intimately conscious of the whole range of human 
 interests; it must ultimately subserve the whole 
 nature of man. Continually, then, as Arnold is plead- 
 ing for the spread of ideas, for increase of light, for 
 the acceptance on the part of his fellow-countrymen 
 of new knowledge from the most diverse sources, he 
 is as keenly alive as anyone to the dangers of over- 
 intellectualism. The undue development of the 
 intellectual powers is as injurious to the individual as 
 any other form of deviation from the perfect human 
 type. 
 
 This distrust of over-intellectualism is the ultimate 
 ground of Arnold's hostility to the claims of Physical 
 Science to primacy in modern education. His ideas 
 on the relative educational value of the physical 
 sciences and of the humanities are set forth in the 
 well-known discourse on Literature and Science} 
 Arnold is ready, no one is more ready, to accept the 
 conclusions of science as to all topics that fall within 
 its range; whatever its authenticated spokesmen have 
 to say upon man's origin, his moral nature, his rela- 
 tions to his fellows, his place in the physical universe, 
 his religions, his sacred books — all these utterances are 
 to be received with entire loyalty so far as they can 
 be shown to embody the results of expert scientific 
 
 1 Selections, p. 104.
 
 XXVI INTRODUCTION. 
 
 observation and thought. But for Arnold the great 
 importance of modern scientific truth does not for a 
 moment make clear the superiority of the physical 
 sciences over the Humanities as a means of educa- 
 tional discipline. The study of the sciences tends 
 merely to intellectual development, to the increase of 
 mental power ; the study of literature on the other 
 hand trains a man emotionally and morally, develops 
 his human sympathies, sensitizes him temperamentally, 
 rouses his imagination, and elicits his sense of beauty. 
 Science puts before the student the crude facts of 
 nature, bids him accept them dispassionately, rid 
 himself of all discoloring moods as he watches the 
 play of physical force, and convert himself into pure 
 intelligence ; he is simply to observe, to analyze, to 
 classify, and to systematize, and he is to go through 
 these processes continually with facts that have no 
 human quality, that come raw from the great whirl of 
 the cosmic machine. As a discipline, then, for the 
 ordinary man, the study of science tends not a whit 
 toward humanization, toward refinement, toward 
 temperamental regeneration ; it tends only to develop 
 an accurate trick of the senses, fine observation, crude 
 intellectual strength. These powers are of very great 
 importance ; but they may also be trained in the 
 study of literature, while at the same time the student, 
 as Sir Philip Sidney long ago pointed out, is being led 
 and drawn " to as high a perfection as our degenerate 
 souls, made worse by their clay lodgings, can be 
 capable of." Arnold, then, with characteristic anxiety 
 for the integrity of the human type, urges the superior 
 worth to most young men of a literary rather than a
 
 INTRODUCTION-. xxvii 
 
 scientific training. Literature nourishes the whole 
 spirit of man ; science ministers only to the intellect. 
 
 The same insistent desire that culture be vital is at 
 the root of Arnold's discomfort in the presence of 
 German scholarship. For the thoroughness and the 
 disinterestedness of this scholarship he has great re- 
 spect; but he cannot endure its trick of losing itself in 
 the letter, its " pedantry, slowness," its way of " fum- 
 bling" after truth, its ''ineffectiveness." 1 "In the 
 German mind," he exclaims in Literature and Dogma, 
 " as in the German language, there does seem to be 
 something splay, something blunt-edged, unhandy, 
 infelicitous, — some positive want of straightforward, 
 sure perception." 2 Of scholarship of this splay variety, 
 that comes from exaggerated intellectuality and from 
 lack of a delicate temperament and of nice perceptions, 
 Arnold is intolerant. Such scholarship he finds work- 
 ing its customary mischief in Professor Francis New- 
 man's translation of Homer, and, accordingly, he gives 
 large parts of the lectures on Translating Homer to the 
 illustration of its shortcomings and maladroitness ; he 
 is bent on showing how inadequate is great learning 
 alone to cope with any nice literary problem. New- 
 man's philological knowledge of Greek and of Homer 
 is beyond dispute, but his taste may be judged from his 
 assertion that Homer's verse, if we could hear the liv- 
 ing Homer, would affect us *' like an elegant and 
 simple melody from an African of the Gold Coast." ' 
 The remedy for such inept scholarship lies in cul- 
 
 1 Celtic Literature, p. 75. l Literature and Dogma, p. xxi. 
 * On Translating Homer, p. 295 .
 
 xxvm INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ture, in the vitalization of knowledge. The scholar 
 must not be a mere knower ; all his powers must be 
 harmoniously developed. 
 
 One last illustration of Arnold's insistence that 
 knowledge be vital, may be drawn from his writings 
 on religion and theology. Again criticism and cul- 
 ture are the passwords that open the way to a 
 new and better order of things. Formulas, Arnold 
 urges, have fastened themselves constrainingly upon 
 the English religious mind. Traditional interpreta- 
 tions of the Bible have come to be received as be- 
 yond cavil. These interpretations are really human 
 inventions — the product of the ingenious think- 
 ing of theologians like Calvin and Luther. Yet 
 they have so authenticated themselves that for 
 most readers to-day the Bible means solely what 
 it meant for the exacerbated theological mind of the 
 sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. If religion is 
 to be vital, if knowledge of the Bible is to be genuine 
 and real, there must be a critical examination of what 
 this book means for the disinterested intelligence of 
 to-day; the Bible, as literature, must be interpreted 
 anew, sympathetically and imaginatively; the moral 
 inspiration the Bible has to offer, even to men who 
 are rigidly insistent on scientific habits of thought and 
 standards of historical truth, must be disengaged 
 from what is unverifiable and transitory, and made 
 real and persuasive. " I write," Arnold declares, " to 
 convince the lover of religion that by following habits 
 of intellectual seriousness he need not, so far as re- 
 ligion is concerned, lose anything. Taking the Old 
 Testament as Israel's magnificent establishment of
 
 IN TROD UC 7 ION. xx ix 
 
 the theme, Righteousness is salvation! taking th» New 
 as the perfect elucidation by Jesus of what righteous- 
 ness is and how salvation is »von, I do not fear com- 
 paring even the power over the soul and imagination 
 of the Bible, taken in this sense, — a sense which is at 
 the same time solid, — with the like power in the old 
 materialistic and miraculous sense for the Bible, 
 which is not." ' This definition of what Arnold hopes 
 to do for the Bible may be supplemented by a descrip- 
 tion of the method in which culture works toward the 
 ends desired : " Difficult, certainly, is the right read- 
 ing of the Bible, and true culture, too, is difficult. 
 For true culture implies not only knowledge, but right 
 tact and justness of judgment, forming themselves 
 by and with knowledge; without this tact it is not true 
 culture. Difficult, however, as culture is, it is neces- 
 sary. For, after all, the Bible is not a talisman, to 
 be taken and used literally; neither is any existing 
 Church a talisman, whatever pretensions of the sort 
 it may make, for giving the right interpretation of the 
 Bible. Only true culture can give us this interpreta- 
 tion ; so that if conduct is, as it is, inextricably 
 bound up with the Bible and the right interpretation 
 of it, then the importance of culture becomes un- 
 speakable. For if conduct is necessary (and there is 
 nothing so necessary), culture is necessary." 2 
 
 Enough has now been said to illustrate Arnold's 
 conception of culture and of its value as a specific 
 against all" the ills that society is heir to. Culture 
 
 1 God and the Bible, p. xxxiv. 
 
 2 IJiterature and Dogma, p. xxV\
 
 XXX INTRODUCTION. 
 
 is vital knowledge and the critic is its fosterer 
 and guardian ; culture and criticism work together 
 for the preservation of the integrity of the human 
 type against all the disasters that threaten it from 
 the storm and stress of modern life. Politics, 
 religion, scholarship, science each has its special 
 danger for the individual; each seizes upon him, 
 subdues him relentlessly to the need of the moment 
 and the requirements of some particular function, and 
 converts him often into a mere distorted fragment 
 of humanity. Against this tyranny of the moment, 
 against the specializing and materializing trend of 
 modern life, criticism offers a powerful safeguard. 
 Criticism is ever concerned with archetypal excel- 
 lence, is continually disengaging with fine discrimina- 
 tion what is transitory and accidental from what is 
 permanent and essential in all that man busies himself 
 about, and is thus perpetually helping every individual 
 to the apprehension of his "best self," to the develop- 
 ment of what is real and absolute and the elimination 
 of what is false or deforming. And in doing all this 
 the critic acts as the appreciator of life; he is not the 
 abstract thinker. He apprehends the ideal intuitively; 
 he reaches it by the help of the feelings and the 
 imagination and a species of exquisite tact, not 
 through a series of syllogisms; he is really a poet, 
 rather than a philosopher. 
 
 This conception of the nature and functions of 
 criticism makes intelligible and justifies a phrase of 
 Arnold's that has often been impugned — his descrip- 
 tion of poetry as a criticism of life. To this account 
 of poetry it has been objected that criticism is an intel-
 
 INTRODUCTION. XXXI 
 
 tectual process, while poetry is primarily an affair of 
 the imagination and the heart; and that to regard 
 poetry as a criticism of life is to take a view of poetry 
 that tends to convert it into mere rhetorical moraliz- 
 ing; the decorative expression in rhythmical language 
 of abstract truth about life. This misinterpretation 
 of Arnold's meaning becomes impossible, if the fore- 
 going theory of criticism be borne in mind. Criticism 
 is the determination and the representation of the 
 archetypal, of the ideal. Moreover, it is not a deter- 
 mination of the archetypal formally and theoretically, 
 through speculation or the enumeration of abstract 
 qualities ; Arnold's disinclination for abstractions has 
 been repeatedly noted. The process to be used in 
 criticism is a vital process of appreciation, in which 
 the critic, sensitive to the whole value of human life, 
 to the appeal of art and of conduct and of manners as 
 well as of abstract truth, feels his way to a synthetic 
 grasp upon what is ideally best and portrays this con- 
 cretely and persuasively for the popular imagination. 
 Such an appreciator of life, if he produce beauty in 
 verse, if he embody his vision of the ideal in metre, 
 will be a poet. In other words, the poet is the 
 appreciator of human life who sees in it most sen- 
 sitively, inclusively, and penetratingly what is arche- 
 typal and evokes his vision before others through 
 rhythm and rhyme. In this sense poetry can hardly 
 be denied to be a criticism of life ; it is the winning 
 portrayal of the ideal of human life as this ideal shapes 
 itself in the mind of the poet. Such a criticism of 
 life Dante gives, a determination and portrayal of 
 what is ideally best in life according to mediaeval
 
 XXXll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 conceptions ; a representation of life in its integrity 
 with a due adjustment of the claims of all the powers 
 that enter into it — friendship, ambition, patriotism, 
 loyalty, religion, artistic ardor, love. Such a criticism 
 of life Shakspere incidentally gives in terms of the full 
 scope of Elizabethan experience in England ; with 
 due imaginative setting forth of the splendid vistas of 
 possible achievement and unlimited development that 
 the new knowledge and the discoveries of the Renais- 
 sance had opened. In short, the great poet is the 
 typically sensitive, penetrative, and suggestive appre- 
 ciator of life, — who calls to his aid, to make his appreci- 
 ation as resonant and persuasive as possible, as potent 
 as possible over men's minds and hearts, all the 
 emotional and imaginative resources of language, — 
 rhythm, figures, allegory, symbolism — whatever will 
 enable him to impose his appreciation of life upon 
 others and to insinuate into their souls his sense of the 
 relative values of human acts and characters and 
 passions ; whatever will help him to make more over- 
 weeningly beautiful and insistently eloquent his 
 vision of beauty and truth. In this sense the poet is 
 the limiting ideal of the appreciative critic, and poetry 
 is the ultimate criticism of life — the finest portrayal 
 each age can attain to of what seems to it in life most 
 significant and delightful. 
 
 IV. 
 
 The purpose with which Arnold writes is now 
 fairly apparent. His aim is to shape in happy 
 fashion the lives of his fellows ; to free them
 
 IN TROD UC riON. XXXU1 
 
 from the bonds that the struggle for existence imposes 
 upon them; to enlarge their horizons, to enrich them 
 spiritually, and to call all that is best within them into 
 as vivid play as possible. When we turn to Arnold's 
 literary criticism we shall find this purpose no less 
 paramount. 
 
 A glance through the volumes of Arnold's essays 
 renders it clear that his selection of a poet or a prose- 
 writer for discussion was usually made with a view to 
 putting before English readers some desirable trait of 
 character for their imitation, some temperamental ex- 
 cellence that they are lacking in, some mode of belief 
 that they neglect, some habit of thought that they 
 need to cultivate. Joubert is studied and portrayed 
 because of his single-hearted love of light, the purity 
 of his disinterested devotion to truth, the fine distinc- 
 tion of his thought, and the freedom of his spirit from 
 the sordid stains of worldly life. Heine is a typical 
 leader in the war of emancipation, the arch-enemy of 
 Philistinism, and the light-hearted indomitable foe of 
 prejudice and cant. Maurice and Eugenie de Guerin 
 are winning examples of the spiritual distinction that 
 modern Romanism can induce in timely-happy souls. 
 Scherer, whose critiques upon Milton and Goethe are 
 painstakingly reproduced in the Mixed Essays, repre- 
 sents French critical intelligence in its best play- 
 acute, yet comprehensive; exacting, yet sympathetic; 
 regardful of nuances and delicately refining, and yet 
 virile and constructive. Of the importance for mod- 
 ern England of emphasis on all these qualities of 
 mind and heart, Arnold was securely convinced. 
 Moreover, even when his choice of subject is deter«
 
 xxxiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 mined by other than moral considerations, his treat- 
 ment is apt, none the less, to reveal his ethical bias. 
 Again and again in his essays on poetry, for example, 
 it is the substance of poetry that he is chiefly anxious 
 to handle, while the form is left with incidental analy- 
 sis. Wordsworth is the poet of joy in widest common- 
 alty spread — the poet whose criticism of life is most 
 sound and enduring and salutary. Shelley is afebrile 
 creature, insecure in his sense of worldly values, " a 
 beautiful and ineffectual angel, beating in the void his 
 luminous wings in vain." ' The essay on Heine helps 
 us only mediately to an appreciation of the volatile 
 beauty of Heine's songs, or to an intenser delight in the 
 mere surface play of hues and moods in his verse. 
 From the essay on George Sand, to be sure, we receive 
 many vivid impressions of the emotional and imagina- 
 tive scope of French romance ; for this essay was 
 written con amore in the revivification of an early mood 
 of devotion, and in an unusually heightened style ; 
 the essay on Emerson is the one study that has in 
 places somewhat of the same lyrical intensity and the 
 same vividness of realization. Yet even in the essay 
 on George Sand, the essayist is on the whole bent on 
 revealing the temperament of the woman rather in its 
 decisive influence on her theories of life than in its 
 reaction upon her art as art. There is hardly a word 
 of the Romance as a definite literary form, of George 
 
 1 This famous image was probably suggested by a sentence of 
 Joubert's : " Plato loses himself in the void, but one sees the 
 play of his wings, one hears their rustle. . . It is good to 
 breathe his air, but not to live upon him." The translation is 
 Arnold's own. See his Joubert, in Essays in Criticism, i. 294,
 
 INTRODUCTION. XXXV 
 
 Sand's relation to earHer French writers of fiction, or 
 of her distinctive methods of work as a portrayer of 
 the great human spectacle. In short, literature as 
 art, literary forms as definite modes of artistic expres- 
 sion, the technique of the literary craftsman receive 
 for the most part from Arnold slight attention. 
 
 Perhaps, the one piece of work in which Arnold set 
 himself with some thoroughness to the discussion of 
 a purely literary problem was his series of lectures 
 on Translating Homer. These lectures were pro- 
 duced before his sense of responsilility for the 
 moral regeneration of the Philistine had become im- 
 portunate, and were addressed to an academic audi- 
 ence. For these reasons, the treatment of literary 
 topics is more disinterested and less interrupted by 
 practical considerations. Indeed, as will be presently 
 noted in illustration of another aspect of Arnold's 
 work, these lectures contain very subtle and delicate 
 appreciations, show everywhere exquisite responsive- 
 ness to changing effects of style, and enrich gratefully 
 the vocabulary of impressionistic criticism. 
 
 Even in these exceptional lectures, however, Arnold's 
 ethical interest asserts itself. In the course of them 
 he gives an account of the grand style in poetry, — of 
 that poetic manner that seems to him to stand highest 
 in the scale of excellence; and he carefully notes as 
 an essential of this manner, — of this grand style, — its 
 moral power ; " it can form the character, ... is 
 edifying, . . . can refine the raw natural man . . . 
 can transmute him." ' This definition of the grand 
 
 x On Translating Homer, ed. 1883, p. 197.
 
 xxxvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 style will be discussed presently in connection with 
 Arnold's general theory of poetry ; it is enough to 
 note here that it illustrates the inseparableness in 
 Arnold's mind between art and morals. 
 
 His description of poetry as a criticism of life has 
 already been mentioned. This doctrine is early im- 
 plied in Arnold's writings, for example, in the passage 
 just quoted from the lectures on Translating Homer; 
 it becomes more explicit in the Last Words ap- 
 pended to these lectures, where the critic asserts 
 that "the noble and profound application of ideas to 
 life is the most essential part of poetic greatness." 1 
 It is elaborated in the essays on Wordsworth (1879), 
 on the Study of Poetry (1880), and on Byron (1881). 
 "It is important, therefore," the essay on Words- 
 worth assures us, " to hold fast to this: that poetry is 
 at bottom a criticism of life; that the greatness of a 
 poet lies in his powerful and beautiful application of 
 ideas to life, — to the question: How to live." 2 And 
 in the essay on the Study of Poetry Arnold urges that 
 " in poetry, as a criticism of life under the conditions 
 fixed for such a criticism by the laws of poetic truth 
 and poetic beauty, the spirit of our race will find . . . 
 as time goes on and as other helps fail, its consolation 
 and stay." 3 
 
 With this doctrine of the indissoluble connection 
 between the highest poetic excellence and essen- 
 tial nobleness of subject-matter probably only the 
 most irreconcilable advocates of art for art's sake 
 
 1 On Translating Homer, ed. 1883, p. 295. 
 
 2 Essays, ii., ed. 1891, p. 143. 
 3 Essays, ii., ed. 1S91, p. 5.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xxxvn 
 
 would quarrel. So loyal an adherent of art as Walter 
 Pater suggests a test of poetic " greatness " substan- 
 tially the same with Arnold's. " It is on the quality 
 of the matter it informs or controls, its compass, its 
 variety, its alliance to great ends, or the depth of the 
 note of revolt, or the largeness of hope in it, that the 
 greatness of literary art depends, as The Divine Comedy, 
 Paradise Lost, Les M is e rabies, The English Bible, are 
 great art." ! This may be taken as merely a different 
 phrasing of Arnold's principle that " the greatness of 
 a poet lies in his powerful and beautiful application of 
 ideas to life — to the question : How to live." Surely, 
 then, we are not at liberty to press any objection to 
 Arnold's general theory of poetry on the ground of its 
 being over-ethical. 
 
 There remains nevertheless the question of emphasis. 
 In the application to special cases of this test of essen- 
 tial worth either the critic may be constitutionally 
 biassed in favor of a somewhat restricted range of defi- 
 nite ideas about life, or even when he is fairly hos- 
 pitable toward various moral idioms, he may still be so 
 intent upon making ethical distinctions as to fail to 
 give their due to the purely artistic qualities-of .poetry. 
 It is in this latter way that Arnold is most apt to 
 offend. The emphasis in the discussions of Words- 
 worth, Shelley, Byron, Keats, Gray, and Milton is 
 prevailingly on the ethical characteristics of each 
 poet; and the reader carries away from an essay a 
 vital conception of the play of moral energy and of 
 spiritual passion in the poet's verse rather than an im- 
 
 1 Pater's Appreciations, ed. 1890, p. 36.
 
 xxxvm INTRODUCTION. 
 
 pression of his peculiar adumbration of beauty, the 
 characteristic rhythms of his imaginative movement, 
 the delicate color modulations on the surface of his 
 image of life. 
 
 It must, however, be borne in mind that Arnold has 
 specially admitted the incompleteness of his descrip- 
 tion of poetry as "a criticism of life "; this criticism, 
 he has expressly added, must be made in conformity 
 " to the laws of poetic truth and poetic beauty." 
 "The profound criticism of life" characteristic of 
 " the few supreme masters " must exhibit itself " in 
 indissoluble connection with the laws of poetic truth 
 and beauty." ' Is there, then, any account to be found 
 in Arnold of these laws observance of which secures 
 poetic beauty and truth? Is there any description of 
 the special ways in which poetic beauty and truth 
 manifest themselves, of the formal characteristics to be 
 found in poetry where poetic beauty and truth are 
 present ? Does Arnold either suggest the methods the 
 poet must follow to attain these qualities or classify 
 the various subordinate effects through which poetic 
 beauty and truth invariably reveal their presence? 
 The most apposite parts of his writings to search for 
 some declaration on these points are the lectures on 
 Translating Homer, and the second series of his essays 
 which deal chiefly with the study of poetry. Here, if 
 anywhere, we ought to find a registration of beliefs as 
 regards the precise nature and source of poetic beauty 
 and truth. 
 
 And indeed throughout all these writings, which run 
 
 1 Essays, ii., ed. 1S91, pp. 186-187.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xxxix 
 
 through a considerable period of time, Arnold makes 
 fairly consistent use of a half dozen categories for his 
 analyses of poetic effects. These categories are sub- 
 stance and matter, style and manner, diction and 
 movement. Of the substance of really great poetry we 
 learn repeatedly that it must be made up of ideas of 
 profound significance " on man, on nature, and on 
 human life." ' This is, however, merely the prescrip- 
 tion already so often noted that poetry, to reach the 
 highest excellence, must contain a penetrating and 
 ennobling criticism of life. In the essay on Byron, 
 however, there is something formally added to this 
 requisition of "truth and seriousness of substance and 
 matter " ; besides these, " felicity and perfection of 
 diction and manner, as these are exhibited in the best 
 poets, are what constitute a criticism of life made in 
 conformity with the laws of poetic truth and poetic 
 beauty." 3 There must then be felicity and perfection 
 of diction and manner in poetry of the highest order ; 
 these terms are somewhat vague, but serve at least to 
 guide us on our analytic way. In the essay on the 
 Study of Poetry, there is still further progress made in 
 the description of poetic excellence. " To the style 
 and manner of the best poetry, their special character, 
 their accent is given by their diction, and, even yet 
 more, by their movement. And though we distinguish 
 between the two characters, the two accents, of supe- 
 riority," [/. <?., between the superiority that comes from 
 substance and the superiority that comes from style], 
 
 1 Essays, ii., ed. 1891, p. 141. 
 
 2 Essays, ii., ed. 1891, p. 187.
 
 xl IN TROD UC TION. 
 
 " yet they are nevertheless vitally connected one with 
 the other. The superior character of truth and ser- 
 iousness, in the matter and substance of the best poetry, 
 is inseparable from the superiority of diction and 
 movement marking its style and manner. The two 
 superiorities are closely related, and are in steadfast 
 proportion one to the other. So far as high poetic 
 truth and seriousness are wanting to a poet's matter 
 and substance, so far also, we may be sure, will a high 
 poetic stamp of diction and movement be wanting to 
 his style and manner." ' 
 
 Now that there is this intimate and necessary union 
 between a poet's mode of conceiving life and his man- 
 ner of poetic expression, is hardly disputable. The 
 image of life in a poet's mind is simply the outside 
 world transformed by the complex of sensations and 
 thoughts and emotions peculiar to the poet ; and this 
 image inevitably frames for itself a visible and audible 
 expression that delicately utters its individual char- 
 acter — distills that character subtly through word 
 and sentence, rhythm and metaphor, image and 
 figure of speech, and through their integration into a 
 vital work of art. Moreover, the poet's style is itself 
 in general the product of the same personality which 
 determines his image of life, and must therefore be 
 like his image of life delicately striated with the mark- 
 ings of his play of thought and feeling and fancy. 
 The close correspondence, then, between the poet's 
 subject-matter and his manner or style is indubitable. 
 The part of Arnold's conclusion or the point in his 
 
 1 Essays, ii., ed. 1891, p. 22.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xli 
 
 method that is regrettable is the exclusive stress that 
 he throws on this dependence of style upon worth of 
 substance. He converts style into a mere function 
 of the moral quality of a poet's thought about life, and 
 fails to furnish any delicately studied categories for 
 the appreciation of poetic style apart from its moral 
 implications. 
 
 Take, for example, the judgments passed in the 
 Study of Poetry upon various poets ; in every instance 
 the estimate of the poet's style turns upon the quality 
 of his thought about life. Is it Chaucer whose right 
 to be ranked as a classic is mooted ? He cannot be 
 ranked as a classic because " the substance of " his 
 poetry has not "high seriousness." 1 Is it Burns 
 whose relative rank is being fixed ? Burns through 
 lack of "absolute sincerity" falls short of "high 
 seriousness," and hence is not to be placed among the 
 classics. And thus continually with Arnold, effects of 
 style are merged in moral qualities, and the reader 
 gains little insight into the refinements of poetical 
 manner except as these derive directly from the poet's 
 moral consciousness. The categories of style and 
 manner, diction and movement, are everywhere subor- 
 dinated to the categories of substance and matter, are 
 treated as almost wholely derivative. " Felicity and 
 perfection of diction and manner," wherever they are 
 admittedly present, are usually explained as the direct 
 result of the poet's lofty conception of life. Such a 
 treatment of questions of style does not further us 
 much on our way to a knowledge of the "laws of 
 poetic beauty and poetic truth." 
 
 1 Essays, ii. , ed. 1891, p. 33.
 
 xlii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Doubtless somewhat more disinterested analyses of 
 style may be found in the lectures on Translating 
 Homer. These discussions do not establish laws, but 
 they at least consider poetic excellence as for the 
 moment dependent on something else than the moral 
 mood of the poet. For example, the grand style is 
 analyzed into two varieties, the grand style in severity 
 and the grand style in simplicity. Each of these 
 styles is described and illustrated so that it enters into 
 the reader's imagination and increases his sensitive- 
 ness to poetic excellence. 1 Again, a bit later in the 
 lectures, the distinction between real simplicity and 
 sophisticated simplicity in poetic style is drawn with 
 exquisite delicacy of appreciation. 2 Here there is 
 an effort to deal directly with artistic effects for 
 their own sake and apart from their significance 
 as expressive of ethos. Yet, even in these cases, the 
 effort to be faithful to the artistic point of view is 
 only partly successful. For example, the essential 
 beauty of the grand style in severity is referred to our 
 consciousness of " the great personality . . . the 
 noble nature, in the poet its author"; 3 and the sim- 
 plesse of Tennyson's style is explained at least psycho- 
 logically, if not morally, as resulting from the subtle 
 sophistication of his thought. 4 
 
 To bring together, then, the results of this some- 
 what protracted analysis : Arnold ostensibly admits 
 that poetry, to be of the highest excellence, must, in 
 
 1 On Translating Homer, ed. 1883, pp. 265-267. 
 9 Ibid., p. 288. 
 3 Ibid., p. 268. 
 4 Ibid., p. 288.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xliii 
 
 addition to containing a criticism of life of profound 
 significance, conform to the laws of poetic beauty and 
 truth. He accepts as necessary categories for the 
 appreciation of poetical excellence style and manner, 
 diction and movement. Yet his most important gen- 
 eral assertion about these latter purely formal deter- 
 minations of poetry is that they are inseparably 
 connected with substance and matter; similarly, when- 
 ever he discusses artistic effects, he is apt to find them 
 interesting simply as serving to interpret the artist's 
 prevailing mood toward life; and even where, as is at 
 times doubtless the case, he escapes for the moment 
 from his ethical interest and appreciates with imagina- 
 tive delicacy the individual quality of a poem or a 
 poet's style, he is nearly always found sooner or later 
 explaining this quality as originating in the poet's 
 peculiar ethos. As for any systematic or even inci- 
 dental determination of " the laws of poetic beauty 
 and truth," we search for it through his pages in vain. 
 
 But it would be wrong to attribute this lack in 
 Arnold's essays of theorizing about questions of art 
 solely to his preoccupation with conduct. For theory 
 in general and for abstractions in general, — for all 
 sorts of philosophizing, — Arnold openly professes his 
 dislike. " Perhaps we shall one day learn," he says in 
 his essay on Wordsworth, " to make this proposition 
 general, and to say: Poetry is the reality, philosophy 
 the illusion." ! This distrust of the abstract and the 
 
 1 Essays, ii., ed. 1891, p. 149.
 
 xliv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 purely theoretical shows itself throughout his literary 
 criticism and determines many of its characteristics. 
 
 His hostility to systems and to system-makers has 
 already been pointed out ; this hostility admits of no 
 exception in favor of the systematic critic. " There is 
 the judgment of ignorance, the judgment of incom- 
 patibility, the judgment of envy and jealousy. Fi- 
 nally, there is the systematic judgment, and this judg- 
 ment is the most worthless of all. . . Its author has 
 not really his eye upon the professed object of his 
 criticism at all, but upon something else which he 
 wants to prove by means of that object. He neither 
 really tells us, therefore, anything about the object, 
 nor anything about his own ignorance of the object. 
 He never fairly looks at it; he is looking at something 
 else." ' This hypnotizing effect is what Arnold first 
 objects to and fears in a theory; the critic with a 
 theory is bound to find what he goes in search of, and 
 nothing else. He goes out — to change somewhat 
 one of Arnold's own figures — like Saul, the son of 
 Kish, in search of his father's asses; and he comes 
 back with the authentic animals instead of the tradi- 
 tional windfall of a kingdom. 
 
 Nor is preoccupation with a pet theory the sole in- 
 capacity that Arnold finds in the systematic critic; 
 such a critic is almost sure to be over-intellectualized, 
 a victim of abstractions and definitions, dependent for 
 his judgments on conceptions, and lacking in temper- 
 amental sensitiveness to the appeal of literature as 
 art. He is merely a triangulator of the landscape of 
 
 1 Mixed Essays, ed. 1883, p. 209.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xlv 
 
 literature, and moves resolutely in his process of tri- 
 angulation from one fixed point to another; he finds 
 significant only such parts of his experience as he can 
 sum up in a definite abstract formula at some one of 
 these arbitrary halting places; his ultimate opinion of 
 the ground he covers is merely the sum total of a com- 
 paratively small number of such abstract expressions. 
 To the manifold wealth of the landscape in color, in 
 light, in shade, and in poetic suggestiveness, the sys- 
 tem-monger, the theoretical critic, has all the time 
 been blind. 
 
 Knowledge, too, even though it be not severely sys- 
 tematized, may interfere with the free play of critical 
 intelligence. An oversupply of unvitalized facts or 
 ideas, even though these facts or ideas be not organ- 
 ized into an importunate theory, may prove disastrous 
 to the critic. The danger to which the critic is 
 exposed from this source, Arnold has amusingly set 
 forth in his Last Words on Homeric translation : 
 " Much as Mr. Newman was mistaken when he talked 
 of my rancour, he is entirely right when he talks of my 
 ignorance. And yet, perverse as it seems to say so, 
 I sometimes find myself wishing, when dealing with 
 these matters of poetical criticism, that my ignor- 
 ance were even greater than it is. To handle these 
 matters properly, there is needed a poise so perfect 
 that the least overweight in any direction tends to 
 destroy the balance. Temper destroys it, a crotchet 
 destroys it, even erudition may destroy it. To press 
 to the sense of the thing with which one is dealing, 
 not to go off on some collateral issue about the thing, 
 is the hardest matter in the world. The ' thing
 
 xlvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 itself ' with which one is here dealing — the critical 
 perception of poetic truth — is of all things the most 
 volatile, elusive, and evanescent; by even pressing too 
 impetuously after it, one runs the risk of losing it. 
 The critic of poetry should have the finest tact, the 
 nicest moderation, the most free, flexible, and elastic 
 spirit imaginable; he should be, indeed, the 'ondoyant 
 et divers,' the undulating and diverse being of Mon- 
 taigne. The less he can deal with his object simply 
 and freely, the more things he has to take into ac- 
 count in dealing with it, — the more, in short, he has 
 to encumber himself, — so much the greater force of 
 spirit he needs to retain his elasticity. But one can- 
 not exactly have this greater force by wishing for it; 
 so, for the force of spirit one has, the load put upon it 
 is often heavier than it will well bear. The late 
 Duke of Wellington said of a certain peer that ' it 
 was a great pity his education had been so far too 
 much for his abilities.' In like manner one often sees 
 erudition out of all proportion to its owner's critical 
 faculty. Little as I know, therefore, I am always ap- 
 prehensive, in dealing with poetry, lest even that little 
 should prove too much for my abilities." ! 
 
 Discreet ignorance, then, is Arnold's counsel of 
 perfection to the would-be critic. And, accordingly, 
 he himself is desultory from conscientious motives and 
 unsystematic by fixed rule. There are two passages 
 in his writings where he explains confidentially his 
 methods and his reasons for choosing them. The 
 first occurs in a letter of 1864 ; "My sinuous, easy. 
 
 1 On Translating Homer, p. 245.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xlvii 
 
 unpolemical mode of proceeding has been adopted 
 by me first because I really think it the best way 
 of proceeding, if one wants to get at, and keep 
 with, truth; secondly, because I am convinced only 
 by a literary form of this kind being given to them 
 can ideas such as mine ever gain any access in a 
 country such as ours." ' The second passage occurs 
 in the Preface to his first series of Essays in Criticism 
 (1865): " Indeed, it is not in my nature — some of my 
 critics would rather say not in my power — to dispute 
 on behalf of any opinion, even my own, very obsti- 
 nately. To try and approach truth on one side after 
 another, not to strive or cry, not to persist in pressing 
 forward, on any one side, with violence and self-will, 
 it is only thus, it seems to me, that mortals may hope 
 to gain any vision of the mysterious Goddess, whom 
 we shall never see except in outline. He who will do 
 nothing but fight impetuously toward her, on his own 
 one favorite particular line, is inevitably destined to 
 run his head into the folds of the black robe in which 
 she is wrapped." 2 
 
 Such, then, is Arnold's ideal of critical method. The 
 critic is not to move from logical point to point, as, for 
 example, Francis Jeffrey was wont, in his essays, to 
 move, with an advocate's devotion to system and de- 
 sire to make good some definite conclusion. Rather 
 the critic is to give rein to his temperament ; 
 he is to make use of intuitions, imaginations, hints 
 that touch the heart, as well as abstract principles, 
 syllogisms, and arguments ; and so he is to reach out 
 
 1 Letters, i. 282. 2 Essays, i., ed. 1891, p. v.
 
 xlviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tentatively through all his powers after truth if haply 
 he may find her ; in the hope that thus, keeping close 
 to the concrete aspects of his subject, he may win to 
 an ever more inclusive and intimate command of its 
 surface and configurations. The type of mind most 
 apt for this kind of critical work is the "free, flexible 
 and elastic spirit," described in the passage from the 
 Last Words quoted a moment ago ; the " undulating 
 and diverse being of Montaigne." 
 
 A critic of this type will palpably concern himself 
 slightly with abstractions, with theorizings, with 
 definitions. And indeed Arnold's unwillingness to 
 define becomes at times almost ludicrous. " Noth- 
 ing has raised more questioning among my critics 
 than these words — noble, the grand style. . . Alas ! 
 the grand style is the last matter in the world for 
 verbal definition to deal with adequately. One may 
 say of it as is said of faith: 'One must feel it in 
 order to know it.' " 1 Similarly in the Study of Poetry, 
 Arnold urges : " Critics give themselves great labour 
 to draw out what in the abstract constitutes the 
 characters of a high quality of poetry. It is much 
 better to have recourse to concrete examples. . . 
 If we are asked to define this mark and accent in the 
 abstract, our answer must be : No, for we should 
 thereby be darkening the question, not clearing it." 
 Again : " I may discuss what in the abstract consti- 
 tutes the grand style; but that sort of general dis- 
 cussion never much helps our judgment of particular 
 instances." 2 
 
 1 On Translating Homer, ed. 1883, p. 264. 
 2 Ibid., p. 194.
 
 IN TROD UCTION. xl ix 
 
 These passages are characteristic; rarely indeed 
 does Arnold consent to commit himself to the control 
 of a definition. He prefers to convey into his readers' 
 mind a living realization of the thing or the object 
 he treats of rather than to put before them its logically 
 articulated outlines. 
 
 Moreover, when he undertakes the abstract dis- 
 cussion of a general term, he is apt to be capricious 
 in his treatment of it and to follow in his subdivisions 
 and classifications some external clew rather than 
 logical structure. In the essay on Celtic Literature 
 he discusses the various ways of handling nature in 
 poetry and finds four such ways — the conventional 
 way, the faithful way, the Greek way, and the magical 
 way. The classification recommends itself through its 
 superficial charm and facility, yet rests on no psycho- 
 logical truth, or at any rate carries with it, as Arnold 
 treats it, no psychological suggestions ; it gives no 
 swift insight into the origin in the poet's mind and 
 heart of these different modes of conceiving of nature. 
 Hence, the classification, as Arnold uses it, is merely a 
 temporary makeshift for rather gracefully grouping 
 effects, not an analytic interpretation of these effects 
 through a reduction of them to their varying sources 
 in thought and feeling. 
 
 This may be taken as typical of Arnold's critical 
 methods. As we read his essays we have no sense of 
 making definite progress in the comprehension of lit- 
 erature as an art among arts, as well as in the apprecia- 
 tion of an individual author or poem. We are not 
 being intellectually oriented as we are in reading the 
 most stimulating critical work; we are not getting an
 
 1 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ever surer sense of the points of the compass. Essays, 
 to have this orienting power, need not be continually 
 prating of theories and laws; they need not be 
 rabidly scientific in phrase or in method. But they 
 must issue from a mind that has come to an under- 
 standing with itself about the genesis of art in the 
 genius of the artist; about the laws that, when the 
 utmost plea has been made for freedom and caprice, 
 regulate artistic production ; about the history and 
 evolution of art forms ; and about the relations of 
 the arts among themselves and to the other activities 
 of life. It may fairly be doubted if Arnold had ever 
 wrought out for himself consistent conclusions on 
 all or on most of these topics. Indeed, the mere 
 juxtaposition of his name and a formal list of these 
 topics suggests the kind of mock-serious depreca- 
 tory paragraph with which the "unlearned belletristic 
 trifler " was wont to reply to such strictures — a para- 
 graph sure to carry in its tail a stinging bit of sarcasm 
 at the expense of pedantry and unenlightened formal- 
 ism. And yet, great as must be every one's respect for 
 the thorough scholarship and widely varied accom- 
 plishment that Arnold made so light of and carried off 
 so easily, the doubt must nevertheless be suggested 
 whether a more vigorous grasp on theory, and a more 
 consistent habit of thinking out literary questions to 
 their principles, would not have invigorated his work 
 as a critic and given it greater permanence and richer 
 suggestiveness.
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 VI. 
 
 It is, then, as an appreciator of what may perhaps 
 be called the spiritual qualities of literature that 
 Arnold is most distinctively a furtherer of criticism. 
 An appreciator of beauty, — of true beauty wherever 
 found, — that is what he would willingly be; and yet, 
 as the matter turns out, the beauty that he most surely 
 enjoys and reveals has invariably a spiritual aroma, — 
 is the finer breath of intense spiritual life. Or, if 
 spiritual be too mystical a word to apply to Homer 
 and Goethe, perhaps Arnold should rather be termed 
 an appreciator of beauty that is the effluence of noble 
 character. 
 
 The importance of appreciation in criticism, Arnold 
 has himself described in one of the Mixed Essays : 
 "Admiration is salutary and formative; . . . but 
 things admirable are sown wide, and are to be gathered 
 here and gathered there, not all in one place ; and 
 until we have gathered them wherever they are to be 
 found, we have not known the true salutariness and 
 formativeness of admiration. The quest is large; 
 and occupation with the unsound or half sound, de- 
 light in the not good or less good, is a sore let and 
 hindrance to us. Release from such occupation and 
 delight sets us free for ranging farther, and for per- 
 fecting our sense of beauty. He is the happy man, 
 who, encumbering himself with the love of nothing 
 which is not beautiful, is able to embrace the greatest 
 number of things beautiful in his life." ' 
 
 1 Mixed Essays, ed. 1883, p. 210.
 
 Hi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 On this disinterested quest then, for the beautiful, 
 Arnold in his essays nominally fares forth. Yet cer- 
 tain limitations in his appreciation, over and beyond 
 his prevalent ethical interest, must forthwith be noted. 
 Music, painting, and sculpture have seemingly noth- 
 ing to say to him. In his Letters there are only a few 
 allusions to any of these arts, and such as occur do 
 not surpass in significance the comments of the chance 
 loiterer in foreign galleries or visitor of concert rooms. 
 In his essays there are none of the correlations be- 
 tween the effects and methods of literature and those 
 of kindred arts that may do so much either to indi- 
 vidualize or to illustrate the characteristics of poe- 
 try. For Arnold, literature and poetry make up the 
 whole range of art. 
 
 Within these limits, however, — the limits imposed by 
 preoccupation with conduct and by carelessness of all 
 arts except literature, — Arnold has been a prevailing 
 revealer of beauty. Not his most hostile critic can 
 question the delicacy of his perception, so far as he 
 allows his perception free play. On the need of nice 
 and ever nicer discriminations in the apprehension of 
 the shifting values of literature, he has himself often 
 insisted. Critics who let their likes and dislikes assert 
 themselves turbulently, to the destruction of fine dis- 
 tinctions, always fall under Arnold's condemnation. 
 " When Mr. Palgrave dislikes a thing, he feels no pres- 
 sure constraining him, either to try his dislike closely 
 or to express it moderately ; he does not mince mat- 
 ters, he gives his dislike all its own way. . . He dis- 
 likes the architecture of the Rue Rivoli, and he puts 
 it on the level with the architecture of Belgravia and
 
 INTRODUCTION. liii 
 
 Gower Street ; he lumps them all together in one con- 
 demnation ; he loses sight of the shade, the distinction 
 which is here everything." ' For a similar blurring 
 of impressions, Professor Newman is taken to task, 
 though in Newman's case the faulty appreciations are 
 due to a different cause: " Like all learned men, ac- 
 customed to desire definite rules, he draws his con- 
 clusions too absolutely ; he wants to include too much 
 under his rules ; he does not quite perceive that in 
 poetical criticism the shade, the fine distinction, is 
 everything ; and that, when he has once missed this, 
 in all he says he is in truth but beating the air." 2 To 
 appreciate literature more and more sensitively in 
 terms of " an undulating and diverse temperament," 
 this is the ideal that Arnold puts before literary criti- 
 cism. 
 
 His own appreciations of poetry are probably 
 richest, most discriminating, and most disinterested in 
 the lectures on Translating Homer. The imaginative 
 tact is unfailing with which he-renders the contour 
 and the surface-qualities of the various poems that he 
 comments on; and equally noteworthy is the divining 
 instinct with which he captures the spirit of each 
 poet and sets it before us with a phrase or a symbol. 
 The " inversion and pregnant conciseness " of Milton's 
 style, its "laborious and condensed fullness"; the 
 plainspokenness, freshness, vigorousness, and yet 
 fancifulness and curious complexity of Chapman's 
 style; Spenser's " sweet and easy slipping move' 
 
 1 Essays, i., ed. 1891, p. 73. 
 
 2 On Translating Homer, ed. 1883, p. 246.
 
 liv INTRODUCTION, 
 
 ment"; Scott's "bastard epic style"; the "one 
 continual falsetto " of Macaulay's " pinchbeck Roman 
 Ballads "j all these characterizations are delicately 
 sure in their phrasing and suggestion, and are the 
 clearer because they are made to stand in continual 
 contrast with Homer's style, the rapidity, directness, 
 simplicity, and nobleness of which Arnold keeps ever 
 present in our consciousness. Incidentally, too, such 
 suggestive discriminations as that between simplesse 
 and simplicity the " semblance " of simplicity and the 
 " real quality," are made ours by the critic, as he goes 
 on with his pursuit of the essential qualities of 
 Homeric thought and diction. To read these lectures 
 is a thoroughly tempering process; a process that 
 renders the mind and imagination permanently finer 
 in texture, more elastic, more sensitively sure in tone, 
 and subtly responsive to the demands of good art. 
 
 The essay on the Study of Poetry which was written 
 as preface to Ward's English Poets is also rich in 
 appreciation, and at times almost as disinterested as 
 the lectures on Homer ; yet perhaps never quite so 
 disinterested. For in the Study of Poetry Arnold is 
 persistently aware of his conception of " the grand 
 style "and bent on winning his readers to make it 
 their own. Only poets who attain this grand style 
 deserve to be "classics," and the continual insistence 
 on the note of "high seriousness" — its presence or 
 absence — becomes rather wearisome. Moreover, 
 Arnold's preoccupation with this ultimate manner and 
 quality tends to limit a trifle the freedom and delicate 
 truth of his appreciations of other manners and minor 
 qualities. At times, one is tempted to charge Arnold
 
 IN TR OD UC T/OAT. 1 v 
 
 with some of the unresponsiveness of temperament 
 that he ascribes to systematic critics, and to find 
 even Arnold himself under the perilous sway of a fixed 
 idea. Yet, when all is said, the Study of Poetry is full 
 of fine things and does much to widen the range of ap- 
 preciation and at the same time to make appreciation 
 more certain. " The liquid diction, the fluid move- 
 ment of Chaucer, his large, free, sound representation 
 of things"; Burns's "touches of piercing, sometimes 
 almost intolerable pathos," his " archness," too, and his 
 " soundness" ; Shelley, "that beautiful spirit building 
 his many-coloured haze of words and images ' Pinna- 
 cled dim in the intense inane' "; these, and other inter- 
 pretations like them, are easily adequate and carry the 
 qualities of each poet readily into the minds and 
 imaginations of sympathetic readers. Appreciation is 
 much the richer for this essay on the Study of Poetry 
 Nor must Arnold's suggestive appreciations of prose 
 .Style be forgotten. Several of them have passed into 
 standard accounts of clearly recognized varieties of 
 prose diction. Arnold's phrasing of the matter has 
 made all sensitive English readers permanently more 
 sensitive to " the warm glow, blithe movement, and 
 soft pliancy of life " of the Attic style, and also perma- 
 nently more hostile to "the over-heavy richness and 
 encumbered gait " of the Asiatic style. Equally good 
 is his account of the Corinthian style : "It has glitter 
 without warmth, rapidity without ease, effectiveness 
 without charm. Its characteristic is that it has no 
 soul; all it exists for, is to get its ends, to make its 
 points, to damage its adversaries, to be admired, to 
 triumph. A style so bent on effect at the expense
 
 1 vi IN TROD UCTION. 
 
 of soul, simplicity, and delicacy; a style so little 
 studious of the charm of the great models; so far 
 from classic truth and grace, must surely be said to 
 have the note of provinciality." 1 "Middle-class 
 Macaulayese " is his name for Hepworth Dixon's 
 style; a style which he evidently regards as likely to 
 gain favor and establish itself. " 1 call it Macau- 
 layese . . . because it has the same internal and ex- 
 ternal characteristics as Macaulay's style; the external 
 characteristic being a hard metallic movement with 
 nothing of the soft play of life, and the internal char- 
 acteristic being a perpetual semblance of hitting the 
 right nail on the head without the reality. And I call 
 it middle-class Macaulayese, because it has these 
 faults without the compensation of great studies and 
 of conversance with great affairs, by which Macaulay 
 partly redeemed them." ; It will, of course, be noted 
 that these latter appreciations deal for the most part 
 with divergences from the beautiful in style, but they 
 none the less quicken and refine the aesthetic sense. 
 
 Finally, throughout the two series of miscellaneous 
 essays there is, in the midst of much business with 
 ethical matters, an often-recurring free play of imagi- 
 nation in the interests, solely and simply, of beauty. 
 Many are the happy windfalls these essays offer of 
 delicate interpretation both of poetic effect and of 
 creative movement, and many are the memorable 
 phrases and symbols by which incidentally the essen- 
 tial quality of a poet or prose writer is securely lodged 
 in the reader's consciousness. 
 
 1 Essays, i., ed. 1891, p. 75. 
 
 * Friendship's Garland, ed. 1883, p. 279.
 
 IN TROD UCTION. lvii 
 
 And yet, wide ranging and delicately sensitive as are 
 Arnold's appreciations, the feeling will assert itself, in 
 a final survey of his work in literary criticism, that he 
 nearly always has designs on his readers and that 
 appreciation is a means to an end. The end in view 
 is the exorcism of the spirit of Philistinism. Arnold's 
 conscience is haunted by this hideous apparition as 
 Luther's was by the devil, and he is all the time 
 metaphorically throwing his inkstand at the spectre. 
 Or, to put the matter in another way, his one dominat- 
 ing wish is to help modern Englishmen to "conquer 
 the hard unintelligence," which is "their bane; to 
 supple and reduce it by culture, by a growth in the 
 variety, fullness, and sweetness of their spiritual life " ; 
 and the appreciative interpretation of literature to as 
 wide a circle of readers as possible seems to him one 
 of the surest ways of thus educing in his fellow-coun- 
 trymen new spiritual qualities. It must not be for- 
 gotten that Matthew Arnold was the son of Thomas 
 Arnold, master of Rugby ; there is in him a hereditary 
 pedagogic bias — an inevitable trend toward moral 
 suasion. The pedagogic spirit has suffered a sea- 
 change into something rich and strange, and yet 
 traces of its origin linger about it. Criticism with 
 Arnold is rarely, if ever, irresponsible; it is our school- 
 master to bring us to culture. 
 
 In a letter of 1863 Arnold speaks of the great trans- 
 formation which " in this concluding half of the cen- 
 tury the English spirit is destined to undergo." " I 
 shall do," he adds, " what I can for this movement in 
 literature; freer perhaps in that sphere than I could 
 be in any other, but with the risk always before me, if
 
 lvii i IN TROD UCTION. 
 
 I cannot charm the wild beast of Philistinism while 
 I am trying to convert him, of being torn in pieces 
 by him." 1 In charming the wild beast Arnold ulti- 
 mately succeeded; and yet there is a sense in which he 
 fell a victim to his very success. The presence of the 
 beast, and the necessity of fluting to him debonairly 
 and winningly, fastened themselves on Arnold's imagi- 
 nation and subdued him to a comparatively narrow 
 range of subjects and set of interests. From the point 
 of view, at least, of what is desirable in appreciative 
 criticism Arnold was injured by his sense of responsi- 
 bility ; he lacks the detachment and the delicate 
 mobility that are the redeeming traits of modern 
 dilettantism. 
 
 If, then, we regard Arnold as a writer with a task to 
 accomplish, with certain definite regenerative pur- 
 poses to carry out, with a body of original ideas about 
 the conduct of life to inculcate, we must conclude that 
 he succeeded admirably in his work, followed out his 
 ideas with persistence and temerity through many 
 regions of human activity, and embodied them with 
 unwearying ingenuity and persuasiveness in a wide 
 range of discussions. If, on the other hand, we con- 
 sider him solely as a literary critic, we are forced to 
 admit that he is not the ideal literary critic; he is not 
 the ideal literary critic because he is so much more, 
 and because his interests lie so decisively outside of 
 art. Nor is this opinion meant to imply an ultimate 
 theory of art for art's sake, or to suggest any limita- 
 tion of criticism to mere impressionism or appreciation. 
 
 1 Letters, ed. 1896, i. 240.
 
 INTRODUCTION. lix 
 
 Literature must be known historically and philo- 
 sophically before it can be adequately appreciated ; 
 that is emphatically true. Art may or may not be 
 justifiable solely as it is of service to society; that 
 need not be debated. But, in any event, literary 
 criticism, if it is to reach its utmost effectiveness, 
 must regard works of art for the time being as self- 
 justified integrations of beauty and truth, and so 
 regarding them must record and interpret their power 
 and their charm. And this temporary isolating proc- 
 ess is just the process which Arnold very rarely, for 
 the reasons that have been traced in detail, is willing 
 or able to go through with. 
 
 VII. 
 
 When we turn to consider Arnold's literary style, 
 we are forced to admit that this, too, has suffered from 
 the strenuousness of his moral purpose; it has been 
 unduly sophisticated, here and there, because of his 
 desire to charm " the wild beast of Philistinism." 
 To this purpose and this desire is owing, at least in 
 part, that falsetto note — that half-querulous, half- 
 supercilious artificiality of tone, — that is now and 
 then to be heard in his writing. In point of fact, it 
 would be easy to exaggerate the extent to which this 
 note is audible ; an unprejudiced reader will find long 
 continuous passages of even Arnold's most elaborately 
 designed writing free from any trace of undue self- 
 consciousness or of gentle condescension. And yet 
 it is undeniable that when, apart from his Letters. 
 Arnold's prose, as a whole, is compared with that ot
 
 lx introduction: 
 
 such a writer, for example, as Cardinal Newman, 
 there is in Arnold's style, as the ear listens for the 
 quality of the bell metal, not quite the same beauti- 
 fully clear and sincere resonance. There seems to be 
 now and then some unhappy warring of elements, 
 some ill-adjustment of overtones, a trace of some flaw 
 in mixing or casting. 
 
 Are not these defects in Arnold's style due to his 
 somewhat self-conscious attempt to fascinate a recal- 
 citrant public? Is it not the assumption of a manner 
 that jars on us often in Arnold's less happy moments? 
 Has he not the pose of the man who overdoes bravado 
 with the hope of getting cleverly through a pass which 
 he feels a bit trying to his nerves? Arnold has a keen 
 consciousness of the very stupid beast of Philistinism 
 lying in wait for him ; and in the stress of the moment 
 he is guilty of a little exaggeration of manner; he is 
 just a shade unnatural in his flippancy; he treads his 
 measure with an unduly mincing flourish. 
 
 Arnold's habit of half-mocking self-depreciation and 
 of insincere apology for supposititious personal short- 
 comings has already been mentioned; to his contro- 
 versial writings, particularly, it gives often a raspingly 
 supercilious tone. He insists with mock humbleness 
 that he is a " mere belletristic trifler "; that he has no 
 "system of philosophy with principles coherent, inter- 
 dependent, subordinate, and derivative " to help him in 
 the discussion of abstract questions. He assures us 
 that he is merely " a feeble unit " of the " English 
 middle class "; he deprecates being called a professor 
 because it is a title he shares " with so many dis- 
 tinguished men — Professor Pepper, Professor Ander-
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxi 
 
 •on, Professor Frickel, and others — who adorn it," he 
 feels, much more than he does. These mock apologies 
 are always amusing and yet a bit exasperating, too. 
 Why should Arnold regard it, we ask ourselves, as 
 such a relishing joke — the possibility that he has a 
 defect? The implication of almost arrogant self-satis- 
 faction is troublesomely present to us. Such passages 
 certainly suggest that Arnold had an ingrained con- 
 tempt for the " beast " he was charming. 
 
 Yet, when all is said, much of this supercilious satire 
 is irresistibly droll, and refuses to be gainsaid. One 
 of his most effective modes of ridiculing his opponents 
 is through conjuring up imaginary scenes in which 
 some ludicrous aspect of his opponent's case or char- 
 acter is thrown into diverting prominence. Is it the 
 pompous, arrogant self-satisfaction of the prosperous 
 middle-class tradesman that Arnold wishes to satirize? 
 And more particularly is it the futility of the Saturday 
 Review in holding up Benthamism — the systematic 
 recognition of such a smug man's ideal of selfish hap- 
 piness — as the true moral ideal? Arnold represents 
 himself as travelling on a suburban railway on which 
 a murder has recently been committed, and as falling 
 into chat with the middle-class frequenters of this 
 route. The demoralization of these worthy folk, 
 Arnold assures us, was " something bewildering." 
 " Myself a transcendentalist (as the Saturday Review 
 knows), I escaped the infection ; and, day after day, 
 I used to ply my agitated fellow-travellers with all the 
 consolations which my transcendentalism would nat- 
 urally suggest to me. I reminded them how Caesar 
 refused to take precautions against assassination, be-
 
 lxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 cause life was not worth having at the price of an 
 ignoble solicitude for it. I reminded them what 
 insignificant atoms we all are in the life of the world. 
 'Suppose the worst to happen,' I said, addressing a 
 portly jeweller from Cheapside; ' suppose even your- 
 self to be the victim; il ny a pas d'homme ne'cessaire. 
 We should miss you for a day or two upon the Wood- 
 ford Branch; but the great mundane movement 
 would still go on, the gravel walks of your villa would 
 still be rolled, dividends would still be paid at the 
 Bank, omnibuses would still run, there would still be 
 the old crush at the corner of Fenchurch Street.' All 
 was of no avail. Nothing could moderate in the 
 bosom of the great English middle class, their passion- 
 ate, absorbing, almost bloodthirsty clinging to life." 
 This is, of course, " admirable fooling"; and equally 
 of course, the little imaginary scene serves per- 
 fectly the purposes of Arnold's argument and turns 
 into ridicule the narrowness and overweening self- 
 importance of the smug tradesman. 
 
 Another instance of Arnold's ability to conjure up 
 fancifully a scene of satirical import may be adduced 
 from the first chapter of Culture and Anarchy. Arnold 
 has been ridiculing the worship of mere " bodily 
 health and vigour " as ends in themselves. " Why, 
 one has heard people," he exclaims, " fresh from read- 
 ing certain articles of the Times on the Registrar 
 General's returns of marriages and births in this coun- 
 try, who would talk of our large English families in 
 quite a solemn strain, as if they had something in 
 itself, beautiful, elevating, and meritorious in them ; 
 as if the British Philistine would have only to present
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxiii 
 
 himself before the Great Judge with his twelve chil- 
 dren, in order to be received among the sheep as a 
 matter of right ! " ' 
 
 It is noticeable that only in such scenes and pas- 
 ages as these is Arnold's imagination active — scenes 
 and passages that are a bit satirical, not to say mali- 
 cious; on the other hand, scenes that have the limpid 
 light and the winning quality of many in Cardinal 
 Newman's writings — scenes that rest the eye and 
 commend themselves simply and graciously to the 
 heart — are in Arnold's prose hardly, if ever, to be 
 found. This seernr the less easy to explain inasmuch 
 as his poetry, though of course not exceptionally 
 rich in color, nevertheless shows everywhere a deli- 
 cately sure sense of the surface of life. Nor is it 
 only the large sweep of the earth-areas or the 
 diversified play of the human spectacle that is 
 absent from Arnold's prose ; his imagination does 
 not even make itself exceptionally felt through con- 
 crete phrasing or warmth of coloring; his style is 
 usually intellectual almost to the point of wanness, and 
 has rarely any of the heightened quality of so-called 
 poetic prose. In point of fact, this conventional re- 
 straint in Arnold's style, this careful adherence to the 
 mood of prose, is a very significant matter ; it distin- 
 guishes Arnold both as a writer and as a critic of life 
 from such men as Carlyle and Mr. Ruskin. The mean- 
 ing of this quietly conventional manner will be later 
 considered in the discussion of Arnold's relation to 
 his age. 
 
 The two pieces of writing where Arnold's style has 
 
 1 Selections, p. 158.
 
 lxiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 most fervor and imaginative glow are the essay on 
 George Sand and the discourse upon Emerson. In 
 each case he was returning in the choice of his sub- 
 ject to an earlier enthusiasm, and was reviving a mood 
 that had for him a certain romantic consecration. 
 George Sand had opened for him, while he was still 
 at the University, a whole world of rich and half- 
 fearful imaginative experience ; a world where he had 
 delighted to follow through glowing southern land- 
 scapes the journeyings of picturesquely rebellious 
 heroes and heroines, whose passionate declamation laid 
 an irresistible spell on his English fancy. Her love 
 and portrayal of rustic nature had also come to him 
 as something graciously different from the saner and 
 more moral or spiritual interpretation of rustic life to 
 be found in Wordsworth's poems. Her personality, 
 in all its passionate sincerity and with pathetically 
 unrewarded aspirations, had imposed itself on Arnold's 
 imagination both as this personality was revealed in 
 her books and as it was afterward encountered in 
 actual life. All these early feelings Arnold revives in 
 a memorial essay written in 1877, one year after 
 George Sand's death. From first to last the essay has 
 a brooding sincerity of tone, an unconsidering frank- 
 ness, and an intensity and color of phrase that are 
 noteworthy. The descriptions of nature, both of the 
 landscapes to be found in George Sand's romances and 
 of those in the midst of which she herself lived, have 
 a luxuriance and sensuousness of surface that Arnold 
 rarely condescends to. The tone of unguarded devo- 
 tion may be represented by part of the concluding 
 paragraph of the essay: "It is silent, that eloquent
 
 INTRODUCTION. Ixv 
 
 voice ! it is sunk, that noble, that speaking head! 
 We sum up, as we best can, what she said to us, and 
 we bid her adieu. From many hearts in many lands 
 a troop of tender and grateful regrets converge 
 toward her humble churchyard in Berry. Let them 
 be joined by these words of sad homage from one of 
 a nation which she esteemed, and which knew her 
 very little and very ill." ' There can be no question 
 of the passionate sincerity and the poetic beauty of 
 this passage. 
 
 Comparable in atmosphere and tone to this essay on 
 George Sand is the discourse on Emerson, in certain 
 parts of which Arnold again has the courage of his 
 emotions. In the earlier paragraphs there is the same 
 revivification of a youthful mood as in the essay on 
 George Sand. There is also the same only half- 
 restrained pulsation in the rhythm, an emotional throb 
 that at times almost produces an effect of metre. 
 " Forty years ago, when I was an undergraduate at 
 Oxford, voices were in the air there which haunt my 
 memory still. Happy the man who in that susceptible 
 season of youth hears such voices! they are a posses- 
 sion to him forever." 2 Of this discourse, however, 
 only the introduction and the conclusion are of this 
 intense, self-communing passionateness; the analysis 
 of Emerson's qualities as writer and thinker, that 
 makes up the greater part of the discourse, has 
 Arnold's usual colloquial, self-consciously wary tone. 
 
 A fairly complete survey of the characteristics of 
 Arnold's style may perhaps best be obtained by rec- 
 
 1 Mixed Essays, ed. 1883, p. 260. 
 
 2 Discourses in America, ed. 1894, p. 138.
 
 lxvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ognizing in his prose writings four distinct manners. 
 First may be mentioned his least compromising, 
 severest, most exact style; it is most consistently 
 present in the first of the Mixed Essays, that on 
 Democracy (1861). The sentences are apt to be 
 long and periodic. The structure of the thought 
 is defined by means of painstakingly accurate articu- 
 lations. Progress in the discussion is systematic and 
 is from time to time conscientiously noted. The 
 tone is earnest, almost anxious. A strenuous, system- 
 atic, responsible style, we may call it. Somewhat 
 mitigated in its severities, somewhat less palpably 
 official, it remains the style of Arnold's technical 
 reports upon education and of great portions of his 
 writings on religious topics. It is, however, most 
 adequately exhibited in the essay on Democracy. 
 
 Simpler in tone, easier, more colloquial, more casual, 
 is the style that Arnold uses in his literary essays, in 
 the uncontroversial parts of the lectures on Trans- 
 lating Homer, and in Culture and Anarchy. This 
 style is characterized by its admirable union of ease, 
 simplicity, and strength; by the affability of its tone, 
 an affability, however, that never degenerates into 
 over-familiarity or loses dignified restraint; by its 
 disregard of method, or of the more pretentious 
 manifestations of method; and by the delicate cer- 
 tainty, with which, when at its best, it takes the 
 reader, despite its apparently casual movement, over 
 the essential aspects of the subject under discussion. 
 This is really Arnold's most distinctive manner, and it 
 will require, after his two remaining manners have been 
 briefly noted, some further analysis.
 
 ■IN TR OD UC TION. 1 X V ii 
 
 Arnold's third style is most apt to appear in contro- 
 versial writings or in his treatment of subjects where he 
 is particularly aware of his enemy, or particularly bent 
 on getting a hearing from the inattentive through 
 cleverly malicious satire, or particularly desirous of 
 carrying things off with a nonchalant air. It appears 
 in the controversial parts of the lectures on Trans- 
 lating Homer, in many chapters of Culture and 
 Anarchy, and runs throughout Friendship 's Garland. 
 Its peculiarly rasping effect upon many readers has 
 already been described. It is responsible for much 
 of the prejudice against Arnold's prose. 
 
 Arnold's fourth style — intimate, rich in color, 
 intense in feeling, almost lyrical in tone — is the style 
 that has just been characterized in the discussion of 
 the essays on George Sand and on Emerson. There 
 are not many passages in Arnold's prose where this 
 style has its way with him. But these passages are 
 so individual, and seem to reveal Arnold with such 
 novelty and truth, that the style that pervades them 
 deserves to be put by itself. 
 
 The style usually taken as characteristically 
 Arnold's is that here classed as his second, with a 
 generous admixture of the third. Many of the 
 qualities of this style have already been suggested as 
 illustrative of certain aspects of Arnold's temperament 
 or habits of thought. Various important points, how- 
 ever, still remain to be appreciated. 
 
 Colloquial in its rhythms and its idiom this style 
 surely is. It is fond of assenting to its own proposi- 
 tions; "well" and "yes" often begin its sentences — 
 sis^ns of its casual and tentative mode of advance.
 
 Jxviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Arnold's frequent use of "well" and "yes" and 
 neglect of the anxiously demonstrative "now," at the 
 opening of his sentences mark unmistakably the 
 unrigorousness of his method. An easily negligent 
 treatment of the sentence, too, is often noticeable; a 
 subject is left suspended while phrase follows phrase, 
 or even while clause follows clause, until, quite as in 
 ordinary talk, the subject must be repeated, the begin- 
 ning of the sentence must be brought freshly to mind. 
 Often Arnold ends a sentence and begins the next 
 with the same word or phrase; this trick is better 
 suited to talk than to formal discourse. Indeed, 
 Arnold permits himself not a few of the inaccuracies 
 of everyday speech. He uses the cleft infinitive; ' he 
 introduces relative clauses with superfluous " and " * 
 or "but"; 3 he confuses the present participle with 
 the verbal noun and speaks, for example, of " the 
 creating a current"; and he usually "tries and 
 does " a thing instead of " trying to do " it. Finally, 
 his prose abounds in exclamations and in Italicized 
 words or phrases, and so takes on much of the rhythm 
 and manner of talk. A brief quotation from Literature 
 and Dogma will make this clear. " But the gloomy, 
 oppressive dream is now over. ' Let us return to 
 Nature!' And all the world salutes with pride and 
 joy the Renascence, and prays to Heaven : ' Oh, that 
 Ishmael might live before thee ! ' Surely the future 
 belongs to this brilliant newcomer, with his animating 
 maxim: Let us return to Nature! Ah, what pitfalls 
 
 1 Selections, p. 116, 1. 24. 2 Selections, p. 114, 1. 6. 
 
 * Essays in Criticism, ed. 1891, i. 88.
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxix 
 
 are in that word Nature ! Let us return to art and 
 science, which are a part of Nature; yes. Let us 
 return to a proper conception of righteousness, to a 
 true sense of the method and secret of Jesus, which 
 have been all denaturalized; yes. But, ' Let us return 
 to Nature!' — do you mean that we are to give full 
 swing to our inclinations? " ' The colloquial character 
 of these exclamations and the search, through the use 
 of Italics, for stress like the accent of speech are 
 unmistakable. 
 
 Arnold's fundamental reason, conscious or uncon- 
 scious, for the adoption of this colloquial tone and 
 manner, may probably be found in the account of the 
 ultimate purpose of all his writing, given near the close 
 of Culture and Anarchy j he aims, not to inculcate an 
 absolutely determinate system of truth, but to stir his 
 readers into the keenest possible self-questioning over 
 the worth of their stock ideas. " Socrates has drunk 
 his hemlock and is dead; but in his own breast does 
 not every man carry about with him a possible Socrates, 
 in that power of disinterested play of consciousness 
 upon his stock notions and habits, of which this wise 
 and admirable man gave all through his lifetime the 
 great example, and which was the secret of his incom- 
 parable influence? And he who leads men to call forth 
 and exercise in themselves this power, and who busily 
 calls it forth and exercises it in himself, is at the pres- 
 ent moment, perhaps, as Socrates was in his time, 
 more in concert with the vital working of men's minds, 
 and more effectually significant, than any House of 
 
 1 Literature and Dogma, ed. 1893, p. 321.
 
 1 X X IN TR OD UC TION. 
 
 Commons' orator, or practical operator in politics." 1 
 This dialectical habit of mind is, Arnold believes, best 
 induced and stimulated by the free colloquial manner 
 of writing that he usually adopts. 
 
 In the choice of words, however, Arnold is not 
 noticeably colloquial. Less often in Arnold than in 
 Newman is a familiar phrase caught audaciously from 
 common speech and set with a sure sense of fitness and 
 a vivifying effect in the midst of more formal expres- 
 sions. His style, though idiomatic, stops short of the 
 vocabulary of every day; it is nice — instinctively 
 edited. Certain words are favorites with him, and 
 moreover, as is so often the case with the literary tem- 
 perament, these words reveal some of his special pre- 
 occupations. Such words are lucidity, urbanity, 
 amenity, fluid (as an epithet for style), vital, puissant. 
 
 Arnold is never afraid of repeating a word or a 
 phrase, hardly enough afraid of this. His trick of 
 ending one sentence and beginning the next with the 
 same set of words has already been noted. At times, 
 his repetitions seem due to his attempt to write down 
 to his public ; he will not confuse them by making 
 them grasp the same idea twice through two different 
 forms of speech. Often, his repetitions come palpa- 
 bly from sheer fondness for his own happy phraseology. 
 His description of Shelley as " a beautiful and in- 
 effectual angel, beating in the void his luminous wings 
 in vain," pleases him so well that he carries it over 
 entire from one essay to another; even a whole page 
 of his writing is sometimes so transferred. 
 
 1 Culture and Anarchy, ed. 1883, p. 205.
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxxi 
 
 And indeed iteration and reiteration of single phrases 
 or forms of words is a mannerism with Arnold, and at 
 times proves one of his most effective means both for 
 stamping his own ideas on the mind of the public and 
 for ridiculing his opponents. Many of his positive 
 formulas have become part and parcel of the modern 
 literary man's equipment. His account of poetry as 
 " a criticism of life "; his plea for "high seriousness" 
 as essential to a classic; his pleasant substitute for the 
 old English word God — " the not ourselves which 
 makes for righteousness"; "lucidity of mind"; 
 " natural magic " in the poetic treatment of nature ; 
 " the grand style " in poetry; these phrases of his 
 have passed into the literary consciousness and carried 
 with them at least a superficial recognition of many of 
 his ideas. 
 
 Iteration Arnold uses, too, as a weapon of ridicule. 
 He isolates some unluckily symbolic phrase of his 
 opponent's, points out its damaging implications or its 
 absurdity, and then repeats it pitilessly as an ironical 
 refrain. The phrase gains in grotesqueness at each 
 return — " sweetening and gathering sweetness ever- 
 more " — and finally seems to the reader to contain the 
 distilled quintessence of the foolishness inherent in the 
 view that Arnold ridicules. It is in this way that in 
 Culture and Anarchy the agitation to " enable a man to 
 marry his deceased wife's sister " becomes symbolic of 
 all the absurd fads of " liberal practitioners." Simi- 
 larly, when he is criticising the cheap enthusiasm with 
 which democratic politicians describe modern life, 
 Arnold culls from the account of a Nottingham child- 
 murder the phrase, " Wragg is in custody," and adds
 
 Ixxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 it decoratively after every eulogy on present social 
 conditions. Or again the Times at a certain diplo- 
 matic crisis exhorts the Government to set forth 
 England's claims " with promptitude and energy"; 1 
 and this grandiloquent and under the circumstances 
 empty phrase becomes, as Arnold persistently rings its 
 changes, irresistibly funny as symbolic of cheap bluster. 
 Whole sentences are often reiterated by Arnold in this 
 same satirical fashion. In the course of a somewhat 
 atrabilious criticism he had been attacked by Mr. 
 Frederic Harrison as being a mere dilettante and as 
 having " no philosophy with coherent, interdependent, 
 subordinate, and derivative principles." 2 This latter 
 phrase, with its bristling array of epithets, struck Arnold 
 as delightfully redolent of pedantry ; and, as has already 
 been noted, it recurs again and again in his writings in 
 passages of mock apology and ironical self-deprecia- 
 tion. Readers of Literature and Science, too, will re- 
 member how amusingly Arnold plays with " Mr. 
 Darwin's famous proposition that ' our ancestor was 
 a hairy quadruped furnished with a tail and pointed 
 ears, probably arboreal in his habits.' " 3 It should 
 be noted that in all these cases the phrase that is 
 reiterated has a symbolic quality, and therefore, in 
 addition to its delicious absurdity, comes to possess 
 a subtly argumentative value. 
 
 Akin to Arnold's skillful use of reiteration is his 
 ingenuity in the invention of telling nicknames. His 
 
 1 Friendship 's Garland, ed. 1883, p. 285. 
 
 2 Culture and Anarchy, ed. 1883, p. 56. 
 
 3 Discourses in America, ed. 1894, p. no.
 
 INTRODUCTION. Ixxiii 
 
 classification of his fellow-countrymen as Barbarians, 
 Philistines, a-nd Populace has become common prop- 
 erty. The Nonconformist because of his unyielding 
 sectarianism he compares to Ephraim, " a wild ass 
 alone by himself." ' To Professor Huxley, who has 
 been talking of " the Levites of culture," Arnold sug- 
 gests that " the poor humanist is sometimes apt to 
 regard " men of science as the " Nebuchadnezzars " 
 of culture. The Church and State Review Arnold 
 dubs "the High Church rhinoceros"; the Record is 
 " the Evangelical hyena." 2 
 
 It is interesting to note how often Arnold's satire 
 has a biblical turn. His mind is saturated with 
 Bible history and his memory stored with biblical 
 phraseology ; moreover, allusions whether to the inci- 
 dents or the language of the Bible are sure to be quickly 
 caught by English readers ; hence Arnold frequently 
 gives point to his style through the use of scriptural 
 phrases or illustrations. Many of the foregoing nick- 
 names come from biblical sources. The lectures on 
 Homer offer one admirable instances of Scripture quo- 
 tation. Arnold has been urged to define the grand 
 style. With his customary dislike of abstractions, he 
 protests against the demand. " Alas! the grand style 
 is the last matter in the world for verbal definition to 
 deal with adequately. One may say of it as is said of 
 faith: 'One must feel it in order to know what it is.' 
 But, as of faith, so too we may say of nobleness, of 
 the grand style: ' Woe to those who know it not ! ' 
 yet this expression, though indefinable, has a charm; 
 
 1 Culture and Anarchy, ed. 1883, p. xxxviii. 
 
 2 Selections, p. 28.
 
 lxxiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 one is the better for considering it; bo mint est, nos hie 
 esse; nay, one loves to try to explain it, though one 
 knows that one must speak imperfectly. For those, 
 then, who ask the question, What is the grand style? 
 with sincerity, I will try to make some answer, inade- 
 quate as it must be. For those who ask it mockingly 
 I have no answer, except to repeat to them, with com- 
 passionate sorrow, the Gospel words: Moriemini in 
 peccatis vestris, Ye shall die in your sins." * 
 
 An interesting comment on this habit of Arnold's 
 of scriptural phrasing occurs in one of his letters: 
 " The Bible," he says, " is the only book well enough 
 known to quote as the Greeks quoted Homer, sure 
 that the quotation would go home to every reader, 
 and it is quite astonishing how a Bible sentence 
 clinches and sums up an argument. 'Where the 
 State's treasure is bestowed,' etc., for example, saved 
 me at least half a column of disquisition." 2 A 
 moment later he adds a charmingly characteristic 
 explanation as regards his incidental use of Scripture 
 texts: "I put it in the Vulgate Latin, as I always do 
 when I am not earnestly serious." This habit of 
 " high seriousness " in such matters, it is to be feared 
 he in some measure outgrew. 
 
 Arnold's fine instinct in the choice of words has 
 thus far been illustrated chiefly as subservient to 
 satire. In point of fact, however, it is subject to 
 no such limitation. Whatever his purpose, he has 
 in a high degree the faculty of putting words to- 
 gether with a delicate congruity that gives them a 
 
 1 Selections, p. 83. 2 Letters, i. 191.
 
 IN TROD UC TION. lxxv 
 
 permanent hold on the imagination. In this power of 
 fashioning memorable phrases he far surpasses New- 
 man, and indeed most recent writers except those 
 who have developed epigram and paradox into a 
 meretricious manner. "A free play of the mind;" 
 "disinterestedness;" "a current of true and fresh 
 ideas;" " the note of provinciality;" "sweet reason- 
 ableness;" "the method of inwardness;" " the secret 
 of Jesus; " " the study of perfection; " " the power of 
 conduct, the power of intellect and knowledge, the 
 power of beauty, and the power of social life and 
 manners" — how happily vital are all these phrases! 
 How perfectly integrated! Yet they are unelaborate 
 and almost obvious. Christianity is " the greatest and 
 happiest stroke ever yet made for human perfection." 
 " Burke saturates politics with thought." "Our 
 august Constitution sometimes looks ... a colossal 
 machine for the manufacture of Philistines." " Eng- 
 lish public life . . . that Thyestean banquet of clap- 
 trap." The Atlantic cable — " that great rope, with a 
 Philistine at each end of it talking inutilities." These 
 sentences illustrate still further Arnold's deftness of 
 phrasing. But with the last two or three we return to 
 the ironical manner that has already been exemplified. 
 In his use of figures Arnold is sparing; similes are 
 few, metaphors by no means frequent. It may be 
 questioned whether it is ever the case with Arnold as 
 with Newman that a whole paragraph is subtly con- 
 trolled in its phrasing by the presence of a single 
 figure in the author's mind. Simpler in this respect 
 Arnold's style probably is than even Newman's; its 
 general inferiority to Newman's style in point of sim-
 
 Jxxvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 plicity is owing to the infelicities of tone and manner 
 that have already been noted. 
 
 Illustrations Arnold uses liberally and happily. He 
 excels in drawing them patly from current events and 
 the daily prints. This increases both the actuality of 
 his discussion — its immediacy — and its appearance 
 of casualness, of being a pleasantly unconsidered trifle. 
 For example, the long and elaborate discussion, Cul- 
 ture and Anarchy, begins with an allusion to a recent 
 article in the Quarterly Review on Sainte-Beuve, and 
 turns over and over the use of the word curiosity that 
 occurs in that article. Arnold is thus led to his 
 analysis of culture. Later in the same chapter, refer- 
 ences occur to such sectarian journals as the Non- 
 conformist, and to current events as reported and 
 criticised in their columns. Even in essays dealing 
 with purely literary topics — in such an essay as that 
 on Eugenie de Gue'rin — there is this same actuality. 
 " While I was reading the journal of Mdlle. de 
 Guerin," Arnold tells us, "there came into my hands 
 the memoir and poems of a young Englishwoman, Miss 
 Emma Tatham"; and then he uses this memoir to 
 illustrate the contrasts between the poetic traditions 
 of Romanism and the somewhat sordid intellectual 
 poetry of English sectarian life. This closeness of 
 relation between Arnold's writing and his daily expe- 
 rience is very noticeable and increases the reader's 
 sense of the novelty and genuineness and immediacy 
 of what he reads; it conduces to that impression of 
 vitality that is perhaps, in the last analysis, the most 
 characteristic impression the reader carries away from 
 Arnold's writings.
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxxvii 
 
 VIII. 
 
 And indeed the union in Arnold's style of actuality 
 with distinction becomes a very significant matter 
 when we turn to consider his precise relation to his 
 age, for it suggests what is perhaps the most striking 
 characteristic of his personality — his reconciliation of 
 conventionality with fineness of spiritual temper. In 
 this reconciliation lies the secret of Arnold's relation 
 to his romantic predecessors and to the men of his 
 own time. He accepts the actual, conventional life 
 of the everyday world frankly and fully, as the earlier 
 idealists had never quite done, and yet he retains a 
 strain of other-worldliness inherited from the dreamers 
 of former generations. Arnold's gospel of culture is 
 an attempt to import into actual life something of the 
 fine spiritual fervor of the Romanticists with none of 
 the extravagance or the remoteness from fact of those 
 " madmen " — those idealists of an earlier age. 
 
 Like the Romanticists, Arnold really gives to the 
 imagination and the emotions the primacy in life ; like 
 the Romanticists he contends against formalists, sys- 
 tem-makers, and all devotees of abstractions. It is by 
 an exquisite tact, rather than by logic, that Arnold in 
 all doubtful matters decides between good and evil. 
 He keeps to the concrete image ; he is an appreciator 
 of life, not a deducer of formulas or a demonstrator. 
 He is continually concerned about what ought to be ; 
 he is not cynically content with the knowledge of 
 what is. And yet, unlike the Romanticists, Arnold is 
 in the world, and of it ; he has given heed to the
 
 Ixxviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 world-spirit's warning, "submit, submit", he ha£ 
 " learned the Second Reverence, for things cround." 
 In Arnold, imaginative literature returns from its ro- 
 mantic quest for the Holy Grail and betakes itself 
 half-humorously, and yet with now and then traces of 
 the old fervor, to the homely duties of everyday life. 
 
 Arnold had in his youth been under the spell of 
 romantic poetry ; he had heard the echoes of " the 
 puissant hail " of those " former men," whose " voices 
 were in all men's ears." Indeed, much of his poetry 
 is essentially a beautiful threnody over the waning 
 of romance, and in its tenor bears witness alike 
 to the thoroughness with which he had been imbued 
 with the spirit of the earlier idealists and to his ina- 
 bility to rest content with their relation to life and 
 their accounts of it. It is the unreality of the ideal- 
 ists that dissatisfies Arnold ; their visionary blindness 
 to fact; their morbid distaste for the actual. Much 
 as he delights in the poetry of Shelley and Coleridge, 
 these qualities in their work seem to him unsound and 
 injurious. Or at other times it is the capricious self- 
 will of the Romanticists, their impotent isolation, their 
 enormous egoism that impress him as fatally wrong. 
 Even in Wordsworth he is troubled by a semi-untruth 
 and by the lack of a courageous acceptance of the 
 conditions of human life. Wordsworth's 
 
 " Eyes avert their ken 
 
 From half of human fate." 
 
 Tempered, then, as Arnold was by a deep sense of 
 the beauty and nobleness of romantic and idealistic
 
 INTRODUCTION. Ixxix 
 
 poetry, finely touched as he was into sympathy with 
 the whole range of delicate intuitions, quivering 
 sensibilities, and half-mystical aspirations that this 
 poetry called into play, he yet came to regard its un- 
 derlying conceptions of life as inadequate and mis- 
 leading, and to feel the need of supplementing them by 
 a surer and saner relation to the conventional world of 
 common sense. The Romanticists lamented that 
 "the world is too much with us." Arnold shared 
 their dislike of the world of dull routine, their fear of 
 the world that enslaves to petty cares ; yet he came 
 more and more to distinguish between this world and 
 the great world of common experience, spread out 
 generously in the lives of all men ; more and more 
 clearly he realized that the true land of romance is in 
 this region of everyday fact, or else is a mere mirage ; 
 that "America is here or nowhere." 
 
 Arnold, then, sought to correct the febrile unreality 
 of the idealists by restoring to men a true sense of the 
 actual values of life. In this attempt he had recourse to 
 Hellenic conceptions with their sanity, their firm de- 
 light in the tangible and the visible, their regard for 
 proportion and symmetry — and more particularly to 
 the Hellenism of Goethe. Indeed, Goethe may justly 
 be called Arnold's master — the writer who had the 
 largest share in determining the characteristic prin- 
 ciples in his theory of life. Goethe's formula for the 
 ideal life — Im Ganzen, Guten, Wahren, resolut zu leben 
 — sums up in a phrase the plea for perfection, for 
 totality, for wisely balanced self-culture that Arnold 
 is continually making throughout so many of his 
 essays and books.
 
 lxxx INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Allusions to Goethe abound in Arnold's essays, and 
 in one of his letters he speaks particularly of his close 
 and extended reading of Goethe's works.' His splen- 
 did poetic tributes to Goethe, in his Memorial Verses 
 and Obermann, have given enduring expression to his 
 admiration for Goethe's sanity, insight, and serene cour- 
 age. His frankest prose appreciation of Goethe occurs 
 in A French Critic on Goethe, where he characterizes him 
 as " the clearest, the largest, the most helpful thinker 
 of modern times"; . . . "in the width, depth, and 
 richness of his criticism of life, by far our greatest 
 modern man." 3 It is precisely in this matter of the 
 criticism of life that Arnold took Goethe for master. 
 Goethe, as Arnold saw, had passed through the tem- 
 pering experiences of Romanticism ; he had rebelled 
 against the limitations of actual life (in Werther, for 
 example, and Goetz) and sought passionately for the 
 realization of romantic dreams ; and he had finally 
 come to admit the futility of rebellion and to recognize 
 the treacherous evasiveness of emotional ideals ; he 
 had learned the " Second Reverence, for things 
 around." He had found in self-development, in wise 
 self-discipline for the good of society, the secret of suc- 
 cessful living. Arnold's gospel of culture is largely 
 a translation of Goethe's doctrine into the idiom of 
 the later years of the century, and the minute adapta- 
 tion of it to the special needs of Englishmen. There 
 is in Arnold somewhat less sleek Paganism than in 
 Goethe — a somewhat more genuine spiritual quality. 
 But the wise limitation of the scope of human en- 
 
 1 Letters, ii. 165. 2 Mixed Essays, pp. 233-234.
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxxxi 
 
 deavor to this world is the same with both ; so, too, is 
 the sane and uncomplaining acceptance of fact and 
 the concentration of all thought and effort on the pur- 
 suit of tangible ideals of human perfection. Goethe 
 tempered by Wordsworth — this is not an unfair ac- 
 count of the derivation of Arnold's ideal. 
 
 From one point of view, then, Arnold may fairly 
 enough be called the special advocate of convention- 
 ality. He recommends and practices conformity to 
 the demands of conventional life. He has none of 
 the pose or the mannerisms of the seer or the bard; he 
 is even a frequenter of drawing rooms and a diner-out, 
 and is fairly adept in the dialect and mental idiom of 
 the frivolously-minded. In all that he writes, " he 
 delivers himself," as the heroine in Peacock's novel 
 urged Scythrop (Shelley) to do, " like a man of this 
 world." He pretends to no transcendental second- 
 sight and indulges in none of Carlyle's spinning- 
 dervish jargon. He is never guilty of Ruskin's occa- 
 sional false sentiment or falsetto rhetoric. The world 
 that he lives in is the world that exists in the minds and 
 thoughts and feelings of the most sensible and culti- 
 vated people who make up modern society; the world 
 over which, as its presiding genius, broods the haunt- 
 ing presence of Mr. George Meredith's Comic Spirit. 
 It is " in this world " that " he has hope," in its 
 ever greater refinement, in its ever greater compre- 
 hensiveness, in its increasing ability to impose 
 its standards on others. When he half pleads for 
 an English Academy — he never quite pleads for 
 one — he does this because of his desire for some 
 organ by which, in art and literature, the collective
 
 lxxxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 sense of the best minds in society assembled may 
 make itself effective. So, too, when he pleads for the 
 Established Church he does this for similar reasons ; 
 he is convinced that it offers by far the best means for 
 imposing widely upon the nation, as a standard of 
 religious experience, what is most spiritual in the 
 lives and aspirations of the greatest number of culti- 
 vated people. In many such ways as these, then, 
 Matthew Arnold's kingdom is a kingdom of this 
 world. 
 
 And yet, after all, Arnold " wears " his worldliness 
 " with a" very great "difference." If he be compared, 
 for example, with other literary men of the world, — 
 with Francis Jeffrey or Lord Macaulay or Lockhart, — 
 there is at once obvious in him an all-pervasive 
 quality that marks his temper as far subtler and finer 
 than theirs. His worldliness is a worldliness of his 
 own, " compounded " out of many exquisite "simples." 
 His faith in poetry is intense and absolute ; " the 
 future of poetry," he declares, " is immense, because 
 in poetry, where it is worthy of its high destinies, our 
 race, as time goes on, will find an ever surer and 
 surer stay." This declaration contrasts strikingly 
 with Macaulay's pessimistic theory of the essentially 
 make-believe character of poetry — a theory that puts 
 it on a level with children's games, and, like the 
 still more puerile theory of Herr Max Nordau, looks 
 forward to its extinction as the race reaches genuine 
 maturity. Poetry always remains for Arnold the most 
 adequate and beautiful mode of speech possible to 
 man ; and this faith, which runs implicitly through all 
 his writing, is plainly the outcome of a mood very
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxxxiii 
 
 different from that of the ordinary man of the world, 
 and is the expression of an emotional refinement and 
 a spiritual sensitiveness that are, at least in part, his 
 abiding inheritance from the Romanticists. This faith 
 is the manifestation of the ideal element in his nature, 
 which, in spite of the plausible man-of-the-world 
 aspect and tone of much of his prose, makes itself felt 
 even in his prose as the inspirer of a kind of " divine 
 unrest." 
 
 In his Preface to his first series of Essays Arnold 
 playfully takes to himself the name transcendentalist. 
 To the stricter sect of the transcendentalists he can 
 hardly pretend to belong. He certainly has none of 
 their delight in envisaging mystery ; none of their 
 morbid relish for an " O altitudo ! " provided only the 
 altitude be wrapped in clouds. He believes, to be 
 sure, in a "power not ourselves that makes for 
 righteousness "; but his interest in this power and his 
 comments upon it confine themselves almost wholly to 
 its plain and palpable influence upon human conduct. 
 Even in his poetry he can hardly be rated as more 
 than a transcendentalist manque"; and in his prose he 
 is never so aware of the unseen as in his poetry. 
 
 Yet, whether or no he be strictly a transcendentalist, 
 Arnold is, in Disraeli's famous phrase, " on the side of 
 the angels "; he is a persistent and ingenious opponent 
 of purely materialistic or utilitarian conceptions of 
 life. "The kingdom of God is within you" ; this is 
 a cardinal point in the doctrine of Culture. The 
 highest good, that for which every man should con- 
 tinually be striving, is an inner state of perfection ; 
 material prosperity, political enactments, religious
 
 lxxxiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 organizations — all these things are to be judged solely 
 according to their furtherance of the spiritual well- 
 being of the individual ; they are all mere machinery — 
 more or less ingenious means for giving to every man 
 a chance to make the most of his life. The true 
 "ideal of human perfection " is "an inward spiritual 
 activity, having for its characters increased sweetness, 
 increased light, increased life, increased sympathy." ' 
 Arnold's worldliness, then, is a worldliness that holds 
 many of the elements of idealism in solution, that has 
 none of the cynical acquiescence of unmitigated 
 worldliness, that throughout all its range shows the 
 gentle urgency of a fine discontent with fact. 
 
 To realize the subtle and high quality of Arnold's 
 genius, one has but to compare him with men of 
 science or with rationalists pure and simple, — with 
 men like Professor Huxley, Darwin, or Bentham. 
 Their carefulness for truth, their intellectual strength, 
 their vast services to mankind are acknowledged even 
 by their opponents. Yet Arnold has a far wider 
 range of sensibilities than any one of them ; life plays 
 upon him in far richer and more various ways ; it 
 touches him into response through associations that 
 have a more distinctively human character, and that 
 have a deeper and a warmer color of emotion drawn 
 out of the past of the race. In short, Arnold brings 
 to bear upon the present a finer spiritual apprecia- 
 tion than the mere man of the world or the mere man 
 of science — a larger accumulation of imaginative ex- 
 perience. Through this temperamental scope and 
 refinement he is able, while accepting conventional 
 
 1 Selections, i. 172.
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxxxv 
 
 and actual life, to redeem it in some measure from 
 its routine and its commonplace character, and to 
 import into it beauty and meaning and good from 
 beyond the range of science or positive truth. All 
 this comes from the fact that, despite his worldly con- 
 formity, he has the romantic ferment in his blood. 
 If his conformity be compared with that of the 
 eighteenth century, — with the worldliness of Swift or 
 Addison. — the enormous value of 'the romantic incre- 
 ment cannot be missed. 
 
 Finally, Arnold makes of life an art rather than a 
 science, and commits the conduct of it to an exquisite 
 tact, rather than to reason or demonstration. The 
 imaginative assimilation of all the best experience of 
 the past — this he regards as the right training to de- 
 velop true tact for the discernment of good and evil 
 in all practical matters, where probability must be the 
 guide of life. We are at once reminded of Newman's 
 Illative Sense, which was also an intuitive faculty for 
 the dextrous apprehension of truth through the aid of 
 the feelings and the imagination. But Arnold's new 
 Sense comes much nearer than Newman's to being a 
 genuinely sublimated Common Sense. Arnold's own 
 flair in matters of art and life was astonishingly 
 keen, and yet he would have been the last to exalt it 
 as unerring. His faith is ultimately in the best in- 
 stincts of the so-called remnant — in the collective 
 sense of the most cultivated, most delicately percep- 
 tive, most spiritually-minded people of the world. 
 Through the combined intuitions of such men 
 sincerely aiming at perfection, truth in all that per- 
 tains to the conduct of life will be more and more
 
 Ixxxvi introduction: 
 
 nearly won. Because of this faith of his in sublimated 
 worldly wisdom, Arnold, unlike Newman, is in sym- 
 pathy with the Zeitgeist of a democratic age. 
 
 And indeed here seems to rest Arnold's really most 
 permanent claim to gratitude and honor. He accepts — 
 with some sadness, it is true, and yet genuinely and 
 generously — the modern age, with its scientific bias 
 and its worldly preoccupations ; humanist as he is, half- 
 romantic lover of an elder time, he yet masters his 
 regret over what is disappearing and welcomes the 
 present loyally. Believing, however, in the continuity 
 of human experience, and above all in the transcendent 
 worth to mankind of its spiritual acquisitions, won 
 largely through the past domination of Christian 
 ideals, he devotes himself to preserving the quint- 
 essence of this ideal life of former generations, and 
 insinuating it into the hearts and imaginations of 
 men of a ruder age. He converts himself into a 
 patient, courageous mediator between the old and 
 the new. Herein he contrasts with Newman on 
 the one hand, and with the modern devotees of 
 aestheticism on the other hand. In the case of 
 Newman, a delicately spiritual temperament, subdued 
 even more deeply than Arnold's to Romanticism, 
 shrunk before the immediacy and apparent anar- 
 chy of modern life, and sought to realize its spir- 
 itual ideals through the aid of mediaeval formulas 
 and a return to mediaeval conceptions and standards 
 of truth. Exquisite spirituality was attained, but at 
 the cost of what some have called the Great Refusal. 
 A like imperfect synthesis is characteristic of the fol- 
 lowers of art for art's sake. They, too, give up com-
 
 INTRODUCTION. lxxxvii 
 
 mon life as irredeemably crass, as unmalleable, 
 irreducible to terms of the ideal. They turn for 
 consolation to their own dreams, and frame for 
 themselves a House Beautiful, where they may let 
 these dreams have their way, " far from the world's 
 noise," and " life's confederate plea." Arnold, with a 
 temperament perhaps as exacting as either of these 
 other temperaments, takes life as it offers itself and 
 does his best with it. He sees and feels its crude- 
 ness and disorderliness ; but he has faith in the 
 instincts that civilized men have developed in com- 
 mon, and finds in the working of these instincts the 
 continuous, if irregular, realization of the ideal.
 
 DATES IN ARNOLD'S LIFE. 
 
 1822. Born at Laleham near Staines ; son of Dr. Thomas Arnolc 
 
 of Rugby. 
 18.11. Matriculated at Balliol College, Oxford. 
 
 1843. Wins the Newdigate prize for English verse. 
 
 1844. Graduated in honors. 
 
 1845. Elected Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. 
 1847-51. Private Secretary of Lord Lansdowne. 
 1 85 1. Appointed Lay Inspector of Schools. 
 1857-67. Professor of Poetry at Oxford. 
 
 1870. Receives the degree of Doctor of Laws from Oxford. 
 
 1S83-84. Lectures in America. 
 
 1886. Resigns his post as Inspector of Schools. 
 
 1888. Death of Arnold. 
 
 — From Men of the Time, ed. 1887 
 
 lxxxix
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY." 
 
 WORKS OF ARNOLD. 
 
 1849. The Strayed Reveler. 
 
 1852. Empedocles on Etna. 
 
 1853. Poems. 
 
 1855. Poems. Second Series. 
 
 1858. Merope. 
 
 1861. Popular Education in France. 
 
 1861. On Translating Homer. 
 
 1864. A French Eton. 
 
 1865. Essays in Criticism. 
 
 1867. On the Study of Celtic Literature. 
 
 1867. New Poems. 
 
 1868. Schools and Universities on the Continent. 
 
 1869. Culture and Anarchy. 
 
 1870. St. Paul and Protestantism. 
 
 1871. Friendship's Garland. 
 1873. Literature and Dogma. 
 1875. God and the Bible. 
 
 I877. Last Essays on Church and Religion. 
 
 1879. Mixed Essays. 
 
 1882. Irish Essays. 
 
 1885. Discourses in America. 
 
 1888. Essays in Criticism. Second Series. 
 
 1888. Civilization in the United States. 
 
 * For a complete list of Arnold's writings in prose and poetry, 
 
 and of writings about Arnold, see the admirable Bibliography 0/ 
 Matthew Arnold by T. B. Smart, London, 1852.
 
 SELECTIONS. , , - «, <^ „ 
 
 Gbe Junction of Criticism at the present Gfme. 
 
 Many objections have been made to a proposition 
 which, in some remarks of mine on translating Homer, 
 Iventured to put forth; a proposition about criticism, 
 and its importance at the present day. I said : " Of 
 5 the literature of France and Germany, as of the 
 intellect of Europe in general, the main effort, for 
 now many years, has been a critical effort ; the 
 endeavour, in all branches of knowledge, theology, 
 philosophy, history, art, science, to see the object as 
 
 10 in itself it really is." I added, that owing to the 
 operation in English literature of certain causes, 
 " almost the last thing for which one would come to 
 English literature is just that very thing which now 
 Europe most desires, — criticism"; and that the power 
 
 15 and value of English literature was thereby impaired. 
 More than one rejoinder declared that the importance 
 I here assigned to criticism was excessive, and 
 asserted the inherent superiority of the creative effort 
 of the human spirit over its critical effort. And the 
 
 20 other day, having been led by a Mr. Shairp's excellent 
 notice of Wordsworth ' to turn again to his biography, 
 
 1 I cannot help thinking that a practice, common in England 
 during the last century, and still followed in France, of printing a
 
 2 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 I found, in the words of this great man, whom I, for 
 one, must always listen to with the profoundest re- 
 spect, a sentence passed on the critic's business, which 
 seems to justify every possible disparagement of it. 
 Wordsworth says in one of his letters: — 5 
 
 " The writers in these publications " (the Reviews), 
 " while they prosecute their inglorious employment, 
 cannot be supposed to be in a st.ue of mind very 
 favourable for being affected by the finer influences of 
 a thing so pure as genuine poetry." 10 
 
 And a trustworthy reporter of his conversation 
 quotes a more elaborate judgment to the same effect: — 
 
 " Wordsworth holds the critical power very low, in- 
 finitely lower than the inventive ; and he said to-day 
 that if the quantity of time consumed in writing crit- 15 
 iques on the works of others were given to original 
 composition, of whatever kind it might be, it would 
 be much better employed ; it would make a man find 
 out sooner his own level, and it would do infinitely 
 less mischief. A false or malicious criticism may do 20 
 much injury to the minds of others, a stupid inven- 
 tion, either in prose or verse, is quite harmless." 
 
 It is almost too much to expect of poor human 
 nature, that a man capable of producing some effect 
 
 notice of this kind, — a notice by a competent critic, — to serve as 
 an introduction to an eminent author's works, might be revived 
 among us with advantage. To introduce all succeeding editions 
 of Wordsworth, Mr. Shairp's notice might, it seems to me, 
 excellently serve ; it is written from the point of view of an 
 admirer, nay, of a disciple, and that is right ; but then the disciple 
 must be also, as in this case he is, a critic, a man of letters, not, 
 as too often happens, some relation or friend with no qualification 
 for his task except affection for his author.
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 3 
 
 in one line of literature, should, for the greater good 
 of society, voluntarily doom himself to impotence and 
 obscurity in another. Still less is this to be expected 
 from men addicted to the composition of the " false 
 5 or malicious criticism " of which Wordsworth speaks. 
 However, everybody would admit that a false or 
 malicious criticism had better never have been written. 
 Everybody, too, would be willing to admit, as a general 
 proposition, that the critical faculty is lower than 
 
 iothe inventive. But is it true that criticism is really, 
 in itself, a baneful and injurious employment ; is it 
 true that all time given to writing critiques on the 
 works of others would be much better employed if it 
 were given to original composition, of whatever 
 
 15 kind this may be ? Is it true that Johnson had better 
 have gone on producing more Irenes instead of writ- 
 ing his Lives of the Poets; nay, is it certain that 
 Wordsworth himself was better employed in making 
 his Ecclesiastical Sonnets than when he made his 
 
 20 celebrated Preface, so full of criticism, and criticism 
 of the works of others ? Wordsworth was himself 
 a great critic, and it is to be sincerely regretted that 
 he has not left us more criticism ; Goethe was one of 
 the greatest of critics, and we may sincerely congratu- 
 
 25 late ourselves that he has left us so much criticism. 
 Without wasting time over the exaggeration which 
 Wordsworth's judgment on criticism clearly contains, 
 or over an attempt to trace the causes, — not difficult, 
 I think, to be traced, — which may have led Words- 
 
 30 worth to this exaggeration, a critic may with advan- 
 tage seize an occasion for trying his own conscience, 
 and for asking himself of what real service at any
 
 4 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 given moment the practice of criticism either is or 
 may be made to his own mind and spirit, and to the 
 minds and spirits of others. 
 
 The critical power is of lower rank than the crea- 
 tive. True ; but in assenting to this proposition, one 5 
 or two things are to be kept in mind. It is undeni- 
 able that the exercise of a creative power, that a free 
 creative activity, is the highest function of man ; it is 
 proved to be so by man's finding in it his true happi- 
 ness. But it is undeniable, also, that men may have the 10 
 sense of exercising this free creative activity in other 
 ways than in producing great works of literature or 
 art ; if it were not so, all but a very few men would 
 be shut out from the true happiness of all men. They 
 may have it in well-doing, they may have it in learn- 15 
 ing, they may have it even in criticising. This is one 
 thing to be kept in mind. Another is, that the exer- 
 cise of the creative power in the production of great 
 works of literature or art, however high this exercise 
 of it may rank, is not at all epochs and under all con- 20 
 ditions possible ; and that therefore labour may be 
 vainly spent in attempting it, which might with more 
 fruit be used in preparing for it, in rendering it possi- 
 ble. This creative power works with elements, with 
 materials ; what if it has not those materials, those 25 
 elements, ready for its use ? In that case it must 
 surely wait till they are ready. Now, in literature, — 
 I will limit myself to literature, for it is about litera- 
 ture that the question arises, — the elements with 
 which the creative power works are ideas ; the best 30 
 ideas on every matter which literature touches, cur- 
 rent at the time. At any rate we may lay it down as
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 5 
 
 certain that in modern literature no manifestation of 
 the creative power not working with these can be very 
 important or fruitful. And I say current dX the time, 
 not merely accessible at the time ; for creative literary 
 5 genius does not principally show itself in discovering 
 new ideas, that is rather the business of the philos- 
 opher. The grand work of literary genius is a work 
 of synthesis and exposition, not of analysis and dis- 
 covery ; its gift lies in the faculty of being happily 
 
 10 inspired by a certain intellectual and spiritual atmos- 
 phere, by a certain order of ideas, when it finds itself 
 in them ; of dealing divinely with these ideas, present- 
 ing them in the most effective and attractive combi- 
 nations, — making beautiful works with them, in short. 
 
 15 But it must have the atmosphere, it must find itself 
 amidst the order of ideas, in order to work freely ; 
 and these it is not so easy to command. This is why 
 great creative epochs in literature are so rare, this is 
 why there is so much that is unsatisfactory in the pro- 
 
 aoductions of many men of real genius ; because, for the 
 creation of a master-work of literature two powers 
 must concur, the power of the man and the power of 
 the moment, and the man is not enough without the 
 moment ; the creative power has, for its happy exer- 
 
 25 cise, appointed elements, and those elements are not 
 in its own control. 
 
 Nay, they are more within the control of the critical 
 power. It is the business of the critical power, as I 
 said in the words already quoted, " in all branches of 
 
 30 knowledge, theology, philosophy, history, art, science, 
 to see the object as in itserf it really is." Thus it 
 tends, at last, to make an intellectual situation of
 
 6 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 which the creative power can profitably avail itself. 
 It tends to establish an order of ideas, if not absolutely 
 true, yet true by comparison with that which it dis- 
 places ; to make the best ideas prevail. Presently 
 these new ideas reach society, the touch of truth is 5 
 the touch of life, and there is a stir and growth every- 
 where ; out of this stir and growth come the creative 
 epochs of literature. 
 
 Or, to narrow our range, and quit these considera- 
 tions of the general march of genius and of society, — 10 
 considerations, which are apt to become too abstract 
 and impalpable, — every one can see that a poet, for 
 instance, ought to know life and the world before deal- 
 ing with them in poetry ; and life and the world 
 being in modern times very complex things, the crea- 15 
 tion of a modern poet, to be worth much, implies 
 a great critical effort behind it ; else it must be a com- 
 paratively poor, barren, and short-lived affair. This 
 is why Byron's poetry had so little endurance in it, 
 and Goethe's so much ; both Byron and Goethe had 20 
 a great productive power, but Goethe's was nourished 
 by a great critical effort providing the true materials 
 for it, and Byron's was not ; Goethe knew life and the 
 world, the poet's necessary subjects, much more com- 
 prehensively and thoroughly than Byron. He knew a 25 
 great deal more of them, and he knew them much 
 more as they really are. 
 
 It has long seemed to me that the burst of creative 
 activity in our literature, through the first quarter of 
 this century, had about it in fact something prema-30 
 ture ; and that from this cause its productions are 
 doomed, most of them, in spite of the sanguine hopes
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 7 
 
 which accompanied and do still accompany them, to 
 prove hardly more lasting than the productions of far 
 less splendid epochs. And this prematureness comes 
 from its having proceeded without having its proper 
 5 data, without sufficient materials to work with. In 
 other words, the English poetry of the first quarter of 
 this century, with plenty of energy, plenty of creative 
 force, did not know enough. This makes Byron so 
 empty of matter, Shelley so incoherent, Wordsworth 
 
 ioeven, profound as he is, yet so wanting in complete- 
 ness and variety. Wordsworth cared little for books, 
 and disparaged Goethe. I admire Wordsworth, as he 
 is, so much that I cannot wish him different ; and it is 
 vain, no doubt, to imagine such a man different from 
 
 15 what he is, to suppose that he could have been differ- 
 ent. But surely the one thing wanting to make 
 Wordsworth an even greater poet than he is, — his 
 thought richer, and his influence of wider applica- 
 tion, — was that he should have read more books, 
 
 20 among them, no doubt, those of that Goethe whom he 
 disparaged without reading him. 
 
 But to speak of books and reading may easily lead 
 to a misunderstanding here. It was not really books 
 and reading that lacked to our poetry at this epoch ; 
 
 25 Shelley had plenty of reading, Coleridge had immense 
 reading. Pindar and Sophocles — as we all say so 
 glibly, and often with so little discernment of the real 
 import of what we are saying — had not many books ; 
 Shakspeare was no deep reader. True ; but in the 
 
 30 Greece of Pindar and Sophocles, in the England of 
 Shakspeare, the poet lived in a current of ideas in the 
 highest degree animating and nourishing to the crea-
 
 8 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 tive power ; society was, in the fullest measure, 
 permeated by fresh thought, intelligent and alive. 
 And this state of things is the true basis for the crea- 
 tive power's exercise, in this it finds its data, its 
 materials, truly ready for its hand ; all the books and 5 
 reading in the world are only valuable as they are 
 helps to this. Even when this does not actually 
 exist, books and reading may enable a man to con- 
 struct a kind of semblance of it in his own mind, a 
 world of knowledge and intelligence in which he may iq 
 live and work. This is by no means an equivalent to 
 the artist for the nationally diffused life and thought 
 of the epochs of Sophocles or Shakspeare ; but, be- 
 sides that it may be a means of preparation for such 
 epochs, it does really constitute, if many share in it, a 15 
 quickening and sustaining atmosphere of great value. 
 Such an atmosphere the many-sided learning and the 
 long and widely-combined critical effort of Germany 
 formed for Goethe, when he lived and worked. There 
 was no national glow of life and thought there as in the 20 
 Athens of Pericles or the England of Elizabeth. That 
 was the poet's weakness. But there was a sort of 
 equivalent for it in the complete culture and unfettered 
 thinking of a large body of Germans. That was his 
 strength. In the England of the first quarter of this 25 
 century there was neither a national glow of life and 
 thought, such as we had in the age of Elizabeth, nor 
 yet a culture and a force of learning and criticism 
 such as were to be found in Germany. Therefore the 
 creative power of poetry wanted, for success in the 30 
 highest sense, materials and a basis ; a thorough in- 
 terpretation of the world was necessarily denied to it.
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 9 
 
 At first sight it seems strange that out of the im- 
 mense stir of the French Revolution and its age 
 should not have come a crop of works of genius equal 
 to that which came out of the stir of the great produc- 
 
 5 tive time of Greece, or out of that of the Renascence, 
 with its powerful episode the Reformation. But the 
 truth is that the stir of the French Revolution took a 
 character which essentially distinguished it from such 
 movements as these. These were, in the main, disin- 
 
 10 terestedly intellectual and spiritual movements ; 
 movements in which the human spirit looked for its 
 satisfaction in itself and in the increased play of its 
 own activity. The French Revolution took a politi- 
 cal, practical character. The movement which went 
 
 15 on in France under the old regime, from 1700 to 1789, 
 was far more really akin than that of the Revolution 
 itself to the movement of the Renascence ; the France 
 of Voltaire and Rousseau told far more powerfully 
 upon the mind of Europe than the France of the 
 
 20 Revolution. Goethe reproached this last expressly 
 with having " thrown quiet culture back." Nay, and 
 the true key to how much in our Byron, even in our 
 Wordsworth, is this ! — that they had their source in a 
 great movement of feeling, not in a great movement of 
 
 25 mind. The French Revolution, however, — that object 
 of so much blind love and so much blind hatred, — 
 found undoubtedly its motive-power in the intelligence 
 of men, and not in their practical sense ; this is what 
 distinguishes it from the English Revolution of Charles 
 
 30 the First's time. This is what makes it a more spirit- 
 ual event than our Revolution, an event of much more 
 powerful and world-wide interest, though practically
 
 IO THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 less successful ; it appeals to an order of ideas which 
 are universal, certain, permanent. 1789 asked of a 
 thing, Is it rational? 1642 asked of a tiling, Is it 
 legal ? or, when it went furthest, Is it according to 
 conscience ? This is the English fashion, a fashion to 5 
 be treated, within its own sphere, with the highest 
 respect ; for its success, within its own sphere, has been 
 prodigious. But what is law in one place is not law 
 in another, what is law here to-day is not law even 
 here to-morrow ; and as for conscience, what is bind- 10 
 ing on one man's conscience is not binding on 
 another's. The old woman who threw her stool at the 
 head of the surpliced minister in St. Giles's Church at 
 Edinburgh obeyed an impulse to which millions of 
 the human race may be permitted to remain strangers. 15 
 But the prescriptions of reason are absolute, unchang- 
 ing, of universal validity ; to count by tens is the easiest 
 way of counting — that is a proposition of which every- 
 one, from here to the Antipodes, feels the force ; at 
 least I should say so if we did not live in a country 20 
 where it is not impossible that any morning we may 
 find a letter in the Times declaring that a decimal 
 coinage is an absurdity. That a whole nation should 
 have been penetrated with an enthusiasm for pure 
 reason, and with an ardent zeal for making its pre- 25 
 scriptions triumph, is a very remarkable thing, when 
 we consider how little of mind, or anything so worthy 
 and quickening as mind, comes into the motives 
 which alone, in general, impel great masses of men. 
 In spite of the extravagant direction given to this 30 
 enthusiasm, in spite of the crimes and follies in which 
 it lost itself, the French Revolution derives from the
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. II 
 
 force, truth, and universality of the ideas which it 
 took for its law, and from the passion with which it 
 could inspire a multitude for these ideas, a unique and 
 still living power ; it is — it will probably long remain — 
 5 the greatest, the most animating event in history. And 
 as no sincere passion for the things of the mind, even 
 though it turn out in many respects an unfortunate 
 passion, is ever quite thrown away and quite barren of 
 good, France has reaped from hers one fruit — the 
 
 to natural and legitimate fruit, though not precisely the 
 grand fruit she expected : she is the country in Europe 
 where the people is most alive. 
 
 But the mania for giving an immediate political and 
 practical application to all these fine ideas of the rea- 
 
 15 son was fatal. Here an Englishman is in his element : 
 on this theme we can all go on for hours. And all 
 we are in the habit of saying on it has undoubtedly a 
 great deal of truth. Ideas cannot be too much prized 
 in and for themselves, cannot be too much lived with ; 
 
 20 but to transport them abruptly into the world of poli- 
 tics and practice, violently to revolutionise this world 
 to their bidding, — that is quite another thing. There 
 is the world of ideas and there is the world of practice ; 
 the French are often for suppressing the one, and the 
 
 25 English the other ; but neither is to be suppressed. A 
 member of the House of Commons said to me the 
 other day : " That a thing is an anomaly, I consider 
 to be no objection to it whatever.' - I venture to think 
 he was wrong ; that a thing is an anomaly is anobjec- 
 
 30 tion to it, but absolutely and in the sphere of ideas : it 
 is not necessarily, under such and such circumstances, 
 or at such and such a moment, an objection to it in
 
 12 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 the sphere of politics and practice. Joubert has said 
 beautifully : " C'est la force et le droit qui reglent 
 toutes choses dans le monde ; la force en attendant le 
 droit." (Force and right are the governors of this 
 world ; force till right is ready.) Force till right is 5 
 ready; and till right is ready, force, the existing order 
 of things, is justified, is the legitimate ruler. But 
 right is something moral, and implies inward recogni- 
 tion, free assent of the will ; we are not ready for 
 right, — right, so far as we are concerned, is not ready, — 10 
 until we have attained this sense of seeing it and will- 
 ing it. The way in which for us it may change and 
 transform force, the existing order of things, and be- 
 come, in its turn, the legitimate ruler of the world, 
 should depend on the way in which, when our time 15 
 comes, we see it and will it. Therefore for other peo- 
 ple enamoured of their own newly discerned right, to 
 attempt to impose it upon us as ours, and violently to 
 substitute their right for our force, is an act of tyranny, 
 and to be resisted. It sets at nought the second great 20 
 half of our maxim, force till right is ready. This was 
 the grand error of the French Revolution ; and its 
 movement of ideas, by quitting the intellectual sphere 
 and rushing furiously into the political sphere, ran, 
 indeed, a prodigious and memorable course, but pro- 25 
 duced no such intellectual fruit as the movement of 
 ideas of the Renascence, and created, in opposition to 
 itself, what I may call an epoch of concentration. The 
 great force of that epoch of concentration was Eng- 
 land ; and the great voice of that epoch of concentra- 30 
 tion was Burke. It is the fashion to treat Burke's 
 writings on the French Revolution as superannuated
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 1 3 
 
 and conquered by the event ; as the eloquent but un- 
 philosophical tirades of bigotry and prejudice. I will 
 not deny that they are often disfigured by the violence 
 and passion of the moment, and that in some directions 
 5 Burke's view was bounded, and his observation there- 
 fore at fault. But on the whole, and for those who can 
 make the needful corrections, what distinguishes these 
 writings is their profound, permanent, fruitful, philo- 
 sophical truth. They contain the true philosophy of 
 
 loan epoch of concentration, dissipate the heavy atmos- 
 phere which its own nature is apt to engender round 
 it, and make its resistance rational instead of 
 mechanical, -r 
 
 But Burke is so great because, almost alone in Eng- 
 
 15 land, he brings thought to bear upon politics, he 
 saturates politics with thought. It is his accident that 
 his ideas were at the service of an epoch of concen- 
 tration, not of an epoch of expansion ; it is his 
 characteristic that he so lived by ideas, and had such 
 
 20 a source of them welling up within him, that he could 
 float even an epoch of concentration and English Tory 
 politics with them. It does not hurt him that Dr. 
 Price and the Liberals were enraged with him ; it 
 does not even hurt him that George the Third and the 
 
 25 Tories were enchanted with him. His greatness is 
 that he lived in a world which neither English Liberal- 
 ism nor English Toryism is apt to enter ; — the world of 
 ideas, not the world of catchwords and party habits. 
 So far is it from being really true of him that he " to 
 
 30 party gave up what was meant for mankind," that at 
 the very end of his fierce struggle with the French 
 Revolution, after all his invectives against its false pre«
 
 14 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 tensions, hollovvness, and madness, with his sincere 
 conviction of its mischievousness, he can close a 
 memorandum on the best means of combating it, some 
 of the last pages he ever wrote, — the Thoughts on 
 French Affairs, in December, 1791, — with these strik- 5 
 ing words : — 
 
 " The evil is stated, in my opinion, as it exists. The 
 remedy must be where power, wisdom, and informa- 
 tion, I hope, are more united with good intentions than 
 they can be with me. I have done with this subject, I ia 
 believe, for ever. It has given me many anxious 
 moments for the last two years. If a great change is 
 to be made in human affairs, the minds of men will be 
 fitted to it j the general opinions and feelings will draw 
 that way. Every fear, every hope will forward it; and 15 
 then they who persist in opposing this mighty current in 
 human affairs, will appear rather to resist the decrees of 
 Providence itself, than the mere designs of men. They 
 will not be resolute and firm, but perverse and obsti- 
 nate." 20 
 
 That return of Burke upon himself has always 
 seemed to me one of the finest things in English 
 literature, or indeed in any literature. That is what 
 I call living by ideas : when one side of a question 
 has long had your earnest support, when all your 25 
 feelings are engaged, when you hear all round you no 
 language but one, when your party talks this language 
 like a steam-engine and can imagine no other, — still 
 to be able to think, still to be irresistibly carried, if so 
 it be, by the current of thought to the opposite side 30 
 of the question, and, like Balaam, to be unable to 
 speak anything but what the lord has put in your mouth.
 
 AT THE PR E SENT TIME. 15 
 
 I know nothing more striking, and I must add that I 
 know nothing more un-English. 
 
 For the Englishman in general is like my friend the 
 Member of Parliament, and believes, point-blank, that 
 5 for a thing to be an anomaly is absolutely no objec- 
 tion to it whatever. He is like the Lord Auckland 
 of Burke's day, who, in a memorandum on the French 
 Revolution, talks of " certain miscreants, assuming 
 the name of philosophers, who have presumed them- 
 
 10 selves capable of establishing a new system of society." 
 The Englishman has been called a political animal, 
 and he values what is political and practical so much 
 that ideas easily become objects of dislike in his eyes, 
 and thinkers '' miscreants," because ideas and thinkers 
 
 15 have rashly meddled with politics and practice. This 
 would be all very well if the dislike and neglect con- 
 fined themselves to ideas transported out of their own 
 sphere, and meddling rashly with practice ; but they 
 are inevitably extended to ideas as such, and to the 
 
 20 whole life of intelligence ; practice is everything, a 
 free play of the mind is nothing. The notion of the 
 free play of the mind upon all subjects being a pleas- 
 ure in itself, being an object of desire, being an essen- 
 tial provider of elements without which a nation's 
 
 25 spirit, whatever compensations it may have for them, 
 must, in the long run, die of inanition, hardly enters 
 into an Englishman's thoughts. It is noticeable that 
 the word curiosity, which in other languages is used in 
 a good sense, to mean, as a high and fine quality of 
 
 30 man's nature, just this disinterested love of a free 
 play of the mind on all subjects, for its own sake, — it 
 is noticeable, I say, that this word has in our language
 
 x6 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 no sense of the kind, no sense but a rather bad and 
 disparaging one. But criticism, real criticism, is 
 essentially the exercise of this very quality. It obeys 
 an instinct prompting it to try to know the best that 
 is known and thought in the world, irrespectively of 5 
 practice, politics, and everything of the kind ; and to 
 value knowledge and thought as they approach this 
 best, without the intrusion of any other considera- 
 tions whatever. This is an instinct for which there 
 is, I think, little original sympathy in the practical ia 
 English nature, and .what there was of it has under- 
 gone a long benumbing period of blight and suppres- 
 sion in the epoch of concentration which followed the 
 French Revolution. 
 
 But epochs of concentration cannot well endure i£ 
 for ever ; epochs of expansion, in the due course of 
 things, follow them. Such an epoch of expansion 
 seems to be opening in this country. In the first 
 place all danger of a hostile forcible pressure of foreign 
 ideas upon our practice has long disappeared ; like 20 
 the traveller in the fable, therefore, we begin to wear 
 our cloak a little more loosely. Then, with a long 
 peace, the ideas of Europe steal gradually and ami- 
 cably in, and mingle, though in infinitesimally small 
 quantities at a time, with our own notions. Then, 25 
 too, in spite of all that is said about the absorbing 
 and brutalising influence of our passionate material 
 progress, it seems to me indisputable that this progress 
 is likely, though not certain, to lead in the end to an 
 apparition of intellectual life ; and that man, after he 30 
 has made himself perfectly comfortable and has now 
 to determine what to do with himself next, may begin
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 1 7 
 
 to remember that he has a mind, and that the mind 
 may be made the source of great pleasure. I grant it 
 is mainly the privilege of faith, at present, to discern 
 this end to our railways, our business, and our fortune- 
 5 making ; but we shall see if, here as elsewhere, faith 
 is not in the end the true prophet. Our ease, our 
 travelling, and our unbounded liberty to hold just as 
 hard and securely as we please to the practice to which 
 our notions have given birth, all tend to beget an 
 
 10 inclination to deal a little more freely with these 
 notions themselves, to canvass them a little, to pene- 
 trate a little into their real nature. Flutterings of 
 curiosity, in the foreign sense of the word, appear 
 amongst us, and it is in these that criticism must look 
 
 15 to find its account. Criticism first ; a time of true 
 creative activity, perhaps, — which, as I have said, must 
 inevitably be preceded amongst us by a time of criti- 
 cism, — hereafter, when criticism has done its work. 
 It is of the last importance that English criticism 
 
 20 should clearly discern what rule for its course, in 
 order to avail itself of the field now opening to it, and 
 to produce fruit for the future, it ought to take. The 
 rule may be summed up in one word, — disinterestedness. 
 And how is criticism to show disinterestedness ? By 
 
 25 keeping aloof from what is called " the practical view 
 of things "; by resolutely following the law of its own 
 nature, which is to be a free play of the mind on all 
 subjects which it touches. By steadily refusing to 
 lend itself to any of those ulterior, political, practical 
 
 30 considerations about ideas, which plenty of people 
 will be sure to attach to them, which perhaps ought 
 often to be attached to them, which in this country at
 
 1 8 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 any rate are certain to be attached to them quite 
 sufficiently, but which criticism has really nothing to 
 do with. Its business is, as I have said, simply to 
 know the best that is known and thought in the 
 world, and by in its turn making this known, to create 5 
 a current of true and fresh ideas. Its business is to 
 do this with inflexible honesty, with due ability ; but 
 its business is to do no more, and to leave alone all 
 questions of practical consequences and applications, 
 questions which will never fail to have due prominence u 
 given to them. Else criticism, besides being really 
 false to its own nature, merely continues in the old 
 rut which it has hitherto followed in this country, and 
 will certainly miss the chance now given to it. For 
 what is at present the bane of criticism in this country ? 15 
 It is that practical considerations cling to it and stifle 
 it. It subserves interests not its own. Our organs of 
 criticism are organs of men and parties having practi- 
 cal ends to serve, and with them those practical ends 
 are the first thing and the play of mind the second ; 2c 
 so much play of mind as is compatible with the prose- 
 cution of those practical ends is all that is wanted. 
 An organ like the Revue des Deux Mondes, having for 
 its main function to understand and utter the best 
 that is known and thought in the world, existing, it 25 
 may be said, as just an organ for a free play of the 
 mind, we have not. But we have the Edinburgh 
 Review, existing as an organ of the old Whigs, and 
 for as much play of the mind as may suit its being 
 that ; we have the Quarterly Revietv, existing as an 30 
 organ of the Tories, and for as much play of mind as 
 may suit its being that ; we have the British Quarterly
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 19 
 
 Review, existing as an organ of the political Dissenters, 
 and for as much play of mind as may suit its being 
 that ; we have the Times, existing as an organ of the 
 common, satisfied, well-to-do Englishman, and for as 
 5 much play of mind as may suit its being that. And 
 so on through all the various fractions, political and 
 religious, of our society ; every fraction has, as such, 
 its organ of criticism, but the notion of combining all 
 fractions in the common pleasure of a free disinter- 
 
 ioested play of mind meets with no favour. Directly 
 this play of mind wants to have more scope, and to 
 forget the pressure of practical considerations a little, 
 it is checked, it is made to feel the chain. We saw 
 this the other day in the extinction, so much to be 
 
 15 regretted, of the Home and Foreign Revieiu. Perhaps 
 in no organ of criticism in this country was there so 
 much knowledge, so much play of mind ; but these 
 could not save it. The Dublin Review subordinates 
 play of mind to the practical business of English and 
 
 20 Irish Catholicism, and lives. It must needs be that 
 men should act in sects and parties, that each of these 
 sects and parties should have its organ, and should 
 make this organ subserve the interests of its action ; 
 but it would be well, too, that there should be a 
 
 25 criticism, not the minister of these interests, not their 
 enemy, but absolutely and entirely independent of 
 them. No other criticism will ever attain any real 
 authority or make any real way towards its end, — the 
 creating a current of true and fresh ideas. 
 
 30 It is because criticism has so little kept in the pure 
 intellectual sphere, has so little detached itself from 
 practice, has been so directly polemical and contro*
 
 20 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 versial, that it has so ill accomplished, in this country, 
 its best spiritual work ; which is to keep man from a 
 self-satisfaction which is retarding and vulgarising, to 
 lead him towards perfection, by making his mind 
 dwell upon what is excellent in itself, and the abso- 5 
 lute beauty and fitness of things. A polemical prac- 
 tical criticism makes men blind even to the ideal 
 perfection of their practice, makes them willingly 
 assert its ideal perfection, in order the better to secure 
 it against attack ; and clearly this is narrowing and 10 
 baneful for them. If they were reassured on the 
 practical side, speculative considerations of ideal 
 perfection they might be brought to entertain, and 
 their spiritual horizon would thus gradually widen. 
 Sir Charles Adderley says to the Warwickshire 15 
 farmers : — 
 
 " Talk of the improvement of breed ! Why, the 
 race we ourselves represent, the men and women, 
 the old Anglo-Saxon race, are the best breed in the 
 whole world. . . . The absence of a too enervating 20 
 climate, too unclouded skies, and a too luxurious 
 nature, has produced so vigorous a race of people, and 
 has rendered us so superior to all the world." 
 
 Mr. Roebuck says to the Sheffield cutlers : — 
 
 "I look around me and ask what is the state of 25 
 England ? Is not property safe ? Is not every man 
 able to say what he likes ? Can you not walk from 
 one end of England to the other in perfect security ? 
 I ask you whether, the world over or in past history, 
 there is anything like it ? Nothing. I pray that our 3c 
 unrivalled happiness may last." 
 
 Now obviously there is a peril for poor human
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 21 
 
 nature in words and thoughts of such exuberant self- 
 satisfaction, until we find ourselves safe in the streets 
 of the Celestial City. 
 
 " Das wenige verschwindet leicht dem Blicke 
 5 Der vorwarts sieht, wie viel noch ubrig bleibt — " 
 
 says Goethe ; " the little that is done seems nothing 
 when we look forward and see how much we have yet 
 to do." Clearly this is a better line of reflection for 
 weak humanity, so long as it remains on this earthly 
 
 io field of labour and trial. 
 
 But neither Sir Charles Adderley nor Mr. Roebuck 
 is by nature inaccessible to considerations of this sort. 
 They only lose sight of them owing to the controver- 
 sial life we all lead, and the practical form which all 
 
 15 speculation takes with us. They have in view oppo- 
 nents whose aim is not ideal, but practical ; and in 
 their zeal to uphold their own practice against these 
 innovators, they go so far as even to attribute to this 
 practice an ideal perfection. Somebody has been 
 
 20 wanting to introduce a six-pound franchise, or to 
 abolish church-rates, or to collect agricultural statistics 
 by force, or to diminish local self-government. How 
 natural, in reply to such proposals, very likely im- 
 proper or ill-timed, to go a little beyond the mark, 
 
 25 and to say stoutly, " Such a race of people as we 
 stand, so superior to all the world ! The old Anglo- 
 Saxon race, the best breed in the whole world ! I 
 pray that our unrivalled happiness may last ! I ask 
 you whether, the world over or in past history, there 
 
 30 is anything like it?" And so long as criticism 
 answers this dithyramb by insisting that the old
 
 22 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 Anglo-Saxon race would be still more superior to all 
 others if it had no church-rates, or that our unrivalled 
 happiness would last yet longer with a six-pound 
 franchise, so long will the strain, " The best breed in 
 the whole world ! " swell louder and louder, every- 5 
 thing ideal and refining will be lost out of sight, and 
 both the assailed and their critics will remain in a 
 sphere, to say the truth, perfectly unvital, a sphere in 
 which spiritual progression is impossible. But let 
 criticism leave church-rates and the franchise alone, 10 
 and in the most candid spirit, without a single lurking 
 thought of practical innovation, confront with our 
 dithyramb this paragraph on which I stumbled in a 
 newspaper immediately after reading Mr. Roebuck : — 
 
 "A shocking child murder has just been committed 15 
 at Nottingham. A girl named Wragg left the work- 
 house there on Saturday morning with her young 
 illegitimate child. The child was soon afterwards 
 found dead on Mapperly Hills, having been strangled. 
 Wragg is in custody." 2c 
 
 Nothing but that ; but, in juxtaposition with the 
 absolute eulogies of Sir Charles Adderley and Mr. 
 Roebuck, how eloquent, how suggestive are those 
 few lines ! " Our old Anglo-Saxon breed, the best in 
 the whole world !" — how much that is harsh and ill- 25 
 favoured there is in this best ! Wragg ! If we are 
 to talk of ideal perfection, of " the best in the whole 
 world," has any one reflected what a touch of gross- 
 ness in our race, what an original shortcoming in the 
 more delicate spiritual perceptions, is shown by the 30 
 natural growth amongst us of such hideous names, — 
 Higginbottom, Stiggins, Bugg ! In Ionia and Attica
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 23 
 
 they were luckier in this respect than " the best race 
 in the world "; by the Ilissus there was no Wragg, 
 poor thing! And "our unrivalled happiness"; — 
 what an element of grimness, bareness, and hideous- 
 tness mixes with it and blurs it ; the workhouse, the 
 dismal Mapperly Hills, — how dismal those who have 
 seen them will remember ; — the gloom, the smoke, 
 the cold, the strangled illegitimate child! "I ask 
 you whether, the world over or in past history, there 
 
 10 is anything like it ? " Perhaps not, one is inclined to 
 answer ; but at any rate, in that case, the world is 
 very much to be pitied. And the final touch, — short, 
 bleak, and inhuman : Wragg is in custody. The sex 
 lost in the confusion of our unrivalled happiness ; or 
 
 15 (shall I say ?) the superfluous Christian name lopped off 
 by the straightforward vigour of our old Anglo-Saxon 
 breed ! There is profit for the spirit in such con- 
 trasts as this ; criticism serves the cause of perfection 
 by establishing them. By eluding sterile conflict, by 
 
 20 refusing to remain in the sphere where alone narrow 
 and relative conceptions have any worth and validity, 
 criticism may diminish its momentary importance, but 
 only in this way has it a chance of gaining admittance 
 for those wider and more perfect conceptions to which 
 
 25 all its duty is really owed. Mr. Roebuck will have a 
 poor opinion of an adversary who replies to his defiant 
 songs of triumph only by murmuring under his breath, 
 Wragg is in custody ; but in no other way will these 
 songs of triumph be induced gradually to moderate 
 
 30 themselves, to get rid of what in them is excessive 
 
 and offensive, and to fall into a softer and truer key. 
 
 It will be said that it is a very subtle and indirect
 
 24 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 action which I am thus prescribing for criticism, and 
 that, by embracing in this manner the Indian virtue 
 of detachment and abandoning the sphere of practical 
 life, it condemns itself to a slow and obscure work. 
 Slow and obscure it may be, but it is the only propers 
 work of criticism. The mass of mankind will never 
 have any ardent zeal for seeing things as they are ; 
 very inadequate ideas will always satisfy them. On 
 these inadequate ideas reposes, and must repose, the 
 general practice of the world. That is as much as 10 
 saying that whoever sets himself to see things as they 
 are will find himself one of a very small circle ; but 
 it is only by this small circle resolutely doing its own 
 work that adequate ideas will ever get current at all. 
 The rush and roar of practical life will always have a 15 
 dizzying and attracting effect upon the most collected 
 spectator, and tend to draw him into its vortex ; 
 most of all will this be the case where that life is so 
 powerful as it is in England. But it is only by re- 
 maining collected, and refusing to lend himself to the 20 
 point of view of the practical man, that the critic can 
 do the practical man any service ; and it is only by 
 the greatest sincerity in pursuing his own course, and 
 by at last convincing even the practical man of his 
 sincerity, that he can escape misunderstandings which 25 
 perpetually threaten him. 
 
 For the practical man is not apt for fine distinc- 
 tions, and yet in these distinctions truth and the 
 highest culture greatly find their account. But it is 
 not easy to lead a practical man, — unless you reassure 30 
 him as to your practical intentions, you have no 
 chance of leading him, — to see that a thing which he
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 25 
 
 flas always been used to look at from one side only, 
 which he greatly values, and which, looked at from 
 that side, quite deserves, perhaps, all the prizing and 
 admiring which he bestows upon it, — that this thing, 
 5 looked at from another side, may appear much less 
 beneficent and beautiful, and yet retain all its claims 
 to our practical allegiance. Where shall we find 
 language innocent enough, how shall we make the 
 spotless purity of our intentions evident enough, to 
 
 to enable us to say to the political Englishman that the 
 British Constitution itself, which, seen from the prac- 
 tical side, looks such a magnificent organ of progress 
 and virtue, seen from the speculative side, — with its 
 compromises, its love of facts, its horror of theory, its 
 
 15 studied avoidance of clear thoughts, — that, seen from 
 this side, our august Constitution sometimes looks, — 
 forgive me, shade of Lord Somers! — a colossal machine 
 for the manufacture of Philistines ? How is Cobbett 
 to say this and not be misunderstood, blackened as he 
 
 aois with the smoke of a lifelong conflict in the field of 
 political practice ? how is Mr. Carlyle to say it and 
 not be misunderstood, after his furious raid into this 
 field with his Latter-day Pamphlets? how is Mr. 
 Ruskin, after his pugnacious political economy ? I 
 
 E5 say, the critic must keep out of the region of immedi- 
 ate practice in the political, social, humanitarian sphere, 
 if he wants to make a beginning for that more free 
 speculative treatment of things, which may perhaps 
 one day make its benefits felt even in this sphere, but 
 
 30 in a natural and thence irresistible manner. 
 
 Do what he will, however, the critic will still remain 
 exposed to frequent misunderstandings, and nowhere
 
 26 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 so much as in this country. For here people are par- 
 ticularly indisposed even to comprehend that without 
 this free disinterested treatment of things, truth and 
 the highest culture are out of the question. So 
 immersed are they in practical life, so accustomed to 5 
 take all their notions from this life and its processes, 
 that they are apt to think that truth and culture them- 
 selves can be reached by the processes of this life, 
 and that it is an impertinent sigularity to think of 
 reaching them in any other. ''We are all terrce Jilii," 10 
 cries their eloquent advocate; " all Philistines together. 
 Away with the notion of proceeding by any other 
 course than the course dear to the Philistines ; let us 
 have a social movement, let us organise and combine 
 a party to pursue truth and new thought, let us call it 15 
 the liberal party, and let us all stick to each other, and 
 back each other up. Let us have no nonsense about 
 independent criticism, and intellectual delicacy, and 
 the few and the many. Don't let us trouble ourselves 
 about foreign thought; we shall invent the whole 20 
 thing for ourselves as we go along. If one of us 
 speaks well, applaud him ; if one of us speaks ill, 
 applaud him too ; we are all in the same movement, 
 we are all liberals, we are all in pursuit of truth." 
 In this way the pursuit of truth becomes really a 25 
 social, practical, pleasurable affair, almost requiring a 
 chairman, a secretary, and advertisements ; with the 
 excitement of an occasional scandal, with a little 
 resistance to give the happy sense of difficulty over- 
 come; but, in general, plenty of bustle and very little 30 
 thought. To act is so easy, as Goethe says; to think 
 is so hard ! It is true that the critic has many temp-
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 27 
 
 tations to go with the stream, to make one of the 
 party movement, one of these terra filii ; it seems 
 ungracious to refuse to be a terra filius, when so 
 many excellent people are ; but the critic's duty is to 
 5 refuse, or, if resistance is vain, at least to cry with 
 Obermann : Pe'rissons en resistant. 
 
 How serious a matter it is to try and resist, I had 
 ample opportunity of experiencing when I ventured 
 some time ago to criticise the celebrated first volume 
 10 of Bishop Colenso. 1 The echoes of the storm which 
 was then raised I still, from time to time, hear grum- 
 bling round me. That storm arose out of a misunder- 
 standing almost inevitable. It is a result of no little 
 culture to attain to a clear perception that science and 
 15 religion are two wholly different things. The multi- 
 tude will for ever confuse them ; but happily that is 
 of no great real importance, for while the multitude 
 imagines itself to live by its false science, it does 
 really live by its true religion. Dr. Colenso, how- 
 soever, in his first volume did all he could to strengthen 
 the confusion, 2 and to make it dangerous. He did this 
 
 1 So sincere is my dislike to all personal attack and contro- 
 versy, that I abstain from reprinting, at this distance of time from 
 the occasion which called them forth, the essays in which I criti- 
 cised Dr. Colenso's book; I feel bound, however, after all that has 
 passed, to make here a final declaration of my sincere impenitence 
 for having published them. Nay, I cannot forbear repeating yet 
 once more, for his benefit and that of his readers, this sentence 
 from my original remarks upon him : There is truth of science 
 
 ■ and truth of religion; truth of science does not become truth of 
 religion till it is made religious. And I will add : Let us have all 
 the science there is from the men of science ; from the men of 
 religion let us have religion. 
 
 2 It has been said I make it " a crime against literary criticism
 
 28 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 with the best intentions, I freely admit, and with the 
 most candid ignorance that this was the natural effect 
 of what he was doing ; but, says Joubert, " Ignorance, 
 which in matters of morals extenuates the crime, is 
 itself, in intellectual matters, a crime of the first order." 5 
 I criticised Bishop Colenso's speculative confusion. 
 Immediately there was a cry raised: "What is this? 
 here is a liberal attacking a liberal. Do not you 
 belong to the movement ? are not you a friend of 
 truth ? Is not Bishop Colenso in search of truth ? 10 
 then speak with proper respect of his book. Dr. 
 Stanley is another friend of truth, and you speak with 
 proper respect of his book ; why make these invidious 
 differences ? both books are excellent, admirable, lib- 
 eral ; Bishop Colenso's perhaps the most so, because 15 
 it is the boldest, and will have the best practical con- 
 sequences for the liberal cause. Do you want to 
 encourage to the attack of a brother liberal his, and 
 your, and our implacable enemies, the Church and 
 State Review or the Record, — the High Church rhi- 2c 
 noceros and the Evangelical hyrena? Be silent, there- 
 fore ; or rather speak, speak as loud as ever you can ! 
 and go into ecstasies over the eighty and odd pigeons." 
 But criticism cannot follow this coarse and indis- 
 criminate method. It is unfortunately possible for a 25 
 man in pursuit of truth to write a book which reposes 
 upon a false conception. Even the practical conse- 
 quences of a book are to genuine criticism no recom- 
 mendation of it, if the book is, in the highest sense,- 
 
 ind the higher culture to attempt to inform the ignorant." Need 
 t point out that the ignorant are not informed by being confirmed 
 in a confusion ?
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 29 
 
 blundering. I see that a lady who herself, too, is in 
 pursuit of truth, and who writes with great ability, 
 hut a little too much, perhaps, under the influence of 
 (he practical spirit of the English liberal movement, 
 
 1 classes Bishop Colenso's book and M. Renan's 
 together, in her survey of the religious state of 
 Europe, as facts of the same order, works, both of 
 them, of "great importance"; "great ability, power, 
 and skill"; Bishop Colenso's, perhaps, the most 
 
 10 powerful; at least. Miss Cobbe gives special expres- 
 sion to her gratitude that to Bishop Colenso " has 
 been given the strength to grasp, and the courage to 
 teach, truths of such deep import." In the same 
 way, more than one popular writer has compared him 
 
 >5 to Luther. Now it is just this kind of false estimate 
 which the critical spirit is, it seems to me, bound to 
 resist. It is really the strongest possible proof of the 
 low ebb at which, in England, the critical spirit is, 
 that while the critical hit in the religious literature 
 
 20 of Germany is Dr. Strauss's book, in that of France 
 M. Renan's book, the book of Bishop Colenso is the 
 critical hit in the religious literature of England. 
 Bishop Colenso's book reposes on a total misconcep- 
 tion of the essential elements of the religious problem, 
 
 25 as that problem is now presented for solution. To 
 criticism, therefore, which seeks to have the best that 
 is known and thought on this problem, it is, however 
 well meant, of no importance whatever. M. Renan's 
 book attempts a new synthesis of the elements 
 
 30 furnished to us by the Four Gospels. It attempts, 
 in my opinion, a synthesis, perhaps premature, per- 
 haps impossible, certainly not successful. Up to the
 
 3© THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 present time, at any rate, we must acquiesce in 
 Fleury's sentence on such recastings of the Gospel- 
 story : Quiconqtte s 1 imagine la pouvoir mieux ecrire, 
 7ie Ventend pas. M. Renan had himself passed by 
 anticipation a like sentence on his own work, when 5 
 he said : " If a new presentation of the character of 
 Jesus were offered to me, I would not have it ; its 
 very clearness would be, in my opinion, the best 
 proof of its insufficiency." His friends may with 
 perfect justice rejoin that at the sight of the Holy 10 
 Land, and of the actual scene of the Gospel-story, 
 all the current of M. Renan's thoughts may have 
 naturally changed, and a new casting of that story 
 irresistibly suggested itself to him ; and that this is 
 just a case for applying Cicero's maxim : Change of 15 
 mind is not inconsistency — nemo doctus unquam muta- 
 tionem consilii inconstantiam dixit esse. Nevertheless, 
 for criticism, M. Renan's first thought must still be 
 the truer one, as long as his new casting so fails more 
 fully to commend itself, more fully (to use Coleridge's 20 
 happy phrase about the Bible) to find us. Still 
 M. Renan's attempt is, for criticism, of the most real 
 interest and importance, since, with all its difficulty, 
 a fresh synthesis of the New Testament data, — not a 
 making war on them, in Voltaire's fashion, not a 23 
 leaving them out of mind, in the world's fashion, but 
 the putting a new construction upon them, the taking 
 them from under the old, traditional, conventional 
 point of view and placing them under a new one, — 
 is the very essence of the religious problem, as now 30 
 presented ; and only by efforts in this direction can 
 it receive a solution.
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 3 1 
 
 Again, in the same spirit in which she judges 
 Bishop Colenso, Miss Cobbe, like so many earnest 
 liberals of our practical race, both here and in 
 America, herself sets vigorously about a positive 
 5 reconstruction of religion, about making a religion 
 of the future out of hand, or at least setting about 
 making it. We must not rest, she and they are 
 always thinking and saying, in negative criticism, we 
 must be creative and constructive ; hence we have 
 
 10 such works as her recent Religious Duty, and works 
 still more considerable, perhaps, by others, which will 
 be in every one's mind. These works often have 
 much ability ; they often spring out of sincere con- 
 victions, and a sincere wish to do good ; and they 
 
 15 sometimes, perhaps, do good. Their fault is (if I 
 may be permitted to say so) one which they have in 
 common with the British College of Health, in the 
 New Road. Every one knows the British College of 
 Health ; it is that building with the lion and the 
 
 20 statue of the Goddess Hygeia before it; at least 
 I am sure about the lion, though I am not absolutely 
 certain about the Goddess Hygeia. This building 
 does credit, perhaps, to the resources of Dr. Morrison 
 and his disciples ; but it falls a good deal short of 
 
 25 one's idea of what a British College of Health ought 
 to be. In England, where we hate public inter- 
 ference and love individual enterprise, we have a 
 whole crop of places like the British College of 
 Health ; the grand name without the grand thing. 
 
 30 Unluckily, creditable to individual enterprise as they 
 are, they tend to impair our taste by making us for- 
 get what more grandiose, noble, or beautiful charac f er
 
 32 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 properly belongs to a public institution. The same 
 may be said of the religions of the future of Miss 
 Cobbe and others. Creditable, like the British Col- 
 lege of Health, to the resources of their authors, they 
 yet tend to make us forget what more grandiose, 5 
 noble, or beautiful character properly belongs to 
 religious constructions. The historic religions, with 
 all their faults, have had this ; it certainly belongs 
 to the religious sentiment, when it truly flowers, to 
 have this ; and we impoverish our spirit if we allow 10 
 a religion of the future without it. What then is the 
 duty of criticism here ? To take the practical point 
 of view, to applaud the liberal movement and all its 
 works, — its New Road religions of the future into the 
 bargain, — for their general utility's sake ? By no 15 
 means ; but to be perpetually dissatisfied with these 
 works, while they perpetually fall short of a high 
 and perfect ideal. 
 
 For criticism, these are elementary laws ; but they 
 never can be popular, and in this country they have 20 
 been very little followed, and one meets with immense 
 obstacles in following them. That is a reason for 
 asserting them again and again. Criticism must 
 maintain its independence of the practical spirit and 
 its aims. Even with well-meant efforts of the practi- 25 
 cal spirit it must express dissatisfaction, if in the 
 sphere of the ideal they seem impoverishing and 
 limiting. It must not hurry on to the goal because 
 of its practical importance. It must be patient, and 
 know how to wait ; and flexible, and know how to 30 
 attach itself to things and how to withdraw from 
 them. It must be apt to study and praise elements
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 33 
 
 that for the fulness of spiritual perfection are wanted, 
 even though they belong to a power which in the 
 practical sphere may be maleficent. It must be apt 
 to discern the spiritual shortcomings or illusions of 
 5 powers that in the practical sphere may be beneficent. 
 And this without any notion of favouring or injur- 
 ing, in the practical sphere, one power or the other ; 
 without any notion of playing off, in this sphere, 
 one power against the other. When one looks, for 
 
 10 instance, at the English Divorce Court, — an institu- 
 tion which perhaps has its practical conveniences, 
 but which in the ideal sphere is so hideous ; an 
 institution which neither makes divorce impossible 
 nor makes it decent, which allows a man to get rid 
 
 15 of his wife, or a wife of her husband, but makes them 
 drag one another first, for the public edification, 
 through a mire of unutterable infamy, — when one 
 looks at this charming institution, I say, with its 
 crowded trials, its newspaper reports, and its money 
 
 20 compensations, this institution in which the gross 
 unregenerate British Philistine has indeed stamped 
 an image of himself, — one may be permitted to find 
 the marriage theory of Catholicism refreshing and 
 elevating. Or when Protestantism, in virtue of its 
 
 25 supposed rational and intellectual origin, gives the 
 law to criticism too magisterially, criticism may and 
 must remind it that its pretensions, in this respect, are 
 illusive and do it harm ; that the Reformation was a 
 moral rather than an intellectual event ; that Luther's 
 
 30 theory of grace no more exactly reflects the mind of 
 the spirit than Bossuet's philosophy of history reflects 
 it ; and that there is no more antecedent probability
 
 34 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 of the Bishop of Durham's stock of ideas being agree- 
 able to perfect reason than of Pope Pius the Ninth's. 
 But criticism will not on that account forget the 
 achievements of Protestantism in the practical and 
 moral sphere ; nor that, even in the intellectual 5 
 sphere, Protestantism, though in a blind and stumb- 
 ling manner, carried forward the Renascence, while 
 Catholicism threw itself violently across its path. 
 
 I lately heard a man of thought and energy contrast- 
 ing the want of ardour and movement which he now ia 
 found amongst young men in this country with what 
 he remembered in his own youth, twenty years ago. 
 "What reformers we were then!" he exclaimed; 
 "what a zeal we had ! how we canvassed every insti- 
 tution in Church and State, and were prepared to 15 
 remodel them all on first principles ! " He was 
 inclined to regret, as a spiritual flagging, the lull which 
 he saw. I am disposed rather to regard it as a pause 
 in which the turn to a new mode of spiritual progress 
 is being accomplished. Everything was long seen, by 20 
 the young and ardent amongst us, in inseparable con- 
 nection with politics and practical life. We have 
 pretty well exhausted the benefits of seeing things in 
 this connection, we have got all that can be got by so 
 seeing them. Let us try a more disinterested mode of 25 
 seeing them ; let us betake ourselves more to the 
 serener life of the mind and spirit. This life, too, 
 may have its excesses and dangers ; but they are not 
 for us at present. Let us think of quietly enlarging 
 our stock of true and fresh ideas, and not, as soon as 30 
 we get an idea or half an idea, be running out with it 
 into the street, and trying to make it rule there. Our
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 35 
 
 ideas will, in the end, shape the world all the better 
 for maturing a little. Perhaps in fifty years' time it 
 will in the English House of Commons be an objec- 
 tion to an institution that it is an anomaly, and my 
 5 friend the Member of Parliament will shudder in his 
 grave. But let us in the meanwhile rather endeavour 
 that in twenty years' time it may, in English literature, 
 b.e an objection to a proposition that it is absurd. 
 That will be a change so vast, that the imagination 
 
 10 almost fails to grasp it. Ab iniegro scedorum nascitur 
 ordo. 
 
 If I have insisted so much on the course which 
 criticism must take where politics and religion are 
 concerned, it is because, where these burning matters 
 
 15 are in question, it is most likely to go astray. I 
 have wished, above all, to insist on the attitude which 
 criticism should adopt towards things in general ; on 
 its right tone and temper of mind. But then comes 
 another question as to the subject-matter which literary 
 
 20 criticism should most seek. Here, in general, its 
 course is determined for it by the idea which is the 
 law of its being ; the idea of a disinterested endeavour 
 to learn and propagate the best that is known and 
 thought in the world, and thus to establish a current 
 
 25 of fresh and true ideas. By the very nature of things, 
 as England is not all the world, much of the best that 
 is known and thought in the world cannot be of 
 English growth, must be foreign ; by the nature of 
 things, again, it is just this that we are least likely to 
 
 30 know, while English thought is streaming in upon us 
 from all sides, and takes excellent care that we shall 
 not be ignorant of its existence. The English critic
 
 3<5 THE FUNCTION OF CRITICISM 
 
 of literature, therefore, must dwell much on foreign 
 thought, and with particular heed on any part of it, 
 which, while significant and fruitful in itself, is for any 
 reason specially likely to escape him. Again, judging 
 is often spoken of as the critic's one business, and so 5 
 in some sense it is ; but the judgment which almost 
 insensibly forms itself in a fair and clear mind, along 
 with fresh knowledge, is the valuable one ; and thus 
 knowledge, and ever fresh knowledge, must be the 
 critic's great concern for himself. And it is by com- 10 
 municating fresh knowledge, and letting his own judg- 
 ment pass along with it, — but insensibly, and in the 
 second place, not the first, as a sort of companion and 
 clue, not as an abstract lawgiver, — that the critic will 
 generally do most good to his readers. Sometimes, ij 
 no doubt, for the sake of establishing an author's place 
 in literature, and his relation to a central standard 
 (and if this is not done, how are we to get at our best 
 in the world?) criticism may have to deal with a sub- 
 ject-matter so familiar that fresh knowledge is out of 20 
 the question, and then it must be all judgment ; an 
 enunciation and detailed application of principles. 
 Here the great safeguard is never to let oneself become 
 abstract, always to retain an intimate and lively con- 
 sciousness of the truth of what one is saying, and, the 25 
 moment this fails us, to be sure that something is 
 wrong. Still, under all circumstances, this mere judg- 
 ment and application of principles is, in itself, not the 
 most satisfactory work to the critic ; like mathematics, 
 it is tautological, and cannot well give us, like fresh 50 
 learning, the sense of creative activity. 
 
 But stop, some one will say ; all this talk is of no
 
 IO 
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 37 
 
 practical use to us whatever ; this criticism of yours 
 is not what we have in our minds when we speak of 
 criticism ; when we speak of critics and criticism, we 
 mean critics and criticism of the current English 
 5 literature of the day ; when you offer to tell criticism 
 its function, it is to this criticism that we expect you 
 to address yourself. I am sorry for it, for I am afraid 
 I must disappoint these expectations. I am bound by 
 my own definition of criticism :(a disinterested endea- 
 vour to learn and propagate the best that is known and 
 thought in the world. J How much of current English 
 literature comes into this "best that is known and 
 thought in the world ? " Not very much, I fear 
 certainly less, at this moment, than of the currem. 
 
 15 literature of France or Germany. Well, then, am I to 
 alter my definition of criticism, in order to meet the 
 requirements of a number of practising English critics, 
 who, after all, are free in their choice of a business? 
 That would be making criticism lend itself just to one 
 
 20 of those alien practical considerations, which, I have 
 said, are so fatal to it. One may say, indeed, to those 
 who have to deal with the mass — so much better dis- 
 regarded — of current English literature, that they may 
 at all events endeavour, in dealing with this, to try it, 
 
 25 so far as they can, by the standard of the best that is 
 known and thought in the world ; one may say, that 
 to get anywhere near this standard, every critic should 
 try and possess one great literature, at least, besides 
 his own, and the more unlike his own, the better. 
 
 30 But, after all, the criticism I am really concerned 
 with, — the criticism which alone can much help us 
 for the future, the criticism which, throughout Europe,
 
 38 THE FUNCTION CF CRITICISM 
 
 is at the present day meant, when so much stress is 
 laid on the importance of criticism and the critical 
 spirit, — is a criticism which regards Europe as being, 
 for intellectual and spiritual purposes, one great con- 
 federation, bound to a joint action and working to a 5 
 common result ; and whose members have, for their 
 proper outfit, a knowledge of Greek, Roman, and 
 Eastern antiquity, and of one another. Special, local, 
 and temporary advantages being put out of account, 
 that modern nation will in the intellectual and spiritual 10 
 sphere make most progress, which most thoroughly 
 carries out this programme. And what is that but 
 saying that we too, all of us, as individuals, the more 
 thoroughly we carry it out, shall make the more 
 progress ? 15 
 
 There is so much inviting us ! — what are we to 
 take ? what will nourish us in growth towards perfec- 
 tion ? That is the question which, with the immense 
 field of life and of literature lying before him, the critic 
 has to answer ; for himself first, and afterwards for 20 
 others. In this idea of the critic's business the essays 
 brought together in the following pages have had their 
 origin ; in this idea, widely different as are their sub- 
 jects, they have, perhaps, their unity. 
 
 I conclude with what I said at the beginning : to 25 
 have the sense of creative activity is the great happi- 
 ness and the great proof of being alive, and it is not 
 denied to criticism to have it ; but then criticism must 
 be sincere, simple, flexible, ardent, ever widening its 
 knowledge. Then it may have, in no contemptible 3a 
 measure, a joyful sense of creative activity ; a sense 
 which a man of insight and conscience will prefer to
 
 AT THE PRESENT TIME. 39 
 
 what he might derive from a poor, starved, fragmen- 
 tary, inadequate creation. And at some epochs no 
 other creation is possible. 
 
 Still, in full measure, the sense of creative activity 
 
 5 belongs only to genuine creation; in literature we 
 must never forget that. But what true man of letters 
 ever can forget it ? It is no such common matter for 
 a gifted nature to come into possession of a current 
 of true and living ideas, and to produce amidst the 
 
 10 inspiration of them, that we are likely to underrate it. 
 The epochs of yEschylus and Shakspeare make us 
 feel their pre-eminence. In an epoch like those is, no 
 doubt, the true life of literature ; there is the promised 
 land, towards which criticism can only beckon. That 
 
 15 promised land it will not be ours to enter, and we 
 shall die in the wilderness ; but to have desired to 
 enter it, to have saluted it from afar, is already, per- 
 haps, the best distinction among contemporaries ; it 
 will certainly be the best title to esteem with pos- 
 terity. — Essays, I,, ed. 1896, pp. 1-41.
 
 ®n {Translating Ibomer. 
 
 . . . Nunquamne reponam ? 
 
 It has more than once been suggested to me that I 
 should translate Homer. That is a task for which I 
 have neither the time nor the courage ; but the sug- 
 gestion led me to regard yet more closely a poet whom 
 I had already long studied, and for one or two years 5 
 the works of Homer were seldom out of my hands. 
 The study of classical literature is probably on the 
 decline ; but, whatever may be the fate of this study 
 in general, it is certain that, as instruction spreads and 
 the number of readers increases, attention will be 10 
 more and more directed to the poetry of Homer, not 
 indeed as part of a classical course, but as the most 
 important poetical monument existing. Even within 
 the last ten years two fresh translations of the Iliad 
 have appeared in England : one by a man of great 15 
 ability and genuine learning, Professor Newman ; the 
 other by Mr. Wright, the conscientious and painstak- 
 ing translator of Dante. It may safely be asserted 
 that neither of these works will take rank as the 
 standard translation of Homer; that the task of 20 
 rendering him will still be attempted by other trans- 
 lators. It may perhaps be possible to render to these 
 some service, to save them some loss of labour, by 
 pointing out rocks on which their predecessors have 
 
 40
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 4* 
 
 split, and the right objects on which a translator of 
 Homer should fix his attention. 
 
 It is disputed what aim a translator should propose 
 to himself in dealing with his original. Even this 
 
 5 preliminary is not yet settled. On one side it is said 
 that the translation ought to be such " that the reader 
 should, if possible, forget that it is a translation at all, 
 and be lulled into the illusion that he is reading an 
 original work — something original " (if the translation 
 
 10 be in English), "from an English hand." The real 
 original is in this case, it is said, " taken as a basis on 
 which to rear a poem that shall affect our countrymen 
 as the original may be conceived to have affected its 
 natural hearers." On the other hand, Mr. Newman, 
 
 15 who states the foregoing doctrine only to condemn it, 
 declares that he " aims at precisely the opposite: to 
 retain every peculiarity of the original, so far as he is 
 able, with the greater care the more foreign it may 
 happen to be "; so that it may " never be forgotten 
 
 2othat he is imitating, and imitating in a different 
 material." The translator's " first duty," says Mr. 
 Newman, " is a historical one, to be faithful" 
 Probably both sides would agree that the translator's 
 "first duty is to be faithful'"; but the question at 
 
 25 issue between them is, in what faithfulness consists. 
 My one object is to give practical advice to a trans- 
 lator ; and I shall not the least concern myself with 
 theories of translation as such. But I advise the 
 translator not to try " to rear on the basis of the Iliad, 
 
 30 a poem that shall affect our countrymen as the 
 original may be conceived to have affected its natural 
 hearers "; and for this simple reason, that we cannot
 
 42 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 possibly tell how the Iliad "affected its natural 
 hearers." It is probably meant merely that he should 
 try to affect Englishmen powerfully, as Homer affected 
 Greeks powerfully ; but this direction is not enough, 
 and can give no real guidance. For all great poets 5 
 affect their hearers powerfully, but the effect of one 
 poet is one thing, that of another poet another thing ; 
 it is our translator's business to reproduce the effect 
 of Homer, and the most powerful emotion of the 
 unlearned English reader can never assure him 10 
 whether he has reproduced this, or whether he has 
 produced something else. So, again, he may follow 
 Mr. Newman's directions, he may try to be ''faithful," 
 he may "retain every peculiarity of his original"; 
 but who is to assure him, who is to assure Mr. New- 15 
 man himself, that, when he has done this, he has done 
 that for which Mr. Newman enjoins this to be done, 
 " adhered closely to Homer's manner and habit of 
 thought" ? Evidently the translator needs some more 
 practical directions than these. No one can tell him 20 
 how Homer affected the Greeks : but there are those 
 who can tell him how Homer affects them. These are 
 scholars ; who possess, at the same time with knowl- 
 edge of Greek, adequate poetical taste and feeling. 
 No translation will seem to them of much worth com- 25 
 pared with the original ; but they alone can say 
 whether the translation produces more or less the 
 same effect upon them as the original. They are the 
 only competent tribunal in this matter : the Greeks 
 are dead ; the unlearned Englishman has not the data 30 
 for judging ; and no man can safely confide in his 
 own single judgment of his own work. Let not the
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 43 
 
 translator, then, trust to his notions of what the 
 ancient Greeks would have thought of him ; he will 
 lose himself in the vague. Let him not trust to what 
 the ordinary English reader thinks of him ; he will 
 
 5 be taking the blind for his guide. Let him not trust 
 to his own judgment of his own work ; he may be 
 misled by individual caprices. Let him ask how his 
 work affects those who both know Greek and can 
 appreciate poetry ; whether to read it gives the Pro- 
 
 iovost of Eton, or Professor Thompson at Cambridge, 
 or Professor Jowett here in Oxford, at all the same 
 feeling which to read the original gives them. I con- 
 sider that when Bentley said of Pope's translation, 
 " It was a pretty poem, but must not be called 
 
 15 Homer," the work, in spite of all its power and 
 attractiveness, was judged. 
 
 'fis av 6 (frpovinos opLaucv, — "as the judicious would 
 determine," — that is a test to which every one pro- 
 fesses himself willing to submit his works. Unhappily, 
 
 20 in most cases, no two persons agree as to who "the 
 judicious " are. In the present case, the ambiguity 
 is removed : I suppose the translator at one with me 
 as to the tribunal to which alone he should look for 
 judgment ; and he has thus obtained a practical test 
 
 25 by which to estimate the real success of his work. 
 How is he to proceed, in order that his work, tried 
 by this test, may be found most successful ? 
 
 First of all, there are certain negative counsels 
 which I will give him. Homer has occupied men's 
 
 30 minds so much, such a literature has arisen about 
 him, that every one who approaches him should 
 resolve strictly to limit himself to that which may
 
 44 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 directly serve the object for which he approaches 
 him. I advise the translator to have nothing to do 
 with the questions, whether Homer ever existed ; 
 whether the poet of the Iliad be one or many ; 
 whether the Iliad be one poem or an Achilleis and an 5 
 Iliad stuck together ; whether the Christian doctrine 
 of the Atonement is shadowed forth in the Homeric 
 mythology ; whether the Goddess Latona in any way 
 prefigures the Virgin Mary, and so on. These are 
 questions which have been discussed with learning, 10 
 with ingenuity, nay, with genius ; but they have two 
 inconveniences, — one general for all who approach 
 them, one particular for the translator. The general 
 inconvenience is that there really exist no data for 
 determining them. The particular inconvenience is 15 
 that their solution by the translator, even were it 
 possible, could be of no benefit to his transla- 
 tion. 
 
 I advise him, again, not to trouble himself with 
 constructing a special vocabulary for his use in trans- 20 
 lation ; with excluding a certain class of English 
 words, and with confining himself to another class, in 
 obedience to any theory about the peculiar qualities 
 of Homer's style. Mr. Newman says that " the entire 
 dialect of Homer being essentially archaic, that of a 25 
 translator ought to be as much Saxo-Norman as 
 possible, and owe as little as possible to the elements 
 thrown into our language by classical learning." Mr. 
 Newman is unfortunate in the observance of his own 
 theory ; for I continually find in his translation words 30 
 of Latin origin, which seem to me quite alien to the 
 simplicity of Homer, — '" responsive," for instance,
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 45 
 
 which is a favourite word of Mr. Newman, to repre* 
 sent the Homeric d/x.et/3o'/A£vos : — 
 
 " Great Hector of the motley helm thus spake to her responsive* 
 " But thus responsively to him spake god-like Alexander." 
 
 5 And the word " celestial," again, in the grand address 
 of Zeus to the horses of Achilles, 
 
 " You, who are born celestial, from Eld and Death exempted ! " 
 
 seems to me in that place exactly to jar upon the 
 feeling as too bookish. But, apart from the question 
 
 roof Mr. "Newman's fidelity to his own theory, such a 
 theory seems to me both dangerous for a translator 
 and false in itself. Dangerous for a translator ; 
 because, wherever one finds such a theory announced 
 (and one finds it pretty often), it is generally followed 
 
 15 by an explosion of pedantry; and pedantry is of all 
 things in the world the most un-Homeric. False in 
 itself; because, in fact, we owe to the Latin element 
 in our language most of that very rapidity and clear 
 decisiveness by which it is contradistinguished from 
 
 20 the German, and in sympathy with the languages of 
 Greece and Rome : so that to limit an English trans- 
 lator of Homer to words of Saxon origin is to deprive 
 him of one of his special advantages for translating 
 Homer. In Voss's well-known translation of Homer, 
 
 25 it is precisely the qualities of his German language 
 itself, something heavy and trailing both in the struc- 
 ture of its sentences and in the words of which it is 
 composed, which prevent his translation, in spite of 
 the hexameters, in spite of the fidelity, from creating 
 
 30 in us the impression created by the Greek. Mr.
 
 46 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 Newman's prescription, if followed, would just strip 
 the English translator of the advantage which he has 
 over Voss. 
 
 The frame of mind in which we approach an author 
 influences our correctness of appreciation of him ; and 5 
 Homer should be approached by a translator in the 
 simplest frame of mind possible. Modern sentiment 
 tries to make the ancient not less than the modern 
 world its own ; but against modern sentiment in its 
 applications to Homer the translator, if he would feel 10 
 Homer truly — and unless he feels him truly, how can 
 he render him truly ? — cannot be too much on his 
 guard. For example : the writer of an interesting 
 article on English translations of Homer, in the last 
 number of the National Review y quotes, I see, with 15 
 admiration, a criticism of Mr. Ruskin on the use of 
 the epithet 4>vo-i£oo<>, "life-giving," in that beautiful 
 passage in the third book of the Iliad, which follows 
 Helen's mention of her brothers Castor and Pollux 
 as alive, though they were in truth dead : — 2G 
 
 ois <p6.ro • toi)s 5' tfSr) Karix ev ^fc/foos ala 
 iv AaKedaifiovi adOi, <pi\y iv Trarpidi yalrj. ' 
 
 "The poet," says Mr. Ruskin, "has to speak of the 
 earth in sadness ; but he will not let that sadness 
 affect or change his thought of it. No ; though 25 
 Castor and Pollux be dead, yet the earth is our 
 mother still — fruitful, life-giving." This is a just 
 specimen of that sort of application of modern senti- 
 ment to the ancients, against which a student, who 
 wishes to feel the ancients truly, cannot too resolutely 30 
 
 1 Iliari, iii. 243.
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 47 
 
 defend himself. It reminds one, as, alas ! so much 
 of Mr. Ruskin's writing reminds one, of those words 
 of the most delicate of living critics : " Comnie tout 
 genre de composition a son ecueil particulier, cclui du 
 
 5 genre romanesque, c' est le faux." The reader may feel 
 moved as he reads it •. but it is not the less an ex- 
 ample of "le faux " in criticism ; it is false. It is not 
 true, as to that particular passage, that Homer called 
 the earth </>vcrt£oos, because, " though he had to speak 
 
 ioof the earth in sadness, he would not let that sadness 
 change or affect his thought of it," but consoled him- 
 self by considering that " the earth is our mother 
 still — fruitful, life-giving." It is not true, as a 
 matter of general criticism, that this kind of senti- 
 
 15 mentality, eminently modern, inspires Homer at all. 
 " From Homer and Polygnotus I every day learn 
 more clearly," says Goethe, " that in our life here 
 above ground we have, properly speaking, to enact 
 Hell": 2 — if the student must absolutely have a key- 
 
 conote to the Iliad, let him take this of Goethe, and see 
 what he can do with it ; it will not, at any rate, like 
 the tender pantheism of Mr. Ruskin, falsify for him 
 the whole strain of Homer. 
 
 These are negative counsels ; I come to the posi- 
 
 25 tive. When I say, the translator of Homer should 
 above all be penetrated by a sense of four qualities of 
 his author ; that he is eminently rapid ; that he is 
 eminently plain and direct, both in the evolution of 
 his thought and in the expression of it, that is, both 
 
 30 in his syntax and in his words ; that he is eminently 
 plain and direct in the substance of his thought, that 
 2 Brief wechsel zwischen Schiller und Goethe, vi. 230.
 
 48 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 is, in his matter and ideas ; and, finally, that he is 
 eminently noble ; — I probably seem to be saying what 
 is too general to be of much service to anybody. Yet 
 it is strictly true that, for want of duly penetrating 
 themselves with the first-named quality of Homer, : 
 his rapidity, Cowper and Mr. Wright have failed in 
 rendering him : that, for want of duly appreciating 
 the second-named quality, his plainness and directness 
 of style and diction, Pope and Mr. Sotheby have 
 failed in rendering him ; that for want of appreciating ic 
 the third, his plainness and directness of ideas, Chap- 
 man has failed in rendering him ; while for want of 
 appreciating the fourth, his nobleness, Mr. Newman, 
 who has clearly seen some of the faults of his prede- 
 cessors, has yet failed more conspicuously than any of 15 
 them. 
 
 Coleridge says, in his strange language, speaking 
 of the union of the human soul with the divine 
 essence, that this takes place 
 
 " Whene'er the mist, which stands 'tvvixt God and thee, 20 
 
 Defecates to a pure transparency ; " 
 
 and so, too, it may be said of that union of the trans- 
 lator with his original, which alone can produce a 
 good translation, that it takes place when the mist 
 which stands between them — the mist of alien modes 25 
 of thinking, speaking, and feeling on the translator's 
 part — " defecates to a pure transparency," and dis- 
 appears. But between Cowper and Homer — (Mr. 
 JVright repeats in the main Cowper's manner, as 
 Mr. Sotheby repeats Pope's manner, and neither Mr. 30 
 Wright's translation nor Mr. Sotheby's has, I must
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 49 
 
 be forgiven for saying, any proper reason for existing) 
 — between Cowper and Homer there is interposed the 
 mist of Cowper's elaborate Miltonic manner, entirely 
 alien to the flowing rapidity of Homer ; between Pope 
 5 and Homer there is interposed the mist of Pope's 
 literary artificial manner, entirely alien to the plain 
 naturalness of Homer's manner ; between Chapman 
 and Homer there is interposed the mist of the fanci- 
 fulness of the Elizabethan age, entirely alien to the 
 
 10 plain directness of Homer's thought and feeling; 
 while between Mr. Newman and Homer is interposed 
 a cloud of more than Egyptian thickness — namely, a 
 manner, in Mr. Newman's version, eminently ignoble, 
 while Homer's manner is eminently noble. 
 
 is I do not despair of making all these propositions 
 clear to a student who approaches Homer with a free 
 mind. First, Homer is eminently rapid, and to this. 
 rapidity the elaborate movement of Miltonic blank 
 verse is alien. The reputation of Cowper, that most 
 
 20 interesting man and excellent poet, does not depend 
 on his translation of Homer ; and in his preface to 
 the second edition, he himself tells us that he felt, — 
 he had too much poetical taste not to feel, — on re- 
 turning to his own version after six or seven years, 
 
 25 " more dissatisfied with it himself than the most 
 difficult to be pleased of all his judges." And he was 
 dissatisfied with it for the right reason, — that " it 
 seemed to him deficient in the grace of ease." Yet he 
 seems to have originally misconceived the manner of 
 
 30 Homer so much, that it is no wonder he rendered 
 him amiss. " The similitude of Milton's manner to 
 that of Homer is such," he says, " that no person
 
 50 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 familiar with both can read either without being re- 
 minded of the other ; and it is in those breaks and 
 pauses to which the numbers of the English poet are 
 so much indebted, both for their dignity and variety, 
 that he chiefly copies the Grecian." It would be 5 
 more true to say : " The unlikeness of Milton's 
 manner to that of Homer is such, that no person 
 familiar with both can read either without being 
 struck with his difference from the other ; and it is 
 in his breaks and pauses that the English poet is ia 
 most unlike the Grecian." 
 
 The inversion and pregnant conciseness of Milton 
 or Dante are, doubtless, most impressive qualities of 
 style ; but they are the very opposites of the direct- 
 ness and flovvingness of Homer, which he keeps alike 15 
 in passages of the simplest narrative, and in those of 
 the deepest emotion. Not only, for example, are 
 these lines of Cowper un-Homeric : — 
 
 " So numerous seemed those fires the banks between 
 
 Of Xanthus, blazing, and the fleet of Greece 20 
 
 In prospect all of Troy ; " 
 
 where the position of the word "blazing" gives an 
 entirely un-Homeric movement to this simple passage, 
 describing the fires of the Trojan camp outside of 
 Troy ; but the following lines, in that very highly- 25 
 wrought passage where the horse of Achilles answers 
 his master's reproaches for having left Patroclus on 
 the field of battle, are equally un-Homeric : — 
 
 " For not through sloth or tardiness on us 
 
 Aught chargeable, have Ilium's sons thine arms 30 
 
 Stript from Patroclus' shoulders ; but a God 
 Matchless in battle, offspring of bright-haired
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 5 1 
 
 Latona, him contending in the van 
 Slew, for the glory of the chief of Troy." 
 
 Here even the first inversion, " have Ilium's sons 
 thine arms Stript from Patroclus* shoulders," gives 
 5 the reader a sense of a movement not Homeric ; and 
 the second inversion, "a God him contending in the 
 van Slew," gives this sense ten times stronger. In- 
 stead of moving on without check, as in reading the 
 original, the reader twice finds himself, in reading the 
 
 io translation, brought up and checked. Homer moves 
 with the same simplicity and rapidity in the highly- 
 wrought as in the simple passage. 
 
 It is in vain that Cowper insists on his fidelity : 
 " my chief boast is that I have adhered closely to my 
 
 15 original": — "the matter found in me, whether the 
 reader like it or not, is found also in Homer ; and 
 the matter not found in me, how much soever the 
 reader may admire it, is found only in Mr. Pope." 
 To suppose that it is fidelity to an original to give its 
 
 20 matter, unless you at the same time give its manner ; 
 or, rather, to suppose that you can really give its 
 matter at all, unless you can give its manner, is just 
 the mistake of our pre-Raphaelite school' of painters 
 who do not understand that the peculiar effect of 
 
 25 nature resides in the whole and not in the parts. So 
 the peculiar effect of a poet resides in his manner and 
 movement, not in his words taken separately. It is 
 well known how conscientiously literal is Cowper in 
 his translation of Homer. It is well known how 
 
 30 extravagantly free is Pope. 
 
 "So let it be! 
 Portents and prodigies are lost on me:"
 
 52 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 that is Pope's rendering of the words, 
 
 A&vde, tI poi Ba.va.rov fxavreiieai ; oidt rl ere X9"h' 3 
 
 " Xanthus, why prophesiest thou my death to me? thou needest 
 not at all : " — 
 
 yet on the whole, Pope's translation of the Iliad is 5 
 more Homeric than Cowper's, for it is more rapid. 
 
 Pope's movement, however, though rapid, is not 
 of the same kind as Homer's ; and here I come to the 
 real objection to rhyme in a translation of Homer. 
 It is commonly said that rhyme is to be abandoned ia 
 in a translation of Homer, because " the exigencies of 
 rhyme," to quote Mr. Newman, "positively forbid 
 faithfulness"; because "a just translation of any 
 ancient poet in rhyme," to quote Cowper, " is im- 
 possible." This, however, is merely an accidental 15 
 objection to rhyme. If this were all, it might be 
 supposed, that if rhymes were more abundant, Homer 
 could be more adequately translated in rhyme. But 
 this is not so ; there is a deeper, a substantial objec- 
 tion to rhyme in a translation of Homer. It is, that 20 
 rhyme inevitably tends to pair lines which in the 
 original are independent, and thus the movement of 
 the poem is changed. In these lines of Chapman, for 
 instance, from Sarpedon's speech to Glaucus, in the 
 twelfth book of the Iliad : — 25 
 
 " O friend, if keeping back 
 Would keep back age from us, and death, and that we might not 
 
 wrack 
 In this life's human sea at all, but that deferring now 
 We shurned death ever, — nor would I half this vain valor show, 3c 
 
 3 Iliad, xix. 420.
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 53 
 
 Nor glorify a folly so, to wish thee to advance ; 
 
 But since we must go, though not here, and that besides the chanc* 
 
 Proposed now, there are infinite fates," etc. 
 
 Here the necessity of making the line, 
 5 " Nor glorify a folly so, to wish thee to advance," 
 
 rhyme with the line which follows it, entirely changes 
 and spoils the movement of the passage. 
 
 oijre Kev avrbs ivl irpwroicri fj.axolp.rii>, 
 oijre Ke o~k (TTiWoL/XL p.dxv & Kvdi&veipav 4 
 
 io " Neither would I myself go forth to fight with the foremost, 
 • Nor would I urge thee on to enter the glorious battle," 
 
 says Homer ; there he stops, and begins an opposed 
 movement : — 
 
 vvv 5' — efjLTrrjs yap Kijpes icpeffraaiv davaroio — 
 15 '■' But — for a thousand fates of death stand close to us always" — 
 
 This line, in which Homer wishes to go away with 
 the most marked rapidity from the line before, Chap- 
 man is forced, by the necessity of rhyming, intimately 
 to connect with the line before. 
 
 20 " But since we must go, though not here, and that besides the 
 chance " — 
 
 The moment the word chance strikes our ear, we are 
 irresistibly carried back to advance and to the whole 
 previous line, which, according to Homer's own feel- 
 25 ing, we ought to have left behind us entirely, and to 
 be moving farther and farther away from. 
 
 Rhyme certainly, by intensifying antithesis, can 
 intensify separation, and this is precisely what Pope 
 
 4 Iliad, xii. 324.
 
 54 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 does ; but this balanced rhetorical antithesis, though 
 very effective, is entirely un- Homeric. And this is 
 what I mean by saying that Pope fails to render 
 Homer, because he does not render his plainness and 
 directness of style and diction. Where Homer marks 5 
 separation by moving away, Pope marks it by antithe- 
 sis. No passage could show this better than the 
 passage I have just quoted, on which I will pause for 
 a moment. 
 
 Robert Wood, whose Essay on the Genius of Hornet- ia 
 is mentioned by Goethe as one of the books which 
 fell into his hands when his powers were first develop- 
 ing themselves, and strongly interested him, relates 
 of this passage a striking story. He says that in 
 1762, at the end of the Seven Years' War, being 15 
 then Under-Secretary of State, he was directed to 
 wait upon the President of the Council, Lord Gran- 
 ville, a few days before he died, with the preliminary 
 articles of the Treaty of Paris. "I found him," he 
 continues, " so languid, that I proposed postponing 20 
 my business for another time ; but he insisted that 
 I should stay, saying, it could not prolong his life to 
 neglect his duty ; and repeating the following passage 
 out of Sarpedon's speech, he dwelled with particular 
 emphasis on the third line, which recalled to his mind 25 
 the distinguishing part he had taken in public 
 affairs : — 
 
 <3 iriirov, d /xhv yap iroKep.ov irepl rdvde <pvybvre, 
 
 aitl 8tj fj.tWoi/jiei' dy^pu r' ddavdrw re 
 
 ea<read', oijre nev avrbs evl ■wp&Toi.Gi. /xaxolfnjv* 30 
 
 6 These are the words on which Lord Granville " dwelled with 
 particular emphasis."
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 55 
 
 otfre Ke <t£ (rrfWoifii p-d-xW & KiiSidveipav 
 vvv 5' — e/xirris yap Kijpes icpearacnv Bavdroto 
 fivplai, ds oik tern ipvyetv fipbrov, odd' u;ra\tf£ai— 
 to/iev. 
 
 5 His Lordship repeated the last word several times 
 with a calm and determinate resignation ; and, after a 
 serious pause of some minutes, he desired to hear the 
 Treaty read, to which he listened with great atten- 
 tion, and recovered spirits enough to declare the 
 
 io approbation of a dying statesman (I use his own 
 words) ' on the most glorious war, and most honour- 
 able peace, this nation ever saw.' " * 
 
 I quote this story, first, because it is interesting as 
 exhibiting the English aristocracy at its very height 
 
 15 of culture, lofty spirit, and greatness, towards the 
 middle of the last century. I quote it, secondly, 
 because it seems to me to illustrate Goethe's saying 
 which I mentioned, that our life, in Homer's view of 
 it, represents a conflict and a hell ; and it brings out 
 
 2otoo, what there is tonic and fortifying in this doctrine. 
 I quote it, lastly, because it shows that the passage 
 is just one of those in translating which Pope will be 
 at his best, a passage of strong emotion and oratorical 
 movement, not of simple narrative or description. 
 
 25 Pope translates the passage thus : — 
 
 " Could all our care elude the gloomy grave 
 Which claims no less the fearful than the brave, 
 For lust of fame I should not vainly dare 
 In fighting fields, nor urge thy soul to war : 
 
 ' Robert Wood, Essay on the Original Genius and Writings 
 of Homer, London, 1775, p. vii.
 
 5 6 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 But since, alas ! ignoble age must come, 
 Disease, and death's inexorable doom ; 
 The life which others pay, let us bestow, 
 And give to fame what we to nature owe." 
 
 Nothing could better exhibit Pope's prodigious! 
 talent, and nothing, too, could be better in its own 
 way. But, as Bentley said, " You must not call it 
 Homer." One feels that Homer's thought has passed 
 through a literary and rhetorical crucible, and come 
 out highly intellectualised ; come out in a form which 10 
 strongly impresses us, indeed, but which no longer 
 impresses us in the same way as when it was uttered 
 by Homer. The antithesis of the last two lines — 
 
 " The life which others pay, let us bestow, 
 
 And give to fame what we to nature owe " — 15 
 
 is excellent, and is just suited to Pope's heroic 
 couplet ; but neither the antithesis itself, nor the 
 couplet which conveys it is suited to the feeling or 
 to the movement of the Homeric Zo/xev. 
 
 A literary and intellectualised language is, however, 20 
 in its own way well suited to grand matters ; and 
 Pope, with a language of this kind and his own ad- 
 mirable talent, comes off well enough as long as he 
 has passion, or oratory, or a great crisis to deal with. 
 Even here, as I have been pointing out, he does not 25 
 render Homer; but he and his style are in themselves 
 strong. It is when he comes to level passages, pas- 
 sages of narrative or description, that he and his style 
 are sorely tried, and prove themselves weak. A per- 
 fectly plain direct style can of course convey the 30
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 57 
 
 simplest matter as naturally as the grandest ; indeed, 
 it must be harder for it, one would say, to convey a 
 grand matter worthily and nobly, than to convey a 
 common matter, as alone such a matter should be 
 5 conveyed, plainly and simply. But the style of 
 Rasselas is incomparably better fitted to describe a 
 sage philosophising than a soldier lighting his camp- 
 fire. The style of Pope is not the style of Rasselas ; 
 but it is equally a literary style, equally unfitted to 
 
 10 describe a simple matter with the plain naturalness of 
 Homer. 
 
 Every one knows the passage at the end of the 
 eighth book of the Iliad, where the fires of the Trojan 
 encampment are likened to the stars. It is very far 
 
 15 from my wish to hold Pope up to ridicule, so I shall 
 not quote the commencement of the passage, which in 
 the original is of great and celebrated beauty, and 
 in translating which Pope has been singularly and 
 notoriously unfortunate. But the latter part of the 
 
 20 passage, where Homer leaves the stars, and comes to 
 the Trojan fires, treats of the plainest, most matter-of- 
 fact subject possible, and deals with this, as Homer 
 always deals with every subject, in the plainest and 
 most straightforward style. " So many in number, 
 
 25 between the ships and the streams of Xanthus, shone 
 forth in front of Troy the fires kindled by the Trojans. 
 There were kindled a thousand fires on the plain ; and 
 by each one there sat fifty men in the light of the 
 blazing fire. And the horses, munching white barley 
 
 so and rye, and standing by the chariots, waited for the 
 bright-throned Morning." 7 
 
 7 Iliad, viii. 560.
 
 58 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 In Pope's translation, this plain story becomes the 
 following: — 
 
 " So many flames before proud Ilion blaze, 
 And brighten glimmering Xanthus with their rays ; 
 The long reflections of the distant fires 5 
 
 Gleam on the walls and tremble on the spires. 
 A thousand piles the dusky horrors gild, 
 And shoot a shady lustre o'er the field. 
 Full fifty guards each flaming pile attend, 
 Whose umbered arms, by fits, thick flashes send ; IO 
 
 Loud neigh the coursers o'er their heaps of corn, 
 And ardent warriors wait the rising morn." 
 
 C5 
 
 It is for passages of this sort, which, after all, form 
 the bulk of a narrative poem, that Pope's style is so 
 bad. In elevated passages he is powerful, as Homer 15 
 is powerful, though not in the same way ; but in plain 
 narrative, where Homer is still powerful and delightful, 
 Pope, by the inherent fault of his style, is ineffective 
 and out of taste. Wordsworth says somewhere, that 
 wherever Virgil seems to have composed " with his 20 
 eye on the object," Dryden fails to render him. 
 Homer invariably composes " with his eye on the 
 object," whether the object be a moral or a material 
 one : Pope composes with his eye on his style, into 
 which he translates his object, whatever it is. That, 25 
 therefore, which Homer conveys to us immediately, 
 Pope conveys to us through a medium. He aims at 
 turning Homer's sentiments pointedly and rhetori- 
 cally ; at investing Homer's description with orna- 
 ment and dignity. A sentiment maybe changed by 30 
 being put into a pointed and oratorical form, yet may 
 still be very effective in that form ; but a description,
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 59 
 
 the moment it takes its eyes off that which it is to 
 describe, and begins to think of ornamenting itself, is 
 worthless. 
 
 Therefore, I say, the translator of Homer should 
 5 penetrate himself with a sense of the plainness and 
 directness of Homer's style ; of the simplicity with 
 which Homer's thought is evolved and expressed. 
 He has Pope's fate before his eyes, to show him what 
 a divorce may be created even between the most 
 
 io gifted translator and Homer by an artificial evolution 
 of thought and a literary cast of style. 
 
 Chapman's style is not artificial and literary like 
 Pope's, nor his movement elaborate and self-retarding 
 like the Miltonic movement of Covvper. He is plain- 
 
 15 spoken, fresh, vigorous, and, to a certain degree, rapid; 
 and all these are Homeric qualities. I cannot say 
 that I think the movement of his fourteen-syllable 
 line, which has been so much commended, Homeric ; 
 but on this point I shall have more to say by and 
 
 2oby, when I come to speak of Mr. Newman's metrical 
 exploits. But it is not distinctly anti-Homeric, like 
 the movement of Milton's blank verse ; and it has a 
 rapidity of its own. Chapman's diction, too, is gener- 
 ally good, that is, appropriate to Homer ; above all, 
 
 25 the syntactical character of his style is appropriate. 
 With these merits, what prevents his translation from 
 being a satisfactory version of Homer ? Is it merely 
 the want of literal faithfulness to his original, imposed 
 upon him, it is said, by the exigencies of rhyme ? 
 
 30 Has this celebrated version, which has so many ad- 
 vantages, no other and deeper defect than that ? Its 
 author is a poet, and a poet, too, of the Elizabethan
 
 60 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 age ; the golden age of English literature as it is 
 called, and on the whole truly called ; for, whatever 
 be the defects of Elizabethan literature (and they are 
 great), we have no development of our literature to 
 compare with it for vigour and richness. This 5 
 age, too, showed what it could do in translating, 
 by producing a masterpiece, its version of the 
 Bible. 
 
 Chapman's translation has often been praised as 
 eminently Homeric. Keats's fine sonnet in its honour 10 
 every one knows ; but Keats could not read the 
 original, and therefore could not really judge the 
 translation. Coleridge, in praising Chapman's version, 
 says at the same time, " It will give you small idea 
 of Homer." But the grave authority of Mr. Hallam 15 
 pronounces this translation to be " often exceedingly 
 Homeric"; and its latest editor boldly declares that 
 by what, with a deplorable style, he calls "his own 
 innative Homeric genius," Chapman " has thoroughly 
 identified himself with Homer"; and that " we pardon 20 
 him even for his digressions, for they are such as we 
 feel Homer himself would have written." 
 
 I confess that I can never read twenty lines of 
 Chapman's version without recurring to Bentley's cry, 
 " This is not Homer ! " and that from a deeper cause 25 
 than any unfaithfulness occasioned by the fetters of 
 rhyme. 
 
 I said that there were four things which eminently 
 distinguished Homer, and with a sense of which 
 Homer's translator should penetrate himself as fully 30 
 as possible. One of these four things was, the plain- 
 ness and directness of Homer's ideas. I have just
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 6 1 
 
 been speaking of the plainness and directness of his 
 style ; but the plainness and directness of the con- 
 tents of his style, of his ideas themselves, is not less 
 remarkable. But as eminently as Homer is plain, so 
 
 5 eminently is the Elizabethan literature in general, 
 and Chapman in particular, fanciful. Steeped in 
 humours and fantasticality up to its very lips, the 
 Elizabethan age, newly arrived at the free use of the 
 human faculties after their long term of bondage, and 
 
 10 delighting to exercise them freely, suffers from its 
 own extravagance in this first exercise of them, can 
 hardly bring itself to see an object quietly or to de- 
 scribe it temperately. Happily, in the translation of 
 the Bible, the sacred character of their original in- 
 
 15 spired the translators with such respect that they did 
 not dare to give the rein to their own fancies in dealing 
 with it. But, in dealing with works of profane litera- 
 ture, in dealing with poetical works above all, which 
 highly stimulated them, one may say that the minds 
 
 20 of the Elizabethan translators were too active; that 
 they could not forbear importing so much of their 
 own, and this of a most peculiar and Elizabethan 
 character, into their original, that they effaced the 
 character of the original itself. 
 
 25 Take merely the opening pages to Chapman's trans* 
 lation, the introductory verses, and the dedications. 
 You will find: — 
 
 " An Anagram of the name of our Dread Prince, 
 My most gracious and sacred Maecenas, 
 30 Henry, Prince of Wales, 
 
 Our Sunn, Heyr, Peace, Life," —
 
 62 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 Henry, son of James the First, to whom the work is 
 dedicated. Then comes an address, 
 
 " To the sacred Fountain of Princes, 
 
 Sole Empress of Beauty and Virtue, Anne, Queen 
 
 Of England," etc. 5 
 
 All the Middle Age, with its grotesqueness, its 
 conceits, its irrationality, is still in these opening 
 pages ; they by themselves are sufficient to indicate 
 to us what a gulf divides Chapman from the " clearest- 10 
 souled " of poets, from Homer ; almost as great a gulf 
 as that which divides him from Voltaire. Pope has 
 been sneered at for saying that Chapman writes 
 "somewhat as one might imagine Homer himself to 
 have written before he arrived at years of discretion," 15 
 But the remark is excellent : Homer expresses him- 
 self like a man of adult reason, Chapman like a man 
 whose reason has not yet cleared itself. For instance, 
 if Homer had had to say of a poet, that he hoped his 
 merit was now about to be fully established in the 20 
 opinion of good judges, he was as incapable of saying 
 this as Chapman says it, — " Though truth in her very 
 nakedness sits in so deep a pit, that from Gades to 
 Aurora, and Ganges, few eyes can sound her, I hope 
 yet those few here will so discover and confirm that 25 
 the date being out of her darkness in this morning of 
 our poet, he shall now gird his temples with the sun," 
 — I say, Homer was as incapable of saying this in that 
 manner, as Voltaire himself would have been. Homer, 
 indeed, has actually an affinity with Voltaire in the 30 
 unrivalled clearness and straightforwardness of his 
 thinking ; in the way in which he keeps to one thought
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 63 
 
 at a time, and puts that thought forth in its complete 
 natural plainness, instead of being led away from it 
 by some fancy striking him in connection with it, and 
 being beguiled to wander off with this fancy till his 
 5 original thought, in its natural reality, knows him no 
 more. What could better show us how gifted a race 
 was this Greek race ? The same member of it has not 
 only the power of profoundly touching that natural 
 heart of humanity which it is Voltaire's weakness 
 
 10 that he cannot reach, but can also address the under- 
 standing with all Voltaire's admirable simplicity and 
 rationality. 
 
 My limits will not allow me to do more than shortly 
 illustrate, from Chapman's version of the Iliad, what 
 
 15 I mean when I speak of this vital difference between 
 Homer and an Elizabethan poet in the quality of their 
 thought ; between the plain simplicity of the thought 
 of the one, and the curious complexity of the thought 
 of the other. As in Pope's case, I carefully abstain 
 
 20 from choosing passages for the express purpose of 
 making Chapman appear ridiculous ; Chapman, like 
 Pope, merits in himself all respect, though he too, 
 like Pope, fails to render Homer. 
 
 In that tonic speech of Sarpedon, of which I have 
 
 25 said so much, Homer, you may remember, has : — 
 
 el /Mei> yap, irbXep-ov irepl rdvde <j>vy6i>Te, 
 alel St] fiiWoL/xev ayr/po) t' adavaru re 
 %<j<re<rd', — 
 
 " if indeed, but once this battle avoided, 
 30 We were for ever to live without growing old and immortal." 
 
 Chapman cannot be satisfied with this, but must add a 
 fancy to it : —
 
 <H ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 " if keeping back 
 Would keep back age from us, and death, and that we might 
 
 not wrack 
 In this life's human sea at all ; " 
 
 and so on. Again ; in another passage which I have 5 
 before quoted, where Zeus says to the horses of 
 Peleus, 
 
 tI <r<pQi dd/xev Il^X^t' olvclkti. 
 6vqT$ ; i/fids 5' iarbv ayrjpw t' d9a.va.Tu re- 8 
 
 " Why gave we you to royal Peleus, to a mortal ? but ye are 10 
 without old age, and immortal." 
 
 Chapman sophisticates this into : — 
 
 " Why gave we you t' a mortal king, when immortality 
 And incapacity of age so dignifies your states ? " 
 
 Again ; in the speech of Achilles to his horses, where 15 
 Achilles, according to Homer, says simply, "Take 
 heed that ye bring your master safe back to the host 
 of the Danaans, in some other sort than the last time, 
 when the battle is ended," Chapman sophisticates this 
 into : — 20 
 
 " When with blood, for this day s fast observed, revenge shall yield 
 Our heart satiety, bring us off." 
 
 In Hector's famous speech, again, at his parting from 
 Andromache, Homer makes him say : " Nor does my 
 own heart so bid me " (to keep safe behind the walls), 25 
 " since I have learned to be staunch always, and to 
 fight among the foremost of the Trojans, busy on 
 behalf of my father's great glory, and my own." In 
 
 5 Iliad, xvii. 443. 9 Iliad, vi. 444.
 
 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 65 
 
 Chapman's hands this becomes : — 
 
 " The spirit I first did breathe, 
 Did never teach me that ; much less, since the contempt of death 
 Was settled in me, and my mind knew what a worthy ivas, 
 5 Whose office is to lead in fight, and give no danger pass 
 
 Without improvement. In this fire must Hector's trial shine : 
 Here must his country, father, friends, be in him made divine." 
 
 You see how ingeniously Homer's plain thought is 
 tormented, as the French would say, here. Homer 
 10 goes on : " For well I know this in my mind and in 
 my heart, the day will be, when sacred Troy shall 
 perish ": — 
 
 effcrerai ij/xap, 6V (Lv ttot' 6\d)\y * IXtos lpi\. 
 
 Chapman makes this : 
 
 15 " And such a stormy day shall come, in mind and soul I know, 
 When sacred Troy shall shed her towers, for tears of over- 
 throw" 
 
 I might go on for ever, but I could not give you a 
 better illustration than this last, of what I mean by 
 
 20 saying that the Elizabethan poet fails to render Homer 
 because he cannot forbear to interpose a play of 
 thought between his object and its expression. Chap- 
 man translates his object into Elizabethan, as Pope 
 translates it into the Augustan of Queen Anne ; both 
 
 25 convey it to us through a medium. Homer, on the 
 other hand, sees his object and conveys it to us 
 immediately. 
 
 And yet, in spite of this perfect plainness and 
 directness of Homer's style, in spite of this perfect
 
 66 ON TRANSLATING HOMER. 
 
 plainness and directness of his ideas, he is eminently 
 noble ; he works as entirely in the grand style, he is 
 as grandiose, as Phidias, or Dante, or Michael 
 Angelo. This is what makes his translators despair. 
 " To give relief," says Cowper, " to prosaic subjects " 5 
 (such as dressing, eating, drinking, harnessing, travel- 
 ling, going to bed), that is to treat such subjects 
 nobly, in the grand style, " without seeming unreason- 
 ably tumid, is extremely difficult." It is difficult, but 
 Homer has done it. Homer is precisely the incom- 10 
 parable poet he is, because he has done it. His 
 translator must not be tumid, must not be artifical, 
 must not be literary ; true : but then also he must not 
 be commonplace, must not be ignoble. I have shown 
 you how translators of Homer fail by wanting rapidity, 15 
 by wanting simplicity of style, by wanting plainness of 
 thought : in a second lecture I will show you how a 
 translator fails by wanting nobility. — On the Study 
 tf Celtic Literature and on Translating Homer, ed. 
 1895, pp. 141-168.
 
 fl>btlologg ano Xiterature. 
 
 But Mr. Newman does not confine himself to com- 
 plaints on his own behalf, he complains on Homer's 
 behalf too. He says that my " statements about 
 Greek literature are against the most notorious and 
 5 elementary fact"; that I "do a public wrong to 
 literature by publishing them "; and that the Pro- 
 fessors to whom I appealed in my three Lectures, 
 "would only lose credit if they sanctioned the use 
 I make of their names." He does these eminent men 
 
 iothe kindness of adding, however, that, "whether they 
 are pleased with this parading of their names in behalf 
 of paradoxical error, he may well doubt," and that 
 " until they endorse it themselves, he shall treat my 
 process as a piece of forgery." He proceeds to discuss 
 
 15 my statements at great length, and with an erudition 
 and ingenuity which nobody can admire more than I 
 do. And he ends by saying that my ignorance is 
 great. 
 
 Alas ! that is very true. Much as Mr. Newman 
 
 20 was mistaken when he talked of my rancour, he is 
 entirely right when he talks of my ignorance. And 
 yet, perverse as it seems to say so, I sometimes find 
 myself wishing, when dealing with these matters of 
 poetical criticism, that my ignorance were even greater 
 
 25 than it is. To handle these matters properly there is 
 needed a poise so perfect that the least overweight in 
 
 67
 
 68 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 any direction tends to destroy the balance. Temper 
 destroys it, a crotchet destroys it, even erudition may 
 destroy it. To press to the sense of the thing itself 
 with which one is dealing, not to go off on some col- 
 lateral issue about the thing, is the hardest matter in 5 
 the world. The " thing itself " with which one is 
 here dealing, — the critical perception of poetic truth, — 
 is of all things the most volatile, elusive, and evanes- 
 cent ; by even pressing too impetuously after it, one 
 runs the risk of losing it. The critic of poetry should 10 
 have the finest tact, the nicest moderation, the most 
 free, flexible, and elastic spirit imaginable ; he should 
 be indeed the "ondoyant et divers," the undulating 
 mid diverse being of Montaigne. The less he can 
 deal with his object simply and freely, the more things 15 
 he has to take into account in dealing with it, — the 
 more, in short, he has to encumber himself, — so much 
 the greater force of spirit he needs to retain his 
 elasticity. But one cannot exactly have this greater 
 force by wishing for it ; so, for the force of spirit one 20 
 has, the load put upon it is often heavier than it will 
 well bear. The late Duke of Wellington said of a 
 certain peer that "it was a great pity his education 
 had been so far too much for his abilities." In like 
 manner, one often sees erudition out of all proportion 25 
 to its owner's critical faculty. Little as I know, there- 
 fore, I am always apprehensive, in dealing with poetry, 
 lest even that little should prove " too much for my 
 abilities." 
 
 With this consciousness of my own lack of learning, 30 
 — nay, with this sort of acquiescence in it, with this 
 belief that for the labourer in the field of poetical
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 69 
 
 criticism learning has its disadvantages, — I am not 
 likely to dispute with Mr. Newman about matters of 
 erudition. All that he says on these matters in his 
 Reply I read with great interest : in general I agree 
 5 with him ; but only, I am sorry to say, up to a certain 
 point. Like all learned men, accustomed to desire 
 definite rules, he draws his conclusions too absolutely ; 
 he wants to include too much under his rules; he 
 does not quite perceive that in poetical criticism the 
 
 10 shade, the fine distinction, is everything ; and that when 
 he has once missed this, in all he says he is in truth 
 but beating the air. For instance : because I think 
 Homer noble, he imagines I must think him elegant ; 
 and in fact he says in plain words that I do think 
 
 15 him so, — that to me Homer seems " pervadingly 
 elegant." But he does not. Virgil is elegant, — 
 "pervadingly elegant," — even in passages of the 
 highest emotion : 
 
 " O, ubi campi, 
 20 Spercheosque, et virginibus bacchata Lacaenis 
 
 Taygeta ! " ' 
 
 Even there Virgil, though of a divine elegance, is still 
 elegant : but Homer is not elegant ; the word is quite 
 a wrong one to apply to him, and Mr. Newman is 
 25 quite right in blaming any one he finds so applying it. 
 Again ; arguing against my assertion that Homer is 
 not quaint, he says : " It is quaint to call waves wet, 
 milk white, blood dusky, horses single-hoofed, words 
 winged, Vulcan Lobfoot (KuAAo7roSiW), a spear long- 
 
 1,1 O for the fields of Thessaly and the streams of Spercheios ! 
 O for the hills alive with the dances of the Laconian maidens, 
 the hills of Taygetus ! " — Georgics, ii. 486.
 
 7© PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 shadoivy," and so on. I find I know not how many 
 distinctions to draw here. I do not think it quaint to 
 call waves wet, or milk white, or words winged ; but I 
 do think it quaint to call horses single-hoofed, or Vul- 
 can Lobfoot, or a spear long shadowy. As to calling 5 
 blood dusky, I do not feel quite sure ; I will tell Mr. 
 Newman my opinion when I see the passage in which 
 he calls it so. But then, again, because it is quaint 
 to call Vulcan Lobfoot, I cannot admit that it was 
 quaint to call him KuAAo7roS<W ; nor that, because it 10 
 is quaint to call a spear longshadowy, it was quaint to 
 call it SoXlxoo-klov. Here Mr. Newman's erudition 
 misleads him : he knows the literal value of the Greek 
 so well, that he thinks his literal rendering identical 
 with the Greek, and that the Greek must stand or fall 15 
 along with his rendering. But the real question is, 
 not whether he has given us, so to speak, full change 
 for the Greek, but how he gives us our change : we 
 want it in gold, and he gives it us in copper. Again : 
 "It is quaint," says Mr. Newman, "to address a 20 
 young friend as ' O Pippin ! ' — it is quaint to com- 
 pare Ajax to an ass whom boys are belabouring." 
 Here, too, Mr. Newman goes much too fast, and his 
 category of quaintness is too comprehensive. To 
 address a young friend as " O Pippin ! " is, I cordially 25 
 agree with him, very quaint ; although I do not think 
 it was quaint in Sarpedon to address Glaucus as 
 
 Tciirov : but in comparing, whether in Greek or in 
 English, Ajax to an ass whom boys are belabouring, 
 
 1 do not see that there is of necessity anything quaint 3« 
 at all. Again ; because I said that eld, lief, in sooth, 
 and other words, are, as Mr. Newman uses them in
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 7* 
 
 certain places, bad words, he imagines that I must 
 mean to stamp these words with an absolute reproba- 
 tion ; and because I said that " my Bibliolatry is ex- 
 cessive," he imagines that I brand all words as ignoble 
 5 which are not in the Bible. Nothing of the kind : 
 there are no such absolute rules to be laid down in 
 these matters. The Bible vocabulary is to be used as 
 an assistance, not as an authority. Of the words 
 which, placed where Mr. Newman places them, I have 
 to called bad words, every one may be excellent in some 
 other place. Take eld, for instance : when Shaks- 
 peare, reproaching man with the dependence in which 
 his youth is passed, says : 
 
 " all thy blessed youth 
 15 Becomes as aged, and doth beg the alms 
 
 Of palsied eld, " . . . 
 
 it seems to me that eld comes in excellently there, in 
 a passage of curious meditation ; but when Mr. New- 
 man renders ayripus r aOavarw re by " from Eld and 
 
 20 Death exempted," it seems to me he infuses a tinge of 
 quaintness into the transparent simplicity of Homer's 
 expression, and so I call eld a bad word in that 
 place. 
 
 Once more. Mr. Newman lays it down as a general 
 
 25 rule that " many of Homer's energetic descriptions 
 are expressed in coarse physical words." He goes 
 on : "I give one illustration, — Tpwes irpovrvxpav doAAe'e?. 
 Cowper, misled by the ignis fatuus of ' stateliness,' 
 renders it absurdly : 
 
 30 * The powers of Ilium gave the first assault 
 
 Embattled close ; '
 
 72 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 but it is, strictly, ' The Trojans knocked forward (or, 
 thumped, butted forward) in close pack. 1 The verb is 
 too coarse for later polished prose, and even the adjec- 
 tive is very strong {packed together'). I believe, that 
 ' forward in pack the Trojans pitched,' would not be 5 
 really unfaithful to the Homeric colour ; and I main- 
 tain, that ' forward in mass the Trojans pitched,' 
 would be an irreprovable rendering." He actually 
 gives us all that as if it were a piece of scientific de- 
 duction ; and as if, at the end, he had arrived at an io 
 incontrovertible conclusion. But, in truth, one can- 
 not settle these matters quite in this way. Mr. New- 
 man's general rule may be true or false (I dislike to 
 meddle with general rules), but every part in what 
 follows must stand or fall by itself, and its soundness 15 
 or unsoundness has nothing at all to do with the 
 truth or falsehood of Mr. Newman's general rule. 
 He first gives, as a strict rendering of the Greek, 
 " The Trojans knocked forward (or, thumped, butted 
 forward), in close pack." I need not say that, as a 20 
 "strict rendering of the Greek," this is good, — all Mr. 
 Newman's " strict renderings of the Greek " are sure 
 to be, as such, good; but " in close pack," for doAAe'es ; 
 seems to me to be what Mr. Newman's renderings 
 are not always, — an excellent poetical rendering of the 25 
 Greek ; a thousand times better, certainly, than Cow- 
 per's " embattled close." Well, but Mr. Newman 
 goes on : "I believe that, ' forward in pack the Tro- 
 jans pitched,' would not be really unfaithful to the 
 Homeric colour." Here, I say, the Homeric colour 30 
 is half washed out of Mr. Newman's happy rendering 
 of aoAAe'es ; while in "pitched" for irpovTv\jjav } the
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 73 
 
 literal fidelity of the first rendering is gone, while 
 certainly no Homeric colour has come in its place. 
 Finally, Mr. Newman concludes : " I maintain that 
 ' forward in mass the Trojans pitched,' would be an 
 
 5 irreprovable rendering." Here, in what Mr. Newman 
 fancies his final moment of triumph, Homeric colour 
 and literal fidelity have alike abandoned him alto- 
 gether ; the last stage of his translation is much worse 
 than the second, and immeasurably worse than the 
 
 to first. 
 
 All this to show that a looser, easier method than 
 Mr. Newman's must be taken, if we are to arrive at 
 any good result in these questions. I now go on to 
 follow Mr. Newman a little further, not at all as wish- 
 
 t5 ing to dispute with him, but as seeking (and this is 
 the true fruit we may gather from criticisms upon us) 
 to gain hints from him for the establishment of some 
 useful truth about our subject, even when I think 
 him wrong. I still retain, I confess, my conviction 
 
 20 that Homer's characteristic qualities are rapidity of 
 movement, plainness of words and style, simplicity 
 and directness of ideas, and, above all, nobleness, 
 the grand manner. Whenever Mr. Newman drops a 
 word, awakens a train of thought, which leads me to 
 
 *5 see any of these characteristics more clearly, I am 
 grateful to him ; and one or two suggestions of this 
 kind which he affords, are all that now, — having ex- 
 pressed my sorrow that he should have misconceived 
 my feelings towards him, and pointed out what I think 
 
 30 the vice of this method of criticism, — I have to notice 
 in his Reply. 
 
 Such a suggestion I find in Mr. Newman's remarks
 
 74 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 on my assertion that the translator of Homer must 
 not adopt a quaint and antiquated style in rendering 
 him, because the impression which Homer makes upon 
 the living scholar is not that of a poet quaint and 
 antiquated, but that of a poet perfectly simple, per- 5 
 fectly intelligible. I added that we cannot, I confess, 
 really know how Homer seemed to Sophocles, but 
 that it is impossible to me to believe that he seemed 
 to him quaint and antiquated. Mr. Newman asserts, 
 on the other hand, that I am absurdly wrong here ; ia 
 that Homer seemed " out and out " quaint and anti- 
 quated to the Athenians ; that " every sentence of 
 him was more or less antiquated to Sophocles, who 
 could no more help feeling at every instant the foreign 
 and antiquated character of the poetry than an Eng- 15 
 lishman can help feeling the same in reading Burns's 
 poems." And not only does Mr. Newman say this, 
 but he has managed thoroughly to convince some of 
 his readers of it. "Homer's Greek," says one of 
 them, " certainly seemed antiquated to the historical 20 
 times of Greece. Mr. Newman, taking a far broader 
 historical and philological view than Mr. Arnold, 
 stoutly maintains that it did seem so." And another 
 says : " Doubtless Homer's dialect and diction were 
 as hard and obscure to a later Attic Greek as Chaucer 25 
 to an Englishman of our day." 
 
 Mr. Newman goes on to say, that not only was 
 Homer antiquated relatively to Pericles, but he is 
 antiquated to the living scholar ; and, indeed, is in 
 himself, " absolutely antique, being the poet of a bar- 30 
 barian age." He tells us of his " inexhaustible quaint- 
 nesses," of his " very eccentric diction "; and he
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LLTERATURE. 75 
 
 infers, of course, that he is perfectly right in rendering 
 him in a quaint and antiquated style. 
 
 Now this question, — whether or no Homer seemed 
 quaint and antiquated to Sophocles, — I call a delight- 
 5 ful question to raise. It is not a barren verbal dis- 
 pute ; it is a question " drenched in matter," to use an 
 expression of Bacon ; a question full of flesh and 
 blood, and of which the scrutiny, though I still think 
 we cannot settle it absolutely, may yet give us a 
 
 10 directly useful result. To scrutinise it may lead us 
 to see more clearly what sort of a style a modern 
 translator of Homer ought to adopt. 
 
 Homer's verses were some of the first words which 
 a young Athenian heard. He heard them from his 
 
 15 mother or his nurse before he went to school ; and at 
 school, when he went there, he was constantly occu- 
 pied with them. So much did he hear of them that 
 Socrates proposes, in the interests of morality, to 
 have selections from Homer made, and placed in the 
 
 20 hands of mothers and nurses, in his model republic ; 
 in order that, of an author with whom they were sure 
 to be so perpetually conversant, the young might learn 
 only those parts which might do them good. His 
 language was as familiar to Sophocles, we may be 
 
 25 quite sure, as the language of the Bible is to us. 
 
 Nay, more. Homer's language was not, of course, 
 in the time of Sophocles, the spoken or written lan- 
 guage of ordinary life, any more than the language of 
 the Bible, any more than the language of poetry, is 
 
 30 with us ; but for one great species of composition — 
 epic poetry — it was still the current language ; it was 
 the language in which every one who made that sort
 
 76 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 of poetry composed. Every one at Athens who 
 dabbled in epic poetry, not only understood Homer's 
 language, — he possessed it. He possessed it as every 
 one who dabbles in poetry with us, possesses what 
 may be called the poetical vocabulary, as distinguished 5 
 from the vocabulary of common speech and of 
 modern prose : I mean, such expressions as perchance 
 for perhaps, spake for spoke, aye for ever, don for put on, 
 charmed for charm 'd, and thousands of others. 
 
 I might go to Burns and Chaucer, and, taking 10 
 words and passages from them, ask if they afforded 
 any parallel to a language so familiar and so possessed. 
 But this I will not do, for Mr. Newman himself sup- 
 plies me with what he thinks a fair parallel, in its 
 effect upon us, to the language of Homer in its effect 15 
 upon Sophocles. He says that such words as mon, 
 londis, libbard, withouten, muchel, give us a tolerable but 
 incomplete notion of this parallel ; and he finally 
 exhibits the parallel in all its clearness, by this poeti- 
 cal specimen : — 20 
 
 " Dat mon, quhich hauldeth Kyngis af 
 Londis yn feo, niver 
 (I tell 'e) feereth aught ; sith hee 
 Doth hauld hys londis yver." 
 
 Now, does Mr. Newman really think that Sophocles 25 
 could, as he says, " no more help feeling at every 
 instant the foreign and antiquated character of 
 Homer, than an Englishman can help feeling the 
 same in hearing " these lines ? Is he quite sure of it ? 
 He says he is ; he will not allow of any doubt or hesi- 30 
 tation in the matter. I had confessed we could not
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 77 
 
 really know how Homer seemed to Sophocles ; — " Let 
 Mr. Arnold confess for himself," cries Mr. Newman, 
 " and not for me, who know perfectly well." And 
 this is what he knows ! 
 5 Mr. Newman says, however, that I "play falla- 
 ciously on the words familiar and unfamiliar "; that 
 " Homer's words may have been familiar to the 
 Athenians (/. e. often heard) even when they were 
 either not understood by them or else, being under- 
 
 10 stood, were yet felt and known to be utterly foreign. 
 Let my renderings," he continues, " be heard, as Pope 
 or even Cowper has been heard, and no one will be 
 'surprised.' " 
 
 But the whole question is here. The translator 
 
 15 must not assume that to have taken place which has 
 not taken place, although, perhaps, he may wish it 
 to have taken place, — namely, that his diction is 
 become an established possession of the minds of 
 men, and therefore is, in its proper place, familiar 
 
 20 to them, will not "surprise" them. If Homer's 
 language was familiar, — that is, often heard, — then 
 to this language words like londis and libbard, which 
 are not familiar, offer, for the translator's purpose, 
 no parallel. For some purpose of the philologer they 
 
 25 may offer a parallel to it ; for the translator's purpose 
 they offer none. The question is not, whether a 
 diction is antiquated for current speech, but whether 
 it is antiquated for that particular purpose for which 
 it is employed. A diction that is antiquated for com- 
 
 30 mon speech and common prose, may very well not be 
 antiquated for poetry or certain special kinds of prose. 
 " Peradventure there shall be ten found there," is
 
 78 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 not antiquated for Biblical prose, though for conversa- 
 tion or for a newspaper it is antiquated. " The 
 trumpet spake not to the armed throng," is not anti- 
 quated for poetry, although we should not write in a 
 letter, "he spake to me," or say, "the British soldier is 5 
 armid with the Enfield rifle." But when language 
 is antiquated for that particular purpose for which 
 it is employed, — as numbers of Chaucer's words, for 
 instance, are antiquated for poetry, — such language is 
 a bad representative of language which, like Homer's, 10 
 was never antiquated for that particular purpose for 
 which it was employed. I imagine that Hr)\r)'id&eo> 
 for Ur)\ei8ov, in Homer, no more sounded antiquated 
 to Sophocles than artne'd for arm'd, in Milton, sounds 
 antiquated to us ; but Mr. Newman's withouten and 15 
 muchel do sound to us antiquated, even for poetry, and 
 therefore they do not correspond in their effect upon 
 us with Homer's words in their effect upon Sophocles. 
 When Chaucer, who uses such words, is to pass cur- 
 rent amongst us, to be familiar to us, as Homer was 20 
 familiar to the Athenians, he has to be modernised, as 
 Wordsworth and others set to work to modernise him ; 
 but an Athenian no more needed to have Homer 
 modernised, than we need to have the Bible modern- 
 ised, or Wordsworth himself. 25 
 
 Therefore, when Mr. Newman's words bragly, 
 bulkin, and the rest, are an established possession 
 of our minds, as Homer's words were an established 
 possession of an Athenian mind, he may use them ; 
 but not till then. Chaucer's words, the words of 3a 
 Burns, great poets as these were, are yet not thus an 
 established possession of an Englishman's mind, and
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 79 
 
 therefore they must not be used in rendering Homei 
 into English. 
 
 Mr. Newman has been misled just by doing that 
 which his admirer praises him for doing, by taking a 
 5 " far broader historical and philological view than " 
 mine. Precisely because he has done this, and has 
 applied the " philological view " where it was not 
 applicable, but where the '' poetical view " alone was 
 rightly applicable, he has fallen into error. 
 
 10 It is the same with him in his remarks on the diffi- 
 culty and obscurity of Homer. Homer, I say, is per- 
 fectly plain in speech, simple, and intelligible. And I 
 infer from this that his translator, too, ought to be 
 perfectly plain in speech, simple, and intelligible ; 
 
 15 ought not to say, for instance, in rendering 
 
 Oijre Ke <t£ otAXoi/u paxy es nvSidveipav . . . 
 
 " Nor liefly thee would I advance to man-ennobling 
 battle," — and things of that kind. Mr. Newman 
 hands me a list of some twenty hard words, invokes 
 
 20 Buttman, Mr. Maiden, and M. Benfey, and asks me 
 if I think myself wiser than all the world of Greek 
 scholars, and if I am ready to supply the deficiencies 
 of Liddell and Scott's Lexicon ! But here, again, 
 Mr. Newman errs by not perceiving that the question 
 
 25 is one not of scholarship, but of a poetical translation 
 of Homer. This, I say, should be perfectly simple 
 and intelligible. He replies by telling me that dSivos, 
 etAiVoSes, and criyaAoets are hard words. Well, but 
 what does he infer from that ? That the poetical 
 
 30 translator, in his rendering of them, is to give us 
 a sense of the difficulties of the scholar, and so is to
 
 80 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 make his translation obscure ? If he does not mean 
 that, how, by bringing forward these hard words, does 
 he touch the question whether an English version of 
 Homer should be plain or not plain? If Homer's 
 poetry, as poetry, is in its general effect on the poetical 5 
 reader perfectly simple and intelligible, the uncertainty 
 of the scholar about the true meaning of certain words 
 can never change this general effect. Rather will the 
 poetry of Homer make us forget his philology, than 
 his philology make us forget his poetry. It may even ia 
 be affirmed that every one who reads Homer perpetu- 
 ally for the sake of enjoying his poetry (and no one 
 who does not so read him will ever translate him 
 well), comes at last to form a perfectly clear sense in 
 his own mind for every important word in Homer, 15 
 such as dStvo?, or rjXifiaros, whatever the scholar's 
 doubts about the word may be. And this sense is 
 present to his mind with perfect clearness and fulness, 
 whenever the word recurs, although as a scholar he 
 may know that he cannot be sure whether this sense 20 
 is the right one or not. But poetically he feels clearly 
 about the word, although philologically he may not. 
 The scholar in him may hesitate, like the father in 
 Sheridan's play ; but the reader of poetry in him 
 is, like the governor, fixed. The same thing happens 25 
 to us with our own language. How many words occur 
 in the Bible, for instance, to which thousands of 
 hearers do not feel sure they attach the precise real 
 meaning ; but they make out a meaning for them out 
 of what materials they have at hand ; and the words, 3° 
 heard over and over again, come to convey this mean- 
 ing with a certainty which poetically is adequate,
 
 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 81 
 
 though not philologically. How many have attached 
 a clear and poetically adequate sense to " the beam " 
 and " the mote," though not precisely the right one ! 
 How clearly, again, have readers got a sense from 
 5 Milton's words, " grate on their scrannel pipes," who 
 yet might have been puzzled to write a commentary 
 on the word scrannel for the dictionary ! So we get a 
 clear sense from dSivos as an epithet for grief, after 
 often meeting with it and finding out all we can about 
 
 ioit, even though that all be philologically insufficient ; 
 so we get a clear sense from ti'AiVoSes as an epithet 
 for cows. And this his clear poetical sense about the 
 words, not his philological uncertainties about them, 
 is what the translator has to convey. Words like 
 
 15 bragly and bulkui offer no parallel to these words; 
 because the reader, from his entire want of familiarity 
 with the words bragly and bulh'n, has no clear sense 
 of them poetically. 
 
 Perplexed by his knowledge of the philological 
 
 20 aspect of Homer's language, encumbered by his own 
 learning, Mr. Newman, I say, misses the poetical 
 aspect, misses that with which alone we are here con- 
 cerned. " Homer is odd," he persists, fixing his eyes 
 on his own philological analysis of fxo)vv$, and fiepoips, 
 
 25 and Kv\\otto8lwv, and not on these words in their 
 synthetic character ; — just as Professor Max Midler, 
 going a little farther back, and fixing his attention on 
 the elementary value of the word dvyaT-qp, might say 
 Homer was " odd " for using that word ; — " if the 
 
 30 whole Greek nation, by long familiarity, had become 
 inobservant of Homer's oddities," — of the oddities of 
 this " noble barbarian," as Mr. Newman elsewhere
 
 82 PHILOLOGY AND LITERATURE. 
 
 calls him, this "noble barbarian" with the "lively 
 eye of the savage," — " that would be no fault of mine. 
 That would not justify Mr. Arnold's blame of me for 
 rendering the words correctly." Correctly, — ah, but 
 what is correctness in this case ? This correctness of 5 
 his is the very rock on which Mr. Newman has split. 
 He is so correct that at last he finds peculiarity every- 
 where. The true knowledge of Homer becomes at 
 last, in his eyes, a knowledge of Homer's " peculiari- 
 ties, pleasant and unpleasant." Learned men know 10 
 these " peculiarities," and Homer is to be translated 
 because the unlearned are impatient to know them 
 too. " That," he exclaims, " is just why people want 
 to read an English Homer, — to know all his oddities, 
 just as learned men do." Here I am obliged to shake 15 
 my head, and to declare that, in spite of all my 
 respect for Mr. Newman, I cannot go these lengths 
 with him. He talks of my "monomaniac fancy that 
 there is nothing quaint or antique in Homer." Terrible 
 learning, — I cannot help in my turn exclaiming, — 20 
 terrible learning, which discovers so much ! — On the 
 Study of Celtic Literature and on Translating Homer, 
 ed. 1895, pp. 244-260.
 
 
 Zhe Gkano Stgle. 
 
 Nothing has raised more questioning among my 
 critics than these words, — ?wble, the grand style. Peo- 
 ple complain that I do not define these words suffi- 
 ciently, that I do not tell them enough about them. 
 5 " The grand style, — but what is the grand style ? " — 
 they cry ; some with an inclination to believe in it, 
 but puzzled ; others mockingly and with incredulity. 
 Alas ! the grand style is the last matter in the world 
 for verbal definition to deal with adequately. One 
 
 10 may say of it as is said of faith: " One must feel it in 
 order to know what it is." But, as of faith, so too one 
 may say of nobleness, of the grand style: "Woe to 
 those who know it not ! " Yet this expression, though 
 indefinable, has a charm ; one is the better for consid- 
 
 15 ering it ; bonam est, nos hie esse; nay, one loves to try 
 to explain it, though one knows that one must speak 
 imperfectly. For those, then, who ask the question, — 
 What is the grand style ? — with sincerity, I will try to 
 make some answer, inadequate as it must be. For those 
 
 20 who ask it mockingly I have no answer, except to repeat 
 
 to them, with compassionate sorrow, the Gospel words: 
 
 Moriemini in peccatisvestris, — Ye shall die in your sins. 
 
 But let me, at any rate, have the pleasure of again 
 
 giving, before I begin to try and define the grand 
 
 25 style, a specimen of what it is. 
 
 83
 
 84 THE GRAND STYLE. 
 
 " Standing on earth, not rapt above the pole, 
 More safe I sing with mortal voice, unchanged 
 To hoarse or mute, though fall'n on evil days, 
 On evil days though fall'n, and evil tongues," . . . 
 
 There is the grand style in perfection ; and any one 5 
 who has a sense for it, will feel it a thousand times 
 better from repeating those lines than from hearing 
 anything I can say about it. 
 
 Let us try, however, what can be said, controlling 
 what we say by examples. I think it will be found 10 
 that the grand style arises in poetry^ when a noble 
 nature, poetically gifted, treats with sinvftTicity or with 
 f[ severity a (Serious subject^ I think this definition will 
 
 ^•^^.^e^iounfluT cover all instances of the grand style in 
 $$(#+* ^ptfreirywrrnch present themselves. I think it will be 15 
 found to exclude all poetry which is not in the grand 
 style. And I think it contains no terms which are 
 obscure, which themselves need defining. Even those 
 who do not understand what is meant by calling 
 poetry noble, will understand, I imagine, what is 20 
 meant by speaking of a noble nature in a man. But 
 the noble or powerful nature — the bedeutendes indi- 
 viduum of Goethe — is not enough. For instance, Mr. 
 Newman has zeal for learning, zeal for thinking, zeal 
 for liberty, and all these things are noble, they enno- 25 
 ble a man ; but he has not the poetical gift ; there 
 must be the poetical gift, the " divine faculty," also. 
 And, besides all this, the subject must be a serious 
 one (for it is only by a kind of license that we can 
 speak of the grand style in comedy) ; and it must be 30 
 treated with simplicity or severity. Here is the great 
 difficulty ; the poets of the world have been many ; 
 there has been wanting neither abundance of poetical
 
 THE GRAND STYLE. 85 
 
 gift nor abundance of noble natures ; but a poetical 
 gift so happy, in a noble nature so circumstanced and 
 trained, that the result is a continuous style, perfect in 
 simplicity or perfect in severity, has been extremely 
 5 rare. One poet has had the gifts of nature and faculty 
 in unequalled fulness, without the circumstances and 
 training which make this sustained perfection of style 
 possible. Of other poets, some have caught this per- 
 fect strain now and then, in short pieces or single 
 
 10 lines, but have not been able to maintain it through 
 considerable works ; others have composed all their 
 productions in a style which, by comparison with the 
 best, one must call secondary. 
 
 The best model of the grand style simple is Homer ; 
 
 15 perhaps the best model of the grand style severe is 
 Milton. But Dante is remarkable for affording 
 admirable examples of both styles ; he has the grand 
 style which arises from simplicity, and he has the 
 grand style which arises from severity ; and from him 
 
 20 1 will illustrate them both. In a former lecture I 
 pointed out what that severity 6f poetical style is, 
 which comes from saying a thing with a kind of intense 
 compression, or in an allusive, brief, almost haughty 
 way, as if the poet's mind were charged with so many 
 
 25 and such grave matters, that he would not deign to 
 
 treat any one of them explicitly. Of this severity the 
 
 last line of the following stanza of the Purgatory is a 
 
 good example. Dante has been telling Forese that Vir* 
 
 gil had guided him through Hell, and he goes on : — ■ 
 
 30 " Indi m' han tratto su gli suoi conforti, 
 
 Salendo e rigirando la Montagna 
 Che drizza voi che il mondo fece lorti," ' 
 
 1 Purgatory ; xxiii. 124.
 
 86 THE GRAND STYLE. 
 
 " Thence hath his comforting aid led me up, climb- 
 ing and circling the Mountain, which straightens you 
 whom the world made crooked." These last words, " la 
 Montagna che drizza voi die il mondo fece torti." — " the 
 Mountain which straightens you whom the world made $ 
 crooked," — for the Mountain of Purgatory, I call an 
 excellent specimen of the grand style in severity, 
 where the poet's mind is too full charged to suffer him 
 to speak more explicitly. But the very next stanza is 
 a beautiful specimen of the grand style in simplicity, 10 
 where a noble nature and a poetical gift unite to utter 
 a thing with the most limpid plainness and clear- 
 ness : — 
 
 " Tanto dice di farmi sua compagna 
 
 Ch' io saro la dove fia Beatrice ; 15 
 
 Quivi convien che senza lui rimagna."* 
 
 " So long," Dante continues, " so long he (Virgil) 
 saith he will bear me company, until I shall be there 
 where Beatrice is ; there it behoves that without him 
 I remain." But the noble simplicity of that in the 20 
 Italian no words of mine can render. 
 
 Both these styles, the simple and the severe, are 
 truly grand ; the severe seems, perhaps, the grandest, 
 so long as we attend most to the great personality, to 
 the noble nature, in the poet its author ; the simple 25 
 seems the grandest when we attend most to the 
 exquisite faculty, to the poetical gift. But the simple 
 is no doubt to be preferred. It is the more magical : 
 in the other there is something intellectual, something 
 which gives scope for a play of thought which may 30 
 
 9 Ibid, xxiii. 127.
 
 THE GRAND STYLE. 87 
 
 exist where the poetical gift is either wanting or pres- 
 ent in only inferior degree : the severe is much more 
 imitable, and this a little spoils its charm. A kind of 
 semblance of this style keeps Young going, one may 
 5 say, through all the nine parts of that most indifferent 
 production, the Night Thoughts. But the grand style 
 in simplicity is inimitable : 
 
 at(l)v dtycpaKr/s 
 oiiK eyevr' o$t' AiaKida irapa Il^Xe?, 
 IO oijre Trap' avridiu Kadfiy Xtyovrat p.a.v fiporuv 
 
 6\j3ov inrtpraTov oi crx^v, o'i re kclI xP v(Ta P-' n 'VK(j)ii 
 He\irop.evav ei> 5pei NouTav, Kal iv eirTairvXois 
 &Cov Qrj(3ais . . . 3 
 
 There is a limpidness in that, a want of salient points 
 15 to seize and transfer, which makes imitation impos- 
 sible, except by a genius akin to the genius which 
 produced it. — On the Study of Celtic Literature and on 
 Translating Homer, ed. 1895, pp. 264-269. 
 
 3 " A secure time fell to the lot neither of Peleus the son of 
 i'Eacus, nor of the godlike Cadmus ; howbeit these are said to 
 have had, of all mortals, the supreme of happiness, who heard 
 the golden-snooded Muses sing, one of them on the mountain 
 (Pelion), the other in seven-gated Thebes."
 
 5t#e in Xfterature. 
 
 If T were asked where English poecry got these 
 three things, its turn for style, its turn for melan- 
 choly, and its turn for natural magic, for catching 
 and rendering the charm of nature in a wonderfully 
 near and vivid way, — I should answer, with some 5 
 doubt, that it got much of its turn for style from a 
 Celtic source ; with less doubt, that it got much of 
 its melancholy from a Celtic source ; with no doubt 
 at all, that from a Celtic source it got nearly all its 
 natural magic. I0 
 
 Any German with penetration and tact in matters 
 of literary criticism will own that the principal de- 
 ficiency of German poetry is in style ; that for style, 
 in the highest sense, it shows but little feeling. Take 
 the eminent masters of style, the poets who best give 15 
 the idea of what the peculiar power which lies in 
 style is, — Pindar, Virgil, Dante, Milton. An example 
 of the peculiar effect which these poets produce, you 
 can hardly give from German poetry. Examples 
 enough you can give from German poetry of the 20 
 effect produced by genius, thought, and feeling ex- 
 pressing themselves in clear language, simple lan- 
 guage, passionate language, eloquent language, with 
 harmony and melody ; but not of the peculiar effect 
 exercised by eminent power of style. Every reader 25 
 of Dante can at once call to mind what the peculiar 
 
 88
 
 STYLE IN LITERATURE. 89 
 
 effect I mean is ; I spoke of it in my lectures on 
 translating Homer, and there I took an example of 
 it from Dante, who perhaps manifests it more emi- 
 nently than any other poet. But from Milton, too, 
 5 one may take examples of it abundantly ; compare 
 this from Milton : 
 
 . . . . nor sometimes forget 
 Those other two equal with me in fate, 
 So were I equall'd with them in renown, 
 |o Blind Thamyris and blind Mseonides — ■ 
 
 with this from Goethe : 
 
 Es bildet ein Talent sich in der Stille, 
 Sich ein Character in dem Strom der Welt. 
 
 Nothing can be better in its way than the style in 
 
 15 which Goethe there presents his thought, but it is 
 the style of prose as much as of poetry ; it is lucid, 
 harmonious, earnest, eloquent, but it has not received 
 that peculiar kneading, heightening, and recasting 
 which is observable in the style of the passage from 
 
 20 Milton, — a style which seems to have for its cause a 
 certain pressure of emotion, and an ever-surging, yet 
 bridled, excitement in the poet, giving a special 
 intensity to his way of delivering himself. In poetical 
 races and epochs this turn for style is peculiarly 
 
 »5 observable ; and perhaps it is only on condition of 
 having this somewhat heightened and difficult man- 
 ner, so different from the plain manner of prose, that 
 poetry gets the privilege of being loosed, at its best 
 moments, into that perfectly simple, limpid style, 
 
 30 which is the supreme style of all, but the simplicity
 
 90 STYLE IN LITERATURE. 
 
 of which is still not the simplicity of prose. The 
 simplicity of Menander's style is the simplicity of 
 prose, and is the same kind of simplicity as that 
 which Goethe's style, in the passage I have quoted, 
 exhibits ; but Menander does not belong to a great 5 
 poetical moment, he comes too late for it ; it is the 
 simple passages in poets like Pindar or Dante which 
 are perfect, being masterpieces of poetical simplicity. 
 One may say the same of the simple passages in 
 Shakspeare ; they are perfect, their simplicity being 10 
 a poetical simplicity. They are the golden, easeful, 
 crowning moments of a manner which is always 
 pitched in another key from that of prose, a manner 
 changed and heightened ; the Elizabethan style, reg- 
 nant in most of our dramatic poetry to this day, is 15 
 mainly the continuation of this manner of Shak- 
 speare's. It was a manner much more turbid and 
 strewn with blemishes than the manner of Pindar, 
 Dante, or Milton ; often it was detestable ; but it 
 owed its existence to Shakspeare's instinctive impulse 20 
 towards style in poetry, to his native sense of the 
 necessity for it ; and without the basis of style every- 
 where, faulty though it may in some places be, we 
 should not have had the beauty of expression, unsur- 
 passable for effectiveness and charm, which is reached 25 
 in Shakspeare's best passages. The turn for style is 
 perceptible all through English poetry, proving, to 
 my mind, the genuine poetical gift of the race ; this 
 turn imparts to our poetry a stamp of high distinc- 
 tion, and sometimes it doubles the force of a poet not 30 
 by nature of the very highest order, such as Gray, 
 and raises him to a rank beyond what his natural
 
 STYLE IN LITERATURE. 91 
 
 richness and power seem to promise. Goethe, with 
 his fine critical perception, saw clearly enough both 
 the power of style in itself, and the lack of style in 
 the literature of his own country ; and perhaps if we 
 5 regard him solely as a German, not as a European, 
 his great work was that he labored all his life to im- 
 part style into German literature, and firmly to estab- 
 lish it there. Hence the immense importance to 
 him of the world of classical art, and of the produc- 
 
 iotions of Greek or Latin genius, where style so emi- 
 nently manifests its power. Had he found in the 
 German genius and literature an element of style 
 existing by nature and ready to his hand, half his 
 work, one may say, would have been saved him, and 
 
 15 he might have done much more in poetry. But as it 
 was, he had to try and create, out of his own powers, 
 a style for German poetry, as well as to provide con- 
 tents for this style to carry ; and thus his labour as a 
 poet was doubled. 
 
 20 It is to be observed that power of style, in the 
 sense in which I am here speaking of style, is some- 
 thing quite different from the power of idiomatic, 
 simple, nervous, racy expression, such as the expres- 
 sion of healthy, robust natures so often is, such as 
 
 25 Luther's was in a striking degree. Style, in my sense 
 of the word, is a peculiar recasting and heightening, 
 under a certain condition of spiritual excitement, of 
 what a man has to say, in such a manner as to add 
 dignity and distinction to it ; and dignity and distinc- 
 
 3otion are not terms which suit many acts or words of 
 Luther. Deeply touched with the Gemeinheit which 
 is the bane of his nation, as he is at the same time a
 
 92 STYLE IN LITERATURE. 
 
 grand example of the honesty which is his nation's 
 excellence, he can seldom even show himself brave, 
 resolute, and truthful, without showing a strong dash 
 of coarseness and commonness all the while ; the 
 right definition of Luther, as of our own Banyan, is 5 
 that he is a Philistine of genius. So Luther's sincere 
 idiomatic German, — such language as this : " Hilf 
 lieber Gott, wie manchen Jammer habe ich gesehen, 
 dass der gemeine Mann doch so gar nichts weiss von 
 der christlichen Lehre ! " — no more proves a power of u 
 style in German literature, than Cobbett's sinewy 
 idiomatic English proves it in English literature. 
 Power of style, properly so called, as manifested in 
 masters of style like Dante or Milton in poetry, 
 Cicero, Bossuet, or Bolingbroke in prose, is something 15 
 quite different, and has, as I have said, for its charac- 
 teristic effect, this : to add dignity and distinction. — 
 On the Study of Celtic Literature, ed. 1895, pp. 102-107.
 
 IRature in Bnglfsb fl>oetrg. 
 
 The Celt's quick feeling for what is noble and 
 distinguished gave his poetry style ; his indomitable 
 personality gave it pride and passion ; his sensibility 
 and nervous exaltation gave it a better gift still, the 
 5 gift of rendering with wonderful felicity the magical 
 charm of nature. The forest solitude, the bubbling 
 spring, the wild flowers, are everywhere in romance. 
 They have a mysterious life and grace there ; they 
 are Nature's own children, and utter her secret in a 
 
 jo way which make them something quite different from 
 the woods, waters, and plants of Greek and Latin 
 poetry. Now of this delicate magic, Celtic romance 
 is so pre-eminent a mistress, that it seems impossible 
 to believe the power did not come into romance from 
 
 15 the Celts. 1 Magic is just the word for it, — the magic 
 of nature ; not merely the beauty of nature, — that the 
 Greeks and Latins had ; not merely an honest smack 
 of the soil, a faithful realism, — that the Germans had • 
 but the intimate life of Nature, her weird power and 
 
 20 her fairy charm. As the Saxon names of places, with 
 the pleasant wholesome smack of the soil in them, — 
 
 1 Rhyme, — the most striking characteristic of our modern poetry 
 as distinguished from that of the ancients, and a main source, to 
 our poetry, of its magic and charm, of what we call its romantit 
 element, — rhyme itself, all the weight of evidence tends to show, 
 comes into our poetry from the Celts. 
 
 93
 
 94 NA TURE IN ENGLISH POE TR V. 
 
 Weathersfield, Thaxted, Shalford, — are to the Celtic 
 names of places, with their penetrating, lofty beauty, — 
 Velindra, Tyntagel, Caernarvon, — so is the homely 
 realism of German and Norse nature to the fairy-like 
 loveliness of Celtic nature. Gwydion wants a wife 5 
 for his pupil : " Well," says Math, " we will seek, I 
 and thou, by charms and illusions, to form a wife for 
 him out of flowers. So they took the blossoms of the 
 oak, and the blossoms of the broom, and the blossoms 
 of the meadow-sweet, and produced from them a 10 
 maiden, the fairest and most graceful that man ever 
 saw. And they baptized her, and gave her the name 
 of Flower-Aspect." Celtic romance is full of exquisite 
 touches like that, showing the delicacy of the Celt's 
 feeling in these matters, and how deeply Nature lets 15 
 him come into her secrets. The quick dropping of 
 blood is called " faster than the fall of the dewdrop 
 from the blade of reed-grass upon the earth, when 
 the dew of June is at the heaviest." And thus is 
 Olwen described : " More yellow was her hair than 20 
 the flower of the broom, and her skin was whiter than 
 the foam of the wave, and fairer were her hands 
 and her fingers than the blossoms of the wood- 
 anemony amidst the spray of the meadow foun- 
 tains." For loveliness it would be hard to beat 25 
 that ; and for magical clearness and nearness take 
 the following : — 
 
 "And in the evening Peredur entered a valley, 
 and at the head of the valley he came to a hermit's 
 cell, and the hermit welcomed him gladly, and there 30 
 he spent the night. And in the morning he arose, 
 and when he went forth, behold, a shower of snow
 
 NA TURE IN ENGLISH POETR Y. 95 
 
 had fallen the night before, and a hawk had killed a 
 wild-fowl in front of the cell. And the noise of the 
 horse scared the hawk away, and a raven alighted 
 upon the bird. And Peredur stood and compared 
 5 the blackness of the raven, and the whiteness of the 
 snow, and the redness of the blood, to the hair of the 
 lady whom best he loved, which was blacker than 
 the raven, and to her skin, which was whiter than 
 the snow, and to her two cheeks, which were redder 
 
 10 than the blood upon the snow appeared to be." 
 
 And this, which is perhaps less striking, is not less 
 beautiful : — 
 
 "And early in the day Geraint and Enid left the 
 wood, and they came to an open country, with 
 
 15 meadows on one hand and mowers mowing the 
 meadows. And there was a river before them, and 
 the horses bent down and drank the water. And 
 they went up out of the river by a steep bank, and 
 there they met a slender stripling with a satchel 
 
 20 about his neck; and he had a small blue pitcher in 
 his hand, and a bowl on the mouth of the pitcher." 
 
 And here the landscape, up to this point so Greek 
 in its clear beauty, is suddenly magicalised by the 
 romance touch : — 
 
 35 'And they saw a tall tree by the side of the river, 
 one-half of which was in flames from the root to the 
 top, and the other half was green and in full leaf." 
 
 Magic is the word to insist upon, — a magically 
 vivid and near interpretation of nature ; since it is 
 
 30 this which constitutes the special charm and power 
 of the effect I am calling attention to, and it is for 
 this that the Celt's sensibility gives him a peculiar
 
 o6 NA TURE IN ENGLISH FOE TR Y. 
 
 aptitude. But the matter needs rather fine handling, 
 and it is easy to make mistakes here in our criticism. 
 In the first place, Europe tends constantly to become 
 more and more one community, and we tend to 
 become Europeans instead of merely Englishmen, 5 
 Frenchmen, Germans, Italians ; so whatever aptitude 
 or felicity one people imparts into spiritual work, 
 gets imitated by the others, and thus tends to become 
 the common property of all. Therefore anything so 
 beautiful and attractive as the natural magic I am ia 
 speaking of, is sure, nowadays, if it appears in the 
 productions of the Celts, or of the English, or of the 
 French, to appear in the productions of the Germans 
 also, or in the productibns of the Italians ; but there 
 will be a stamp of perfectness and inimitableness 15 
 about it in the literatures where it is native, which it 
 will not have in the literatures where it is not native. 
 Novalis or Riickert, for instance, have their eye fixed 
 on nature, and have undoubtedly a feeling for natural 
 magic ; a rough-and-ready critic easily credits them 20 
 and the Germans with the Celtic fineness of tact, the 
 Celtic nearness to Nature and her secret ; but the 
 question is whether the strokes in the German's 
 picture of nature 8 have ever the indefinable delicacy, 
 
 2 Take the following attempt to render the natural magic sup- 
 posed to pervade Tieck's poetry: — 'In diesen Dichtungen 
 herrscht eine geheimnissvolle Innigkeit, ein sonderbares Einver- 
 standniss mit der Natur, besonders mit der Pflanzen- und Stein- 
 reich. Der Leser fiihlt sich da wie in einem verzauberten 
 Walde ; er hort die unterirdischen Quellen melodisch rauschen ; 
 wildfremde Wunderblumen schauen ihn an mit ihren bunten 
 sehnsiichtigen Augen ; unsichtbare Lippen kiissen seine Wangen 
 mit neckender Zartlichkeit ; hohe Pilze, wie goldne Glocken,
 
 NA TURE IN ENGLISH POE TR Y. 97 
 
 charm, and perfection of the Celt's touch in the pieces 
 I just now quoted, or of Shakspeare's touch in his 
 daffodil, Wordsworth's in his cuckoo, Keats's in his 
 Autumn, Obermann's in his mountain birch-tree or 
 5 his Easter-daisy among the Swiss farms. To decide 
 where the gift for natural magic originally lies, 
 whether it is properly Celtic or Germanic, we must 
 decide this question. / ee^^juJbU^^eJL, 
 
 In the second place, there (are maiwTwflys* of 
 
 10 handling n^tur^jsx^p^ are nbttftferfyMftncenred 
 with one, ofjtheni^^ui a roifehlland-readji critic 
 imaginSf tlwtAPi&jfilAfc? same\o fii%^« ^Nature 
 is handl^^gfttfil^ fJlV % to' draL tpVtf^^jjW^L-Q. 
 tinction between^io^^ojLhandlii\g her. ^BuTInese 
 
 15 modes are many!; Iwill mention four of them Stow : 
 there is the conventional way of handling nature, 
 there is the faithful way of handling nature, there is 
 the Greek way of handling nature, there is the 
 magical way of handling nature. In all these three 
 
 20 last the eye is on the object, but with a difference; 
 in the faithful way of handling nature, the eye is on 
 the object, and that is all you can say ; in the Greek, 
 the eye is on the object, but lightness and brightness 
 are added ; in the magical, the eye is on the object, 
 
 wachsen klingend empor am Fusse der Baume ; " and so on. 
 Now that stroke of the hohe Pilze, the great funguses, would 
 have been impossible to the tact and delicacy of a born lover of 
 nature like the Celt, and could only have come from a German 
 who has hineinstudirt himself into natural magic. It is a crying 
 false note, which carries us at once out of the world of nature- 
 magic and the breath of the woods, into the world of theatre- 
 magic and the smell of gas and orange-peel.
 
 98 NA TURE IN ENGLISH FOE TR V. 
 
 but charm and magic are added. In the conventional 
 way of handling nature, the eye is not on the object ; 
 what that means we all know, we have only to think 
 of our eighteenth-century poetry : — 
 
 " As when the moon, refulgent lamp of night" — 5 
 
 to call up any number of instances. Latin poetry 
 supplies plenty of instances too ; if we put this from 
 Propertius's Hylas : — 
 
 . . . " manus heroum .... 
 
 Mollia camposita litora fronde tegit " — 10 
 
 side by side the line of Theocritus by which it was 
 suggested : — 
 
 " Aei/xwv yap crcpiv e/ceiro /xiyas, (rTt^ddecrffiv 6veiap " — 
 
 we get at the same moment a good specimen both of 
 the conventional and of the Greek way of handling 15 
 nature. But from our own poetry we may get speci- 
 mens of the Greek way of handling nature, as well as 
 of the conventional : for instance, Keats's : — 
 
 " What little town, by river or seashore, 
 
 Or mountain-built with quiet citadel, 20 
 
 Is emptied of its folk, this pious morn?" 
 
 is Greek, as Greek as a thing from Homer or The- 
 ocritus ; it is composed with the eye on the object, a 
 radiancy and light clearness being added. German 
 poetry abounds in specimens of the faithful way of 25 
 handling nature ; an excellent example is to be found 
 in the stanzas called Zueignutig, prefixed to Goethe's 
 poems ; the morning walk, the mist, the dew, the
 
 NA TURE IN ENGLISH FOE TEY. 99 
 
 sun, are as faithful as they can be, they are given 
 with the eye on the object, but there the merit of 
 the work, as a handling of nature, stops ; neither 
 Greek radiance nor Celtic magic is added ; the power 
 5 of these is not what gives the poem in question its 
 merit, but a power of quite another kind, a power of 
 moral and spiritual emotion. But the power of Greek 
 radiance Goethe could give to his handling of nature, 
 and nobly too, as any one who will read his Wanderer, 
 
 10 — the poem in which a wanderer falls in with a 
 peasant woman and her child by their hut, built out 
 of the ruins of a temple near Cuma, — may see. Only 
 the power of natural magic Goethe, does not, I think, 
 give ; whereas Keats passes at will from the Greek 
 
 15 power to that power which is, as I say, Celtic ; from 
 his : — 
 
 " What little town, by river or seashore " — 
 
 to his : — 
 
 " White hawthorn and the pastoral eglantine, 
 20 Fast-fading violets cover'd up in leaves " — 
 
 or his : — 
 
 . . . " magic casements, opening on the foam 
 Of perilous seas, in fairy .lands forlorn " — 
 
 in which the very same note is struck as in those 
 25 extracts which I quoted from Celtic romance, and 
 
 struck with authentic and unmistakable power. 
 
 Shakspeare, in handling nature, touches this Celtic 
 
 note so exquisitely, that perhaps one is inclined to 
 
 be always looking for the Celtic note in him, and not 
 30 to recognise his Greek note when it comes. But if 
 
 one attends well to the difference between the two
 
 IOC NA TURE IN ENGLISH POETR Y. 
 
 notes, and bears in mind, to guide one, such things 
 as Virgil's " moss-grown springs and grass softer than 
 sleep ": — 
 
 " Muscosi fontes et somno mollior herba " — 
 
 as his charming flower-gatherer, who : — 5 
 
 " Pallentes violas et summa papavera carpens 
 
 Narcissum et florem jungit bene olentis anethi " — 
 
 as his quinces and chestnuts : — 
 
 . . . " cana legam tenera lanugine mala 
 
 Castaneasque nuces " 10 
 
 then, I think, we shall be disposed to say that in 
 Shakspeare's : — 
 
 " I know a bank where the wild thyme blows, 
 Where oxlips and the nodding violet grows, 
 Quite over-canopied with lucious woodbine, 15 
 
 With sweet musk-roses and with eglantine " — 
 
 it is mainly a Greek note which is struck. Then, 
 
 again in his : — 
 
 " look how the floor of heaven 
 
 Is thick inlaid with patines of bright gold ! " — 20 
 
 we are at the very point of transition from the Greek 
 note to the Celtic ; there is the Greek clearness and 
 brightness, with the Celtic aerialness and magic com- 
 ing in. Then we have the sheer, inimitable Celtic 
 note in passages like this : — 2 5 
 
 " Met we on hill, in dale, forest or mead, 
 By paved fountain or by rushy brook, 
 Or in the beached margent of the sea " —
 
 NATURE IN ENGLISH POETRY. ioi 
 
 or this, the last I will quote : — 
 
 " The moon shines bright. In such a night as this, 
 When the wind did gently kiss the trees, 
 And they did make no noise, in such a night 
 5 Troilus, methinks, mounted the Trojan walls — 
 
 " in such a night 
 
 Did Thisbe fearfully o'ertrip the dew — 
 
 " in such a night 
 
 Stood Dido, with a willow in her hand, 
 10 Upon the wild sea-banks, and waved her love 
 
 To come again to Carthage." 
 
 And those last lines of all are so drenched and in- 
 toxicated with the fairy-dew of that natural magic 
 which is our theme, that I cannot do better than end 
 15 with them. — On tlie Study of Celtic Literature, ed. 
 1895, pp. 120-128.
 
 Ipoetrg anD Science. 
 
 The grand power of po et ry is its interpret ative 
 power ; by which I mean, not a power of drawing out 
 in black and white an explanation of the mystery of 
 the universe, but the power of so dealing with things 
 as to awaken in us a wonderfully full, new, and inti- 5 
 mate sense of them, and of our relations with them. 
 When this sense is awakened in us, as to objects with- 
 out us, we feel ourselves to be in contact with the 
 essential nature of those objects, to be no longer be- 
 wildered and oppressed by them, but to have their 10 
 secret, and to be in harmony with them ; and this 
 feeling calms and satisfies us as no other can. Poetry, 
 indeed, interprets in another way besides this ; but 
 one of its two ways of interpreting, of exercising its 
 highest power, is by awakening this sense in us. 1 15 
 will not now inquire whether this sense is illusive, 
 whether it can be proved not to be illusive, whether 
 it does absolutely make us possess the real nature of 
 things ; all I say is, that poetry can awaken it in us, 
 and that to awaken it is one of the highest powers of 20 
 poetry. The interpretations of science do not give us 
 this intimate sense of objects as the interpretations of 
 poetry give it ; they appeal to a limited faculty and 
 not to the whole man. It is not Linnaeus or Cavendish 
 or Cuvier who gives us the true sense of animals, or 25 
 water, or plants, who seizes their secret for us, who
 
 POETRY AND SCIENCE. 103 
 
 makes us participate in their life ; it is Shakspeare, 
 
 with his 
 
 " daffodils 
 
 That come before the swallow dares, and take 
 
 5 The winds of March with beauty ; " 
 
 it is Wordsworth, with his 
 
 " voice .... heard 
 In spring-time from the cuckoo-bird, 
 Breaking the silence of the seas 
 10 Among the farthest Hebrides ; " 
 
 it is Keats, with his 
 
 " moving waters at their priestlike task 
 Of cold ablution round Earth's human shores ; " 
 
 it is Chateaubriand, with his, " cime indetermine'e des 
 is/orets j " it is Senancour, with his mountain birch-tree : 
 " Cette e'corce blanche, lisse etcrevasse'e ; cette tige agreste ; 
 ces branches qui s'inclinent vers la terre ; la mobilite des 
 feuilles, et tout cet abandon, simplicite' de la nature, atti' 
 tude des deserts." — Essays, I., ed. 1896, pp. 81-82.
 
 Xiteraturc ano Science. 
 
 Practical people talk with a smile of Plato and of 
 his absolute ideas ; and it is impossible to deny that 
 Plato's ideas do often seem unpractical and impracti^ 
 cablejjmd especially when one views them in con- 
 nexion with the life of a great work-a-day world like 5 
 the United States. The necessary staple of the life 
 of such a world Plato regards with disdain ; handi- 
 craft and trade and the working professions he 
 regards with disdain ; but what becomes of the life of 
 an industrial modern community if you take handi- ia 
 craft and trade and the working professions out of it? 
 The base mechanic arts and handicrafts, says Plato, 
 bring about a natural weakness in the principle of 
 excellence in a man, so that he cannot govern the 
 ignoble growths in him, but nurses them, and cannot 15 
 understand fostering any other. Those who exercise 
 such arts and trades, as they have their bodies, he 
 says marred, by their vulgar businesses, so they have 
 their souls, too, bowed and broken by them. And if 
 one of these uncomely people has a mind to seek self- 20 
 culture and philosophy, Plato compares him to a bald 
 little tinker, who has scraped together money, and 
 has got his release from service, and has had a bath, 
 and bought a new coat, and is rigged out like a bride- 
 groom about to marry the daughter of his master who 25 
 has fallen into poor and helpless estate. 
 
 104
 
 LITER ATURE AND S CIENCE. 105 
 
 Nor do the working professions fare any better than 
 trade at the hands of Plato. He draws for us an 
 inimitable picture of the working lawyer, and of his 
 life of bondage ; he shows how this bondage from his 
 5 youth up has stunted and warped him, and made him 
 small and crooked of soul, encompassing him with 
 difficulties which he is not man enough to rely on 
 justice and truth as means to encounter, but has 
 recourse, for help out of them, to falsehood and 
 
 10 wrong. And so, says Plato, this poor creature is 
 
 bent and broken, and grows up from boy to man 
 
 without a particle of soundness in him, although 
 
 exceedingly smart and clever in his own esteem. 
 
 One cannot refuse to admire the artist who draws 
 
 15 these pictures. But we say to ourselves that his ideas 
 show the influence of a primitive and obsolete order 
 of things, when the warrior caste and the priestly 
 caste were alone in honour, and the humble work of 
 the world was done by slaves. We have now changed 
 
 20 all that; the rnodern majority consists in work, as 
 Emerson declares ; and in work, we may add, princi- 
 pally of such plain and dusty kind as the work of 
 cultivators of the ground, handicraftsmen, men of 
 trade and business, men of the working professions. 
 
 25 Above all is this true in a great industrious com- 
 munity such as that of the United States. 
 
 Now education, many people go on to say, is still 
 mainly governed by the ideas of men like Plato, who 
 lived when the warrior caste and the priestly or 
 
 30 philosophical class were alone in honour, and the 
 really useful part of the community were slaves. It 
 is an education fitted for persons of leisure in such
 
 106 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 a community. This education passed from Greece 
 and Rome to the feudal communities of Europe, 
 where also the warrior caste and the priestly caste 
 were alone held in honour, and where the really 
 useful and working part of the community, though 5 
 not nominally slaves as in the pagan world, were 
 practically not much better off than slaves, and not 
 more seriously regarded. And how absurd it is, 
 people end by saying, to inflict this education upon 
 1 an industrious modern community, where very few 10 
 indeed are persons of leisure, and the mass to be con- 
 sidered has not leisure, but is bound, for its own great 
 good, and for the great good of the world at large, to 
 plain labour and to industrial pursuits, an d the e du- 
 cation in question tends necessarily to make men dis- 15 
 satisfied with these pursuits and unfitted for them ! 
 
 That is what it said. So far I must defend Plato, 
 as to plead that his view of education and studies is 
 in the general, as it seems to me, sound enough, and 
 fitted for all sorts and conditions of men, whatever 20 
 their pursuits may be. /An intelligent man," says 
 Plato, " will prize those studies which result in his 
 soul getting soberness, righteousness, and wisdom, 
 and will less value the others?7 I cannot consider 
 that a bad description of the aim of education, and of 25 
 the motives which should govern us in the choice 
 of studies, whether we are preparing ourselves for 
 a hereditary seat in the English House of Lords or 
 for the pork trade in Chicago. 
 
 Still I admit that Plato's world was not ours, that 30 
 his scorn of trade and handicraft is fantastic, that he 
 had no conception of a great industrial community
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 1 07 
 
 such as that of the United States, and that such 
 a community must and will shape its education to 
 suit its own needs. If the usual education handed 
 down to it from the past does not suit it, it will cer- 
 
 5 tainly before long drop this and try another. The 
 usual education in the past has been mainly literary. 
 The question is whether the studies which were long 
 supposed to be the best for all of us are practically 
 the best now ; wheth er other s are not better. The 
 
 10 tyranny of the past, many think, weighs on us injuri- 
 ously in the predominance given to letters in educa- 
 tion. The question is raised whether, to meet the 
 needs of our modern life, the predominance ought 
 not now to pass from letters to science ; and naturally 
 
 15 the question is nowhere raised with more energy than 
 here in the United States. The design of abasing 
 what is called " mere literary instruction and educa- 
 tion," and of exalting what is called " sound, ex- 
 tensive, and practical scientific knowledge," is, in this 
 
 20 intensely modern world of the United States, even 
 more perhaps than in Europe, a very popular design, 
 and makes great and rapid progress. 
 
 I am going to ask whether the present movement 
 for ousting letters from their old predominance in 
 
 25 education, and for transferring the predominance in 
 education to the natural sciences, whether this brisk 
 and flourishing movement ought to prevail, and 
 whether it is likely that in the end it really will pre- 
 vail. An objection may be raised which I will antici- 
 
 30 pate. My own studies have been almost wholly in 
 letters, and my visits to the field of the natural 
 sciences have been very slight and inadequate, al-
 
 108 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 though those sciences have always strongly moved my 
 curiosity. A man of letters, it will perhaps be said, is 
 not competent to discuss the comparative merits of 
 letters and natural science as means of education. 
 To this objection I reply, first of all, that his incom- 5 
 petence, if he attempts the discussion but is really 
 incompetent for it, will be abundantly visible ; nobody 
 will be taken in ; he will have plenty of sharp 
 observers and critics to save mankind from that dan- 
 ger. But the line I am going to follow is, as you will 10 
 soon discover, so extremely simple, that perhaps it 
 may be followed without failure even by one who for 
 a more ambitious line of discussion would be quite 
 incompetent. 
 
 Some of you may possibly remember a phrase of 15 
 mine which has been the object of a good deal of 
 comment ; an observation to the effect that in our 
 culture, the aim being to know ourselves and the world, j\ 
 we have, as the means to this end, to know the best \\ 
 which has been thought and said in the world. A man of 20 
 science, who is also an excellent writer and the very 
 prince of debaters, Professor Huxley, in a discourse 
 at the opening of Sir Josiah Mason's college at Bir- 
 mingham, laying hold of this phrase, expanded it by 
 quoting some more words of mine, which are these : 25 
 " The civilised world is to be regarded as now being, 
 for intellectual and spiritual purposes, one great con- 
 federation, bound to a joint action and working to a 
 common result ; and whose members have for their 
 proper outfit a knowledge of Greek, Roman, and 30 
 Eastern antiquity, and of one another. Special local 
 and temporary advantages being put out of account,
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 109 
 
 that modern nation will in the intellectual and spirit- 
 ual sphere make most progress, which most thoroughly 
 carries out this programme." 
 
 Now on my phrase, thus enlarged, Professor Hux- 
 
 5 ley remarks that when I speak of the above-mentioned 
 knowledge as enabling us to know ourselves and the! 
 world, I assert literature to contain the materials^ 
 which suffice for thus making us know ourselves and 
 the world. But it is not by any means clear, says he, 
 
 10 that after having learnt all which ancient and modern 
 literatures have to tell us, we have laid a sufficiently 
 broad and deep foundation for that criticism of life, 
 that knowlege of ourselves and the world, which con- 
 stitutes culture. On the contrary, Professor Huxley 
 
 15 declares that he finds himself " wholly unable to 
 admit that either nations or individuals will really 
 advance, if their outfit draws nothing from the stores 
 of physical science. An army without weapons of 
 precision, and with no particular base of operations, 
 
 20 might more hopefully enter upon a campaign on the 
 Rhine, than a man, devoid of a knowledge of what 
 physical science has done in the last century, upon a 
 criticism of life." 
 
 This shows how needful it is for those who are to 
 
 25 discuss any matter together, to have a common under- 
 standing as to the sense of the terms they employ, — 
 how needful, and how difficult. What Professor 
 Huxley says, implies just the reproach which is so 
 often brought against die study of belles lettres, as they 
 
 30 are called : that the study is an elegant one, gut sligh t 
 a nd inef fectual ; a smattering of Gre ek and Latin and 
 other ornamental things, of little use for any one 
 
 \
 
 HO LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 whose objec t is to get at truth , and to be a practical 
 man. So, too, M. Renan talks of the "superficial 
 humanism " of a school-course which treats us as if 
 we were all going to be poets, writers, preachers, 
 orators, and he opposes this humanism to positives 
 science, or the critical searcli after truth. And there 
 is always a tendency in those who are remonstrating 
 against the predominance of letters in education, to 
 understand by letters belles letlres, and by belles lettres 
 a superficial humanism, the opposite of science or true 10 
 knowledge. 
 
 But when we talk of jcnowing Gre ek and R oman 
 antiqui ty, for instance, which is the knowledge people 
 have called the humanities, I for my part mean a 
 knowledge which is something more than a super- 15 
 ficial humanism, mainly decorative. " I call all teach- 
 ing scientific" says Wolf, the critic of Homer, "which 
 is systematically laid out and followed up to its origi- 
 nal sources. For example : a knowledge of classical 
 antiquity is scientific when the remains of classical 20 
 antiquity are correctly studied in the original lan- 
 guages." There can be no doubt that Wolf is per- 
 fectly right; that all learning is scientific which is 
 systematically laid out and followed up to its original 
 sources, and that a genuine humanism is scientific. 25 
 
 When I speak of knowing Greek and Roman an- 
 tiquity, therefore, as a help to knowing ourselves and 
 the world, I mean more than a knowledge of so much 
 vocabulary, so much grammar, so many portions of 
 authors in the Greek and Latin languages, I mean 30 
 knowing the Greeks and Romans, and their life and 
 genius, and what they were and did in the world ;
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. in 
 
 what we get from them, and what is its value. That, 
 at least, is the ideal ; and when we talk of endeavour- 
 ing to know Greek and Roman antiquity, as a help to 
 knowing ourselves and the world, we mean endeavour- 
 
 5 ing so to know them as to satisfy this ideal, however 
 much we may still fall short of it. 
 
 The same also as to knowing our own and other 
 modern nations, with the like aim of getting to under- 
 stand ourselves and the world. To know the best 
 
 iothat has been thought and said by the modern nations, 
 is to know, says Professor Huxley, " only what modern 
 literatures have to tell us ; it is the criticism of life 
 contained in modern literature." And yet " the dis- 
 tinctive character of our times," he urges, " lies in 
 
 15 the vast and constantly increasing part which is 
 played by natural knowledge." And how, therefore, 
 can a man, devoid of knowledge of what physical 
 science has done in the last century, enter hopefully 
 upon a criticism of modern life ? 
 
 20 Let us, I say, be agreed about the meaning of the 
 terms we are using. I talk of knowing the best which 
 has been thought and uttered in the world ; Professor 
 Huxley says this means knowing literature. Litera- 
 ture is a large word ; it may mean everything written 
 
 25 with letters or printed in a book. Euclid's Elements 
 and Newton's Principia are thus literature. All 
 knowledge that reaches us through books is literature. 
 But by literature Professor Huxley means belles lettres. 
 He means to make me say, that knowing the best 
 
 30 which has been thought and said by the modern 
 nations is knowing their belles lettres and no more. 
 And this is no sufficient equipment, he argues, for
 
 H2 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 a criticism of modern life. But as I do not mean, by .■ 
 knowing ancient Rome, knowing merely more or less 
 of Latin belles lettres, and taking no account of Rome's 
 military, and political, and legal, and administrative 
 work in the world ; and as, by knowing ancient 5 
 Greece, I understand knowing her as the giver of 
 Greek art, and the guide to a free and right use of 
 reason and to scientific method, and the founder of our 
 mathematics and physics and astronomy and biology, 
 — I understand knowing her as all this, and not iq 
 merely knowing certain Greek poems, and histories, 
 and treatises, and speeches, — so as to the knowledge 
 of modern nations also. By knowing modern nations, 
 I mean not merely knowing their belles lettres, but 
 knowing also what has been done by such men as 15 
 Copernicus, Galileo, Newton, Darwin. " Our ances- 
 tors learned," says Professor Huxley, "that the earth 
 is the centre of the visible universe, and that man is 
 the cynosure of things terrestrial ; and more especially 
 was it inculcated that the course of nature has no 20 
 fixed order, but that it could be, and constantly was, 
 altered." But for us now, continues Professor Hux- 
 ley, " the notions of the beginning and the end of the 
 world entertained by our forefathers are no longer 
 credible. It is very certain that the earth is not the 25 
 chief body in the material universe, and that the world 
 is not subordinated to man's use. It is even more cer- 
 tain that nature is the expression of a definite order, 
 with which nothing interferes." "And yet," he cries, 
 "the purely classical education advocated by the 30 
 representatives of the humanists in our day gives no 
 inkling of all this ! "
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 1 13 
 
 In due place and time I will just touch upon that 
 vexed question of classical education ; but at present 
 the questionis as to what is meant bv knowing th e 
 best which modern nations have thought and said. 
 5 iFTs not knowing their belles lettres merely which is 
 meant. To know Italian belles lettres is not to know 
 Italy, and to know English belles lettres is not to 
 know England. Into knowing Italy and England 
 there comes a great deal more, Galileo and Newton 
 
 10 amongst it. The reproach of being a superficial 
 humanism, a tincture of belles lettres, may attach rightly 
 enough to some other disciplines ; but to the par- 
 ticular discipline recommended when I proposed 
 knowing the best that has been thought and said in 
 
 15 the world, it does not apply. In that best I cer tainl y 
 include what in modern times has been thought and 
 said by the great observers and knowers of nature. 
 
 There is, therefore, really no question between 
 Professor Huxley and me as to whether knowing the 
 
 20 great results of the modern scientific study of nature 
 is not required as a part of our culture, as well as 
 knowing the products of literature and art. But to 
 follow the processes by which those results are 
 reached, ought, say the friends of physical science, to 
 
 25 be made the staple of education for the bulk of man- 
 kind. And here there does arise a question between 
 those whom Professor Huxley calls with playful sar- 
 casm " the Levites of culture," and those whom the 
 poor humanist is sometimes apt to regard as its 
 
 30 Nebuchadnezzars. 
 
 The great results of the scientific investigation of 
 nature we are agreed upon knowing, but how much
 
 H4 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 of our study are we bound to give to the processes by 
 which those results are reached ? The results have 3 
 their visible bearing on human life. But all the pro-! 
 cesses, too, all the items of fact by which those results 
 are reached and established, are interesting. All i 
 knowledge is interesting to a wise man, and the 
 knowledge of nature is interesting to all men. It is 
 very interesting to know, that, from the albuminous 
 white of the egg, the chick in the egg gets the materials 
 for its flesh, bones, blood, and feathers ; while, from 10 
 the fatty yelk of the egg, it gets the heat and energy 
 which enable it at length to break its shell and begin 
 the world. It is less interesting, perhaps, but still it 
 is interesting, to know that when a taper burns, the 
 wax is converted into carbonic acid and water. 15 
 Moreover, it is quite true that the habit of dealing 
 with facts, which is given by the study of nature, is, 
 as the friends of physical science praise it for being, 
 an excellent discipline. The appeal, in the study of 
 nature, is constantly to observation and experiment ; 20 
 not only is it said that the thing is so, but we can be 
 made to see that it is so. Not only does a man tell 
 us that when a taper burns the wax is converted into 
 carbonic acid and water, as a man may tell us, if he 
 likes, that Charon is punting his ferry-boat on the 25 
 river Styx, or that Victor Hugo is a sublime poet, or 
 Mr. Gladstone the most admirable of statesmen ; but 
 we are made to see that the conversion into carbonic 
 acid and water does actually happen. This reality of 
 natural knowledge it is, which makes the friends of 3° 
 physical science contrast it, as a knowledge of things, 
 with the humanist's knowledge, which is, they say, a
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 1 15 
 
 knowledge of words. And hence Professor Huxley 
 is moved to lay it down that, " for the purpose of 
 attaining real culture, an exclusively scientific educa- 
 tion is at least as effectual as an exclusively literary 
 
 5 education." And a certain President of the Section 
 for Mechanical Science in the British Association is, 
 in Scripture phrase, " very bold," and declares that if 
 a man, in his mental training, " has substituted litera- 
 ture and history for natural science, he has chosen 
 
 10 the less useful alternative." But whether we go these 
 lengths or not, we must all admit that in natural 
 science the habit gained of dealing with facts is a 
 most valuable discipline, and that every one should 
 have some experience of it. 
 
 15 More than this, however, is demanded by the 
 reformers. It is proposed to make the training in 
 natural science the main part of education, for the 
 great majority of mankind at any rate. And here, I 
 confess, I part company with the friends of physical 
 
 20 science, with whom up to this point I have been 
 agreeing. In differing from them, however, I wish to 
 proceed with the utmost caution and diffidence. The 
 smallness of my own acquaintance with the disciplines 
 of natural science is ever before my mind, and I am 
 
 25 fearful of doing these disciplines an injustice. The 
 ability and pugnacity of the partisans of natural 
 science make them formidable persons to contradict. 
 The tone of tenative inquiry, which befits a being of 
 dim faculties and bounded knowledge, is the tone I 
 
 30 would wish to take and not to depart from. At 
 present it seems to me, that those who are for giving 
 to natural knowledge, as they call it, the chief place
 
 Il6 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 in the education of the majority of mankind, leave 
 one important thing out of their account : .the con- 
 stitution of human nature. But I put this forward on 
 the strength of some facts not at all recondite, very 
 far from it; facts capable of being stated in the 5 
 simplest possible fashion, and to which, if I so state 
 them, the man of science will, I am sure, be willing to 
 allow their due weight. 
 
 Deny the facts altogether, I think, he hardly can. 
 He can hardly deny, that when we set ourselves to 10 
 enumerate the powers which go to the building up of 
 human life, and say that they are the power of conduct, 
 the power of intellect and knowledge, the power of 
 beauty, and the power of social life and manners, — he 
 can hardly deny that this scheme, though drawn in 15 
 rough and plain lines enough, and not pretending to 
 scientific exactness, does yet give a fairly true repre- 
 sentation of the matter. Human nature is built up by 
 these powers ; we have the need for them all. When 
 we have rightly met and adjusted the claims of them 20 
 all, we shall then be in a fair way for getting soberness 
 and righteousness, with wisdom. This is evident 
 enough, and the friends of physical science would ad- 
 mi., it. 
 
 But perhaps they may not have sufficiently observed 25 
 another thing : namely, that the several powers just 
 mentioned are not isolated, but there is, in the gener- 
 ality of mankind, a per petu al tendency to relate them 
 one to another in divers ways. With one such way of 
 relating them I am particularly concerned now. Fol- 33 
 lowing our instinct for intellect and knowledge, we 
 acquire pieces of knowledge ; and presently, in the
 
 LITERATURE A. YD SCIENCE. 1 17 
 
 generality of men, there arises the desire to relate 
 these pieces of knowledge to our sense for conduct, to 
 our sense for beauty, — and there is weariness and dis- 
 satisfaction if the desire is baulked. Now in this 
 5 desire lies, I think, the strength of that hold which 
 letters have upon us. 
 
 All knowledge is, as I said just now, interesting ; 
 and even items of knowledge which from the nature of 
 the case cannot well be related, but must stand isolated 
 
 10 in our thoughts, have their interest. Even lists of ex- 
 ceptions have their interest. If we are studying Greek 
 accents, it is interesting to know that pais and pas, and 
 some other monosyllables of the same form of declen- 
 sion, do not take the circumflex upon the last syllable 
 
 15 of the genitive plural, but vary, in this respect, from 
 the common rule. If we are studying physiology, it is 
 interesting to know that the pulmonary artery carries 
 dark blood and the pulmonary vein carries bright 
 blood, departing in this respect from the common 
 
 20 rule for the division of labour between the veins and 
 the arteries. But every one knows how we seek natur- 
 ally to combine the pieces of our knowledge together, 
 to bring them under general rules, to relate them to 
 principles ; and how unsatisfactory and tiresome it 
 
 25 would be to go on for ever learning lists of exceptions, 
 or accumulating items of fact which must stand 
 isolated. 
 
 Well, that same need of relating our knowledge, 
 which operates here within the sphere of our knowl- 
 
 30 edge itself, we shall find operating, also, outside that 
 sphere. \Ve experience, as we go on learning and 
 knowing, — the vast majority of us experience, — the
 
 Il8 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 need of relating what we have learnt and known to the 
 sense which we have in us fo r conduct, to the sense 
 which we have in us for beauty._ 
 
 A certain Greek prophetess of Mantineia in Arca- 
 dia, Diotima by name, once explained to the philoso- 5 
 pher Socrates that love, and impulse, and bent of all 
 kinds, is, in fact, nothing else but the desire in men 
 that good should for ever be present to them. This 
 desire for good, Diotima assured Socrates, is our fun- 
 damental desire, of which fundamental desire every 10 
 impulse in us is only some one particular form. And 
 therefore this fundamental desire it is, I suppose, — this ( 
 desire in men that good should be for ever present to' 
 them, — which acts in us when we feel the impulse forj 
 relating our knowledge to our sense for conduct and 15 
 to our sense for beauty. At any rate, with men in 
 general the instinct exists. Such is human nature. 
 And the instinct, it will be admitted, is innocent, and 
 human nature is preserved by our following the lead 
 of its innocent instincts. Therefore, in seeking to 20 
 gratify this instinct in question, we are following the 
 instinct of self-preservation in humanity. 
 
 But, no doubt, some kinds of knowledge cannot b& 
 made to directly serve the instinct in question, cannon- 
 be directly related to the sense for beauty, to the 25 
 sense for conduct. These are instrument-knowl- 
 edges ; they lead on to other knowledges, which can. 
 A man who passes his life in instrument-knowledges 
 is a specialist. They may be invaluable as instru- 
 ments to something beyond, for those who have the 30 
 gift thus to employ them ; and they may be disci- 
 plines in themselves wherein it is useful for every one
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. HO 
 
 to have some schooling. But it is inconceivable that 
 the generality of men should pass all their mental 
 life with Greek accents or with formal logic. My 
 friend Professor Sylvester, who is one of the first 
 
 5 mathematicians in the world, holds transcendental 
 doctrines as to the virtue of mathematics, but those 
 doctrines are not for common men. In the very 
 Senate House and heart of our English Cambridge 
 I once ventured, though not without an apology for 
 
 10 my profaneness, to hazard the opinion that for the 
 majority of man kind a little of mathematics, even. 
 g°jr s .i!: lo. n S AY^X.- Of course this is quite consistent 
 with their being of immense importance as an instru- 
 ment to something else ; but it is the few who have 
 
 15 the aptitude for thus using them, not the bulk of 
 mankind. 
 
 The natural sciences do not, however t stan d 
 on the same foo ting with these instrument-knowl - 
 edges. Experience shows us that the generality of 
 
 20 men will find more interest in learning that, when 
 a taper burns, the wax is converted into carbonic 
 acid and water, or in learning the explanation of the 
 phenomenon of dew, or in learning how the circula- 
 tion of the blood is carried on, than they find in 
 
 25 learning that the genitive plural of pais and/tfj does 
 not take the circumflex on the termination. And one 
 piece of natural knowledge is added to another, and 
 others are added to that, and at last we come to 
 propositions so interesting as Mr. Darwin's famous 
 
 30 proposition that "our ancestor was a hairy quadruped 
 furnished with a tail and pointed ears, probably 
 arboreal in his habits." Or we come to propositions
 
 120 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 of such reach and magnitude as those which Profes- 
 sor Huxley delivers, when he says that the notions 
 of our forefathers about the beginning and the end of 
 the world were all wrong, and that nature is the expres- 
 sion of a definite order with which nothing interferes. 5 
 
 Interesting, indeed, these results of science are, 
 important they are, and we should all of us be 
 acquainted with them. But what I now wish you to 
 mark is, that we are still, when they are propounded 
 to us and we receive them, we are still in the sphere 10 
 of intellect and knowledge. And for the generality 
 of men there will be found, I say, to arise, when they 
 have duly taken in the proposition that their ancestor 
 was " a hairy quadruped furnished with a tail and 
 pointed ears, probably arboreal in his habits," there 15 
 will be found to arise an invincible desire to relate 
 this proposition to the sense in us for conduct, and 
 to the sense in us for beauty. But this the men of 
 science will not do for us, and will hardly even pro- 
 fess to do. They will give us other pieces of knowl- 20 
 edge, other facts, about other animals and their 
 ancestors, or about plants, or about stones, or about 
 stars ; and they may finally bring us to those great 
 " general conceptions of the universe, which are 
 forced upon us all," says Professor Huxley, "by the 25 
 progress of physical science." But still it will be 
 knowledge only which they give us ; knowledge not 
 put for us into relation with our sense for conduct, 
 our sense for beauty, and touc hed with emotion by 
 being so put ; not thus put for us, and therefore, to 30 
 the majority of mankind, after a certain while, un- 
 satisfying, wearying.
 
 LITERATURE A AW SCIENCE. 12 1 
 
 Not to the born naturalist, I admit. But what do 
 we mean by a born naturalist ? We mean a man in 
 whom the zeal for observing nature is so uncom- 
 monly strong and eminent, that it marks him off from 
 5 the bulk of mankind. Such a man will pass his life 
 happily in collecting natural knowledge and reasoning 
 upon it, and will ask for nothing, or hardly anything, 
 more. I have heard it said that the sagacious and 
 admirable naturalist whom we lost not very long ago, 
 
 10 Mr. Darwin, once owned to a friend that for his part 
 he did not experience the necessity for two things 
 which most men find so necessary to them, — religion 
 and poetry ; science and the domestic affections, he 
 thought, were enough. To a born naturalist, I can 
 
 15 well understand that this should seem so. So ab- 
 sorbing is his occupation with nature, so strong his 
 love for his occupation, that he goes on acquiring 
 natural knowledge and reasoning upon it, and has 
 little time or inclination for thinking about getting 
 
 20 it related to the desire in man for conduct, the desire 
 in man for beauty. He relates it to them for himself 
 as he goes along, so far as he feels the need ; and he 
 draws from the domestic affections all the additional 
 solace necessary. But then Darwins are extremely 
 
 25 rare. Another great and admirable master of natural 
 knowledge, Faraday, was a Sandemanian. That is to 
 say, he related his knowledge to his instinct for con- 
 duct and to his instinct for beauty, by the aid of 
 that respectable Scottish sectary, Robert Sandeman. 
 
 30 And so strong, in general, is the demand of religion 
 and poetry to have their share in a man, to associate 
 themselves with his knowing, and to relieve and
 
 122 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 rejoice it, that probably, for one man amongst us with 
 the disposition to do as Darwin did in this respect, 
 there are at least fifty with the disposition to do asi 
 Faraday. 
 
 Education lays hold upon us, in fact, by satisfying 5 
 this demand. Professor Huxley holds up to scorn 
 mediaeval education, with its neglect of the knowledge 
 of nature, its poverty even of literary studies, its . . 
 formal logic devoted to " showing how and why that j^f 
 which the Church said was true must be true." But ic 
 the great mediaeval universities were not brought into 
 being, we may be sure, by the zeal for giving a 
 jejune and contemptible education. Kings have been 
 their nursing fathers, and queens have been their nurs- 
 ing mothers, but not for this. The mediaeval uni- 15 
 versities came into being, because the supposed 
 knowledge, delivered by Scripture and the Church, so 
 deeply engaged men's hearts, by so simply, easily, and 
 powerfully relating itself to their desire for conduct, 
 their desire for beauty. All other knowledge was 20 
 dominated by this supposed knowledge and was sub- 
 ordinated to it, because of the surpassing strength of 
 the hold which it gained upon the affections of men, 
 by allying itself profoundly with their sense for con- 
 duct, their sense for beauty. 25 
 
 But now, says Professor Huxley, conceptions of the 
 universe fatal to the notions held by our forefathers 
 have been forced upon us by physical science. 
 Grant to him that they are thus fatal, that the new 
 conceptions must and will soon become current 30 
 everywhere, and that every one will finally perceive 
 them to be fatal to the beliefs of our forefathers. The
 
 (jLAJLI tVM^u,» GXX W' "^X**-*- 
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 1 23 
 
 need of humane letters, as they are truly called, 
 because they ser ve the paramount desire in men th at 
 good should be for ever present to them, — the need_of 
 humane letters to establish a relation between the 
 5 new conceptions, and our instinct for beauty, our 
 instinct for conduct, is only the more visible. The 
 Middle Age could do without humane letters, as it 
 could do without the study of nature, because its sup- 
 posed knowledge was made to engage its emotions so 
 
 10 powerfully. Grant that the supposed knowledge dis- 
 appears, its power of being made to engage the 
 emotions will of course disappear along with it, — but 
 the emotions themselves, and their claim to be 
 engaged and satisfied, will remain. Now if we find by 
 
 15 experience that humane letters have an undeniable 
 power of engaging the e motions, the importance of hu- 
 mane letters in a man's training becomes not less, but 
 greater, in proportion to the success of modern science 
 in extirpating what it calls " mediaeval thinking/^' 
 
 20 Have humane letters, then, have poetry and elo- 
 quence, the power here attributed to them of engaging 
 the emotions, and do they exercise it ? And if they 
 have it and exercise it, how do they exercise it, so as 
 to exert an influence upon man's sense for conduct, 
 
 25 his sense for beauty ? Finally, even if they both can 
 and do exert an influence upon the sensgs in question, 
 how are they to relate to them the results, — the 
 modern results, — of natural science ? All these ques- 
 tions may be asked. First, have poetry and eloquence 
 
 30 the power of calling out the emotions? The appeal is 
 to experience. Experience shows that for the vast 
 majority of men, for mankind in general, they have the 
 
 iJrfdQjUuu-l
 
 124 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 power. Next, do they exercise it ? They do. But 
 then, how do they exercise it so as to affect man's 
 sense for conduct, his sense for beauty ? And this is 
 perhaps a case for applying the Preacher's words : 
 " Though a man labour to seek it out, yet he shall not 5 
 find it ; yea, farther, though a wise man think to know 
 it, yet shall he not be able to find it." ' Why should it 
 be one thing, in its effect upon the emotions, to say, 
 " Patience is a virtue," and quite another thing, in its 
 effect upon the emotions, to say with Homer, 10 
 
 tXtjtov yap Mo?pcu Ov/ibv 6£<rav avdpumoLGiv — 2 
 
 " for an enduring heart have the destinies appointed 
 to the children of men " ? Why should it be one 
 thing, in its effect upon the emotions, to say with the 
 philosopher Spinoza, Felicitas in eo cousistit quod homo 15 
 stium esse conservare potest — " Man's happiness consists 
 in his being able to preserve his own essence," and 
 quite another thing, in its effect upon the emotions, to 
 say with the Gospel, "What is a man advantaged, if he 
 gain the whole world, and lose himself, forfeit him- 20 
 self ? " H ow does this diffe rence of effect arise ? I 
 cannot tell, and I am not much concerned to know ; 
 the important thing is that it does arise, and that we 
 can profit by it. But how, finally, are poetry and elo-j 
 quence to exercise the power of relating the modern 125 
 results of natural science to man's instinct for conduct,! 
 his instinct for beauty ? And here again I answer 
 that I do not know hotv they will exercise it, but that 
 they can and will exercise it I am sure. I do not 
 mean that modern philosophical poets and modern 30 
 1 Ecclesiastes, viii. 17. 2 Iliad, xxiv. 49.
 
 / 
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 125 
 
 philosophical moralists are to come and relate for us, in 
 express terms, the results of modern scientific research 
 to our instinct for conduct, our instinct for beauty. 
 But I mean that we shall find, as a matter of experi- 
 5 ence, if we know the best that has been thought and 
 uttered in the world, we shall find that the art and 
 poetry and eloquence of men who lived, perhaps, long 
 ago, who had the most limited natural knowledge, who 
 had the most erroneous conceptions about many 
 
 10 important matters, we shall find that this art, and 
 poetry, and eloquence, have in fact not only the 
 power of refreshing and delighting us, they have also 
 the power, — such is the strength and worth, in essen- 
 tials, of their authors' criticism of life, — they have a 
 
 15 fortifying, and ele vating, and quickening, and sugge s- 
 tive p ower, capable of wonderfully helping us to 
 rela te the results of modern science to our need for 
 conducL our need for beauty.^ Homer's conceptions 
 of the physical universe were, I imagine, grotesque ; 
 
 20 but really, under the shock of hearing from modern 
 science that " the world is not subordinated to man's 
 use, and that man is not the cynosure of things terres- 
 trial," I could, for my own part, desire no better com- 
 fort than Homer's line which I quoted just now, 
 
 25 tXtjtov yap 'M.oipai 6vp.bv Oiaav avdpil)Troi<Tt.v — = 
 
 " for an enduring heart have the destinies appointed to 
 the children of men " ! 
 
 And the more that men's minds are cleared, the 
 
 more that the results of science are frankly accepted, 
 
 co the more that poetry and eloquence come to be 
 
 received and studied as what in truth they really
 
 126 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 are, — the criticism of life by gifted men, alive and 
 active with extraordinary power at an unusual number 
 of points ; — so much the more will the value of 
 humane letters, and of art also, which is an utterance 
 having a like kind of power with theirs, be felt and 5 
 acknowledged, and their place in education be secured. 
 
 Let us therefore, all of us, avoid indeed as much as 
 possible any invidious comparison between the merits 
 of humane letters, as means of education, and the 
 merits of the natural sciences. But when some Presi- ia 
 dent of a Section for Mechanical Science insists on 
 making the comparison, and tells us that "he who in 
 his training has substituted literature and history for 
 natural science has chosen the less useful alternative," 
 let us make answer to him that the student of humane 15 
 letters only, will, at least, know also the great general 
 conceptions brought in by modern physical science ; 
 for science, as Professor Huxley says, forces them 
 upon us all. But the student of the natural science^ 
 only, will, by our very hypothesis, know nothing of 20 
 humane letters ; not to mention that in setting him- 
 self to be perpetually accumulating natural knowledge, 
 he sets himself to do what only specialists have in 
 general the gift for doing genially. And so he will 
 probably be unsatisfied, or at any rate incomplete, and 25 
 even more incomplete than the student of humane 
 letters only. 
 
 I once mentioned in a school-report, how a young 
 man in one of our English training colleges having to 
 paraphrase the passage in Macbeth beginning, 30 
 
 " Can'st thou not minister to a mind diseased ?"
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 1 27 
 
 turned this line into, " Can you not wait upon the 
 lunatic?" And I remarked what a curious state of 
 things it would be, if every pupil of our national 
 schools knew, let us say, that the moon is two thou- 
 5 sand one hundred and sixty miles in diameter, and 
 thought at the same time that a good paraphrase for 
 
 " Can'st thou not minister to a mind diseased ? " 
 
 was, "Can you not wait upon the lunatic?" If one 
 is driven to choose, I think I would rather have a 
 
 10 young person ignorant about the moon's diameter, 
 but aware that "Can you not wait upon the lunatic ?" 
 is bad, than a young person whose education had 
 been such as to manage things the other way. 
 
 Or to go higher than the pupils of our national 
 
 15 schools. I have in my mind's eye a member of our 
 British Parliament who comes to travel here in 
 America, who afterwards relates his travels, and who 
 shows a really masterly knowledge of the geology of 
 this great country and of its mining capabilities, but 
 
 20 who ends by gravely suggesting that the United 
 States should borrow a prince from our Royal Family, 
 and should make him their king, and should create a 
 House of Lords of great landed proprietors after the 
 pattern of ours ; and then America, he thinks, would 
 
 25 have her future happily and perfectly secured. 
 Surely, in this case, the President of the Section for 
 Mechanical Science would himself hardly say that 
 our member of Parliament, by concentrating himself 
 upon geology and mineralogy, and so on, and not 
 
 30 attending to literature and history, had "chosen the 
 more useful alternative."
 
 128 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 If then there is to be separation and option between 
 humane letters on the one hand, and the natura' 
 sciences on the other, the great majority of mankind 
 all who have not exceptional and overpowering apti- 
 tudes for the study of nature, would do well, I cannot 5 
 but think, to choose to be educated in humane letters 
 rather than in the natural sciences. Letters will call f 
 out their being at more points, will make them live \ 
 more. 
 
 I said that before I ended I would just touch on 10 
 the question of classical education, and I will keep 
 my word. Even if literature is to retain a large place 
 in our education, yet Latin and Greek, say the friends 
 of progress, will certainly have to go. Greek is the 
 grand offender in the eyes of these gentlemen. The 15 
 attackers of the established course of study think that 
 against Greek, at any rate, they have irresistible argu- 
 ments. Literature may perhaps be needed in educa- 
 tion, they say ; but why on earth should it be Greek 
 literature ? Why not French or German ? Nay, 20 
 " has not an Englishman models in his own literature 
 of every kind of excellence? ' As before, it is not on 
 any weak pleadings of my own that I rely for con- 
 vincing the gainsayers ; it is on the constitution of 
 human nature itself, and on the instinct of self-preser- 25 
 vation in humanity. The instinct for beauty is set in 
 human nature, as surely as the instinct for knowledge 
 is set there, or the instinct for conduct. If the 
 instinct for beauty is served by Greek literature and 
 art as it is served by no other literature and art, [30 
 we may trust to the instinct of self-preservation in 
 humanity for keeping Greek as part of our culture. 
 
 \
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 1 29 
 
 We may trust to it for even making the study of 
 Greek more prevalent than it is now. Greek will 
 come, I hope, some day to be studied more rationally 
 than at present ; but it will be increasingly studied as 
 5 men increasingly feel the need in them for beauty, 
 and how powerfully Greek art and Greek literature 
 can serve this need. Women will again study Greek, 
 as Lady Jane Grey did ; I believe that in that chain 
 of forts, with which the fair host of the Amazons are 
 
 10 now engirdling our English universities, I find that 
 here in America, in colleges like Smith College in 
 Massachusetts, and Vassar College in the State of 
 New York, and in the happy families of the mixed 
 universities out West, they are studying it already. 
 
 15 Defuit una miJii symmetria prisca, — " The antique 
 symmetry was the one thing wanting to me," said 
 Leonardo da Vinci ; and he was an Italian. I 
 will not presume to speak for the Americans, but 
 I am sure that, in the Englishman, the want of 
 
 20 this admirable symmetry of the Greeks is a thou- 
 sand times more great and crying than in any Italian. 
 The results of the want show themselves most glar- 
 ingly, perhaps, in our architecture, but they show 
 themselves, also, in all our art. Fit details strictly com- 
 
 25 bined, in view of a large general result nobly conceived ; 
 that is just the beautiful symmetria prisca of the 
 Greeks, and it is just where we English fail, where all 
 our art fails. Striking ideas we have, and well- 
 executed details we have ; but that high symmetry 
 
 30 which, with satisfying and delightful effect, combines 
 them, we seldom or never have. The glorious 
 beauty of the Acropolis at Athens did not come
 
 130 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 
 
 from single fine things stuck about on that hill, a 
 statue here, a gateway there ; — no, it arose from all 
 things being perfectly combined for a supreme total 
 effect. What must not an Englishman feel about our 
 deficiencies in this respect, as the sense for beauty, 5 
 whereof this symmetry is an essential element, awakens 
 and strengthens within him ! what will not one day be 
 his respect and desire for Greece and its symmetria 
 prisca, when the scales drop from his eyes as he walks 
 the London streets, and he sees such a lesson in mean- 10 
 ness as the Strand, for instance, in its true deformity ! 
 But here we are coming to our friend Mr. Ruskin's 
 province, and I will not intrude upon it, for he is its 
 very sufficient guardian. 
 
 And so we at last find, it seems, we find flowing in 15 
 favour of the humanities the natural and necessary 
 stream of things, which seemed against them when we 
 started. The " hairy quadruped furnished with a tail 
 and pointed ears, probably arboreal in his habits," 
 this good fellow carried hidden in his nature, appar- 20 
 ently, something destined to develop into a necessity 
 for humane letters. Nay, more ; we seem finally to 
 be even led to the further conclusion that our hairy 
 ancestor carried in his nature, also, a necessity for 
 Greek. 25 
 
 And therefore, to say the truth, I cannot really 
 think that humane letters are in much actual danger 
 of being thrust out from their leading place in educa- 
 tion, in spite of the array of authorities against them 
 at this moment. So long as human nature is what it 30 
 is, their attractions will remain irresistible. As with 
 Greek, so with letters generally : they will some day
 
 LITERATURE AND SCIENCE. 131 
 
 come, we may hope, to be studied more rationally, 
 but they will not lose their place. What will happen 
 will rather be that there will be crowded into educa- 
 tion other matters besides, far too many ; there will 
 5 be, perhaps, a period of unsettlement and confusion 
 and false tendency; but letters will not in the end lose 
 their leading place. If they lose it for a time, they 
 will get it back again. We shall be brought back to 
 them by our wants and aspirations. And a poor 
 
 10 humanist may possess his soul in patience, neither 
 strive nor cry, admit the energy and brilliancy of the 
 partisans of physical science, and their present favour 
 with the public, to be far greater than his own, and 
 still have a happy faith that the nature of things works 
 
 15 silently on behalf of the studies which he loves, and 
 that, while we shall all have to acquaint ourselves with 
 the great results reached by modern science, and to 
 give ourselves as much training in its disciplines as we 
 can conveniently carry, yet the majority of men will 
 
 20 always require humane letters; and so much the more, 
 as they have the more and the greater results of science 
 tojelate to t he need in man fnr„ rjaniiu£J T -ajuJ--^»-4-hp 
 need in him for beauty. — Discourses in America, ed. 
 1896, pp. 72-137. 
 
 (ro+J-' ■
 
 ©iforD anfc pbilfsttnfem. 
 
 Several of the Essays which are here collected and 
 reprinted had the good or the bad fortune to be much 
 criticised at the time of their first appearance. I am 
 not now going to inflict upon the reader a reply to 
 those criticisms; for one or two explanations which are 5 
 desirable, I shall elsewhere, perhaps, be able some day 
 to find an opportunity ; but, indeed, it is not in my 
 nature, — some of my critics would rather say, not in 
 my power, — to dispute on behalf of any opinion, even 
 my own, very obstinately. To try and approach truth 10 
 on one side after another, not to strive or cry, nor to 
 persist in pressing forward, on any one side, with vio- 
 lence and self-will, — it is only thus, it seems to me, 
 that mortals may hope to gain any vision of the mys- 
 terious Goddess, whom we shall never see except in 15 
 outline, but only thus even in outline. He who will 
 do nothing but fight impetuously towards her on his 
 own, one, favourite, particular line, is inevitably des- 
 tined to run his head into the folds of the black robe 
 in which she is wrapped. 20 
 
 So it is not to reply to my critics that I write this 
 preface, but to prevent a misunderstanding, of which 
 certain phrases that some of them use make me appre- 
 hensive. Mr. Wright, one of the many translators of 
 Homer, has published a letter to the Dean of Canter- 25 
 bury, complaining of some remarks of mine, uttered 
 
 132
 
 OXFORD AND PHILISTINISM. 133 
 
 now a long while ago, on his version of the Iliad. 
 One cannot be always studying one's own works, and 
 I was really under the impression, till I saw Mr. 
 Wright's complaint, that I had spoken of him with all 
 
 5 respect. The reader may judge of my astonishment, 
 therefore, at finding, from Mr. Wright's pamphlet, that 
 I had " declared with much solemnity that there is 
 not any proper reason for his existing." That I never 
 said; but, on looking back at my Lectures on trans- 
 
 iolating Homer, I find that I did say, not that Mr. 
 Wright, but that Mr. Wright's version of the Iliad, 
 repeating in the main the merits and defects of 
 Cowper's version, as Mr. Sotheby's repeated those of 
 Pope's version, had, if I might be pardoned for saying 
 
 15 so, no proper reason for existing. Elsewhere I ex- 
 pressly spoke of the merit of his version; but I confess 
 that the phrase, qualified as I have shown, about its 
 want of a proper reason for existing, I used. Well, 
 the phrase had, perhaps, too much vivacity ; we have 
 
 20 all of us a right to exist, we and our works; an 
 unpopular author should be the last person to call in 
 question this right. So I gladly withdraw the offend- 
 ing phrase, and I am sorry for having used it ; Mr. 
 Wright, however, would perhaps be more indulgent to 
 
 25 my vivacity, if he considered that we are none of us 
 likely to be lively much longer. My vivacity is but 
 the last sparkle of flame before we are all in the dark, 
 the last glimpse of colour before we all go into 
 drab, — the drab of the earnest, prosaic, practical, 
 
 30 austerely literal future. Yes, the world will soon be 
 the Philistines ! and then, with every voice, not of 
 thunder, silenced, and the whole earth filled and
 
 134 OXFORD AND PHILISTINISM. 
 
 ennobled every morning by the magnificent roaring 
 of the young lions of the Daily Telegraph, we shall all 
 yawn in one another's faces with the dismallest, the 
 most unimpeachable gravity. 
 
 But I return to my design in writing this Preface. 5 
 That design was, after apologising to Mr. Wright for 
 my vivacity of five years ago, to beg him and others 
 to let me bear my own burdens, without saddling the 
 great and famous University tc which I have the 
 honour to belong with any portion of them. What ic 
 I mean to deprecate is such phrases as, " his pro- 
 fessorial assault," " his assertions issued ex cathedra" 
 " the sanction of his name as the representative of 
 poetry," and so on. Proud as I am of my connection 
 with the University of Oxford, 1 I can truly say, that 15 
 knowing how unpopular a task one is undertaking 
 when one tries to pull out a few more stops in that 
 powerful but at present somewhat narrow-toned 
 organ, the modern Englishman, I have always sought 
 to stand by myself, and to compromise others as 20 
 little as possible. Besides this, my native modesty 
 is such, that I have always been shy of assuming the 
 honourable style of Professor, because this is a title 
 I share with so many distinguished men — Professor 
 Pepper, Professor Anderson, Professor Frickel, and 25 
 others — who adorn it, I feel, much more than I do. 
 
 However, it is not merely out of modesty that I 
 prefer to stand alone, and to concentrate on myself, 
 as a plain citizen of the republic of letters, and not 
 as an office-bearer in a hierarchy, the whole responsi- 30 
 
 1 When the above was written the author had still the Chair of 
 Poetry at Oxford, which he has since vacated.
 
 OXFORD AND PHILISTINISM. 135 
 
 bility for all I write ; it is much more out of genuine 
 devotion to the University of Oxford, for which I 
 feel, and always must feel, the fondest, the most 
 reverential attachment. In an epoch of dissolution 
 5 and transformation, such as that on which we are 
 now entered, habits, ties, and associations are inevit- 
 ably broken up, the action of individuals becomes 
 more distinct, the shortcomings, errors, heats, dis- 
 putes, which necessarily attend individual action, are 
 
 10 brought into greater prominence. Who would not 
 
 gladly keep clear, from all these passing clouds, an 
 
 august institution which was there before they arose, 
 
 and which will be there when they have blown over ? 
 
 It is true, the Saturday Revietv maintains that our 
 
 15 epoch of transformation is finished ; that we have 
 found our philosophy ; that the British nation has 
 searched all anchorages for the spirit, and has finally 
 anchored itself, in the fulness of perfected knowledge, 
 on Benthamism. This idea at first made a great im- 
 
 20 pression on me; not only because it is so consoling in it- 
 self, but also because it explained a phenomenon which 
 in the summer of last year had, I confess, a good 
 deal troubled me. At that time my avocations led 
 me to travel almost daily on one of the Great Eastern 
 
 25 lines, — the Woodford Branch. Every one knows 
 that the murderer, Miiller, perpetrated his detestable 
 act on the North London Railway, close by. The 
 English middle class, of which I am myself a feeble 
 unit, travel on the Woodford Branch in large numbers. 
 
 30 Well, the demoralisation of our class, — the class which 
 (the newspapers are constantly saying it, so I may 
 repeat it without vanity) has done all the great things
 
 f3° OXFORD 'AND PHILISTINISM. 
 
 which have ever been done in England, — the demoral- 
 isation, I say, of our class, caused by the Bow tragedy, 
 was something bewildering. Myself a transcenden- 
 talist (as the Saturday Review knows), I escaped the 
 infection; and, day after day, I used to ply my 5 
 agitated fellow-travellers with all the consolations 
 which my transcendentalism would naturally suggest 
 to me. I reminded them how Cassar refused to take 
 precautions against assassination, because life was not 
 worth having at the price of an ignoble solicitude for 10 
 it. I reminded them what insignificant atoms we all 
 are in the life of the world. " Suppose the worst to 
 happen," I said, addressing a portly jeweller from 
 Cheapside ; " suppose even yourself to be the victim ; 
 il ny a pas d'homme ne'cessaire. We should miss you 15 
 for a day or two upon the Woodford Branch ; but 
 the great mundane movement would still go on, the 
 gravel walks of your villa would still be rolled, 
 dividends would still be paid at the Bank, omnibuses 
 would still run, there would still be the old crush at 20 
 the corner of Fenchurch Street." All was of no 
 avail. Nothing could moderate, in the bosom of the 
 great English middle-class, their passionate, absorb- 
 ing, almost blood-thirsty clinging to life. At the 
 moment I thought this over-concern a little un- 25 
 worthy ; but the Saturday Review suggests a touching 
 explanation of it. What I took for the ignoble cling- 
 ing to life of a comfortable worldling, was, perhaps, 
 only the ardent longing of a faithful Benthamite, 
 traversing an age still dimmed by the last mists of 30 
 transcendentalism, to be spared long enough to see 
 his religion in the full and final blaze of its triumph.
 
 OXFORD AND PHILISTINISM. J 37 
 
 This respectable man, whom I imagined to be going 
 up to London to serve his shop, or to buy shares, or 
 to attend an Exeter Hall meeting, or to assist at the 
 deliberations of the Marylebone Vestry, was even, 
 
 5 perhaps, in real truth, on a pious pilgrimage, to obtain 
 from Mr. Bentham's executors a secret bone of his 
 great dissected master. 
 
 And yet, after all, I cannot but think that the 
 Saturday Review has here, for once, fallen a victim to 
 
 ioan idea, — a beautiful but deluding idea, — and that 
 the British nation has not yet, so entirely as the 
 reviewer seems to imagine, found the last word of its 
 philosophy. No, we are all seekers still ! seekers 
 often make mistakes, and I wish mine to redound to 
 
 15 my own discredit only, and not to touch Oxford. 
 Beautiful city ! so venerable, so lovely, so unravaged 
 by the fierce intellectual life of our century, so 
 
 serene ! 
 
 " There are our young barbarians, all at play!" 
 
 20 And yet, steeped in sentiment as she lies, spreading 
 her gardens to the moonlight, and whispering from 
 her towers the last enchantments of the Middle Age, 
 who will deny that Oxford, by her ineffable charm, 
 keeps ever calling us nearer to the true goal of all of 
 
 25 us, to the ideal, to perfection, — to beauty, in a word, 
 which is only truth seen from another side ? — nearer, 
 perhaps, than all the science of Tubingen. Adorable 
 dreamer, whose heart has been so romantic ! who hast 
 given thyself so prodigally, given thyself to sides and 
 
 30 to heroes not mine, only never to the Philistines J 
 home of lost causes, and forsaken beliefs, and un-
 
 138 OXFORD AND PHILISTINISM. 
 
 popular names, and impossible loyalties ! what ex- 
 ample could ever so inspire us to keep down the 
 Philistine in ourselves, what teacher could ever so 
 save us from that bondage to which we are all prone, 
 that bondage which Goethe, in his incomparable lines 5 
 on the death of Schiller, makes it his friend's highest 
 praise (and nobly did Schiller deserve the praise) to 
 have left miles out of sight behind him ; the bond- 
 age of "was uns alle bdndigt, das gemeine ! " She will 
 forgive me, even if I have unwittingly drawn upon 10 
 her a shot or two aimed at her unworthy son ; for she 
 is generous, and the cause in which I fight is, after all, 
 hers. Apparitions of a day, what is our puny warfare 
 against the Philistines, compared with the warfare 
 which this queen of romance has been waging against 15 
 them for centuries, and will wage after we are gone ? 
 — Essays in Criticism, First Series, ed. 1896, Preface.
 
 Ipbilistinfsm. 
 
 // Philistinism ! — we have not the expression in 
 
 f English. Perhaps we have not the word because we // 
 have so much of the thing. At Soli, I imagine, they 
 did not talk of solecisms ; and here, at the very head- 
 5 quarters of Goliath, nobody talks of Philistinism. 
 The French have adopted the term ipicier (grocer), 
 to designate the sort of being whom the Germans 
 designate by the term Philistine ; but the French 
 term, — besides that it casts a slur upon a respectable 
 
 10 class, composed of living and susceptible members, 
 while the original Philistines are dead and buried 
 long ago, — is really, I think, in itself much less apt 
 and expressive than the German term. Efforts have 
 been made to obtain in English some term equivalent 
 
 15 to Philister or e'picier ; Mr. Carlyle has made several 
 such efforts : " respectability with its thousand gigs," 
 he says ; — well, the occupant of every one of these 
 gigs is, Mr. Carlyle means, a Philistine. However, the 
 word respectable is far too valuable a word to be thus 
 
 20 perverted from its proper meaning ; if the English are 
 ever to have a word for the thing we are speaking of, — 
 and so prodigious are the changes which the modern 
 spirit is introducing, that even we English shall per- 
 haps one day come to want such a word, — I think we 
 
 25 had much better take the term Philistine itself. / 
 
 Philistine must have originally meant, in the mind 
 
 139
 
 1 4° PHIL IS TIN ISM. 
 
 of those who invented the nickname, a strong, dogged, 
 unenlightened opponent of the chosen people, of the 
 children of the light. The party of change, the 
 would-be remodellers of the old traditional European 
 order, the invokers of reason against custom, the 5 
 representatives of the modern spirit in every sphere 
 where it is applicable, regarded themselves, with the 
 robust self confidence natural to reformers as a chosen 
 people, as children of the light. They regarded their 
 adversaries as humdrum people, slaves to routine, 10 
 enemies to light ; stupid and oppressive, but at the 
 same time very strong. This explains the love which 
 Heine, that Paladin of the modern spirit, has for 
 France ; it explains the preference which he gives to 
 France over Germany : " the French," he says, " are 15 
 the chosen people of the new religion, its first gospels 
 and dogmas have been drawn up in their language ; 
 Paris is the new Jerusalem, and the Rhine is the 
 Jordan which divides the consecrated land of free- 
 dom from the land of the Philistines." He means so 
 that the French, as a people, have shown more accessi- 
 bility to ideas than any other people ; that prescrip- 
 tion and routine have had less hold upon them than 
 upon any other people ; that they have shown most 
 readiness to move and to alter at the bidding (real or 25 
 supposed) of reason. This explains, too, the detesta- 
 tion which Heine had for the English : " I might 
 settle in England," he says, in his exile, "if it were 
 not that I should find there two things, coal-smoke 
 and Englishmen ; I cannot abide either." What he 3c 
 hated in the English was the " achtbrittische Be- 
 schranktheit," as he calls it, — the genuine British ?iar-
 
 PHILISTINISM. 141 
 
 rowness. In truth, thj English, profoundly as they have 
 modified the old Middle-Age order, great as is the 
 liberty which they have secured for themselves, have 
 in all their changes proceeded, to use a familiar 
 5 expression, by the rule of thumb ; what was intolera- 
 bly inconvenient to them they have suppressed, and as 
 they have suppressed it, not because it was irrational, 
 but because it was practically inconvenient, they have 
 seldom in suppressing it appealed to reason, but 
 
 10 always, if possible, to some precedent, or form, or 
 letter, which served as a convenient instrument for 
 their purpose, and which saved them from the neces- 
 sity of recurring to general principles. They have 
 thus become, in a certain sense, of all people the 
 
 15 most inaccessible to ideas and the most impatient of 
 them ; inaccessible to them, because of their want of 
 familiarity with them ; and impatient of them because 
 they have got on so well without them, that they 
 despise those who, not having got on as well as 
 
 20 themselves, still make a fuss for what they themselves 
 have done so well without. But there has certainly 
 followed from hence, in this country, somewhat of a 
 general depression of pure intelligence : Philistia has 
 come to be thought by us the true Land of Promise, 
 
 25 and it is anything but that ; the born lover of ideas, 
 the born hater of commonplaces, must feel in this 
 country, that the sky over his head is of brass and 
 iron. The enthusiast for the idea, for reason, values 
 reason, the idea, in and for themselves ; he values 
 
 30 them, irrespectively of the practical conveniences 
 which their triumph may obtain for him ; and the 
 man who regards the possession of these practical
 
 142 PHILISTINISM. 
 
 conveniences as something sufficient in itself, some- 
 thing which compensates for the absence or surrender 
 of the idea, of reason, is, in his eyes, a Philistine. 
 This is why Heine so often and so mercilessly attacks 
 the liberals ; much as he hates conservatism he hates 5 
 Philistinism even more, and whoever attacks conser- 
 vatism itself ignobly, not as a child of light, not in 
 the name of the idea, is a Philistine. Our Cobbett is 
 thus for him, much as he disliked our clergy and 
 aristocracy whom Cobbett attacked, a Philistine with 10 
 six fingers on every hand and on every foot six toes, 
 four-and-twenty in number : a Philistine, the staff of 
 whose spear is like a weaver's beam. Thus he speaks 
 of him : — 
 
 " While I translate Cobbett's words, the man him- 15 
 self comes bodily before my mind's eye, as I saw him 
 at that uproarious dinner at the Crown and Anchor 
 Tavern, with his scolding red face and his radical 
 laugh, in which venomous hate mingles with a mock- 
 ing exultation at his enemies' surely approaching 20 
 downfall. He is a chained cur, who falls with equal 
 fury on every one whom he does not know, often 
 bites the best friend of the house in his calves, barks 
 incessantly, and just because of this incessantness of 
 his barking cannot get listened to, even when he barks 25 
 at a real thief. Therefore the distinguished thieves 
 who plunder England do not think it necessary to 
 throw the growling Cobbett a bone to stop his mouth. 
 This makes the dog furiously savage, and he shows 
 all his hungry teeth. Poor old Cobbett ! England's 30 
 dog ! I have no love for thee, for every vulgar nature 
 my soul abhors ; but thou touchest me to the inmost
 
 PHILISTINISM. M3 
 
 soul with pity, as I see how thou strainest in vain to 
 break loose and to get at those thieves, who make 
 off with their booty before thy very eyes, and mock at 
 thy fruitless springs and thine impotent howling." 
 
 5 There is balm in Philistia as well as in Gilead. A 
 chosen circle of children of the modern spirit, per- 
 fectly emancipated from prejudice and commonplace, 
 regarding the ideal side of things in all its efforts for 
 change, passionately despising half-measures and con- 
 
 iodescension to human folly and obstinacy, — with a 
 bewildered, timid, torpid multitude behind, — conducts 
 a country to the government of Herr von Bismarck. 
 A nation regarding the practical side of things in its 
 efforts for change, attacking not what is irrational, 
 
 15 but what is pressingly inconvenient, and attacking 
 this as one body, " moving altogether if it move at 
 all," and treating children of light like the very 
 harshest of stepmothers, comes to the prosperity and 
 liberty of modern England. For all that, however, 
 
 20 Philistia (let me say it again) is not the true promised 
 land, as we English commonly imagine it to be ; and 
 our excessive neglect of the idea, and consequent 
 inaptitude for it, threatens us, at a moment when the 
 idea is beginning to exercise a real power in human 
 
 25 society, with serious future inconvenience, and, in the 
 meanwhile, cuts us off from the sympathy of other 
 nations, which feel its power more than we do. — ■ 
 Essays, I., ed. 1896, pp. 162-167.
 
 Culture ano Bnarcbg. 
 
 In one of his speeches a short time ago, that fine 
 speaker and famous Liberal, Mr. Bright, took occasion 
 to have a fling at the friends and preachers of culture. 
 "People who talk about what they call culture!" 
 said he, contemptously ; "by which they mean a 5 
 smattering of the two dead languages of Greek and 
 Latin." And he went on to remark, in a strain with 
 which modern speakers and writers have made us 
 very familiar, how poor a thing this culture is, how 
 little good it can do to the world, and how absurd it ia 
 is for its possessors to set much store by it. And the 
 other day a younger Liberal than Mr. Bright, one of 
 a school whose mission it is to bring into order and 
 system that body of truth with which the earlier 
 Liberals merely fumbled, a member of the University 15 
 of Oxford, and a very clever writer, Mr. Frederic 
 Harrison, developed, in the systematic and stringent 
 manner of his school, the thesis which Mr. Bright 
 had propounded in only general terms. " Perhaps 
 the very silliest cant of the day," said Mr. Frederic 20 
 Harrison, "is the cant about culture. Culture is a 
 desirable quality in a critic of new books, and sits 
 well on a possessor of belles-lettres ; but as applied to 
 politics, it means simply a turn for small fault-finding, 
 love of selfish ease, and indecision in action. The 25 
 man of culture is in politics one of the poorest mortals 
 
 144
 
 CULTURE AND ANARCHY. 145 
 
 alive. For simple pedantry and want of good sense 
 no man is his equal. No assumption is too unreal 
 ,io end is too unpractical for him. But the active 
 exercise of politics requires common sense, sympathy, 
 
 5 trust, resolution, and enthusiasm, qualities which 
 your man of culture has carefully rooted up, lest they 
 damage the delicacy of his critical olfactories. Per- 
 haps they are the only class of responsible beings in 
 the community who cannot with safety be entrusted 
 
 io with power." 
 
 Now for my part I do not wish to see men of 
 culture asking to be entrusted with power ; and, 
 indeed, I have freely said, that in my opinion the 
 speech most proper, at present, for a man of culture 
 
 15 to make to a body of his fellow-countrymen who get 
 him into a committee-room, is Socrates's : Know thy- 
 self ! and this is not a speech to be made by men 
 wanting to be entrusted with power. For this very 
 indifference to direct political action I have been 
 
 20 taken to task by the Daily Telegraph, coupled, by a 
 strange perversity of fate, with just that very one of 
 the Hebrew prophets whose style I admire the least, 
 and called "an elegant Jeremiah." It is because I 
 say (to use the words which the Daily Telegraph puts 
 
 25 in my mouth) : — " You mustn't make a fuss because 
 you have no vote, — that is vulgarity ; you mustn't 
 hold big meetings to agitate for reform bills and to 
 repeal corn laws, — that is the very height of vul- 
 garity," — it is for this reason that I am called some- 
 
 30 times an elegant Jeremiah, sometimes a spurious 
 Jeremiah, a Jeremiah about the reality of whose 
 mission the writer in the Daily Telegrat>h has his
 
 146 CULTURE AND ANARCHY. 
 
 doubts. It is evident, therefore, that I have so taken 
 my line as not to be exposed to the whole brunt of 
 Mr. Frederic Harrison's censure. Still, I have often 
 spoken in praise of culture, I have striven to make 
 all my works and ways serve the interests of culture. 5 
 I take culture to be something a great deal more than 
 what Mr. Frederic Harrison and others call it : "a 
 desirable quality in a critic of new books." Nay, 
 even though to a certain extent I am disposed to 
 agree with Mr. Frederic Harrison, that men of culture 10 
 are just the class of responsible beings in this com- 
 munity of ours who cannot properly, at present, be 
 entrusted with power, I am not sure that I do not 
 think this the fault of our community rather than of 
 the men of culture. In short, although, like Mr. 15 
 Bright and Mr. Frederic Harrison, and the editor of 
 the Daily Telegraph, and a large body of valued friends 
 of mine, I am a Liberal, yet I am a Liberal tempered 
 by experience, reflection, and renouncement, and I 
 am, above all, a believer in culture. Therefore 1 20 
 propose now to try and inquire, in the simple un- 
 systematic way which best suits both my taste and 
 my powers, what culture really is, what good it can 
 do, what is our own special need of it ; and I shall 
 seek to find some plain grounds on which a faith in 25 
 culture, — both my own faith in it and the faith of 
 others, — may rest securely. — Culture and Anarchy, ed. 
 1896, Introduction.
 
 £ Jv^amSUjo/^ 
 
 7-~~£«r-H*~«L^hiL **v L^JsMxafa 
 
 Sweetness^ anMLfgbt. 
 
 The disparagers of culture make its motive curi- 
 osity ; sometimes, indeed, they make its motive mere 
 exclusiveness and vanity. The culture which is sup- 
 posed to plume itself on a smattering of Greek and 
 
 5 Latin is a culture which is begotten by nothing so 
 intellectual as curiosity ; it is valued either out of 
 sheer vanity and ignorance or else as an engine of 
 social and class distinction, separating its holder, like 
 a badge or title, from other people who have not got 
 
 10 it. No serious man would call this culture % or attach 
 any value to it, as culture, at all. To find the real 
 ground for the very different estimate which serious 
 people will set upon culture, we must find some 
 motive for culture in the terms of which may lie a 
 
 15 real ambiguity ; and such a motive the word curiosity 
 gives us. 
 
 I have before now pointed out that we English do 
 not, like the foreigners, use this word in a good sense 
 as well as in a bad sense. With us the word is always 
 
 20 used in a somewhat disapproving sense. A liberal 
 and intelligent eagerness about the things of the mind 
 may be meant by a foreigner when he speaks of 
 curiosity, but with us the word always conveys a cer- 
 tain notion of frivolous and unedifying activity. In 
 
 25 the Quarterly Review, some little time ago, was an 
 estimate of the celebrated French critic, M. Sainte«
 
 I4 3 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 Beuve, and a very inadequate estimate it in my judg- 
 ment was. And its inadequacy consisted chiefly in 
 this : that in our English way it left out of sight the 
 double sense really involved in the word curiosity, 
 thinking enough was said to stamp M. Sainte-Beuve 5 
 with blame if it was said that he was impelled in his 
 operations as a critic by curiosity, and omitting either 
 to perceive that M. Sainte-Beuve himself, and many 
 other people with him, would consider that this was 
 praiseworthy and not blameworthy, or to point out 10 
 why it ought really to be accounted worthy of blame 
 and not of praise. For as there is a curiosity about 
 intellectual matters which is futile, and merely a 
 disease, so there is certainly a curiosity, — a desire 
 after the things of the mind simply for their own 15 
 sakes and for the pleasure of seeing them as they 
 are, — which is, in an intelligent being, natural and 
 laudable. Nay, and the very desire to see things as 
 they are implies a balance and regulation of mind 
 which is not often attained without fruitful effort, and 20 
 which is the very opposite of the blind and diseased 
 impulse of mind which is what we mean to blame 
 when we blame curiosity. Montesquieu says : " The 
 first motive which ought to impel us to study is the 
 desire to augment the excellence of our nature, and to 25 
 render an intelligent being yet more intelligent." 
 This is the true ground to assign for the genuine 
 scientific passion, however manifested, and for culture, 
 viewed simply as a fruit of this passion ; and it is a 
 worthy ground, even though we let the term curiosity 30 
 stand to describe it. 
 
 But there is of culture another view, in which not
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 1 49 
 
 solely the scientific passion, the sheer desire to see 
 things as they are, natural and proper in an intelligent 
 being, appears as the ground of it. There is a view 
 in which all the love of our neighbour, the impulses 
 " towards action, help, and beneficence, the desire for 
 removing human error, clearing human confusion, and 
 diminishing human misery, the noble aspiration to 
 leave the world better and happier than we found it, — 
 motives eminently such as are called social, — come in 
 
 ioas part of the grounds of culture, and the main and 
 pre-eminent part. Culture is then properly described 
 not as having its origin in curiosity, but as having its 
 origin in the love of perfection ; it is a study of per- 
 fection. It moves by the force, not merely or primarily 
 
 15 of the scientific passion for pure knowledge, but also 
 of the moral and social passion for doing good. As, 
 in the first view of it, we took for its worthy motto 
 Montesquieu's words : " To render an intelligent 
 being yet more intelligent ! " so, in the second view 
 
 20 of it, there is no better motto which it can have than 
 these words of Bishop Wilson : " To make reason and 
 the will of God prevail ! " 
 
 Only, whereas the passion for doing good is apt .0 
 be overhasty in determining what reason and the will 
 
 25 of God say, because its turn is for acting rather than 
 thinking and it wants to be beginning to act ; and 
 whereas it is apt to take its own conceptions, which 
 proceed from its own state of development and share 
 in all the imperfections and immaturities of this, for a 
 
 30 basis of action ; what distinguishes culture is, that it 
 is possessed by the scientific passion as well as by 
 the passion of doing good ; that it demands worthy
 
 150 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 notions of reason and the will of God, and does not 
 readily suffer its own crude conceptions to substitute 
 themselves for them. And knowing that no action or 
 institution can be salutary and stable which is not 
 based on reason and the will of God, it is not so bent 5 
 on acting and instituting, ev&n with the great aim of 
 diminishing human error and misery ever before its 
 thoughts, but that it can remember that acting and 
 instituting are of little use, unless we know how and 
 what we ought to act and to institute. 10 
 
 This culture is more interesting and more far-reach- 
 ing than that other, which is founded solely on the 
 scientific passion for knowing. But it needs times of 
 faith and ardour, times when the intellectual horizon 
 is opening and widening all round us, to flourish in. 15 
 And is not the close and bounded intellectual horizon 
 within which we have long lived and moved now lift- 
 ing up, and are not new lights finding free passage to 
 shine in upon us ? For a long time there was no 
 passage for them to make their way in upon us, and 20 
 then it was of no use to think of adapting the world's 
 action to them. Where was the hope of making 
 reason and the will of God prevail among people who 
 had a routine which they had christened reason and 
 the will of God, in which they were inextricably 25 
 bound, and beyond which they had no power of 
 looking ? But now the iron force of adhesion to the 
 old routine, — social, political, religious, — has wonder- 
 fully yielded ; the iron force of exclusion of all which 
 is new has wonderfully yielded. The danger now is, 3a 
 not that people should obstinately refuse to allow 
 anything but their old routine to pass for reason and
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 15 ' 
 
 the will of God, but either that they should allow some 
 novelty or other to pass for these too easily, or else 
 that they should underrate the importance of them 
 altogether, and think it enough to follow action for its 
 5 own sake, without troubling themselves to make reason 
 and the will of God prevail therein. Now, then, is 
 the moment for culture to be of service, culture which 
 believes in making reason and the will of God prevail, 
 believes in perfection, is the study and pursuit of per- 
 
 iofection, and is no longer debarred, by a rigid invinci- 
 ble exclusion of whatever is new, from getting 
 acceptance for its ideas, simply because they are 
 new. 
 
 The moment this view of culture is seized, the 
 
 15 moment it is regarded not solely as the endeavour to 
 see things as they are, to draw towards a knowledge 
 of the universal order which seems to be intended and 
 aimed at in the world, and which it is a man's happi- 
 ness to go along with or his misery to go counter 
 
 20 to, — to learn, in short, the will of God, — the moment, 
 I say, culture is considered not merely as the endeavour 
 to see and learn this, but as the endeavour, also, to 
 make it prevail, the moral, social, and beneficent char- 
 acter of culture becomes manifest. The mere 
 
 25 endeavour to see and learn the truth for our own 
 personal satisfaction is indeed a commencement for 
 making it prevail, a preparing the way for this, which 
 always serves this, and is wrongly, therefore, stamped 
 with blame absolutely in itself and not only in its 
 
 30 caricature and degeneration. But perhaps it has got 
 stamped with blame, and disparaged with the dubious 
 title of curiosity, because in comparison with this
 
 152 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 wider endeavour of such great and plain utility it 
 looks selfish, petty, and unprofitable. 
 
 And religion, the greatest and most important of 
 the efforts by which the human race has manifested 
 its impulse to perfect itself, — religion, that voice of 5 
 the deepest human experience, — does not only enjoin 
 and sanction the aim which is the great aim of cul- 
 ture, the aim of setting ourselves to ascertain what 
 perfection is and to make it prevail ; but also, in 
 determining generally in what human perfection con- 10 
 sists, religion comes to a conclusion identical with 
 that which culture, — culture seeking the determination 
 of this question through all the voices of human ex- 
 perience which have been heard upon it, of art, 
 science, poetry, philosophy, history, as well as of is 
 religion, in order to give a greater fulness and cer- 
 tainty to its solution, — likewise reaches. Religion 
 says : The kingdom of God is within you ; and culture, 
 in like manner, places human perfection in an internal 
 condition, in the growth and predominance of our 2c 
 humanity proper, as distinguished from our animality. 
 It places it in the ever-increasing efficacy and in the 
 general harmonious expansion of those gifts of thought 
 and feeling, which make the peculiar dignity, wealth, 
 and happiness of human nature. As I have said on a 25 
 former occasion : "It is in making endless additions 
 to itself, in the endless expansion of its powers, in 
 endless growth in wisdom and beauty, that the spirit 
 of the human race finds its ideal. To reach this ideal, 
 culture is an indispensable aid, and that is the true 30 
 value of culture." Not a having and a resting, but a 
 growing and a becoming, is the character of perfection
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 153 
 
 as culture conceives it ; and here, too, it coincides 
 with religion. 
 
 And because men are all members of one great 
 whole, and the sympathy which is in human nature 
 5 will not allow one member to be indifferent to the 
 rest or to have a perfect welfare independent of the 
 rest, the expansion of our humanity, to suit the idea 
 of perfection which culture forms, must be a general 
 expansion. Perfection, as culture conceives it, is not 
 
 10 possible while the individual remains isolated. The 
 individual is required, under pain of being stunted 
 and enfeebled in his own development if he disobeys, 
 to carry others along with him in his march towards 
 perfection, to be continually doing all he can to 
 
 15 enlarge and increase the volume of the human stream 
 sweeping thitherward. And here, once more, culture 
 lays on us the same obligation as religion, which says, 
 as Bishop Wilson has admirably put it, that " to pro- 
 mote the kingdom of God is to increase and hasten 
 
 20 one's own happiness." 
 
 But, finally, perfection, — as culture from a thorough 
 disinterested study of human nature and human expe- 
 rience learns to conceive it, — is a harmonious expan- 
 sion of all the powers which make the beauty and 
 
 25 worth of human nature, and is not consistent with the 
 over-development of any one power at the expense of 
 the rest. Here culture goes beyond religion, as 
 religion is generally conceived by us. 
 
 If culture, then, is a study of perfection, and of 
 
 30 harmonious perfection, general perfection, and per- 
 fection which consists in becoming something rather 
 than in having something, in an inward condition of
 
 154 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 the mind and spirit, not in an outward set of circum- 
 stances, — it is clear that culture, instead of being the 
 frivolous and useless thing which Mr. Bright, and Mr. 
 Frederic Harrison, and many other Liberals are apt 
 to call it, has a very important function to fulfil for 5 
 mankind. And this function is particularly important 
 in our modern world, of which the whole civilisation 
 is, to a much greater degree than the civilisation of 
 Greece and Rome, mechanical and external, and tends 
 constantly to become more so. But above all in our 10 
 own country has culture a weighty part to perform, 
 because here that mechanical character, which civil- 
 isation tends to take everywhere, is shown in the most 
 eminent degree. Indeed nearly all the characters of 
 perfection, as culture teaches us to fix them, meet in 15 
 this country with some powerful tendency which 
 thwarts them and sets them at defiance. The idea of 
 perfection as an inward condition of the mind and 
 spirit is at variance with the mechanical and material 
 civilisation in esteem with us, and nowhere, as I have 20 
 said, so much in esteem as with us. The idea of per- 
 fection as a general expansion of the human family is 
 at variance with our strong individualism, our hatred 
 of all limits to the unrestrained swing of the indi- 
 vidual's personality, our maxim of "every man for 25 
 himself." Above all, the idea of perfection as a har- 
 monious expansion of human nature is at variance 
 with our want of flexibility, with our inaptitude for 
 seeing more than one side of a thing, with our intense 
 energetic absorption in the particular pursuit we 30 
 happen to be following. So culture has a rough task 
 to achieve in this country. Its preachers have, and
 
 SIVEETNESS AND LIGHT. 155 
 
 are likely long to have, a hard time of it, and they will 
 much oftener be regarded, for a great while to come, 
 as elegant or spurious Jeremiahs than as friends and 
 benefactors. That, however, will not prevent their 
 5 doing in the end good service if they persevere. And, 
 meanwhile, the mode of action they have to pursue, 
 and the sort of habits they must fight against, ought 
 to be made quite clear for every one to see, who 
 may be willing to look at the matter attentively and 
 
 io dispassionately. 
 
 Faith in machinery is, I said, our besetting danger ; 
 often in machinery most absurdly disproportioned to 
 the end which this machinery, if it is to do any good 
 at all, is to serve ; but always in machinery, as if it 
 
 15 had a value in and for itself. What is freedom but 
 machinery ? what is population but machinery ? what 
 is coal but machinery ? what are railroads but 
 machinery ? what is wealth but machinery ? what 
 are, even, religious organisations but machinery ? 
 
 20 Now almost every voice in England is accustomed to 
 speak of these things as if they were precious ends in 
 themselves, and therefore had some of the characters 
 of perfection indisputably joined to them. I have 
 before now noticed Mr. Roebuck's stock argument for 
 
 -25 proving the greatness and happiness of England as 
 she is, and for quite stopping the mouths of all gain- 
 sayers. Mr. Roebuck is never weary of reiterating 
 this argument of his, so I do not know why I should 
 be weary of noticing it. " May not every man in 
 
 30 England say what he likes ? " — Mr. Roebuck perpetu- 
 ally asks ; and that, he thinks, is quite sufficient, and 
 when every man may say what he likes, our aspira'
 
 156 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 tions ought to be satisfied. But the aspirations of 
 culture, which is the study of perfection, are not satis- 
 fied, unless what men say, when they may say what 
 they like, is worth saying, — has good in it, and more 
 good than bad. In the same way the Times, replying 5 
 to some foreign strictures on the dress, looks, and 
 behaviour of the English abroad, urges that the 
 English ideal is that every one should be free to do 
 and to look just as he likes. But culture indefatiga- 
 bly tries, not to make what each raw person may like 10 
 the rule by which he fashions himself ; but to draw 
 ever nearer to a sense of what is indeed beautiful, 
 graceful, and becoming, and to get the raw person to 
 like that. 
 
 And in the same way with respect to railroads and 15 
 coal. Every one must have observed the strange 
 language current during the late discussions as to the 
 possible failures of our supplies of coal. Our coal, 
 thousands of people were saying, is the real basis of 
 our national greatness ; if our coal runs short, there is 20 
 an end of the greatness of England. But what is 
 greatness? — culture makes us ask. Greatness is a 
 spiritual condition worthy to excite love, interest, and 
 admiration ; and the outward proof of possessing 
 greatness is that we excite love, interest, and admira- 25 
 tion. If England were swallowed up by the sea to- 
 morrow, which of the two, a hundred years hence, 
 would most excite the love, interest, and admiration 
 of mankind, — would most, therefore, show the evi- 
 dences of having possessed greatness, — the England 30 
 of the last twenty years, or the England of Elizabeth, 
 of a time of splendid spiritual effort, but when our
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 157 
 
 <*oal, and our industrial operations depending on coal, 
 were very little developed ? Well, then, what an 
 unsound habit of mind it must be which makes us 
 talk of things like coal or iron as constituting the 
 
 5 greatness of England, and how salutary a friend is 
 culture, bent on seeing things as they are, and thus 
 dissipating delusions of this kind and fixing standards 
 of perfection that are real ! 
 
 Wealth, again, that end to which our prodigious 
 
 10 works for material advantage are directed, — the com- 
 monest of commonplaces tells us how men are always 
 apt to regard wealth as a precious end in itself ; and 
 certainly they have never been so apt thus to regard 
 it as they are in England at the present time. Never 
 
 15 did people believe anything more firmly than nine 
 Englishmen out of ten at the present day believe that 
 our greatness and welfare are proved by our being so 
 very rich. Now, the use of culture is that it helps 
 us, by means of its spiritual standard of perfection, to 
 
 ?o regard wealth as but machinery, and not only to say, 
 as a matter of words that we regard wealth as but 
 machinery, but really to perceive and feel that it is 
 so. If it were not for this purging effect wrought 
 upon our minds by culture, the whole world, the 
 
 25 future as well as the present, would inevitably belong 
 to the Philistines. The people who believe most that 
 our greatness and welfare are proved by our being 
 very rich, and who most give their lives and thoughts 
 to becoming rich, are just the very people whom 
 
 30 we call Philistines. Culture says: "Consider these 
 people, then, their way of life, their habits, their 
 manners, the very tones of their voice ; look at them
 
 I5 S SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 attentively ; observe the literature they read, the 
 things which give them pleasure, the words which 
 come forth out of their mouths, the thoughts which 
 make the furniture of their minds ; would any amount 
 of wealth be worth having with the condition that 5 
 one was to become just like these people by having 
 it ? " And thus culture begets a dissatisfaction which 
 is of the highest possible value in stemming the 
 common tide of men's thoughts in a wealthy and 
 industrial community, and which saves the future, 10 
 as one may hope, from being vulgarised, even if it 
 cannot save the present. 
 
 Population, again, and bodily health and vigour, 
 are things which are nowhere treated in such an un- 
 intelligent, misleading, exaggerated way as in England. 15 
 Both are really machinery ; yet how many people all 
 around us do we see rest in them and fail to look 
 beyond them ! Why, one has heard people, fresh 
 from reading certain articles of the Times on the 
 Registrar-General's returns of marriages and births in 20 
 this country, who would talk of our large English 
 families in quite a solemn strain, as if they had some- 
 thing in itself beautiful, elevating, and meritorious in 
 them ; as if the British Philistine would have only 
 to present himself before the Great Judge with his 25 
 twelve children, in order to be received among the 
 sheep as a matter of right ! 
 
 But bodily health and vigour, it may be said, are 
 not to be classed with wealth and population as mere 
 machinery ; they have a more real and essential value. 30 
 True ; but only as they are more intimately connected 
 with a perfect spiritual condition than wealth or popu-
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 159 
 
 lation are. The moment we disjoin them from the 
 idea of a perfect spiritual condition, and pursue them, 
 as we do pursue them, for their own sake and as ends 
 in themselves, our worship of them becomes as mere 
 
 5 worship of machinery, as our worship of wealth or 
 population, and as unintelligent and vulgarising a 
 worship as that is. Every one with anything like an 
 adequate idea of human perfection has distinctly 
 marked this subordination to higher and spiritual 
 
 10 ends of the cultivation of bodily vigour and activity. 
 " Bodily exercise profiteth little ; but godliness is 
 profitable unto all things," says the author of the 
 Epistle to Timothy. And the utilitarian Franklin 
 says just as explicitly : — " Eat and drink such an 
 
 15 exact quantity as suits the constitution of thy body, 
 in reference to the services of the mind." But the point 
 of view of culture, keeping the mark of human per- 
 fection simply and broadly in view, and not assigning 
 to this perfection, as religion or utilitarianism assigns 
 
 20 to it, a special and limited character, this point of 
 view, I say, of culture is best given by these words 
 of Epictetus: — " It is a sign of d<£via," says he, — that 
 is, of a nature not finely tempered, — " to give your- 
 selves up to things which relate to the body ; to make, 
 
 25 for instance, a great fuss about exercise, a great fuss 
 about eating, a great fuss about drinking, a great fuss 
 about walking, a great fuss about riding. All these 
 things ought to be done merely by the way : the for- 
 mation of the spirit and character must be our real 
 
 30 concern." This is admirable ; and, indeed, the Greek 
 word cv<j>vta, a finely tempered nature, gives exactly 
 the notion of perfection as culture brings us to con-
 
 160 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 ceive it : a harmonious perfection, a perfection in 
 which the characters of beauty and intelligence are 
 both present, which unites " the two noblest of things," 
 — as Swift, who of one of the two, at any rate, had 
 himself all too little, most happily calls them in his 5 
 Battle of the Books, — " the two noblest of things, sweet- 
 ness and light.'" The e£<£u^s is the man who tends 
 towards sweetness and light ; the d^u^s on the other 
 hand, is our Philistine. The immense spiritual sig- 
 nificance of the Greeks is due to their having been ic 
 inspired with this central and happy idea of the 
 essential character of human perfection ; and Mr. 
 Bright's misconception of culture, as a smattering of 
 Greek and Latin, comes itself, after all,' from this 
 wonderful significance of the Greeks having affected 15 
 the very machinery of our education, and is in itself 
 a kind of homage to it. 
 
 In thus making sweetness and light to be charac- 
 ters of perfection, culture is of like spirit with poetry, 
 follows one law with poetry. Far more than on our 20 
 freedom, our population, and our industrialism, many 
 amongst us rely upon our religious organisations to 
 save us. I have called religion a yet more important 
 manifestation of human nature than poetry, because 
 it has worked on a broader scale for perfection, and 25 
 with greater masses of men. But the idea of beauty 
 and of a human nature perfect on all its sides, which 
 is the dominant idea of poetry, is a true and invalu- 
 able idea, though it has not yet had the success that 
 the idea of conquering the obvious faults of our 30 
 animality, and of a human nature perfect on the 
 moral side, — which is the dominant idea of religion, —
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. i&i 
 
 has been enabled to have ; and it is destined, adding 
 to itself the religious idea of a devout energy, to trans- 
 form and govern the other. 
 
 The best art and poetry of the Greeks, in which 
 5 religion and poetry are one, in which the idea of 
 beauty and of a human nature perfect on all sides adds 
 to itself a religious and devout energy, and works in 
 the strength of that, is on this account of such sur- 
 passing interest and instructiveness for us, though it 
 
 iowas, — as, having regard to the human race in general, 
 and, indeed, having regard to the Greeks themselves, 
 we must own, — a premature attempt, an attempt 
 which for success needed the moral and religious fibre 
 in humanity to be more braced and developed than it 
 
 15 had yet been. But Greece did not err in having the 
 idea of beauty, harmony, and complete human per- 
 fection, so present and paramount. It is impossible 
 to have this idea too present and paramount ; only, 
 the moral fibre must be braced too. And we, because 
 
 20 we have braced the moral fibre, are not on that 
 account in the right way, if at the same time the idea 
 of beauty, harmony, and complete human perfection, 
 is wanting or misapprehended amongst us ; and evi- 
 dently it is wanting or misapprehended at present. 
 
 25 And when we rely as we do on our religious organisa- 
 tions, which in themselves do not and cannot give us 
 this idea, and think we have done enough if we make 
 them spread and prevail, then I say, we fall into our 
 common fault of overvaluing machinery. 
 
 30 Nothing is more common than for people to con- 
 found the inward peace and satisfaction which follows 
 the subduing of the obvious faults of our animality
 
 1 62 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 with what I may call absolute inward peace and satis- 
 faction, — the peace and satisfaction which are reached 
 as we draw near to complete spiritual perfection, and 
 not merely to moral perfection, or rather to relative 
 moral perfection. No people in the world have done 5 
 more and struggled more to attain this relative moral 
 perfection than our English race has. For no people 
 in the world has the command to resist the devil, to 
 overcome the wicked one, in the nearest and most obvi- 
 ous sense of those words, had such a pressing force 10 
 and reality. And we have had our reward, not only 
 in the great worldly prosperity which our obedience to 
 this command has brought us, but also, and far more, 
 in great inward peace and satisfaction. But to me 
 few things are more pathetic than to see people, on 15 
 the strength of the inward peace and satisfaction 
 which their rudimentary efforts towards perfection 
 have brought them, employ, concerning their incom- 
 plete perfection and the religious organisations within 
 which they have found it, language which properly 20 
 applies only to complete perfection, and is a far-off 
 echo of the human soul's prophecy of it. Religion 
 itself, I need hardly say, supplies them in abund- 
 ance with this grand language. And very freely do 
 they use it ; yet it is really the severest possible 25 
 criticism of such an incomplete perfection as alone 
 we have yet reached through our religious organi- 
 sations. 
 
 The impulse of the English race towards moral 
 development and self-conquest has nowhere so power- 30 
 fully manifested itself as in Puritanism. Nowhere 
 has Puritanism found so adequate an expression as in
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 163 
 
 the religious organisation of the Independents. The 
 modern Independents have a newspaper, the Noncon- 
 formist, written with great sincerity and ability. The 
 motto, the standard, the profession of faith which this 
 5 organ of theirs carries aloft, is : " The Dissidence of 
 Dissent and the Protestantism of the Protestant reli- 
 gion." There is sweetness and light, and an ideal of 
 complete harmonious human perfection ! One need 
 not go to culture and poetry to find language to judge 
 
 10 it. Religion, with its instinct for perfection, supplies 
 language to judge it, language, too, which is in our 
 mouths every day. " Finally, be of one mind, united 
 in feeling," says St. Peter. There is an ideal which 
 judges the Puritan ideal : "The Dissidence of Dissent 
 
 15 and the Protestantism of the Protestant religion!" 
 And religious organisations like this are what people 
 believe in, rest in, would give their lives for ! Such, I 
 say, is the wonderful virtue of even the beginnings of 
 perfection, of having conquered even the plain fauhs 
 
 20 of our animality, that the religious organisation which 
 has helped us to do it can seem to us something 
 precious, salutary, and to be propagated, even when 
 it wears such a brand of imperfection on its forehead 
 as this. And men have got such a habit of giving to 
 
 25 the language of religion a special application, of 
 making it a mere jargon, that for the condemnation 
 which religion itself passes on the shortcomings of 
 their religious organisations they have no ear ; they 
 are sure to cheat themselves and to explain this con- 
 
 30 demnation away. They can only be reached by the 
 criticism which culture, like poetry, speaking a lan- 
 guage not to be sophisticated, and resolutely testing
 
 1 64 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 these organisations by the ideal of a human perfection 
 complete on all sides, applies to them. 
 
 But men of culture and poetry, it will be said, are 
 again and again failing, and failing conspicuously, in 
 the necessary first stage to a harmonious perfection, 5 
 in the subduing of the great obvious faults of our 
 animality, which it is the glory of these religious 
 organisations to have helped us to subdue. True, 
 they do often so fail. They have often been without 
 the virtues as well as the faults of the Puritan ; it has ia 
 been one of their dangers that they so felt the Puri- 
 tan's faults that they too much neglected the practice 
 of his virtues. 1 will not, however, exculpate them at 
 the Puritan's expense. They have often failed in 
 morality, and morality is indispensable. And they 15 
 have been punished for their failure, as the Puritan 
 has been rewarded for his performance. They have 
 been punished wherein they erred ; but their ideal of 
 beauty, of sweetness and light, and a human nature 
 complete on all its sides, remains the true ideal of per- 20 
 fection still ; just as the Puritan's ideal of perfection 
 remains narrow and inadequate, although for what he 
 did well he has been richly rewarded. Notwithstand- 
 ing the mighty results of the Pilgrim Fathers' voyage, 
 they and their standard of perfection are rightly 25 
 judged when we figure to ourselves Shakspeare or 
 Virgil, — souls in whom sweetness and light, and 
 all that in human nature is most humane, were 
 eminent, — accompanying them on their voyage, and 
 think what intolerable company Shakspeare and Vir- 30 
 gil would have found them ! In the same way let us 
 Judge the religious organisations which we see all
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. I&5 
 
 around us. Do not let us deny the good and the 
 happiness which they have accomplished ; but do not 
 let us fail to see clearly that their idea of human per- 
 fection is narrow and inadequate, and that the Dissi- 
 
 5 dence of Dissent and the Protestantism of the Protes- 
 tant religion will never bring humanity to its true 
 goal. As I said with regard to wealth : Let us look 
 at the life of those who live in and for it, — so I say 
 with regard to the religious organisations. Look at 
 
 10 the life imaged in such a newspaper as the Noncon- 
 formist, — a life of jealousy of the Establishment, dis- 
 putes, tea-meetings, openings of chapels, sermons ; 
 and then think of it as an ideal of a human life com- 
 pleting itself on all sides, and aspiring with all its 
 
 15 organs after sweetness, light, and perfection ! 
 
 Another newspaper, representing, like the Noncon- 
 formist, one of the religious organisations of this 
 country, was a short time ago giving an account of 
 the crowd at Epsom on the Derby day, and of all the 
 
 20 vice and hideousness which was to be seen in that 
 crowd ; and then the writer turned suddenly round 
 upon Professor Huxley, and asked him how he pro- 
 posed to cure all this vice and hideousness without 
 religion. I confess I felt disposed to ask the asker 
 
 25 this question : and how do you propose to cure it 
 with such a religion as yours ? How is the ideal of a 
 life so unlovely, so unattractive, so incomplete, so nar- 
 row, so far removed from a true and satisfying ideal 
 of human perfection, as is the life of your religious 
 
 30 organisation as you yourself reflect it, to conquer and 
 transform all this vice and hideousness? Indeed, the 
 strongest plea for the study of perfection as pursued
 
 166 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 by culture, the clearest proof of the actual inadequacy 
 of the idea of perfection held by the religious organis- 
 ations, — expressing, as I have said, the most wide- 
 spread effort which the human race has yet made 
 after perfection, — is to be found in the state of our 5 
 life and society with these in possession of it, and 
 having been in possession of it I know not how many 
 hundred years. We are all of us included in some 
 religious organisation or other ; we all call ourselves, 
 in the sublime and aspiring language of religion which 10 
 I have before noticed, children of God. Children of 
 God ; — it is an immense pretension ! — and how are 
 we to justify it ? By the works which we do, and the 
 words which we speak. And the work which we 
 collective children of God do, our grand centre of 15 
 life, our city which we have builded for us to dwell in, 
 is London ! London, with its unutterable external 
 hideousness, and with its internal canker of publice 
 egestas, privatim opulentia, — to use the words which 
 Sallust puts into Cato's mouth about Rome, — un-20 
 equalled in the world ! The word, again, which we 
 children of God speak, the voice which most hits our 
 collective thought, the newspaper with the largest 
 circulation in England, nay, with the largest circula- 
 tion in the whole world, is the Daily Telegraph ! I 25 
 say that when our religious organisations, — which I 
 admit to express the most considerable effort after 
 perfection that our race has yet made, — land us in no 
 better result than this, it is high time to examine 
 carefully their idea of perfection, to see whether it 30 
 does not leave out of account sides and forces of 
 human nature which we might turn to great use ;
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 167 
 
 whether it would not be more operative if it were 
 more complete. And I say that the English reliance 
 on our religious organisations and on their ideas of 
 human perfection just as they stand, is like our reli- 
 5 ance on freedom, on muscular Christianity, on popula- 
 tion, on coal, on wealth, — mere belief in machinery, 
 and unfruitful ; and that it is wholesomely counter- 
 acted by culture, bent on seeing things as they are, 
 and on drawing the human race onwards to a more 
 
 10 complete, a harmonious perfection. 
 
 Culture, however, shows its single-minded love of 
 perfection, its desire simply to make reason and the 
 will of God prevail, its freedom from fanaticism, by its 
 attitude towards all this machinery, even while it insists 
 
 15 that it is machinery. Fanatics, seeing the mischief 
 men do themselves by their blind belief in some 
 machinery or other, — whether it is wealth and indus- 
 trialism, or whether it is the cultivation of bodily 
 strength and activity, or whether it is a political organ- 
 
 2oisation,— or whether it is a religious organisation,— 
 oppose with might and main the tendency to this or 
 that political and religious organisation, or to games 
 and athletic exercises, or to wealth and industrialism, 
 and try violently to stop it. But the flexibility which 
 
 25 sweetness and light give, and which is one of the 
 rewards of culture pursued in good faith, enables a 
 man to see that a tendency may be necessary, and 
 even, as a preparation for something in the future, 
 salutary, and yet that the generations or individuals 
 
 30 who obey this tendency are sacrificed to it, that they 
 fall short of the hope of perfection by following it ; 
 and that its mischiefs are to be criticised, lest it should
 
 l68 SWEETNESS A AW LIGHT. 
 
 take too firm a hold and last after it has served its 
 purpose. 
 
 Mr. Gladstone well pointed out, in a speech at 
 Paris, — and others have pointed out the same thing, — 
 how necessary is the present great movement towards 5 
 wealth and industrialism, in order to lay broad founda- 
 tions of material well-being for the society of the 
 future. The worst of these justifications is, that they 
 are generally addressed to the very people engaged, 
 body and soul, in the movement in question ; at all 10 
 events, that they are always seized with the greatest 
 avidity by these people, and taken by them as quite 
 justifying their life ; and that thus they tend to harden 
 them in their sins. Now, culture admits the necessity 
 of the movement towards fortune-making and exagger- 15 
 ated industrialism, readily allows that the future may 
 derive benefit from it ; but insists, at the same time, 
 that the passing generations of industrialists,-— form- 
 ing, for the most part, the stout main body of Philis- 
 tinism, — are sacrificed to it. In the same way, the 20 
 result of all the games and sports which occupy the 
 passing generation of boys and young men may be 
 the establishment of a better and sounder physical type 
 for the future to work with, Culture does not set 
 itself against the games and sports; it congratulates 25 
 the future, and hopes it will make a good use of its 
 improved physical basis ; but it points out that our 
 passing generation of boys and young men is, mean- 
 time, sacrificed. Puritanism was perhaps necessary to 
 develop the moral fibre of the English race, Noncon- 30 
 formity to break the yoke of ecclesiastical domination 
 over men's minds and to prepare the way for freedom
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. I&9 
 
 of thought in the distant future ; still, culture points 
 out that the harmonious perfection of generations of 
 Puritans and Nonconformists have been, in conse- 
 quence, sacrificed. Freedom of speech may be 
 5 necessary for the society of the future, but the young 
 lions of the Daily Telegraph in the meanwhile are 
 sacrificed. A voice for every man in his country's 
 government may be necessary for the society of the 
 future, but meanwhile Mr. Beales and Mr. Bradlaugh 
 
 loare sacrificed. 
 
 Oxford, the Oxford of the past, has many faults ; 
 and she has heavily paid for them in defeat, in isola- 
 tion, in want of hold upon the modern world. Yet we 
 in Oxford, brought up amidst the beauty and sweet- 
 
 15 ness of that beautiful place, have not failed to seize 
 one truth, — the truth that beauty and sweetness are 
 essential characters of a complete human perfection. 
 When I insist on this, I am all in the faith and tradi- 
 tion of Oxford. I say boldly that this our sentiment 
 
 20 for beauty and sweetness, our sentiment against 
 hideousness and rawness, has been at the bottom of 
 our attachment to so many beaten causes, of our 
 opposition to so many triumphant movements. And 
 the sentiment is true, and has never been wholly de- 
 
 25 feated, and has shown its power even in its defeat. 
 We have not won our political battles, we have not 
 carried our main points, we have not stopped our ad- 
 versaries' advance, we have not marched victoriously 
 with the modern world ; but we have told silently upon 
 
 30 the mind of the country, we have prepared currents of 
 feeling which sap our adversaries' position when it 
 seems gained, we have kept up our own communica'
 
 170 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 tions with the future. Look at the course of the great 
 movement which shook Oxford to its centre some 
 thirty years ago ! It was directed, as any one who 
 reads Dr. Newman's Apology may see, against what in 
 one word may be called " Liberalism." Liberalism 5 
 prevailed ; it was the appointed force to do the work 
 of the hour ; it was necessary, it was inevitable that it 
 should prevail. The Oxford movement was broken, it 
 failed ; our wrecks are scattered on every shore : — 
 
 Qua; regio in terris nostri non plena laboris? 10 
 
 But what was it, this liberalism, as Dr. Newman saw 
 it, and as it really broke the Oxford movement? It 
 was the great middle-class liberalism, which had for 
 the cardinal points of its belief the Reform Bill of 
 1832, and local self-government, in politics; in the 15 
 social sphere, free-trade, unrestricted competition, 
 and the making of large industrial fortunes ; in the 
 religious sphere, the Dissidence of Dissent and the 
 Protestantism of the Protestant religion. I do not 
 say that other and more intelligent forces than this 20 
 were not opposed to the Oxford movement : but this 
 was the force which really beat it ; this was the force 
 which Dr. Newman felt himself fighting with ; this 
 was the force which till only the other day seemed to 
 be the paramount force in this country, and to be in 25 
 possession of the future ; this was the force whose 
 achievements fill Mr. Lowe with such inexpressible 
 admiration, and whose rule he was so horror-struck 
 to see threatened. And where is this great force of 
 Philistinism now? It is thrust into the second rank, 30 
 it is become a power of yesterday, it has lost the
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 171 
 
 future. A new power has suddenly appeared, a 
 power which it is impossible yet to judge fully, but 
 which is certainly a wholly different force from mid- 
 dle-class liberalism ; different in its cardinal points of 
 5 belief, different in its tendencies in every sphere. It 
 loves and admires neither the legislation of middle- 
 class Parliaments, nor the local self-government of 
 middle-class vestries, nor the unrestricted competition 
 of middle-class industrialists, nor the dissidence of 
 
 10 middle-class Dissent and the Protestantism of middle- 
 class Protestant religion. I am not now praising this 
 new force, or saying that its own ideals are better ; 
 all I say is, that they are wholly different. And who 
 will estimate how much the currents of feeling created 
 
 15 by Dr. Newman's movements, the keen desire for 
 beauty and sweetness which it nourished, the deep 
 aversion it manifested to the hardness and vulgarity 
 of middle-class liberalism, the strong light it turned 
 on the hideous and grotesque illusions of middle-class 
 
 20 Protestantism, — who will estimate how much all these 
 contributed to swell the tide of secret dissatisfaction 
 which has mined the ground under self-confident 
 liberalism of the last thirty years, and has prepared 
 the way for its sudden collapse and supersession ? 
 
 25 It is in this manner that the sentiment of Oxford for 
 beauty and sweetness conquers, and in this manner 
 long may it continue to conquer ! 
 
 In this manner it works to the same end as culture, 
 and there is plenty of work for it yet to do. I have 
 
 30 said that the new and more democratic force which is 
 now superseding our old middle-class liberalism can- 
 not yet be rightly judged. It has its main tendencies
 
 172 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 still to form. We hear promises of its giving us 
 administrative reform, law reform, reform of educa- 
 tion, and I know not what ; but those promises come 
 rather from its advocates, wishing to make a good 
 plea for it and to justify it for superseding middle- 5 
 class liberalism, than from clear tendencies which it 
 has itself yet developed. But meanwhile it has 
 plenty of well-intentioned friends against whom 
 culture may with advantage continue to uphold 
 steadily its ideal of human perfection ; that this is 10 
 an inward spiritual activity, having for its characters 
 increased sweetness, increased light, increased life, 
 increased sympathy. Mr. Bright, who has a foot in 
 both worlds, the world of middle-class liberalism and 
 the world of democracy, but who brings most of his 15 
 ideas from the world of middle-class liberalism in 
 which he was bred, always inclines to inculcate that 
 faith in machinery to which, as we have seen, Eng- 
 lishmen are so prone, and which has been the bane 
 of middle-class liberalism. He complains with a 29 
 sorrowful indignation of people who " appear to have 
 no proper estimate of the value of the franchise"; he 
 leads his disciples to believe, — what the Englishman 
 is always too ready to believe, — that the having a 
 vote, like the having a large family, or a large busi-25 
 ness, or large muscles, has in itself some edifying and 
 perfecting effect upon human nature. Or else he 
 cries out to the democracy, — "the men," as he calls 
 them, " upon whose shoulders the greatness of Eng- 
 land rests," — he cries out to them : "See what you 30 
 have done ! I look over this country and see the 
 cities you have built, the railroads you have made,
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 173 
 
 the manufactures you have produced, the cargoes 
 which freight the ships of the greatest mercantile 
 navy the world has ever seen ! I see that you have 
 converted by your labours what was once a wilder- 
 5 ness, these islands, into a fruitful garden ; I know 
 that you have created this wealth, and are a nation 
 whose name is a word of power throughout all 
 the world." Why, this is just the very style of 
 laudation with which Mr. Roebuck or Mr. Lowe 
 
 10 debauches the minds of the middle classes, and makes 
 such Philistines of them. It is the same fashion of 
 teaching a man to value himself not on what he is, 
 not on his progress in sweetness and light, but on 
 the number of the railroads he has constructed, or 
 
 15 the bigness of the tabernacle he has built. Only the 
 middle classes are told they have done it all with 
 their energy, self-reliance, and capital, and the 
 democracy are told they have done it all with their 
 hands and sinews. But teaching the democracy to 
 
 so put its trust in achievements of this kind is merely 
 training them to be Philistines to take the place of 
 the Philistines whom they are superseding ; and they 
 too, like the middle class, will be encouraged to sit 
 down at the banquet of the future without having on 
 
 25 a wedding garment, and nothing excellent can then 
 come from them. Those who know their besetting 
 faults, those who have watched them and listened to 
 them, or those who will read the instructive account 
 recently given of them by one of themselves, the 
 
 30 Journeyman Engineer, will agree that the idea which 
 culture sets before us of perfection, — an increased 
 spiritual activity, having for its characters increased
 
 174 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 sweetness, increased light, increased life, increased 
 sympathy, — is an idea which the new democracy 
 needs far more than the idea of the blessedness of the 
 franchise, or the wonderfulness of its own industrial 
 performances. 5 
 
 Other well-meaning friends of this new power are 
 for leading it, not in the old ruts of middle-class 
 Philistinism, but in ways which are naturally alluring 
 to the feet of democracy, though in this country they 
 are novel and untried ways. I may call them the iq 
 ways of Jacobinism. Violent indignation with the 
 past, abstract systems of renovation applied whole- 
 sale, a new doctrine drawn up in black and white for 
 elaborating down to the very smallest details a rational 
 society for the future, — these are the ways of Jacob- 15 
 inism. Mr. Frederic Harrison and other disciples 
 of Comte, — one of them, Mr. Congreve, is an old 
 friend of mine, and I am glad to have an opportunity 
 of publicly expressing my respect for his talents and 
 character, — are among the friends of democracy who 20 
 are for leading it in paths of this kind. Mr. Frederic 
 Harrison is very hostile to culture, and from a natural 
 enough motive; for culture is the eternal opponent 
 of the two things which are the signal marks of 
 Jacobinism, — its fierceness, and its addiction to an 25 
 abstract system. Culture is always assigning to 
 system-makers and systems a smaller share in the 
 bent of human destiny than their friends like. A 
 current in people's minds sets towards new ideas ; 
 people are dissatisfied with their old narrow stock of 30 
 Philistine ideas, Anglo-Saxon ideas, or any other; 
 and some man, some Bentham or Comte, who has the
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 175 
 
 real merit of having early and strongly felt and helped 
 the new current, but who brings plenty of narrowness 
 and mistakes of his own into his feeling and help of 
 it, is credited with being the author of the whole 
 5 current, the fit person to be entrusted with its regula- 
 tion and to guide the human race. 
 
 The excellent German historian of the mythology 
 
 of Rome, Preller, relating the introduction at Rome 
 
 under the Tarquins of the worship of Apollo, the god 
 
 ioof light, healing, and reconciliation, will have us 
 
 observe that it was not so much the Tarquins who 
 
 brought to Rome the new worship of Apollo, as a 
 
 current in the mind of the Roman people which set 
 
 powerfully at that time towards a new worship of this 
 
 15 kind, and away from the old run of Latin and Sabine 
 
 religious ideas. In a similar way, culture directs our 
 
 attention to the natural current there is in human 
 
 affairs, and to its continual working, and will not let 
 
 us rivet our faith upon any one man and his doings. 
 
 20 It makes us see not only his good side, but also how 
 
 much in him was of necessity limited and transient ; 
 
 nay, it even feels a pleasure, a sense of an increased 
 
 freedom and of an ampler future, in so doing. 
 
 I remember, when I was under the influence of a 
 25 mind to which I feel the greatest obligations, the 
 mind of a man who was the very incarnation of sanity 
 and clear sense, a man the most considerable, it seems 
 to me, whom America has yet produced, — Benjamin 
 Franklin, — I remember the relief with which, after 
 30 long feeling the sway of Franklin's imperturbable 
 common-sense, I carne upon a project of his for a new 
 version of the Book of Job, to replace the old ver«
 
 176 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 sion, the style of which, says Franklin, has become 
 obsolete, and thence less agreeable. " I give," he 
 continues, " a few verses, which may serve as a 
 sample of the kind of version I would recommend." 
 We all recollect the famous verse in our translation : 5 
 " Then Satan answered the Lord and said : ' Doth 
 Job fear God for nought ? ' " Franklin makes this : 
 " Does your Majesty imagine that Job's good conduct 
 is the effect of mere personal attachment and affec- 
 tion?" I well remember how, when first I read that, 10 
 I drew a deep breath of relief, and said to myself : 
 "After all, there is a stretch of humanity beyond 
 Franklin's victorious good sense ! " So, after hearing 
 Bentham cried loudly up as the renovator of modern 
 society, and Bentham's mind and ideas proposed as 15 
 the rulers of our future, I open the Deontology. There 
 I read : " While Xenophon was writing his history 
 and Euclid teaching geometry, Socrates and Plato 
 were talking nonsense under pretence of talking wis- 
 dom and morality. This morality of theirs consisted 2c 
 in words ; this wisdom of theirs was the denial of 
 matters known to every man's experience." From 
 the moment of reading that, I am delivered from the 
 bondage of Bentham ! the fanaticism of his adherents 
 can touch me no longer. I feel the inadequacy of 25 
 his mind and ideas for supplying the rule of human 
 society, for perfection. 
 
 Culture tends always thus to deal with the men of 
 a system, of disciples, of a school ; with men like 
 Comte, or the late Mr. Buckle, or Mr. Mill. How- 30 
 ever much it may find to admire in these personages, 
 or in some of them, it nevertheless remembers the
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 177 
 
 text : "Be not ye called Rabbi! " and it soon passes 
 on from any Rabbi. But Jacobinism loves a Rabbi ; 
 it does not want to pass on from its Rabbi in pursuit 
 of a future and still unreached perfection ; it wants 
 5 its Rabbi and his ideas to stand for perfection, that 
 they may with the more authority recast the world ; 
 and for Jacobinism, therefore, culture, — eternally 
 passing onwards and seeking, — is an impertinence 
 and an offence. But culture, just because it resists 
 
 10 this tendency of Jacobinism to impose on us a man 
 with limitations and errors of his own along with the 
 true ideas of which he is the organ, really does the 
 world and Jacobinism itself a service. 
 
 So, too, Jacobinism, in its fierce hatred of the past 
 
 15 and of those whom it makes liable for the sins of the 
 past, cannot away with the inexhaustible indulgence 
 proper to culture, the consideration of circumstances, 
 the severe judgment of actions joined to the merciful 
 judgment of persons. "The man of culture is in 
 
 20 politics," cries Mr. Frederic Harrison, " one of the 
 poorest mortals alive ! " Mr. Frederic Harrison wants 
 to be doing business, and he complains that the man 
 of culture stops him with a " turn for small fault- 
 finding, love of selfish ease, and indecision in action." 
 
 25 Of what use is culture, he asks, except for "a critic 
 of new books or a professor of belles-lettres ? " Why, 
 it is of use because, in presence of the fierce exaspera- 
 tion which breathes, or rather, I may say, hisses 
 through the whole production in which Mr. Frederic 
 
 30 Harrison asks that question, it reminds us that the 
 perfection of human nature is sweetness and light. 
 It is of use because, like religion, — that other effort
 
 1 
 T7S SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 after perfection, — it testifies that, where bitter envy- 
 ing and strife are, there is confusion and every evil 
 work. 
 
 The pursuit of perfection, then, is the pursuit of 
 sweetness and light. He who works for sweetness 5 
 and light, works to make reason and the will of God 
 prevail. He who works for machinery, he who works 
 for hatred, works only for confusion. Culture looks 
 beyond machinery, culture hates hatred ; culture has 
 one great passion, the passion for sweetness and light, iq 
 Tt has one even yet greater ! — the passion for making 
 them prevail. It is not satisfied till we all come to a 
 perfect man ; it knows that the sweetness and light 
 of the few must be imperfect until the raw and un- 
 kindled masses of humanity are touched with sweet- 15 
 ness and light. If I have not shrunk from saying 
 that we must work for sweetness and light, so neither 
 have I shrunk from saying that we must have a broad 
 basis, must have sweetness and light for as many as 
 possible. Again and again I have insisted how those 2a 
 are the happy moments of humanity, how those are 
 the marking epochs of a people's life, how those are 
 the flowering times for literature and art and all the 
 creative power of genius, when there is a national glow 
 of life and thought, when the whole of society is in 25 
 the fullest measure permeated by thought, sensible to 
 beauty, intelligent and alive. Only it must be real 
 thought and real beauty ; real sweetness and real 
 light. Plenty of people will try to give the masses, 
 as they call them, an intellectual food prepared and 3c 
 adapted in the way they think proper for the actual 
 condition of the masses. The ordinary popular litera-
 
 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 179 
 
 ture is an example of this way of working on the 
 masses. Plenty of people will try to indoctrinate the 
 masses with the set of ideas and judgments constitut- 
 ing the creed of their own profession or party. Our 
 
 5 religious and political organisations give an example 
 of this way of working on the masses. I condemn 
 neither way ; but culture works differently. It does 
 not try to teach down to the level of inferior classes ; 
 it does not try to win them for this or that sect of its 
 
 10 own, with ready-made judgments and watchwords. 
 It seeks to do away with classes ; to make the best 
 that has been thought and known in the world current 
 everywhere ; to make all men live in an atmosphere 
 of sweetness and light, where they may use ideas, as 
 
 15 it uses them itself, freely, — nourished, and not bound 
 by them. 
 
 This is the social idea ; and the men of culture are 
 the true apostles of equality. The great men of cul- 
 ture are those who have had a passion for diffusing, 
 
 20 for making prevail, for carrying from one end of 
 society to the other, the best knowledge, the best 
 ideas of their time ; who have laboured to divest 
 knowledge of all that was harsh, uncouth, difficult, 
 abstract, professional, exclusive ; to humanise it, to 
 
 25 make it efficient outside the clique of the cultivated 
 and learned, yet still remaining the best knowledge 
 and thought of the time, and a true source, therefore, 
 of sweetness and light. Such a man was Abelard in 
 the Middle Ages, in spite of all his imperfections ; 
 
 30 and thence the boundless emotion and enthusiasm 
 which Abelard excited. Such were Lessing and 
 Herder in Germany, at the end of the last century;
 
 180 SWEETNESS AND LIGHT. 
 
 and their services to Germany were in this way in- 
 estimably precious. Generations will pass, and literary 
 monuments will accumulate, and works far more per- 
 fect than the works of Lessing and Herder will be 
 produced in Germany ; and yet the names of these 5 
 two men will fill a German with a reverence and 
 enthusiasm such as the names of the most gifted 
 masters will hardly awaken. And why ? Because 
 they humanised knowledge ; because they broadened 
 the basis of life and intelligence ; because they worked 10 
 powerfully to diffuse sweetness and light, to make 
 reason and the will of God prevail. With Saint 
 Augustine they said : " Let us not leave thee alone 
 to make in the secret of thy knowledge, as thou didst 
 before the creation of the firmament, the division of 15 
 light from darkness ; let the children of thy spirit, 
 placed in their firmament, make their light shine upon 
 the earth, mark the division of night and day, and 
 announce the revolution of the times; for the old 
 order is passed, and the new arises ; the night is 20 
 spent, the day is come forth ; and thou shalt crown 
 the year with thy blessing, when thou shalt send forth 
 labourers into thy harvest sown by other hands than 
 theirs; when thou shalt send forth new labourers to 
 new seed-times, whereof the harvest shall be not yet." 25 
 — Culture and Anarchy, ed. 1896, pp. 5-39.
 
 Ibebrafem an& Ifocllentem. 
 
 This fundamental ground is our preference of doing 
 to thinking. Now this preference is a main element 
 in our nature, and as we study it we find ourselves 
 opening up a number of large questions on every side. 
 
 5 Let me go back for a moment to Bishop Wilson, 
 who says : " First, never go against the bes't light you 
 have ; secondly, take care that your light be not dark- 
 ness." We show, as a nation, laudable energy and 
 persistence in walking according to the best light we 
 
 iohave, but are' not quite careful enough, perhaps, to see 
 that our light be not darkness. This is only another 
 version of the old story that energy is our st rong 
 point and favourable characterij lic^r ather than inte l- 
 ligence. But we may give to this idea a more general 
 
 15 form still, in which it will have a yet larger range of 
 application. We may regard this energy driving at 
 practice, this paramount sense of the obligation of 
 duty, self-control, and work, this earnestness in going 
 manfully with the best light we have, as one force. 
 
 20 And we may regard the intelligence driving at those 
 ideas which are, after all, the basis of right practice, 
 the ardent sense for all the new and changing com- 
 binations of them which man's development brings 
 with it, the indomitable impulse to know and adjust 
 
 25 them perfectly, as another force. And these two 
 forces we may regard as in some sense rivals, — rivals 
 
 181
 
 1 8 2 HEBRA ISM AND HELLENISM. 
 
 not by the necessity of their own nature, but as exhib- 
 ited in man and his history,— and rivals dividing the 
 empire of the world between them. And to give 
 these forces names from the two races of men who 
 have supplied the most signal and splendid manifesta- 5 
 tions of them, we may call them respectively the forces 
 l of Hebraism and Hellenism. Hebraism and Hellen- 
 / ism, — between these two points of influence moves our 
 /world. At one time it feels more powerfully the 
 attraction of one of them, at another time of the io 
 other ; and it ought to be, though it never is, evenly 
 and happily balanced between them. 
 
 The final aim of both Hellenism and Hebraism, as 
 of all great spiritual disciplines, is no doubt the same: 
 man's perfection or salvation. The very language 15 
 which they both of them use in schooling us to reach 
 this aim is often identical. Even when their language 
 indicates by variation, — sometimes a broad variation, 
 often a but slight and subtle variation, — the different 
 courses of thought which are uppermost in each dis- 20 
 cipline, even then the unity of the final end and aim 
 is still apparent. To employ the actual words of that 
 discipline with which we ourselves are all of us most 
 familiar, and the words of which, therefore, come 
 most home to us, that final end and aim is " that we 25 
 might be partakers of the divine nature." These are 
 the words of a Hebrew apostle, but of Hellenism and 
 Hebraism alike this is, I say, the aim. When the 
 two are confronted, as they very often are confronted, 
 it is nearly always with what I may call a rhetorical 30 
 purpose ; the speaker's whole design is to exalt and 
 enthrone one of the two, and he uses the other only as
 
 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 183 
 
 a foil and to enable him the better to give effect to his 
 purpose. Obviously, with us, it is usually Hellenism 
 which is thus reduced to minister to the triumph of 
 Hebraism. There is a sermon on Greece and the 
 5 Greek spirit by a man never to be mentioned without 
 interest and respect, Frederick Robertson, in which 
 this rhetorical use of Greece and the Greek spirit, 
 and the inadequate exhibition of them necessarily 
 consequent upon this, is almost ludicrous, and would 
 
 jo be censurable if it were not to be explained by the 
 exigencies of a sermon. On the other hand, Heinrich 
 Heine, and other writers of his sort, give us the 
 spectacle of the tables completely turned, and of 
 Hebraism brought in just as a foil and contrast to 
 
 15 Hellenism, and to make the superiority of Hellenism 
 more manifest. In both these cases there is injustice 
 and misrepresentation. The aim and end of both 
 Hebraism and Hellenism is, as I have said, one 
 and the same, and this aim and end is august and 
 
 20 admirable. 
 
 Still, they pursue this aim by very different courses. 
 The uppermost idea with Hellenism is to see things as 
 tfiey really are ; the uppermost i dea with Hebraism 
 is c onduct and obedience. Nothing can do away with 
 
 25 this ineffaceable difference. The Greek quarrel with 
 the body and its desires is, that they hinder right 
 thinking ; the Hebrew quarrel with them is, that they 
 hinder right acting. "He that keepeth the law,} 
 happy is he;" "Blessed is the man that feareth theL 
 
 30 Eternal, that delighteth greatly in his command- 
 ments ;" — that is the Hebrew notion of felicity ; and, 
 pursued with passion and tenacity, this notion would
 
 1 84 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 
 
 not let the Hebrew rest till, as is well known, he had 
 at last got out of the law a network of prescriptions 
 to enwrap his whole life, to govern every moment of 
 it, every impulse, every action. The Greek notion of 
 felicity, on the other hand, is perfectly conveyed in 5 
 these words of a great French moralist : C'est le 
 bonheur des hommes, — when ? when they abhor that 
 which is evil ? — no ; when they exercise themselves 
 in the law of the Lord day and night? — no ; when 
 they die daily ? — no ; when they walk about the New 10 
 Jerusalem with palms in their hands ? — no ; but when 
 they think aright, when their thought hits : quand 
 Us pensent juste. At the bottom of both the Greek 
 and the Hebrew notion is the desire, native in man, 
 for reason and the will of God, the feeling after the 15 
 universal order, — in a word, the love of God. But 
 while Hebraism seizes upon certain plain, capital 
 intimations of the universal order, and rivets itself, 
 one may say, with unequalled grandeur of earnestness 
 and intensity on the study and observance of them, 20 
 the bent of Hellenism is to follow, with flexible activ- 
 ity, the whole play of the universal order, to be 
 apprehensive of missing any part of it, of sacrificing 
 one part to another, to slip away from resting in this 
 or that intimation of it, however capital. An un- 25 
 clouded clearness of mind, an unimpeded play of 
 /. thought, is what this bent drives at. The governing / 
 /// idea of Hellenism is spontaneity of consciousness ; that/ 
 *l' of Hebraism, strictness 0/ conscience. 
 
 Christianity changed nothing in this essentia; bent of 30 
 Hebraism to set doing above knowing. Self-conquest, 
 self-devotion, the following not our own individual
 
 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 185 
 
 will, but the will of God, obedience, is the fundamental 
 idea of this form, also, of the discipline to which we 
 have attached the general name of Hebraism. Only, 
 as the old law and the network of prescriptions with 
 5 which it enveloped human life were evidently a motive- 
 power not driving and searching enough to produce 
 the result aimed at, — patient continuance in well- 
 doing, self-conquest, — Christianity substituted for 
 them boundless devotion to that inspiring and affect- 
 
 loing pattern of self-conquest offered by Jesus Christ; 
 and by the new motive-power, of which the essence 
 was this, though the love and admiration of Christian 
 churches have for centuries been employed in varying, 
 amplifying, and adorning the plain description of it, 
 
 15 Christianity, as St. Paul truly says, " establishes the 
 law," and in the strength of the ampler power which 
 she has thus supplied to fulfil it, has accomplished the 
 miracles, which we all see, of her history. 
 
 So long as we do not forget that both Hellenism and 
 
 20 Hebraism are profound and admirable manifestations 
 of man's life, tendencies, and powers, and that both of 
 them aim at a like final result, we can hardly insist too 
 strongly on the divergence of line and of operation 
 with which they proceed. It is a divergence so great 
 
 25 that it most truly, as the prophet Zechariah says, 
 " has raised up thy sons, O Zion, against thy sons, O 
 Greece ! " The difference whether it is by doing or 
 by knowing that we set most store, and the practical 
 consequences which follow from this difference, leave 
 
 30 their mark on all the history of our race and of its 
 development. Language may be abundantly quoted 
 from both Hellenism and Hebraism to make it seem
 
 186 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 
 
 that one follows the same current as the other towards 
 the same goal. They are, truly, borne towards the 
 same goal ; but the currents which bear them are 
 infinitely different. It is true, Solomon will praise 
 knowing : " Understanding is a well-spring of life unto 5 
 him that hath it." And in the New Testament, again, 
 Jesus Christ is a " light," and " truth makes us free." 
 It is true, Aristotle will undervalue knowing : " In 
 what concerns virtue," says he, "three things are 
 necessary — knowledge, deliberate will, and persever- 10 
 ance ; but, whereas the two last are all-important, the 
 first is a matter of little importance." It is true that 
 with the same impatience with which St. James 
 enjoins a man to be not a forgetful hearer, but a doer 
 of the work, Epictetus exhorts us to do what we have 15 
 demonstrated to ourselves we ought to do ; or he 
 taunts us with futility, for being armed at all points to 
 prove that lying is wrong, yet all the time continuing 
 to lie. It is true, Plato, in words which are almost the 
 words of the New Testament or the Imitation, calls 20 
 life a learning to die. But underneath the superficial 
 agreement the fundamental divergence still subsists. 
 The understanding of Solomon is " the walking in the 
 way of the commandments "; this is " the way of 
 peace," and it is of this that blessedness comes. In 25 
 the New Testament, the truth which gives us the 
 peace of God and makes us free, is the love of Christ 
 constraining us to crucify, as he did, and with a like 
 purpose of moral regeneration, the flesh with its affec- 
 tions and lusts, and thus establishing as we have seen, 30 
 the law. The moral virtues, on the other hand, are with 
 Aristotle but the porch and access to the intellectual,
 
 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 187 
 
 and with these last is blessedness. That partaking of 
 the divine life, which both Hellenism and Hebraism, 
 as we have said, fix as their crowning aim, Plato 
 expressly denies to the man of practical virtue merely, 
 5 of self-conquest with any other motive than that of per- 
 fect intellectual vision. He reserves it for the lover of 
 pure knowledge, as seeing things as they really are,— - 
 
 the <f>i\ofjLa6tf<;. 
 
 Both Hellenism and Hebraism arise ou t of th e 
 
 10 wants of human n ature, and address themselves to 
 satisfying those wants. But their methods are so 
 different, they lay stress on such different points, 
 and call into being by their respective disciplines 
 such different activities, that the face which human 
 
 15 nature presents when it passes from the hands of 
 one of them to those of the other, is no longer the 
 same. To get rid of one's ignorance, to see things 
 as they are, and by seeing them as they are to see 
 them in their beauty, is the simple and attractive 
 
 20 ideal which Hellenism holds out before human 
 nature ; and from the simplicity and charm of this 
 ideal, Hellenism, and human life in the hands of 
 Hellenism, is invested with a kind of aerial ease, 
 clearness, and radiancy ; they are full of what we 
 
 25 call sweetness and light. Difficulties are kept out 
 of view, and the beauty and rationalness of the 
 ideal have all our thoughts. " The best man is he 
 who most tries to perfect himself, and the happiest 
 man is he who most feels that he is perfecting him- 
 
 30 self," — this account of the matter by Socrates, the 
 true Socrates of the Memorabilia, has something so 
 simple, spontaneous, and unsophisticated about itv
 
 1 88 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 
 
 that it seems to fill us with clearness and hope when 
 we hear it. But there is a saying which I have 
 heard attributed to Mr. Carlyle about Socrates, — 
 a very happy saying, whether it is really Mr. Car- 
 lyle's or not, — which excellently marks the essentials 
 point in which Hebraism differs from Hellenism. 
 "Socrates," this saying goes, "is terribly at ease in 
 Zion." Hebraism, — and here is the source of its 
 wonderful strength, — has always been severely pre- 
 occupied with an awful sense of the impossibility of 10 
 being at ease in Zion ; of the difficulties which oppose 
 themselves to man's pursuit or attainment of that 
 perfection of which Socrates talks so hopefully, and, 
 as from this point of view one might almost say, so 
 glibly. It is all very well to talk of getting rid of 15 
 one's ignorance, of seeing things in their reality, 
 seeing them in their beauty ; but how is this to be 
 done when there is something which thwarts and 
 spoils all our efforts ? 
 
 This something is sin ; and the space which sin 20 
 fills in Hebraism, as compared with Hellenism, is 
 indeed prodigious. This obstacle to perfection fills 
 the whole scene, and perfection appears remote and 
 rising away from earth, in the background. Under 
 the name of sin, the difficulties of knowing oneself 25 
 and conquering oneself which impede man's passage 
 to perfection, become, for Hebraism, a positive, active 
 entity hostile to man, a mysterious power which I 
 heard Dr. Pusey the other day, in one of his impres- 
 sive sermons, compare to a hideous hunchback seated 3a 
 on our shoulders, and which it is the main business 
 of our lives to hate and oppose. The discipline of
 
 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 189 
 
 *= = - v /— t 
 
 the Old Testament may be summed up as a disci- 
 pline teaching us to abhor and flee from sin ; the 
 discipline of the New Testament, as a discipline! 
 teaching us to die to it. As Hellenism speaks of 
 5 thinking clearly, seeing things in their essence and 
 beauty, as a grand and precious feat for man to 
 achieve, so Hebraism speaks of becoming conscious 
 of sin, of awakening to a sense of sin, as a feat of 
 this kind. It is obvious to what wide divergence 
 
 10 these differing tendencies, actively followed, must 
 lead. As one passes and repasses from Hellenism to 
 Hebraism, from Plato to St. Paul, one feels inclined 
 to rub one's eyes and ask oneself whether man is 
 indeed a gentle and simple being, showing the traces 
 
 15 of a noble and divine nature ; or an unhappy chained 
 captive, labouring with groanings that cannot be ut- 
 tered to free himself from the body of this death. 
 
 Apparently it was the Hellenic conception of 
 human nature which was unsound, for the world 
 
 20 could not live by it. Absolutely to call it unsound, 
 however, is to fall into the common error of its 
 Hebraising enemies ; but it was unsound at that 
 particular moment of man's development, it was pre- 
 mature. The indispensable basis of conduct and 
 
 25 self-control, the platform upon which alone the per- 
 fection aimed at by Greece can come into bloom, was 
 not to be reached by our race so easily ; centuries of 
 probation and -discipline were needed to bring us to 
 it. Therefore the bright promise of Hellenism faded, 
 
 30 and Hebraism ruled the world. Then was seen that 
 astonishing spectacle, so well marked by the often- 
 quoted words of the prophet Zechariah, when men of
 
 19° HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 
 
 all languages and nations took hold of the skirt of 
 him that was a Jew, saying : — "We will go with you, 
 for we have heard that God is with you." And the 
 Hebraism which thus received and ruled a world all 
 gone out of the way and altogether become unprofit- S 
 able, was, and could not but be, the later, the more 
 spiritual, the more attractive development of Hebra 
 ism. It was Christianity ; that is to say, Hebraism 
 aiming at self-conquest and rescue from the thrall of 
 vile affections, not by obedience to the letter of a law, ig 
 but by conformity to the image of a self-sacrificing 
 example. To a world stricken with moral enervation 
 Christianity offered its spectacle of an inspired self- 
 sacrifice ; to men who refused themselves nothing, it 
 showed one who refused himself everything; — "wyi5 
 Saviour banished joy /" says George Herbert. When 
 the alma Venus, the life-giving and joy-giving power 
 of nature, so fondly cherished by the Pagan world, 
 could not save her followers from self-dissatisfaction 
 and ennui, the severe words of the apostle came brae- 20 
 ingly and refreshingly : " Let no man deceive you 
 with vain words, for because of these things cometh 
 the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience." 
 Through age after age and generation after genera- 
 tion, our race, or all that part of our race which was 25 
 most living and progressive, was baptized into a death; 
 and endeavoured, by suffering in the flesh, to cease 
 from sin. Of this endeavour, the animating labours 
 and afflictions of early Christianity, the touching 
 asceticism of mediaeval Christianity, are the great his- 39 
 torical manifestations. Literary monuments of it, 
 each in its own way incomparable, remain in the
 
 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 191 
 
 Epistles of St. Paul, in St. Augustine's Confessions, 
 and in the two original and simplest books of the 
 Imitation. 1 
 
 Of two disciplines laying their main stress, the 
 5 one, on clear intelligence, the other, on firm obedi- 
 ence ; the one, on comprehensively knowing the 
 grounds of one's duty, the other, on diligently prac- 
 tising it ; the one, on taking all possible care (to use 
 Bishop Wilson's words again) that the light we have 
 
 iobe not darkness, the other, that according to the 
 best light we have we diligently walk, — the priority 
 naturally belongs to that discipline which braces all 
 man's moral powers, and founds for him an indis- 
 pensable basis of character. And, therefore, it is 
 
 15 justly said of the Jewish people, who were charged 
 with setting powerfully forth that side of the divine 
 order to which the words conscience and self-conquest 
 point, that they were "entrusted with the oracles of 
 God"; as it is justly said of Christianity, which fol- 
 
 20 lowed Judaism and which set forth this side with 
 a much deeper effectiveness and a much wider influ- 
 ence, that the wisdom of the old Pagan world was 
 foolishness compared to it. No words of devotion 
 and admiration can be too strong to render thanks to 
 
 25 these beneficent forces which have so borne forward 
 humanity in its appointed work of coming to the 
 knowledge and possession of itself ; above all, in 
 those great moments when their action was the whole- 
 somest and the most necessary. 
 
 30 But the evolution of these forces, separately and in 
 themselves, is not the whole evolution of humanity, — 
 1 The two first books.
 
 192 HEBRAISM AND HELLENISM. 
 
 their single history is not the whole history of man ; 
 whereas their admirers are always apt to make it 
 stand for the whole history. Hebraism and Hellenism 
 are, neit her of them, the law of human developme nt, 
 as their admirers are prone to make them ; they are, 5 
 ea ch of them, contributions to human deye lopjrien t , — 
 august contributions, invaluable contributions ; and 
 each showing itself to us more august, more invaluable, 
 more preponderant over the other, according to the 
 moment in which we take them and the relation in ic 
 which we stand to them. The nations of our modern 
 world, children of that immense and salutary move- 
 ment which broke up the Pagan world, inevitably 
 stand to Hellenism in a relation which dwarfs it, and 
 to Hebraism in a relation which magnifies it. They ii> 
 are inevitably prone to take Hebraism as the law of 
 human development, and not as simply a contribution 
 to it, however precious. And yet the lesson must 
 perforce be learned, that the human spirit is wider 
 thah the most priceless of the forces which bear it 20 
 onward, and that to the whole development of man 
 Hebraism itself is, like Hellenism, but a contribution. 
 — Culture and Anarchy, ed. 1896, pp. 109-121.
 
 Gbe Dangers of jpudtanfem. 
 
 The Puritan's great danger is that he imagines 
 himself in possession of a rule telling him the unum 
 necessarium, or one thing needful, and that he then 
 remains satisfied with a very crude conception of what 
 5 this rule really is and what it tells him, thinks he has 
 now knowledge and henceforth needs only to act, and, 
 in this dangerous state of assurance and self-satisfac- 
 tion, proceeds to give full swing to a number of the 
 instincts of his ordinary self. Some of the instincts 
 
 loof his ordinary self he has, by the help of his rule of 
 life, conquered ; but others which he has not con- 
 quered by this help he is so far from perceiving to 
 need subjugation, and to be instincts of an inferior 
 self, that he even fancies it to be his right and duty, 
 
 ib in virtue of having conquered a limited part of him- 
 self, to give unchecked swing to the remainder. He 
 is, I say, a victim of Hebraism, of the tendency to 
 cultivate strictness of conscience rather than spon- 
 taneity of consciousness. And what he wants is a 
 
 20 larger conception of human nature, showing him the 
 number of other points at which his nature must 
 come to its best, besides the points which he himself 
 knows and thinks of. There is no unum necessarium, 
 or one thing needful, which can free human nature 
 
 25 from the obligation of trying to come to its best 
 at all these points. The real unum necessarium for 
 
 193
 
 194 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 
 
 us is to come to our best at all points. Instead of 
 our " one thing needful," justifying in us vulgarity, 
 hideousness, ignorance, violence, — our vulgarity, 
 hideousness, ignorance, violence, are really so many 
 touchstones which try our one thing needful, and 5 
 which prove that in the state, at any rate, in which 
 we ourselves have it, it is not all we want. And as 
 the force which encourages us to stand staunch and 
 fast by the rule and ground we have is Hebraism, so 
 the force which encourages us to go back upon this 10 
 rule, and to try the very ground on which we appear 
 to stand, is Hellenism, — a turn for giving our con- 
 sciousness free play and enlarging its range. And 
 what I say is, not that Hellenism is always for every- 
 body more wanted than Hebraism, but that for Mr. 15 
 Murphy at this particular moment, and for the great 
 majority of us his fellow-countrymen, it is more 
 wanted. 
 
 Nothing is more striking than to observe in how 
 many ways a limited conception of human nature, the 20 
 notion of a one thing needful, a one side in us to be 
 made uppermost, the disregard of a full and harmoni- 
 ous development of ourselves, tells injuriously on our 
 thinking and acting. In the first place, our hold 
 upon the rule or standard, to which we look for our 25 
 one thing needful, tends to become less and less near 
 and vital, our conception of it more and more 
 mechanical, and more and more unlike the thing 
 itself as it was conceived in the mind where it origi- 
 nated. The dealings of Puritanism with the writings 3c 
 of St. Paul, afford a noteworthy illustration of this. 
 Nowhere so much as in the writings of St. Paul, and
 
 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 195 
 
 in that great apostle's greatest work, the Epistle to 
 the Romans, has Puritanism found what seemed to 
 furnish it with the one thing needful, and to give it 
 canons of truth absolute and final. Now all writings, 
 5 as has been already said, even the most precious writ- 
 ings and the most fruitful, must inevitably, from the 
 very nature of things, be but contributions to human 
 thought and human development, which extend wider 
 than they do. Indeed, St. Paul, in the very Epistle 
 
 10 of which we are speaking, shows, when he asks, 
 " Who hath known the mind of the Lord ? " — who 
 hath known, that is, the true and divine order of 
 things in its entirety, — that he himself acknowledges 
 this fully. And we have already pointed out in 
 
 £5 another Epistle of St. Paul a great and vital idea of 
 the human spirit, — the idea of immortality, — trans- 
 cending and overlapping, so to speak, the expositor's 
 power to give it adequate definition and expression. 
 But quite distinct from the question whether St. 
 
 so Paul's expression, or any man's expression, can be a 
 perfect and final expression of truth, comes the ques- 
 tion whether we rightly seize and understand his 
 expression as its exists. Now, perfectly to seize 
 another man's meaning, as it stood in his own mind, 
 
 25 is not easy ; especially when the man is separated 
 from us by such differences of race, training, time, 
 and circumstances as St. Paul. But there are degrees 
 of nearness of getting at a man's meaning ; and 
 though we cannot arrive quite at what St. Paul had 
 
 30 in his mind, yet we may come near it. And who, 
 that comes thus near it, must not feel how terms 
 which St. Paul employs, in trying to follow with his
 
 196 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 
 
 analysis of such profound power and originality some 
 of the most delicate, intricate, obscure, and contra- 
 dictory workings and states of the human spirit, are 
 detached and employed by Puritanism, not in the 
 connected and fluid way in which St. Paul employs 5 
 them, and for which alone words are really meant, 
 but in an isolated, fixed, mechanical way, as if they 
 were talismans ; and how all trace and sense of St. 
 Paul's true movement of ideas, and sustained masterly 
 analysis, is thus lost ? Who, I say, that has watched 10 
 Puritanism, — the force which so strongly Hebraises, 
 which so takes St. Paul's writings as something abso- 
 lute and final, containing the one thing needful, — 
 handle such terms as grace, faith, election, righteous- 
 ness, but must feel, not only that these terms have for 15 
 the mind of Puritanism a sense false and misleading, 
 but also that this sense is the most monstrous and 
 grotesque caricature of the sense of St. Paul, and that 
 his true meaning is by these worshippers of his words 
 altogether lost ? 20 
 
 Or to take another eminent example, in which not 
 Puritanism only, but, one may say, the whole re- 
 ligious world, by their mechanical use of St. Paul's 
 writings, can be shown to miss or change his real 
 meaning. The whole religious world, one may say, 25 
 use now the word resurrection, — a word which is so 
 often in their thoughts and on their lips, and which 
 they find so often in St. Paul's writings, — in one sense 
 only. They use it to mean a rising again after the 
 physical death of the body. Now it is quite true 30 
 that St. Paul speaks of resurrection in this sense, 
 that he tries to describe and explain it, and that he
 
 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 197 
 
 condemns those who doubt and deny it. But it is 
 true, also, that in nine cases out of ten where St. 
 Paul thinks and speaks of resurrection, he thinks and 
 speaks of it in a sense different from this ; — in the 
 
 5 sense of a rising to a new life before the physical 
 death of the body, and not after it. The idea on 
 which we have already touched, the profound idea of 
 being baptized into the death of the great exemplar 
 of self-devotion and self-annulment, of repeating in 
 
 10 our own person, by virtue of identification with our 
 exemplar, his course of self-devotion and self-annul- 
 ment, and of thus coming, within the limits of our 
 present life, to a new life, in which, as in the death 
 going before it, we are identified with our exemplar, 
 
 15 — this is the fruitful and original conception of being 
 risen with Christ which possesses the mind of St. Pa 
 and this is the central point round which, with such 
 incomparable emotion and eloquence, all his teaching 
 moves. For him, the life after our physical death is 
 
 20 really in the main but a consequence and continuation 
 of the inexhaustible energy of the new life thus origi- 
 nated on this side the grave. This grand Pauline 
 idea of Christian resurrection is worthily rehearsed in 
 one of the noblest collects of the Prayer-Book, and is 
 
 25 destined, no doubt, to fill a more and more important 
 place in the Christianity of the future. But mean- 
 while, almost as signal as the essentialness of this 
 characteristic idea in St. Paul's teaching, is the com- 
 pleteness with which the worshippers of St. Paul's 
 
 30 words as an absolute final expression of saving truth 
 have lost it, and have substituted for the apostle's 
 living and near conception of a resurrection now, their 
 
 ng 
 ul, ( 
 
 ch }
 
 I9« THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 
 
 mechanical and remote conception of a resurrection 
 hereafter. 
 
 In short, so fatal is the notion of possessing, even 
 in the most precious words or standards, the one 
 thing needful, of having in them, once for all, a fulls 
 and sufficient measure of light to guide us, and of 
 there being no duty left for us except to make our 
 practice square exactly with them, — so fatal, I say, is 
 this notion to the right knowledge and comprehension 
 of the very words or standards we thus adopt, and to ic 
 such strange distortions and perversions of them does 
 it inevitably lead, that whenever we hear that common- 
 place which Hebraism, if we venture to inquire what 
 a man knows, is so apt to bring out against us, in 
 disparagement of what we call culture, and in praise 15 
 of a man's sticking to the one thing needful, — he 
 knows, says Hebraism, his Bible ! — whenever we hear 
 this said, we may, without any elaborate defence 
 of culture, content ourselves with answering simply : 
 "No man, who knows nothing else, knows even his 20 
 Bible." 
 
 Now the force which we have so much neglected, 
 Hellenism, may be liable to fail in moral strength 
 and earnestness, but by the law of its nature, — the 
 very same law which makes it sometimes deficient in 25 
 intensity when intensity is required, — it opposes 
 itself to the notion of cutting our being in two, of 
 attributing to one part the dignity of dealing with 
 the one thing needful, and leaving the other part to 
 take its chance, which is the bane of Hebraism. 30 
 Essential in Hellenism is the impulse to the develop- 
 ment of the whole man, to connecting and harmon-
 
 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 199 
 
 ising all parts of him, perfecting all, leaving none to 
 take their chance. 
 
 The characteristic bent of Hellenism, as has been 
 said, is to find the intelligible law of things, to see 
 
 5 them in their true nature and as they really are. 
 But many things are not seen in their true nature 
 and as they really are, unless they are seen as beauti- 
 ful. Behaviour is not intelligible, does not account 
 for itself to the mind and show the reason for its 
 
 10 existing, unless it is beautiful. The same with dis- 
 course, the same with song, the same with worship, 
 all of them modes in which man proves his activity 
 and expresses himself. To think that when one pro- 
 duces in these what is mean, or vulgar, or hideous, 
 
 15 one can be permitted to plead that one has that 
 within which passes show ; to suppose that the pos- 
 session of what benefits and satisfies one part of our 
 being can make allowable either discourse like Mr. 
 Murphy's, or poetry like the hymns we all hear, or 
 
 20 places of worship like the chapels we all see, — this it 
 is abhorrent to the nature of Hellenism to concede. 
 And to be, like our honoured and justly honoured 
 Faraday, a great natural philosopher with one side of 
 his being and a Sandemanian with the other, would to 
 
 25 Archimedes have been impossible. 
 
 It is evident to what a many-sided perfecting of 
 man's powers and activities this demand of Hellenism 
 for satisfaction to be given to the mind by everything 
 which we do, is calculated to impel our race. It has 
 
 30 its dangers, as has been fully granted. The notion of 
 this sort of equipollency in man's modes of activity 
 may lead to moral relaxation ; what we do not make
 
 200 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 
 
 our one thing needful, we may come to treat not 
 enough as if it were needful, though it is indeed very 
 needful and at the same time very hard. Still, what 
 side in us has not its dangers, and which of our 
 impulses can be a talisman to give us perfection out- 5 
 right, and not merely a help to bring us towards it ? 
 Has not Hebraism, as we have shown, its dangers as 
 well as Hellenism ? or have we used so excessively 
 the tendencies in ourselves to which Hellenism makes 
 appeal, that we are now suffering from it ? Are we i< 
 not, on the contrary, now suffering because we have 
 not enough used these tendencies as a help towards 
 perfection ? 
 
 For we see whither it has brought us, the long 
 exclusive predominance of Hebraism, — the insisting 15 
 on perfection in one part of our nature and not in all ; 
 the singling out the moral side, the side of obedience 
 and action, for such intent regard ; making strictness 
 of the moral conscience so far the principal thing, 
 and putting off for hereafter and for another world 20 
 the care for being complete at all points, the full and 
 harmonious development of our humanity. Instead 
 of watching and following on its ways the desire 
 which, as Plato says, " for ever through all the 
 universe tends towards that which is lovely," we 25 
 think that the world has settled its accounts with 
 this desire, knows what this desire wants of it, and 
 that all the impulses of our ordinary self which do 
 not conflict with the terms of this settlement, in our 
 narrow view of it, we may follow unrestrainedly, 30 
 under the sanction of some such text as " Not sloth- 
 ful in business," or, " Whatsoever thy hand findeth
 
 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 201 
 
 to do, do it with all thy might," or something else of 
 the same kind. And to any of these impulses we 
 soon come to give that same character of a mechani- 
 cal, absolute law, which we give to our religion ; we 
 5 regard it, as we do our religion, as an object for 
 strictness of conscience, not for spontaneity of con- 
 sciousness ; for unremitting adherence on its own 
 account, not for going back upon, viewing in its con- 
 nection with other things, and adjusting to a number 
 
 10 of changing circumstances. We treat it, in short, just 
 as we treat our religion, — as machinery. It is in this 
 way that the Barbarians treat their bodily exercises, 
 the Philistines their business, Mr. Spurgeon his volun- 
 taryism, Mr. Bright the assertion of personal liberty, 
 
 15 Mr. Beales the right of meeting in Hyde Park. In , 
 all those cases what is needed is a freer play of con- J 
 sciousness upon the object of pursuit ; and in all of / 
 them Hebraism, the valuing staunchness and earnest- 
 ness more than this free play, the entire subordina- 
 
 2otion of thinking to doing, has led to a mistaken and 
 misleading treatment of things. 
 
 The newspapers a short time ago contained an 
 account of the suicide of a Mr. Smith, secretary to 
 some insurance company, who, it was said, " laboured 
 
 25 under the apprehension that he would come to poverty, 
 and that he was eternally lost." And when I read 
 these words, it occurred to me that the poor man who 
 came to such a mournful end was, in truth, a kind of 
 type, — by the selection of his two grand objects of 
 
 30 concern, by their isolation from everything else, and 
 their juxtaposition to one another, — of all the 
 strongest, most respectable, and most representative
 
 202 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 
 
 part of our nation. " He laboured under the appre- 
 hension that he would come to poverty, and that he 
 was eternally lost." The whole middle class have a 
 conception of things, — a conception which makes us 
 call them Philistines, — just like that of this poor man ; 5 
 though we are seldom, of course, shocked by seeing it 
 take the distressing, violently morbid, and fatal turn, 
 which it took with him. But how generally, with how 
 many of us, are the main concerns of life limited to 
 these two : the concern for making money, and the ia 
 concern for saving our souls ! And how entirely does 
 the narrow and mechanical conception of our secular 
 business proceed from a narrow and mechanical con- 
 ception of our religious business ! What havoc do the 
 united conceptions make of our lives ! It is because 15 
 the second-named of these two master-concerns pre- 
 sents to us the one thing needful in so fixed, nar- 
 row, and mechanical a way, that so ignoble a fellow 
 master-concern to it as the first-named becomes possi- 
 ble ; and, having been once admitted, takes the same 20 
 rigid and absolute character as the other. 
 
 Poor Mr. Smith had sincerely the nobler master- 
 concern as well as the meaner, — the concern for saving 
 his soul (according to the narrow and mechanical con- 
 ception which Puritanism has of what the salvation 25 
 of the soul is), as well as the concern for making 
 money. But let us remark how many people there 
 are, especially outside the limits of the serious and 
 conscientious middle class to which Mr. Smith be- 
 longed, who take up with a meaner master-concern, — 3a 
 whether it be pleasure, or field-sports, or bodily 
 exercises, or business, or popular agitation, — who
 
 THE DANGERS OF PURITANISM. 203 
 
 take up with one of these exclusively, and neglect 
 Mr. Smith's nobler master-concern, because of the 
 mechanical form which Hebraism has given to this 
 noble master-concern. Hebraism makes it stand, as 
 5 we have said, as something talismanic, isolated, and 
 all-sufficient, justifying our giving our ordinary selves 
 free play in bodily exercises, or business, or popular 
 agitation, if we have made our accounts square with 
 this master-concern ; and, if we have not, rendering 
 
 10 other things indifferent, and our ordinary self all we 
 have to follow, and to follow with all the energy that 
 is in us, till we do. Whereas the idea of perfection 
 at all points, the encouraging in ourselves spontaneity 
 of consciousness, and letting a free play of thought 
 
 15 live and flow around all our activity, the indisposition 
 to allow one side of our activity to stand as so all- 
 important and all-sufficing that it makes other sides 
 indifferent, — this bent of mind in us may not only 
 check us in following unreservedly a mean master- 
 
 20 concern of any kind, but may even, also, bring new 
 life and movement into that side of us with which 
 alone Hebraism concerns itself, and awaken a healthier 
 and less mechanical activity there. Hellenism may 
 thus actually serve to further the designs of Hebra« 
 
 25 ism. — Culture and Anarchy, ed. 1896, pp. 134-145.
 
 Gbe IRot Ourselves. 
 
 The Old Testament, nobody will ever deny, is filled 
 with the word and thought of righteousness. " In 
 the way of righteousness is life, and in the pathway 
 thereof is no death ; " " Righteousness tendeth to 
 life ; " " He that pursueth evil pursueth it to his own 5 
 death ; " " The way of transgressors is hard ; " — 
 nobody will deny that those texts may stand for the 
 fundamental and ever-recurring idea of the Old Testa- 
 ment. 1 No people ever felt so strongly as the people 
 of the Old Testament, the Hebrew people, that con- 10 
 duct is three-fourths of our life and its largest con- 
 cern. No people ever felt so strongly that succeeding, 
 going right, hitting the mark in this great concern, 
 was the way of peace, the highest possible satisfaction. 
 " He that keepeth the law, happy is he ; its ways are is 
 ways of pleasantness, and all its paths are peace ; if 
 thou hadst walked in its ways, thou shouldst have 
 dwelt in peace for ever!" 2 Jeshurun, one of the 
 ideal names of their race, is the upright ; Israel, the 
 other and greater, is the wrestler with God, he who has 20 
 known the contention and strain it costs to stand 
 upright. That mysterious personage by whom their 
 history first touches the hill of Sion, is Melchisedek, 
 the righteous king. Their holy city, Jerusalem, is the 
 
 1 Prov. xii. 28 ; xi. 19 ; xiii. 15. 
 
 1 Prov. xxix. 18 ; iii. 17. Baruch iii. 13. 
 
 204
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 205 
 
 foundation, or vision, or inheritance, of that which 
 righteousness achieves, — peace. The law of righteous- 
 ness was such an object of attention to them, that its 
 words were to "be in their heart, and thou shalt teach 
 5 them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of 
 them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou 
 walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and 
 when thou risest up." 3 That they might keep them 
 ever in mind, they wore them, went about with them, 
 
 10 made talismans of them. "Bind them upon thy 
 fingers, bind them about thy neck ; write them upon 
 the table of thine heart ! " 4 " Take fast hold of her," 
 they said of the doctrine of conduct, or righteousness, 
 " let her not go ! keep her, for she is thy life ! " 5 
 
 15 People who thus spoke of righteousness could not 
 but have had their minds long and deeply engaged 
 with it ; much more than the generality of mankind, 
 who have nevertheless, as we saw, got as far as the 
 notion of morals or conduct. And, if they were so 
 
 20 deeply attentive to it, one thing could not fail to 
 strike them. It is this : the very great part in 
 righteousness which belongs, we may say, to not our- 
 selves. In the first place, we did not make ourselves 
 and our nature, or conduct as the object of three- 
 
 25 fourths of that nature ; we did not provide that happi- 
 ness should follow conduct, as it undeniably does ; 
 that the sense of succeeding, going right, hitting the 
 mark, in conduct, should give satisfaction, and a very 
 high satisfaction, just as really as the sense of doing 
 
 30 well in his work gives pleasure to a poet or painter, 01 
 
 3 Deuteronomy vi. 6, 7. 4 Prov. vii. 3 ; iii. 3. 
 
 h Prov. iv. 13.
 
 2c6 THE NOT OURSELVES. 
 
 accomplishing what he tries gives pleasure to a man 
 who is learning to ride or to shoot ; or as satisfying 
 his hunger, also, gives pleasure to a man who is 
 hungry. 
 
 All this we did not make ; and, in the next place, 5 
 our dealing with it at all, when it is made, is not 
 wholly, or even nearly wholly, in our own power. Our 
 conduct is capable, irrespective of what we can our- 
 selves certainly answer for, of almost infinitely differ- 
 ent degrees of force and energy in the performance of io 
 it, of lucidity and vividness in the perception of it, of 
 fulness in the satisfaction from it ; and these degrees 
 may vary from day to day, and quite incalculably. 
 Facilities and felicities, — whence do they come? 
 suggestions and stimulations, — where do they tend? 15 
 hardly a day passes but we have some experience of 
 them. And so Henry More was led to say, that 
 " there was something about us that knew better, 
 often, what we would be at than we ourselves." For 
 instance : every one can understand how health and 20 
 freedom from pain may give energy for conduct, and 
 how a neuralgia, suppose, may diminish it. It does 
 not depend on ourselves, indeed, whether we have the 
 neuralgia or not, but we can understand its impairing 
 our spirit. But the strange thing is, that with the same 25 
 neuralgia we may find ourselves one day without 
 spirit and energy for conduct, and another day with 
 them. So that we may most truly say : " Left to 
 ourselves, we sink and perish ; visited, we lift up our 
 heads and live." And we may well give ourselves, in 30 
 
 6 " Relicti mergimur et perimus, visitati vero erigimur et 
 vivimus."
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 207 
 
 grateful and devout self-surrender, to that by which we 
 are thus visited. So much is there incalculable, so 
 much that belongs to not ourselves, in conduct ; and 
 the more we attend to conduct, and the more we value 
 5 it, the more we shall feel this. 
 
 The not ourselves, which is in us and in the world 
 around us, has almost everywhere, as far as we can 
 see, struck the minds of men as they awoke to con- 
 sciousness, and has inspired them with awe. Every 
 
 10 one knows how the mighty natural objects which most 
 took their regards became the objects to which this 
 awe addressed itself. Our very word God is a remi- 
 niscence of these times, when men invoked " The 
 Brilliant on high," sublime hoc candens quod invocant 
 
 15 omnes Jovem, as the power representing to them that 
 which transcended the limits of their narrow selves, 
 and that by which they lived and moved and had their 
 being. Every one knows of what differences of opera- 
 tion men's dealing with this power has in different 
 
 20 places and times shown itself capable ; how here they 
 have been moved by the ?wt ourselves to a cruel terror, 
 there to a timid religiosity, there again to a play of 
 imagination ; almost always, however, connecting 
 with it, by some string or other, conduct. 
 
 25 But we are not writing a history of religion ; we are 
 only tracing its effect on the language of the men from 
 whom we get the Bible. At the time they produced 
 those documents which give to the Old Testament its 
 power and its true character, the not ourselves which 
 
 30 weighed upon the mind of Israel, and engaged its awe, 
 was the not ourselves by which we get the sense for 
 righteousness, and whence we find the help to do right,
 
 208 THE NOT OURSELVES. 
 
 This conception was indubitably what lay at the bot- 
 tom of that remarkable change which under Moses, at 
 a certain stage of their religious history, befell the 
 Hebrew people's mode of naming God. 7 This was 
 what they intended in that name, which we wrongly 5 
 convey, either without translation, by Jehovah, which 
 gives us the notion of a mere mythological deity, or 
 by a wrong translation, Lord, which gives us the 
 notion of a magnified and non-natural man. The 
 name they used was : The Eternal. 10 
 
 Philosophers dispute whether moral ideas, as they 
 call them, the simplest ideas of conduct and righteous- 
 ness which now seem instinctive, did not all grow, 
 were not once inchoate, embryo, dubious, unformed. 8 
 That may have been so ; the question is an interesting 15 
 one for science. But the interesting question for con- 
 duct is whether those ideas are unformed or formed 
 now. They are formed now ; and they were formed 
 when the Hebrews named the power, out of them- 
 selves, which pressed upon their spirit : The Eternal. 20 
 Probably the life of Abraham, the friend of God, how- 
 ever imperfectly the Bible traditions by themselves 
 convey it to us, was a decisive step forwards in the 
 development of these ideas of righteousness. Proba- 
 bly this was the moment when such ideas became 25 
 fixed and ruling for the Hebrew people, and marked it 
 permanently off from all others who had not made the 
 same step. But long before the first beginnings of 
 recorded history, long before the oldest word of Bible 
 
 7 See Exodus Hi. 14. 
 
 8 " Qu'est-ce-que la nature ? " says Pascal : " peut eire une pre- 
 miere coulwne, comme la coutume est une seconde nature."
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 209 
 
 literature, these ideas must have been at work. We 
 know it by the result, although they may have for a 
 long while been but rudimentary. In Israel's earliest 
 history and earliest literature, under the name of 
 
 5 Eloah, Elohim, The Mighty, there may have lain and 
 matured, there did lie and mature, ideas of God more 
 as a moral power, more as a power connected, above 
 everything, with conduct and righteousness, than were 
 entertained by other races. Not only can we judge 
 
 10 by the result that this must have been so, but we can 
 see that it was so. Still their name, The Mighty, does 
 not in itself involve any true and deep religious ideas, 
 any more than our name, The Shining. With The 
 Eternal it is otherwise. For what did they mean by 
 
 15 the Eternal ; the Eternal what? The Eternal cause? 
 Alas, these poor people were not Archbishops of York. 
 They meant the Eternal righteous, who loveth right- 
 eousness. They had dwelt upon the thought of 
 conduct and right and wrong, till the not ourselves 
 
 20 which is in us and all around us, became to them 
 adorable eminently and altogether as a power which 
 makes for righteousness ; which makes for it unchange- 
 ably and eternally, and is therefore called The 
 Eternal. 
 
 25 There is not a particle of metaphysics in their use 
 of this name, any more than in their conception of the 
 not ourselves to which they attached it. Both came to 
 them not from abstruse reasoning but from experience, 
 and from experience in the plain region of conduct. 
 
 30 Theologians with metaphysical heads render Israel's 
 Eternal by the self -existent, and Israel's not ourselves 
 by the absolute, and attribute to Israel their own sub*
 
 2io THE NOT OURSELVES. 
 
 tleties. According to them, Israel had his head full of 
 the necessity of a first cause, and therefore said, The 
 Eternal; as, again, they imagine him looking out into 
 the world, noting everywhere the marks of design and 
 adaptation to his wants, and reasoning out and infer- 5 
 ring thence the fatherhood of God. All these fancies 
 come from an excessive turn for reasoning, and a 
 neglect of observing men's actual course of thinking 
 and way of using words. Israel, at this stage when 
 The Eternal was revealed to him, inferred nothing, ic 
 reasoned out nothing ; he felt and experienced. When 
 he begins to speculate, in the schools of Rabbinism, 
 he quickly shows how much less native talent than the 
 Bishops of Winchester and Gloucester he has for this 
 perilous business. Happily, when The Eternal was 15 
 revealed to him, he had not yet begun to speculate. 
 
 Israel personified, indeed, his Eternal, for he was 
 strongly moved, he was an orator and poet. Man 
 never knows how anthropomorphic he is, says Goethe, 
 and so man tends always to represent everything under 2c 
 his own figure. In poetry and eloquence, man may 
 and must follow this tendency, but in science it often 
 leads him astray. Israel, however, did not scientifi- 
 cally predicate personality of God ; he would not even 
 have had a notion what was meant by it. He called 25 
 him the maker of all things, who gives drink to all out 
 of his pleasures as out of a river ; but he was led to 
 this by no theory of a first cause. The grandeur of 
 the spectacle given by the world, the grandeur of the 
 sense of its all being not ourselves, being above and 30 
 beyond ourselves and immeasurably dwarfing us, a 
 man of imagination instinctively personifies as a single,
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 211 
 
 mighty, living and productive power ; as Goethe tells 
 us that the words which rose naturally to his lips, when 
 he stood on the top of the Brocken, were : "Lord, 
 what is man, that thou mindest him, or the son of man, 
 5 that thou makest account of him?" 9 But Israel's 
 confessing and extolling of this power came not even 
 from his imaginative feeling, but came first from his 
 gratitude for righteousness. To one who knows what 
 conduct is, it is a joy to be alive ; and the not ourselves, 
 
 10 which by bringing forth for us righteousness makes 
 our happiness, working just in the same sense, brings 
 forth this glorious world to be righteous in. That is 
 the notion at the bottom of a Hebrew's praise of a 
 Creator ; and if we attend, we can see this quite 
 
 15 clearly. Wisdom and understanding mean, for Israel, 
 the love of order, of righteousness. Righteousness, 
 order, conduct, is for Israel at once the source of all 
 man's happiness, and at the same time the very essence 
 of The Eternal. The great work of the Eternal is the 
 
 20 foundation of this order in man, the implanting in 
 mankind of his own love of righteousness, his own 
 spirit, his own wisdom and understanding ; and it is 
 only as a farther and natural working of this energy 
 that Israel conceives the establishment of order in the 
 
 25 world, or creation. " To depart from evil, that is un- 
 derstanding ! Happy is the man that findeth wisdom, 
 and the man that getteth understanding. The Eternal 
 by wisdom hath founded the earth, by understanding hath 
 he established the heavens" ;™ and so the Bible-writer 
 
 30 passes into the account of creation. It all comes to 
 him from the idea of righteousness. 
 
 8 Psalm cxliv. 3. 10 Prov. iii. 13-20.
 
 212 THE NOT OURSELVES. 
 
 And it is the same with all the language our 
 Hebrew religionist uses. God is a father, because the 
 power in and around us, which makes for righteous- 
 ness, is indeed best described by the name of this 
 authoritative but yet tender and protecting relation. 5 
 So, too, with the intense fear and abhorrence of 
 idolatry. Conduct, righteousness, is, above all, a 
 matter of inward motion and rule. No sensible forms 
 can represent it, or help us to it ; such attempts at 
 representation can only distract us from it. So, too, 10 
 with the sense of the oneness of God. " Hear, O 
 Israel ! The Lord our God is one Lord." " People 
 think that in this unity of God, — this monotheistic 
 idea, as they call it, — they have certainly got meta- 
 physics at last. They have got nothing of the kind. 15 
 The monotheistic idea of Israel is simply seriousness. 
 There are, indeed, many aspects of the not ourselves; 
 but Israel regarded one aspect of it only, that by 
 which it makes for righteousness. He had the advan- 
 tage, to be sure, that with this aspect three-fourths of 20 
 human life is concerned. But there are other aspects 
 which may be set in view. " Frail and striving 
 mortality," says the elder Pliny in a noble passage, 
 "mindful of its own weakness, has distinguished these 
 aspects severally, so as for each man to be able to 25 
 attach himself to the divine by this or that part, 
 according as he has most need." I2 That is an apology 
 for polytheism, as answering to man's many-sidedness. 
 
 11 Dent. vi. 4. 
 
 12 " Fragilis et laboriosa mortalitas in partes ista digessit, infir- 
 mitatis suae memor, ut portionibus coleret quisque, quo maxime 
 indigeret." — Nat. Hist. ii. 5.
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 213 
 
 But lsiael felt that being thus many-sided degenerated 
 into an imaginative play, and bewildered what Israel 
 recognized as our sole religious consciousness, — the 
 consciousness of right. "Let thine eyelids look right 
 
 5 on, and let thine eyelids look straight before thee ; 
 turn not to the right hand nor to the left ; remove thy 
 foot from evil ! " 1J 
 
 For does not Ovid say,' 4 in excuse for the immorality 
 of his verses, that the sight and mention of the gods 
 
 10 themselves, — the rulers of human life, — often raised 
 immoral thoughts ? And so the sight and mention of 
 all aspects of the not ourselves must. Yet how tempt- 
 ing are many of these aspects ! Even at this time of 
 day, the grave authorities of the University of Cam- 
 
 15 bridge are so struck by one of them, that of pleasure, 
 life, and fecundity, — of the hominum divomque voluntas, 
 alma Venus, — that they set it publicly up as an object 
 for their scholars to fix their minds upon, and to 
 compose verses in honour of. That is all very well 
 
 20 at present ; but with this natural bent in the authori- 
 ties of the University of Cambridge, and in the Indo- 
 European race to which they belong, where would 
 they be now if it had not been for Israel, and for the 
 stern check which Israel put upon the glorification 
 
 25 and divinisation of this natural bent of mankind, this 
 attractive aspect of the not ourselves ? Perhaps going in 
 procession, Vice-Chancellor, bedels, masters, scholars, 
 
 13 Prov. iv. 25, 27. 
 
 14 Trislia ii. 287 :— 
 
 "Quis locus est templis augustior? haec quoque vitet 
 In culpam si qua est ingeniosa suam." 
 
 See the whole passage.
 
 214 THE NOT OURSELVES. 
 
 and all, in spite of their Professor of Moral Philosophy, 
 to the Temple of Aphrodite ! Nay, and very likely 
 Mr. Birks himself, his brows crowned with myrtle 
 and scarcely a shade of melancholy on his countenance, 
 would have been going along with them ! It is Israel 5 
 and his seriousness that have saved the authorities of 
 the University of Cambridge from carrying their 
 divinisation of pleasure to these lengths, or from 
 making more of it, indeed, than a mere passing intel- 
 lectual play ; and even this play Israel would have 10 
 beheld with displeasure, saying : O turn away mine 
 eyes lest they behold vanity, but quicken Thou me in thy 
 way I 16 So earnestly and exclusively were Israel's 
 regards bent on one aspect of the not ourselves : its 
 aspect as a power of making for conduct, righteous- 15 
 ness. Israel's Eternal was the Eternal which says : 
 " To depart from evil, that is understanding ! Be ye 
 holy, for I am holy ! " Now, as righteousness is but a 
 heightened conduct, so holiness is but a heightened 
 righteousness ; a more finished, entire, and awe-filled 20 
 righteousness. It was such a righteousness which was 
 Israel's ideal ; and therefore it was that Israel said, 
 not indeed what our Bibles make him say, but this : 
 " Hear, O Israel ! The Eternal is our God, The 
 Eternal alone." 25 
 
 And in spite of his turn for personification, his want 
 of a clear boundary-line between poetry and science, 
 his inaptitude to express even abstract notions by 
 other than highly concrete terms, — in spite of these 
 scientific disadvantages, or rather, perhaps, because of 30 
 them, because he had no talent for abstruse reasoning 
 
 16 Psalm cxix. 37,
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 215 
 
 to lead him astray,— the spirit and tongue of Israel 
 kept a propriety, a reserve, a sense of the inadequacy 
 of language in conveying man's ideas of God, which 
 contrast strongly with the licence of affirmation in 
 
 5 our Western theology. " The high and holy One 
 that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is holy," 16 is far 
 more proper and felicitous language than " the moral 
 and intelligent Governor of the universe," just because 
 it far less attempts to be precise, but keeps to the 
 
 10 language of poetry and does not essay the language of 
 science. As he had developed his idea of God from 
 personal experience, Israel knew what we, who have 
 developed our idea from his words about it, so often 
 are ignorant of : that his words were but thrown 
 
 isoutsit a vast object of consciousness, which he could 
 not fully grasp, and which he apprehended clearly by 
 one point alone, — that it made for the great concern 
 of life conduct. How little we know of it besides, how 
 impenetrable is the course of its ways with us, how we 
 
 20 ire baffled in our attempts to name and describe it, 
 how, when we personify it and call it "the moral and 
 intelligent Governor of the universe," we presently 
 find it not to be a person as man conceives of person, 
 nor moral as man conceives of moral, nor intelligent 
 
 25 as man conceives of intelligent, nor a governor as man 
 conceives of governors, — all this, which scientific 
 theology loses sight of, Israel, who had but poetry and 
 eloquence, and no system, and who did not mind 
 contradicting himself, knew. " Is it any pleasure to 
 
 30 the Almighty, that thou art righteous ? " " What a 
 blow to our ideal of that magnified and non-natural 
 15 Isaiah lvii. 15. "Job xxii. 3.
 
 216 THE NOT OURSELVES. 
 
 man, "the moral and intelligent Governor!" Say 
 what we can about God, say our best, we have yet, 
 Israel knew, to add instantly : " Lo, these are parts of 
 his ways ; but hotv little a portion is heard of him ! " 18 
 Yes, indeed, Israel remembered that far better than 5 
 our bishops do. " Canst thou by searching find out 
 God ; canst thou find out the perfection of the 
 Almighty ? It is more high than heaven, what canst 
 thou do? deeper than hell, what canst thou know ? " !9 
 
 Will it be said, experience might also have shown ia 
 to Israel a not ourselves which did not make for his 
 happiness, but rather made against it, baffled his 
 claims to it ? But no man, as we have elsewhere 
 remarked, 20 who simply follows his own consciousness, 
 is aware of any claims, any rights, whatever ; what he 15 
 gets of good makes him thankful, what he gets of ill 
 seems to him natural. His simple spontaneous feeling 
 is well expressed by that saying of Izaak Walton : 
 " Every misery that I miss is a new mercy, and there- 
 fore let us be thankful." It is true, the not ourselves 20 
 of which we are thankfully conscious we inevitably 
 speak of and speak to as a man; for "man never 
 knows how anthropomorphic he is." And as time 
 proceeds, imagination and reasoning keep working 
 upon this substructure, and build from it a magnified 25 
 and non-natural man. Attention is then drawn, after- 
 wards, to causes outside ourselves which seem to make 
 for sin and suffering ; and then either these causes 
 have to be reconciled by some highly ingenious scheme 
 with the magnified and non-natural man's power, or a 30 
 
 18 Job xxvi. 14. 19 Job xi. 7, 8. 
 
 80 Culture and Anarchy, p. 165.
 
 THE NOT OURSELVES. 217 
 
 second magnified and non-natural man has to be sup- 
 posed, who pulls the contrary way to the first. So 
 arise Satan and his angels. But all this is secondary, 
 and comes much later. Israel, the founder of our 
 5 religion, did not begin with this. He began with 
 experience. He knew from thankful experience the 
 not ourselves which makes for righteousness, and knew 
 how little we know about God besides. — Literature and 
 Dogma, ed. 1895, pp. 23-36.
 
 Iparis anO tbe Senses. 
 
 And if Assyria and Babylon seem too remote, let 
 us look nearer home for testimonies to the inexhaust- 
 ible grandeur and significance of the Old Testament 
 revelation, according to that construction which we 
 here put upon it. Every educated man loves Greece, 5 
 owes gratitude to Greece. Greece was the lifter-up 
 to the nations of the banner of art and science, as 
 Israel was the lifter-up of the banner of righteousness. 
 Now, the world cannot do without art and science. 
 And the lifter-up of the banner of art and science 10 
 was naturally much occupied with them, and conduct 
 was a homely plain matter. Not enough heed, there- 
 fore, was given by him to conduct. But conduct, 
 plain matter as it is, is six-eighths of life, while art 
 and science are only two-eighths. And this brilliant 15 
 Greece perished for lack of attention enough to 
 conduct; for want of conduct, steadiness, character. 
 And there is this difference between Greece and 
 Judaea: both were custodians of a revelation, and 
 both perished ; but Greece perished of tf?vr-fidelity to 2a 
 her revelation, and Judaea perished of ////^/--fidelity to 
 hers. Nay, and the victorious revelation now, even 
 now, — in this age when more of beauty and more of 
 knowledge are so much needed, and knowledge, at 
 any rate, is so highly esteemed, — the revelation which 25 
 rules the world even now, is not Greece's revelation,
 
 PARIS AND THE SENSES. 219 
 
 but Judaea's ; not the pre-eminence of art and science, 
 but the pre-eminence of righteousness. 
 
 It reminds one of what is recorded of Abraham, 
 before the true inheritor of the promises, the humble 
 5 and homely Isaac, was born. Abraham looked upon 
 the vigorous, bold, brilliant young Ishmael, and said 
 appealingly to God: "Oh that Ishmael might live 
 before thee ! " ' But it cannot be : the promises are 
 to conduct, conduct only. And so, again, we in like 
 
 10 manner behold, long after Greece has perished, a 
 brilliant successor of Greece, the Renascence, present 
 herself with high hopes. The preachers of righteous- 
 ness, blunderers as they often were, had for centuries 
 had it all their own way. Art and science had been 
 
 [5 forgotten, men's minds had been enslaved, their bodies 
 macerated. But the gloomy, oppressive dream is now 
 over. " Let us return to Nature! " And all the world 
 salutes with pride and joy the Renascence, and prays 
 to Heaven: " Oh that Ishmael might live before thee ! " 
 
 no Surely the future belongs to this brilliant new-comer, 
 with his animating maxim : Let us return to Nature ! 
 Ah, what pitfalls are in that word Nature ! Let us 
 return to art and science, which are a part of Nature ; 
 yes. Let us return to a proper conception of right- 
 
 (85 eousness, to a true use of the method and secret 
 of Jesus, which have been all denaturalized; yes. 
 But, " Let us return to Nature j " — do you mean 
 that we are to give full swing to our inclinations, to 
 throw the reins on the neck of our senses, of those 
 
 30 sirens whom Paul the Israelite called " the deceitful 
 lusts," 2 and of following whom he said " Let no man 
 1 Genesis xvii. 18. ' Eph. iv. 22.
 
 220 PARIS AND THE SENSES. 
 
 beguile you with vain words, for because of these 
 things cometh the wrath of God upon the children of 
 disobedience ! " 3 Do you mean that conduct is not 
 three-fourths of life, and that the secret of Jesus has 
 no use ! And the Renascence did mean this, or half- 5 
 meant this ; so disgusted was it with the cowled and 
 tonsured Middle Age. And it died of it, this brilliant 
 Ishmael died of it ! it died of provoking a collision 
 with the homely Isaac, righteousness. On the Conti- 
 nent came the Catholic reaction ; in England, as we 38 
 have said elsewhere, " the great middle class, the 
 kernel of the nation, entered the prison of Puritanism, 
 and had the key turned upon its spirit there for 
 two hundred years." After too much glorification 
 of art, science, and culture, too little ; after Rabelais, 15 
 George Fox. 
 
 France, again, how often and how impetuously for 
 France has the prayer gone up to Heaven : " Oh that 
 Ishmael might live before thee ! " It is not enough 
 perceived what it is which gives to France her attrac- 20 
 tiveness for everybody, and her success, and her 
 repeated disasters. France is Vhomtne sensuel moyen, 
 the average sensual man ; Paris is the city of Vhotnmc 
 sensuel moyen. This has an attraction for all of us. 
 We all have in us this homnie sensuel, the man of the 25 
 "wishes of the flesh and of the current thoughts"; 
 but we develop him under checks and doubts, and 
 unsystematically and often grossly. France, on the 
 other hand, devolops him confidently and harmoni- 
 ously. She makes the most of him, because she 30 
 knows what she is about and keeps in a mean, as her 
 
 3 Eph. v. 6.
 
 PARIS AND THE SENSES. 22 1 
 
 climate is in a mean, and her situation. She does not 
 develop him with madness, into a monstrosity, as the 
 Italy of the Renascence did; she develops him equably 
 and systematically. And hence she does not shock 
 5 people with him but attracts them, she names herself 
 the France of tact and measure, good sense, logic. In 
 a way, this is true. As she develops the senses, the 
 apparent self, all round, in good faith, without misgiv- 
 ings, without violence, she has much reasonableness 
 
 ioand clearness in all her notions and arrangements ; a 
 sort of balance even in conduct ; as much art and 
 science, and it is not a little, as goes with the ideal of 
 Vhomme sensuel moyen. And from her ideal of the 
 average sensual man France has deduced her famous 
 
 rs gospel of the Rights of Man, which she preaches with 
 such an infinite crowing and self-admiration. France 
 takes "the wishes of the flesh and of the current 
 thoughts" for a man's rights; and human happiness, 
 and the perfection of society, she places in everybody's 
 
 20 being enabled to gratify these wishes, to get these 
 rights, as equally as possible and as much as possible. 
 In Italy, as in ancient Greece, the satisfying develop- 
 ment of this ideal of the average sensual man is broken 
 by the imperious ideal of art and science disparaging 
 
 25 it ; in the Germanic nations, by the ideal of morality 
 disparaging it. Still, whenever, as often happens, the 
 pursuers of these higher ideals are a little weary of 
 them or unsuccessful with them, they turn with a sort 
 of envy and admiration to the ideal set up by France, 
 
 2o — so positive, intelligible, and up to a certain point 
 satisfying. They are inclined to try it instead of 
 their own, although they can never bring themselves
 
 2 22 PARIS AND THE SENSES. 
 
 to try it thoroughly, and therefore well. But this 
 explains the great attraction France exercises upon 
 the world. All of us feel, at some time or other in 
 our lives, a hankering after the French ideal, a dis- 
 position to try it. More particularly is this true of 5 
 the Latin nations ; and therefore everywhere, among 
 these nations, you see the old indigenous type of city 
 disappearing, and the type of modern Paris, the city 
 of Vhomme sensuel moyen, replacing it. La Boheme, the 
 ideal, free, pleasurable life of Paris, is a kind of 10 
 Paradise of Ishmaels. And all this assent from every 
 quarter, and the clearness and apparent reasonable- 
 ness of their ideal besides, fill the French with a kind 
 of ecstatic faith in it, a zeal almost fanatical for 
 propagating what they call French civilisation every- 15 
 where, for establishing its predominance, and their 
 own predominance along with it, as of the people 
 entrusted with an oracle so showy and taking. Oh 
 that Ishmael might live before thee ! Since everybody 
 has something which conspires with this Ishmael, his 20 
 success, again and again, seems to be certain. Again 
 and again he seems drawing near to a worldwide suc- 
 cess, nay, to have succeeded ; — but always, at this 
 point, disaster overtakes him, he signally breaks 
 down. At this crowning moment, when all seems 25 
 triumphant with him, comes what the Bible calls a 
 crisis, or judgment. Now is the judgment of this 
 world! now shall the prince of this world be cast out ! * 
 Cast out he is, and always must be, because his ideal, 
 which is also that of France in general, however she 3a 
 may have noble spirits who contend against it and 
 
 4 John xii. 31.
 
 PARIS AND THE SENSES. 223 
 
 seek a better, is after all a false one. Plausible and 
 attractive as it may be, the constitution of things 
 turns out to be somehow or other against it. And 
 why ? Because the free development of our senses 
 5 all round, of our appare?it self, has to undergo a pro- 
 found modification from the law of our higher real 
 self, the law of righteousness ; because he, whose 
 ideal is the free development of the senses all round, 
 serves the senses, is a servant. But : The servant 
 
 10 abideth ?iot in the house for ever j the son abideth for 
 ever. b 
 
 Is it possible to imagine a grander testimony to 
 the truth of the revelation committed to Israel? 
 What miracle of making an iron axe-head float on 
 
 15 water, what successful prediction that a thing should 
 happen just so many years and months and days 
 hence, could be really half so impressive ? — Literature 
 and Dogma, ed. 1896, pp. 319-325. 
 
 6 John viii. 35.
 
 XLbe Celt ano tbe teuton. 
 
 Let me repeat what I have often said of the char« 
 acteristics which mark the English spirit, the English 
 genius. This spirit, this genius, judged, to be sure, 
 rather from a friend's than an enemy's point of view, 
 yet judged on the whole fairly, is characterised, 1 5 
 have repeatedly said, by energy with honesty. Take 
 away some of the energy which comes to us, as I 
 believe, in part from Celtic and Roman sources ; 
 in steady of energy, say rather steadiness; and you 
 have the Germanic genius : steadiness with honesty. 10 
 , It is evident how nearly the two characterisations 
 approach one another ; and yet they leave, as we 
 shall see, a great deal of room for difference. Steadi- 
 ness with honesty; the danger for a national spirit 
 thus composed is the humdrum, the plain and ugly, 15 
 the ignoble : in a word, das Gemeine, die Getneinheit, 
 that curse of Germany, against which Goethe was all 
 his life fighting. The excellence of a national spirit 
 thus composed is freedom from whim, flightiness, 
 perverseness ; patient fidelity to Nature, — in a word, 20 
 science, — leading it at last, though slowly, and not by 
 the most brilliant road, out of the bondage of the 
 humdrum and common, into the better life. The uni- 
 versal dead-level of plainness and homeliness, the 
 lack of all beauty and distinction in form and feature, 25 
 the slowness and clumsiness of the language, the 
 
 324
 
 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON, 225 
 
 eternal beer, sausages, and bad tobacco, the blank 
 commonness everywhere, pressing at last like a 
 weight on the spirits of the traveller in Northern 
 Germany, and making him impatient to be gone, — ■ 
 5 this is the weak side ; the industry, the well-doing, 
 the patient steady elaboration of things, the idea of 
 science governing all departments of human activity, 
 — this is the strong side ; and through this side of 
 her genius, Germany has already obtained excellent 
 
 10 results, and is destined, we may depend upon it, how- 
 ever her pedantry, her slowness, her fumbling, her 
 ineffectiveness, her bad government, may at times 
 makes us cry out, to an immense development. 1 
 
 For dulness, the creeping Saxons, — says an old Irish 
 
 15 poem, assigning the characteristics for which different 
 nations are celebrated : 
 
 j For acuteness and valour, the Greeks, 
 For excessive pride, the Romans, 
 For dulness, the creeping Saxons ; 
 20 For beauty and amorousness, the Gaedhils. 
 
 We have seen in what sense, and with what explana- 
 tion, this characterisation of the German may be 
 allowed to stand; now let us come.. to the beautiful 
 and amorous GaedhjJL Or. rather, .let us find a defini- 
 2| tion which may suit both branches of the Celtic 
 family, the Cym ri as well as the Gael. It is clear 
 that special circumstances may have developed some 
 one side in the national character of Cymri or Gael, 
 Welshman or Irishman, so that the observer's notice 
 
 1 1t is to be remembered that the above was written before 
 the recent war between Prussia and Austria.
 
 226 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 
 
 shall be readily caught by this side, and yet it may 
 be impossible to adopt it as characteristic ol theCeltic 
 nature generally. For instance, in his beautiful essay 
 on the poetry of the Celtic races, M. Renan, with his 
 eyes fixed on the Bretons and the Welsh, is s truck 5 
 with the timidity, the shyness, the delicacy of the 
 Celtic nature, its preference for a retired life, its 
 embarrassment at having to deal with the great-world. 
 He talks of the douce petite race naturellement chretienne, 
 his race fiere et timide, a Vexte'rieur gauche et evibar- 10 
 rass/e. But it is evident that this description, however 
 well it may do for the Cymri, will never do for the 
 Gael, never do for the typical Irishman of Donny- 
 brook fair. Again, M. Renan's infinie d/iicqtesse de 
 
 I s entiment gut car act e rise la race Celtique, how l ittle 15 
 that accords with the popular conception of an Irish- 
 man who wants to borrow money ! Sentiment is, how- 
 ever, the word which marks where the Celtic races 
 really touch and are one ; sentimental, if the Celtic 
 nature is to be characterised by a single term, is the 20 
 best term to take. An organisation quick to feel 
 impressions, and feeling them very strongly ; a 
 lively personality therefore, keenly sensitive to joy 
 and to sorrow ; this is the main point. If the downs 
 of life too much outnumber the ups, this temperament, 25 
 just because it is so quickly and nearly conscious of 
 all impressions, may no doubt be seen shy and 
 wounded ; it may be seen in wistful regret, it may be 
 seen in passionate, penetrating melancholy ;. but its 
 essence is to aspire ardently after life, light, and ~w 
 
 ii emotion, to be expansive, adventurous, and gay. Our 
 'vord gay, it is said, is itself Celtic. It is not from
 
 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 227 
 
 gaudium, but from the Celtic gair,. to laugh; 2 and 
 the impressionable Celt, soon up and soon down, is 
 the more down because it is so his nature to be up — 
 'j to be sociable, hospitable, eloquent, admired, figuring 
 
 L way brilliantly. He loves bright colours, he easily 
 becomes audacious, overcrowing, full of fanfaronade. 
 The German, say the physiologists, has the larger 
 volume of intestines (and who that has ever seen a 
 German at a table-d'hote will not readily believe this ?), 
 
 :othe Frenchman has the m^re_dcvelnped organs of 
 respiration. That- is. just-the- expansive, enger -Celtic 
 natu re ; the he ad in the a ir, s miffing and snortin g ; a 
 proud look and a high sto//jachyJLsAht Psalmis-Lsays, 
 but without any such settled savage temper as the 
 
 15 Psalmist seems to impute by those words. For good 
 and for bad, the Celtic genius is more airy and unsub- 
 stantial, goes less near the ground, than the German. 
 The Celt is often called sensual ; but it is not so much 
 the vulgar satisfactions of sense that attract him as 
 
 20 emotion and excitement; he is truly, as I began by 
 saying, sentimental. 
 
 Sentimental, — a/ways ready to react against the 
 despotism of fact; that is the description a great 
 
 2 The etymology is Monsieur Henri Martin's, but Lord Strang- 
 ford says : — " Whatever gai may be, it is assuredly not Celtic. 
 Is there any authority for this word gair, to laugh, or rather 
 'laughter,' beyond O'Reilly? O'Reilly is no authority at all 
 
 except in so far as tested and passed by the new school. It is 
 
 hard to give up gavisus. But Di ez^jihief authority in Romanic 
 
 I matters, is content to accept Muratori's reference to an old High- 
 | German gdhi, modern jahe, sharp, quick, sudden, brisk, and so 
 1 to the s ense of_ lively, animated, lngli_iu .spirits."
 
 228 TffE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 
 
 friend 3 of the Celt gives of him ; and it is not a bad 
 description of the sentimental temperament ; it lets 
 us into the secret of its dangers and of its habitual 
 want of success. Balance, measure, and patience, 
 these are the eternal conditions, even supposing the 5 
 happiest temperament to .start with, of high success ; 
 and balance, measure, and patience are just what the 
 Celt has never^had. Even in the world of spiritual 
 creation, he has never, in spite of his admirable gifts 
 of quick perception and warm emotion, succeeded 10 
 perfectly, because he never has had steadiness, pa- 
 tience, sanity enough to comply with the conditions 
 under which alone can expression be perfectly given 
 to the finest perceptions and emotions. The Gree k 
 h as the same perceptive, emotional temperament, as 15 
 the Celt ; but he adds to this temperament _the_sense 
 o f measure ± hence his admirable success in the. plastic 
 arts, in which the Celtic genius, with its chafing 
 against the despotism of fact, its perpetual straining 
 
 < after mere emotion, has accomplished nothing. In 20 
 the comparatively petty art of ornamentation, in rings, 
 brooches, crosiers, relic-cases, and so on, he has done 
 just enough to show his delicacy of taste, his happy 
 temperament ; but the grand difficulties_o.f__painting 
 and sculpture, the prolonged dealings of spirit with 25 
 matter^ h e has never had patience for. Take the 
 
 > more spiritual arts of music and poetry. All that 
 emotion alone can do in music the Celt has done ; the 
 very soul of emotion breathes in the Scotch and Irish 
 airs ; but with all this power of musical feeling, what 30 
 
 3 Monsieur Henri Martin, whose chapters on the Celts, in his 
 Histoire de France, are full of information and interest.
 
 „ 
 
 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 229 
 
 -has the Celt, so eager for emotion that he has not 
 patience for science, effected in music, to be compared 
 with what the less emotional German, steadily develop- 
 ing his nmsii a! feeling with the science of a Sebastian 
 
 i Bac.ljL.oi a^eetkaver^Jias^efiected ? In poetry, again, 
 — poetry which the Celt has so passionately, so nobly 
 loved ; poetry where emotion counts for so much, but 
 where reason, too, reason, measure, sanity, also count for 
 so much, — the Celt has shown genius, indeed, splendid 
 
 10 genius; but even here his faults have clung to him, 
 and hindered him from producing great works, such 
 as other nations with a genius for poetry, — the Greeks, 
 say, or the Italians, — have produced. The Celt has 
 f not produced great poetical works, he has only pro- 
 duced poetry with an air of greatness investing it all, 
 and sometimes giving, moreover, to short pieces, or to 
 passages, lines, and snatches of long pieces, singular 
 beauty and power. And yet he loved poetry so much 
 that he grudged no pains to it ; but. _the-i«ie-art, the 
 
 20 architectonic^ which shapes great works, such as the 
 
 Agamemnon or the -Divine Comedy, comes only after a 
 
 steady, deep-searching survey, a firm conception of 
 
 the facts of human life, which the Celt has not pa- 
 
 Itierice for! So he runs off into technic, where he 
 
 25 employs the utmost elaboration, and attains, astonish- 
 ing skil] ; but in the contents of his poetry you have 
 only so much interpretation of the world as the first 
 dash of a quick, strong perception, and then sentiment, 
 infinite sentiment, can bring you. Here, too, his want 
 
 30 of sanity and steadfastness has kept the Celt back 
 from the highest success. 
 
 If his rebellion against fact has thus lamed the Celt
 
 230 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 
 
 even in spiritual work, how much more must it have 
 lamed him in the world of business and politics ! 
 The skilful and resolute appliance of means to ends 
 which is needed both to make progress in material 
 civilisation, and also to form powerful states, is just 5 
 what the Celt has least turn for. He is sensual, as I 
 have said, or at least sensuous ; loves bright colours, 
 company, and pleasure ; and here he is like the Greek 
 and Latin races ; but compare the talent the Greek 
 and Latin (or Latinised) races have shown for gratify- 10 
 ing their senses, for procuring an outward life, rich, 
 luxurious, splendid, with the Celt's failure to reach 
 any material civilisation sound and satisfying, and 
 not out at elbows, poor, slovenly, and half-barbarous. 
 The sensuousness of the Greek made Syhaxis and 15 
 Corinth, the sensuo usne s s of _the_La tin made R ome 
 and Baiae, the- .seoisuousn^ss-o-f— the— Latinised French- 
 man makes Par is ; the sensuousness of . the. Celt 
 proper has made Ireland. Even in his ideal heroic 
 times, his gay and sensuous nature cannot carry him, 20 
 in the appliances of his favourite life of sociability 
 and pleasure, beyond the gross and creeping Saxon 
 whom he despises ; the regent Breas, we are told in 
 the Battle of Moytura of the Foromians, became un- 
 popular because " the knives of his people were not 25 
 greased at his table, nor did their breath smell of ale 
 at the banquet." In its grossness and barbarousness 
 is not that Saxon, as Saxon as it can be ? just what 
 the Latinised Norman, sensuous and sociable like the 
 Celt, but with the talent to make this bent of his 30 
 serve to a practical embellishment of his mode of 
 living, found so disgusting in the Saxon.
 
 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 
 
 231 
 
 And as in material civilisation he has been inef- 
 fectual, sq has the Celt been ineffectual in politics. 
 This colossal, impetuous, adventurous wanderer, the 
 Titan of the early world, wjlio in primitive times fills 
 ; so large a place on earth's scene, dwindles and dwindles 
 as history goes on, and at last is shrunk to what we 
 now see him. For ages and ages the world has been 
 constantly slipping, ever more and more, out of the 
 Celt's grasp. " They went forth to the war," Ossian 
 10 says most truly, " but they always fell." 
 
 And yet, if one sets about constituting an ideal 
 genius, what a great deal of the Celt does one find 
 oneself drawn to put into it ! Of an ideal genius 
 one jdj3ej5jaoJ_jvant the elements, any of them, to be 
 15 in a state of weakne ss : on the contrary, one wants 
 alTofjthem to be. inJ.heJiigliesi„slate-af— pawer ; but 
 with a law of measure, of harmony, presiding over 
 the whole. So the sensibility of the Celt, if every- 
 thing else were not sacrificed to it, is a beautiful and 
 20 admirable force. For se nsibility , the power of jjujck 
 and stron g perception and emotion, is one of the 
 very pr ime constituents of genius , perhaps its m ost 
 positi ve cons ti tuen t ; it is to the soul what good 
 senses are to the body, the grand natural condition 
 25 of successful activity. Sensibility gives genius its 
 materials ; one cannot have too much of it, if one can 
 but keep its master and not be its slave. JJo not let 
 us wish th at the Celt had _had less sensibiHty but 
 that _he had be en more master of it . Even as it is, 
 30 if his sensibility has been a source of weakness to 
 him, it has been a source of power too, and a source 
 of happiness. Some people have found in the Celtic
 
 2c>2 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 
 
 nature and its sensibility the main root out of which 
 chivalry and romance and the glorification of a femi- 
 nine ideal spring ; this is a great question, with 
 which I cannot deal here. Let m e notice in passing, 
 hj>weyjejyjjiatjhere_is i _in truth, a Cehic ai r abo ut the 5 
 extravag ance of c hi valry, its reaction against the 
 despotism of fact, its straining human _naj.ure further 
 than_Lt„wjn_sland. But putting all this question of 
 chivalry and its origin on one side, no doubt the 
 sensibility of the Celtic nature, its nervous exaltation, iq 
 have something feminine in them, and the Celt is 
 thus peculiarly disposed to feel the spell of the femi- 
 nine idiosyncrasy ; he has an affinity to it ; he is not 
 j far from its secret. Again, his sensibility givesjiim 
 a peculiarly n ear and intj mate_fg_eling of_jiaiLir£-ajid 15 
 th e life of n atu re ; here, too, he jseems in a special 
 way attracted by the secret before hjm_, the_secret .of 
 natural beauty and natural magic, and to be close to 
 it. t o half-divine it . In the productions of the Celtic 
 genius, nothing, perhaps, is so interesting as the evi- 20 
 dences of this power : I shall have occasion to give 
 specimens of them by and by. The same sensib ility 
 made the Celts full of reverence and enthusiasm for 
 genius, learning, and the things of the mind ; to_be a 
 bard, freed a man, — that js a characteri stic stro ke of 25 
 this generous and ennobling a rdour of theirs, which 
 no__race has ever show n more strong ly. Even the 
 extravagance and exaggeration of the sentimental 
 Celtic nature has often something romantic and attrac- 
 tive about it, something which has a sort of smack of 30 
 misdirected good. The Celt, undisciplinable, anarchi- 
 cal, and turbulent by nature, but out of affection
 
 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 233 
 
 and admiration giving himself body and soul to some 
 leader, that is not a promising political temperament, 
 it is just the opposite of the Anglo-Saxon tempera- 
 ment, disciplinable and steadily obedient within cer- 
 5 tain limits, but retaining an inalienable part of freedom 
 and self-dependence ; but it is a temperament for 
 which one has a kind of sympathy notwithstanding. 
 I And very often, for the gay defiant reaction against 
 fact of the lively Celtic nature one has more than 
 
 10 sympathy ; one feels, in spite of the extravagance, in 
 spite of good sense disapproving, magnetised and ex- 
 hilarated by it. The Gauls had a rule inflicting a 
 i fine on every warrior who, when he appeared on 
 parade, was found to stick out too much in front, — to 
 
 13 be corpulent, in short. Such a rule is surely the 
 maddest article of war ever framed, and to people to 
 whom nature has assigned a large volume of intes- 
 tines, must appear, no doubt, horrible ; but yet has it 
 not an audacious, sparkling, immaterial manner with 
 
 26 it, which lifts one out of routine, and sets one's spirits 
 in a glow ? 
 
 All tendencies of human nature are in themselves 
 vital and profitable ; when they are blamed, they are 
 only to be blamed relatively, not absolutely. This 
 
 zfe holds true of the Saxon's phlegm as well as of the 
 Celt's sentiment. Out of the steady humdrum habit 
 of the creeping Saxon, as the Celt calls him, — out of 
 his way of going near the ground, — h as com e, no 
 doubt, Philistinism, that plant. of essentially Germanic 
 
 30 growth, fl^urishing^ith_its - gejmin£_marks .only in the 
 Ge rman _fatherland, Great Britain and her colonies, 
 and the United States of America ; but what a soul
 
 234 THE CELT AND THE TEUTON. 
 
 of goodness there is in Philistinism itself ! and this 
 soul of goodness I, who am often supposed to be 
 Philistinism's mortal enemy merely because I do not 
 wish it to have things all its own way, cherish as 
 much as anybody. This steady-going habit leads at 5 
 last, as I have said, up to science, up to the compre- 
 hension and interpretation of the world. With us in 
 Great Britain, it is true, it does not seem to lead so 
 far as that ; it is in Germany, where the habit is 
 more unmixed, that it can lead to science. Here with 10 
 us it seems at a certain point to meet with a conflict- 
 ing force, which checks it and prevents its pushing on 
 to science ; but before reaching this point what con- 
 quests has it not won ! and all the more, perhaps, for 
 stopping short at this point, for spending its exertions 15 
 within a bounded field, the field of plain sense, of 
 direct practical utility. How it has augmented the 
 comforts and conveniences of life for us ! Doors that 
 open, windows that shut, locks that turn, razors that 
 shave, coats that wear, watches that go, and a thou- 20 
 sand more such good things, are the invention of the 
 Philistines. — On the Study of Celtic Literature, ed 
 
 l8 95> PP- 73~ 8 ^
 
 Zhe /IfcoDem JEngltsbman. 
 
 We, on the other hand, do not necessarily gain by 
 the commixture of elements in us ; we have seen how 
 the clashing of natures in us hampers and embarrasses 
 our behaviour ; we might very likely be more at- 
 5 tractive, we might very likely be more successful, 
 if we were all of apiece. Our want of_ suieness- of 
 taste, our eccentricity, come in great measure, _no 
 doubt, from our not being all of a piece, from pur 
 having no fixed, fatal, spiritual centre of gravity. 
 
 ib The Rue de Rivoli is one thing, and Nuremberg is 
 another, and Stonehenge is another ; but we have a 
 turn for all three, and lump them all up together. 
 Mr. Tom Taylor's translations from Breton poetry 
 offer a good example of this mixing ; he has a genuine 
 
 i|5 feeling for these Celtic matters, and often, as in the 
 Evil Tribute of Nome/we, or in Lord Nairn and the 
 Fairy, he is, both in movement and expression, true 
 and appropriate ; but he has a sort of Teutonism and 
 Latinism in him too, and so he cannot forbear mixing 
 
 20 with his Celtic strain such disparates as : — 
 
 " 'Twas mirk, mirk night, and the water bright 
 Troubled and drumlie flowed " — 
 
 which is evidently Lowland-Scotchy ; or as:— 
 " Foregad, but thou'rt an artful hand ! " 
 
 25 which is English-stagey ; or as : — 
 
 235
 
 236 THE MODERN ENGLISHMAN. 
 
 " To Gradlon's daughter, bright of blee, 
 Her lover he whispered tenderly — 
 Bethink thee, sweet Dahut ! the key ! " 
 
 which is Anacreontic in the manner of Tom Moore. 
 Yes, it is not a sheer advantage_to have several strings 5 
 to^ one's bow ! if we had been all German, we might 
 have had the science of Germany ; if we had been all 
 Celtic, we might have been popular and agreeable ; if 
 we had been all Latinised, we might have governed 
 Ireland as the French govern Alsace, without getting 10 
 ourselves detested. But now we have Germanism 
 enough to make us Philistines, and Normanism 
 enough to make us imperious, and Celtism enough 
 to make us self-conscious and awkward ; but German 
 fidelity to Nature, and Latin precision and clear rea- 15 
 son, and Celtic quick-wittedness and spirituality, we 
 fall short of. Nay, perhaps, if we are doomed to 
 perish (Heaven avert the omen !), we sJiaHj^erisiL-by 
 our Celtism, by our self-will and want of patience 
 wit h ideas, our-ir ability tn SPf> the way the wor ld is 20 
 going; and yet those very Celts, by our a ffinity with 
 whom we are perishing, will be hating and upbr aiding 
 us all the tim e. 
 
 This is a somewhat unpleasant view to take of the 
 matter ; but if it is true, its being unpleasant does not 25 
 make it any less true, and we are always the better 
 for seeing the truth. What we here see is not the 
 whole truth, however. So long as this mixed consti- 
 tution of our nature possesses us, we pay it tribute 
 and serve it ; so soon as we possess it, it pays us 3a 
 tribute and serves us. So long as we are blindly and 
 ignorantly rolled about by the forces of our nature,
 
 THE MODERN ENGLISHMAN. 237 
 
 tneir contradiction baffles us and lames us ; so soon 
 as we have clearly discerned what they are, and begun 
 to apply to them a law of measure, control, and guid- 
 ance, they may be made to work for our good and to 
 5 carry us forward. Then we may have the good of 
 our German part, the good of our Latin part, the 
 good of our Celtic part ; and instead of one part 
 clashing with the other, we may bring it in to continue 
 and perfect the other, when the other has given us 
 
 10 all the good it can yield, and by being pressed further, 
 could only give us its faulty excess. Then we may 
 use the German faithfulness to Nature to give us 
 science, and to free us from insolence and self-will ; 
 we may use the Celtic quickn ess of perce ption to give 
 
 15 us de licacy, and to free us from hardn ess and Philis- 
 tinis m ; we may us e the Latin decisiven ess_togive us 
 strenuous clear method, and to free us from fumbling 
 a nd id ling! Already, in their untrained state, these 
 elements give signs, in our life and literature, of their 
 
 20 being present in us, and a kind of prophecy of what 
 they could do for us if they were properly observed, 
 trained, and applied. But this they have not yet 
 been ; we ride one force of our nature to death ; we 
 will be nothing but Anglo-Saxons in the Old World 
 
 25 or in the New ; and when our race has built Bold 
 Street, Liverpool, and pronounced it very good, it 
 hurries across the Atlantic, and builds Nashville, and 
 Jacksonville, and Milledgeville, and thinks it is fulfill- 
 ing the designs of Providence in an incomparable 
 
 30 manner. But true Anglo-Saxons, simply and sincerely 
 rooted in the German nature, we are not and cannot 
 be ; all we have accomplished by our onesideness is
 
 238 THE MODERN ENGLISHMAN. 
 
 to blur and confuse the natural basis in ourselves 
 altogether, and to become something eccentric, unat- 
 tractive, and inharmonious. 
 
 A man of exquisite intelligence and charming 
 character, the late Mr. Cobden, used to fancy that as 
 better acquaintance with the United States was the 
 grand panacea for us ; and once in a speech he 
 bewailed the inattention of our seats of learning to 
 them, and seemed to think that if our ingenuous 
 youth at Oxford were taught a little less about the 10 
 Ilissus, and a little more about Chicago, we should all 
 be the better for it. Chicago has its claims upon us, 
 no doubt ; but it is evident that from the point of 
 view to which I have been leading, a stimulation of 
 our Anglo-Saxonism, such as is intended by Mr. Cob- 15 
 den's proposal, does not appear the thing most need- 
 ful for us ; seeing our American brothers themselves 
 have rather, like us, to try and moderate the flame of 
 Anglo-Saxonism, in their own breasts, than to ask us 
 to clap the bellows to it in ours. So I am inclined to 20 
 beseech Oxford, instead of expiating her over-addic- 
 tion to the Ilissus by lectures on Chicago, to .give us 
 an expounder for a still more. remote-looking- object 
 than the Ilissus, — t he Celtic languages and literat ure. 
 And yet why should I call it remote ? if, as I have 25 
 been labouring to show, in the spiritual frame of us 
 English ourselves, a Celtic fibre, little as we may have 
 ever thought of tracing it, lives and works. Aliens in 
 speech, in religion, in blood ! said Lord Lyndhurst ; the 
 philologists have set him right about the speech,_the 30 
 physiologists about the bloo d ; and perhaps, taking 
 religion in the wide but true sense of our whole
 
 „ 
 
 THE MODERN ENGLISHMAN. 239 
 
 spiritual activity, those who have followed what I have 
 been saying here will think that the Celt is not so 
 wholly alien to us in religion. But, at any rate, let 
 us consider that of tjie_shrunken^_an d dimini shed 
 
 £ remains of this great primitive race, all, with o ne 
 
 ' insignificant exception, belongs to the English empi re ; 
 only Brittany is not ours ; we have Ireland ; the 
 Scotch Highlands, Wales, the Isle of Man,_Cornwall. 
 They are a part of ourselves, we are deeply interested 
 inl:n_owing_them, they are deeply interested in being 
 known by us ; and yet in the great and rich univer- 
 sities of this great and rich country there is no chair 
 of Celtic, there is no study or teaching of Celtic mat- 
 ters ; those who want them must go abroad for them. 
 
 15 It is neither right nor reasonable that this should be 
 so. Ireland has had in the last half century a band 
 of Celtic students, — a band with which death, alas ! 
 has of late been busy, — from whence Oxford or Cam- 
 bridge might have taken an admirable professor of 
 
 20 Celtic ; and with the authority of a university chair, 
 a great Celtic scholar, on a subject little known, and 
 where all would have readily deferred to him, might 
 have by this time doubled our facilities for knowing 
 the Celt, by procuring for this country Celtic docu- 
 
 25 ments, which were inaccessible here, and preventing 
 the dispersion of others which were accessible. .It is 
 not much that the English Governmental oes for science 
 or literature ; but if Eugene O'Curry, from a chair of 
 Celtic at'Oxford, had appealed to the Government to 
 
 3b get him copies or the originals of the Celtic treasures 
 in the Burgundian Library at Brussels, or in the 
 library of St. Isidore's College at Rome, even the
 
 24° THE MODERN ENGLISHMAN. 
 
 English Government could not well have refused him. 
 The invaluable Irish manuscripts in the Stowe Library 
 the late Sir Robert Peel proposed, in 1849, to buy for 
 the British Museum ; Lord Macaulay, one of the 
 trustees of the Museum, declared, with the confident 5 
 shallowness which makes him so admired by public 
 speakers and leading-article writers, and so intolerable 
 to all searchers for truth, that he saw nothing in the 
 whole collection worth purchasing for the Museum, 
 except the correspondence of Lord Melville on the ia 
 American war. That is to say, this correspondence 
 of Lord Melville's was the only thing in the collection 
 about which Lord Macaulay himself knew or cared. 
 Perhaps an Oxford or Cambridge professor of Celtic 
 might have been allowed to make his voice heard, on 15 
 a matter of Celtic manuscripts, even against Lord 
 Macaulay. The manuscripts were bought by Lord 
 
 I Ashburnham, who keeps them shut up, and will let no 
 one consult them (at least up to the date when O'Curry 
 published his Lectures he did so) " for fear an actual 20 
 acquaintance with their contents should decrease their 
 value as matter of curiosity at some future transfer or 
 sale." Who knows? Perhaps an Oxford professor 
 of Celtic might have touched the flinty heart of Lord 
 Ashburnham. 25 
 
 At this moment, when the narrow Philistinism, 
 
 I which has long had things its own way in England, 
 is showing its natural fruits, and we are beginning to 
 feel ashamed, and uneasy, and alarmed at it ; now, 
 when we are becoming aware that we have sacrificed 30 
 to Philistinism culture, and insight, and dignity, and 
 acceptance, and weight among the nations, and hold
 
 THE MODERN ENGLISHMAN. 241 
 
 on events that deeply concern us, and control of the 
 future, and yet that it cannot even give us the fool's 
 paradise it promised us, but is apt to break down, and 
 to leave us with Mr. Roebuck's and Mr. Lowe's lauda- 
 ; tions of our matchless happiness, and the largest cir- 
 culation in the world assured to the Daily Telegraphy 
 for our only comfort ; at such a moment it needs some 
 moderation not to be attacking Philistinism by storm, 
 but to mine it through such gradual means as the slow 
 
 10 approaches of culture, and the introduction of chairs 
 of Celtic. But the hard unintelligence, which is just 
 now our bane, cannot be conquered by storm ; it 
 must be suppled and reduced by culture, by a growth 
 in the variety, fulness, and sweetness of our spiritual 
 
 15 life ; and this end can only be reached by studying 
 
 things that are outside of ourselves, and by studying 
 
 them disinterestedly. Let us unite ourselves with our 
 
 better mind and with the world through science ; 
 
 ; and let it be one of our angelic revenges on the Phil- 
 
 2oistines, who among their other sins are the guilty 
 
 1 authors of Fenianism, to found at Oxford a chair of 
 
 Celtic, and to send, through the gentle ministration 
 
 \of science, a message of peace to Ireland. — On the Study 
 
 of Celtic Literature, ed. 1895, pp. 131-137.
 
 Compulsory Eoucatfon. 
 
 Grubb Street, April 21, 1867. 
 Sir:— 
 
 I take up the thread of the interesting and impor- 
 tant discussion on compulsory education between 
 Arminius and me where I left it last night. 
 
 "But," continued Arminius, "you were talking of 5 
 compulsory education, and your common people's 
 want of it. Now, my dear friend, I want you to 
 understand what this principle of compulsory educa- 
 tion really means. It means that to ensure, as far as 
 you can, every man's being fit for his business in life, io 
 you put education as a bar, or condition, between him 
 and what he aims at. The principle is just as good 
 for one class as another, and it is only by applying it 
 impartially that you save its application from being 
 insolent and invidious. Our Prussian peasant stands 15 
 our compelling him to instruct himself before he may 
 go about his calling, because he sees we believe in 
 instruction, and compel our own class, too, in a way 
 to make it really feel the pressure, to instruct itself 
 before it may go about its calling. Now, you propose 20 
 to make old Diggs's boys instruct themselves before 
 they may go bird-scaring or sheep-tending. I want 
 to know what you do to make those three worthies in 
 
 242
 
 compulsory education; 243 
 
 that justice-room instruct themselves before they may 
 go acting as magistrates and judges." "Do?" said 
 I ; "why, just look what they have done all of them- 
 selves. Lumpington and Hittall have had a public- 
 5 school and university education; Bottles has had Dr. 
 Silverpump's, and the practical training of business. 
 What on earth would you have us make them do 
 more ? " " Qualify themselves for administrative or 
 judicial functions, if they exercise them," said Ar- 
 
 iominius. " That is what really answers, in their case, 
 to the compulsion you propose to apply to Diggs's 
 boys. Sending Lord Lumpington and Mr. Hittall to 
 school is nothing; the natural course of things takes 
 them there. Don't suppose that, by doing this, you 
 
 15 are applying the principle of compulsory education 
 fairly, and as you apply it to Diggs's boys. You are 
 not interposing, for the rich, education as a bar or 
 condition between them and that which they aim at. 
 But interpose it, as we do, between the rich and things 
 
 20 they aim at, and I will say something to you. I 
 should like to know what has made Lord Lumpington 
 a magistrate ? " " Made Lord Lumpington a magis- 
 trate ? " said I; " why, the Lumpington estate, to be 
 sure." "And the Reverend Esau Hittall?" con- 
 
 25 tinued Arminius. " Why, the Lumpington living, of 
 course," said I. " And that man Bottles ? " he went on. 
 " His English energy and self-reliance," I answered 
 very stiffly, for Arminius's incessant carping began 
 to put me in a huff ; " those same incomparable and 
 
 30 truly British qualities which have just triumphed over 
 every obstacle and given us the Atlantic telegraph ! — 
 and let me tell you, Von T., in my opinion it will be
 
 244 COMPULSORY EDUCATION. 
 
 a 'long time before the ' Geist ' of any pedant of a 
 Prussian professor gives us anything half so valuable 
 as that." " Pshaw ! " replied Arminius, contemptu- 
 ously; " that great rope, with a Philistine at each end 
 of it talking inutilities! 5 
 
 " But in my country," he went on, "we should have 
 begun to put a pressure on these future magistrates at 
 school. Before we allowed Lord Lumpington and 
 Mr. Hittall to go to the university at all, we should 
 have examined them, and we should not have trusted 10 
 the keepers of that absurd cockpit you took me down 
 to see, to examine them as they chose, and send them 
 jogging comfortably off to the university on their 
 lame Jongs and shorts. No; there would have been 
 some Mr. Grote as School Board Commissary, pitch- 15 
 ing into them questions about history, and some Mr. 
 Lowe, as Crown Patronage Commissary, pitching into 
 them questions about English literature; and these 
 young men would have been kept from the university, 
 as Diggs's boys are kept from their bird-scaring, till 20 
 they instructed themselves. Then, if, after three 
 years of their university, they wanted to be magis- 
 trates, another pressure ! — a great Civil Service exam- 
 ination before a board of experts, an examination in 
 English law, Roman law, English history, history of 25 
 
 jurisprudence " " A most abominable liberty to 
 
 take with Lumpington and Hittall ! " exclaimed I. 
 " Then your compulsory education is a most abomi- 
 nable liberty to take with Diggs's boys," retorted Ar- 
 minius. " But, good gracious ! my dear Arminius," 30 
 expostulated I, " do you really mean to maintain that 
 a man can't put old Diggs in quod for snaring a hare
 
 COMPULSORY EDUCATION. 245 
 
 without all this elaborate apparatus of Roman law and 
 history of jurisprudence ? " " And do you really mean 
 to maintain," returned Arminius, " that a man can't 
 go bird-scaring or sheep-tending without all this elab- 
 5 orate apparatus of a compulsory school ? " " Oh, 
 but," I answered, " to live at all, even at the lowest 
 stage of human life, a man needs instruction." " Well," 
 returned Arminius, "and to administer at all, even at 
 the lowest stage of public administration, a man needs 
 
 10 instruction." " We have never found it so," said I. 
 
 Arminius shrugged his shoulders and was silent. 
 
 By this time the proceedings in the justice-room were 
 
 drawn to an end, the majesty of the law had been 
 
 vindicated against old Diggs, and the magistrates were 
 
 15 coming out. I never saw a finer spectacle than my 
 friend Arminius presented, as he stood by to gaze on 
 the august trio as they passed. His pilot-coat was 
 tightly buttoned round his stout form, his light blue 
 eye shone, his sanguine cheeks were ruddier than ever 
 
 20 with the cold morning and the excitement of dis- 
 course, his fell of tow was blown about by the March 
 wind, and volumes of tobacco-smoke issued from his 
 lips. So in old days stood, I imagine, his great name- 
 sake by the banks of the Lippe, glaring on the Roman 
 
 25 legions before their destruction. 
 
 Lord Lumpington was the first who came out. His 
 
 lordship good-naturedly recognised me with a nod, 
 
 and then eyeing Arminius with surprise and curiosity: 
 
 ' Whom on earth have you got there ? " he whispered. 
 
 30" A very distinguished young Prussian savant," replied 
 I; and then dropping my voice, in my most impressive 
 undertones I added: " And a young man of very good
 
 246 COMPULSORY EDUCATION. 
 
 family, besides, my lord." Lord Lumpington looked 
 at Arminius again; smiled, shook his head, and then, 
 turning away, and half aloud: " Can't compliment you 
 on your friend," says he. 
 
 As for that centaur Hittall, who thinks on nothings 
 on earth but field-sports, and in the performance of 
 his sacred duties never warms up except when he 
 lights on some passage about hunting or fowling, he 
 always, whenever he meets me, remembers that in my 
 unregenerate days, before Arminius inoculated me io 
 with a passion for intellect, I was rather fond of shoot- 
 ing, and not quite such a successful shot as Hittall 
 himself. So, the moment he catches sight of me: 
 "How d'ye do, old fellow?" he blurts out; "well, 
 been shooting any straighter this year than you used 15 
 to, eh ? " 
 
 I turned from him in pity, and then I noticed 
 Arminius, who had unluckily heard Lord Lumping- 
 ton's unfavourable comment on him, absolutely purple 
 with rage and blowing like a turkey-cock. "Never 20 
 mind, Arminius," said I soothingly; " run after 
 Lumpington, and ask him the square root of thirty- 
 six." But now it was my turn to be a little annoyed, 
 for at the same instant Mr. Bottles stepped into his 
 brougham, which was waiting for him, and observing 25 
 Arminius, his old enemy of the Reigate train, he took 
 no notice whatever of me who stood there, with my 
 hat in my hand, practising all the airs and graces I 
 have learnt on the Continent; but, with that want of 
 amenity I so often have to deplore in my countrymen, 3a 
 he pulled up the glass on our side with a grunt and a 
 jerk, and drove off like the wind, leaving Arminius in
 
 COMPULSORY EDUCATION. -2\1 
 
 a very bad temper indeed, and me, I confess, a good 
 deal shocked and mortified. 
 
 However, both Arminius and I got over it, and have 
 now returned to London, where I hope we shall before 
 5 long have another good talk about educational mat- 
 ters. Whatever Arminius may say, I am still for 
 going straight, with all our heart and soul, at compul- 
 sory education for the lower orders. Why, good 
 heavens ! Sir, with our present squeezable Ministry, 
 
 ioweare evidently drifting fast to household suffrage, 
 pure and simple ; and I observe, moreover, a Jacob- 
 inical spirit growing up in some quarters which gives 
 me more alarm than even household suffrage. My 
 elevated position in Grub Street, Sir, where I sit cora- 
 
 15 mercing with the stars, commands a view of a certain 
 spacious and secluded back yard ; and in that back 
 yard, Sir, I tell you confidentially that I saw the other 
 day with my own eyes that powerful young publicist, 
 Mr. Frederic Harrison, in full evening costume, fur- 
 
 sobishingup a guillotine. These things are very seri- 
 ous ; and I say, if the masses are to have power, let 
 them be instructed, and don't swamp with ignorance 
 and unreason the education and intelligence which 
 now bear rule amongst us. For my part, when I think 
 
 25 of Lumpington's estate, family, and connections when 
 I think of Hittall's shooting, and of the energy and 
 self-reliance of Bottles, and when I see the unex- 
 ampled pitch of splendour and security to which these 
 have conducted us, I am bent, I own, on trying to 
 
 30 make the new elements of our political system 
 worthy of the old ; and I say kindly, but firmly, to 
 the compound householder in the French poet's beau-
 
 248 COMPULSORY EDUCATION. 
 
 tiful words, 1 slightly altered: "Be Great, O working 
 class, for the middle and upper class are great ! " 
 I am, Sir, 
 
 Your humble servant, 
 
 Matthew Arnold. 5 
 
 To the Editor of the Pall Mall Gazette. 
 
 (From the autumn of this year (1867) dates one 01 
 the most painful memories of my life. I have men- 
 tioned in the last letter but one how in the spring I 
 was commencing the study of German philosophy 10 
 with Arminius. In the autumn of that year the cele- 
 brated young Comtist, Mr. Frederic Harrison, resent- 
 ing some supposed irreverence of mine towards his 
 master, permitted himself, in a squib, brilliant indeed, 
 but unjustifiably severe, to make game of my inapti- 15 
 tude for philosophical pursuits. It was on this occa- 
 sion he launched the damning sentence: " We seek 
 vainly in Mr. A. a system of philosophy with prin- 
 ciples coherent, interdependent, subordinate, and 
 derivative." The blow came at an unlucky moment 20 
 for me. I was studying, as I have said, German phi- 
 losophy with Arminius ; we were then engaged on 
 Hegel's " Phenomenology of Geist" and it was my 
 habit to develop to Arminius, at great length, my views 
 of the meaning of his great but difficult countryman. 25 
 One morning I had, perhaps, been a little fuller than 
 usual over a very profound chapter. Arminius was 
 suffering from dyspepsia (brought on, as I believe, 
 
 «. •< 
 
 Et tachez d'etre grand, car le peuple grandit."
 
 COMPULSORY EDUCATION. 249 
 
 by incessant smoking); his temper, always irritable, 
 seemed suddenly to burst from all control, — he flung 
 the Phdnomenologie to the other end of the room, ex- 
 claiming : "That smart young fellow is quite right ! 
 5 it is impossible to make a silk purse out of a sow's 
 ear ! '' This led to a rupture, in which I think I may 
 fairly say that the chief blame was not on my side. 
 But two invaluable years were thus lost ; Arminius 
 abandoned me for Mr. Frederic Harrison, who must 
 
 10 certainly have many memoranda of his later conver- 
 sations, but has never given them, as I always did mine 
 of his earlier ones, to the world. A melancholy occa- 
 sion brought Arminius and me together again in 
 1869; the sparkling pen of my friend Leo has luckily 
 
 15 preserved the record of what then passed.) — Ed. 
 Friendship's Garland, ed. 1896, pp. 266-273.
 
 ** Xffe a Dream ! " 
 
 Versailles, November 26, 1870. 
 Mon Cher, — 
 
 An event has just happened which I confess frankly 
 will afflict others more than it does me, but which you 
 ought to be informed of. 
 
 Early this morning I was passing between Rueil and 5 
 Bougival, opposite Mont Valerien. How came I in 
 that place at that hour ? Mon c/ier, forgive my folly ! 
 You have read Romeo and Juliet, you have seen me at 
 Cremorne, and though Mars has just now this belle 
 France in his gripe, yet you remember, I hope, enough 10 
 of your classics to know that, where Mars is, Venus is 
 never very far off. Early this morning, then, I was be- 
 tween Rueil and Bougival, with Mont Valerien in grim 
 proximity. On a bank by a poplar-tree at the road- 
 side, I saw a knot of German soldiers, gathered evi- 15 
 dently round a wounded man. I approached and 
 frankly tendered my help, in the name of British 
 humanity. What answer I may have got I do not 
 know ; for, petrified with astonishment, I recognised 
 in the wounded man our familiar acquaintance, Ar- 20 
 minius von Thunder-ten-Tronckh. A Prussian helmet 
 was stuck on his head, but there was the old hassock 
 of whity-brown hair, — there was the old square face, — 
 
 250
 
 "LIFE A DREAM!" 251 
 
 there was the old blue pilot coat ! He was shot 
 through the chest, and evidently near his end. He 
 had been on outpost duty ; — the night had been quiet, 
 but a few random shots had been fired. One of these 
 5 had struck Arminius in the breast, and gone right 
 through his body. By this stray bullet, without glory, 
 without a battle, without even a foe in sight, had 
 fallen the last of the Von Thunder-ten-Tronckhs ! 
 He knew me, and with a nod, " Ah," said he, " the 
 
 10 rowdy Philistine ! " You know his turn, outre in my 
 opinion, for flinging nicknames right and left. The 
 present, however, was not a moment for resentment. 
 The Germans saw that their comrade was in friendly 
 hands, and gladly left him with me. He had evi- 
 
 15 dently but a few minutes to live. I sate down on the 
 bank by him, and asked him if I could do anything to 
 relieve him. He shook his head. Any message to his 
 friends in England ? He nodded. I ran over the 
 most prominent names which occurred to me of the 
 
 20 old set. First, our Amphitryon, Mr. Bottles. " Say to 
 Bottles from me," said Arminius coldly, " that I hope 
 he will be comfortable with his dead wife's sister." 
 Next, Mr. Frederic Harrison. "Tell him," says 
 Arminius, " to do more in literature, — he has a talent 
 
 25 for it ; and to avoid Carlylese as he would the devil." 
 Then I mentioned a personage to whom Arminius had 
 taken a great fancy last spring, and of whose witty 
 writings some people had, absurdly enough, given Mr. 
 Matthew Arnold the credit, — Azamat-Batuk. Both 
 
 30 writers are simple ; but Azamat's is the simplicity of 
 shrewdness, the other's of helplessness. At hearing 
 the clever Turk's name, " Tell him only," whispers
 
 252 "LIFE A DREAM.'" 
 
 Arminius, "when he writes about the sex, not to show 
 such a turn for sailing so very near the wind ! " 
 Lastly, I mentioned Mr. Matthew Arnold. I hope I 
 rate this poor soul's feeble and rambling performances 
 at their proper value ; but I am bound to say that at 5 
 the mention of his name Arminius showed signs of 
 tenderness. " Poor fellow ! " sighed he ; " he had a 
 soft head, but I valued his heart. Tell him I leave 
 him my ideas, — the easier ones ; and advise him from 
 me," he added, with a faint smile, " to let his Dissen- 10 
 ters go to the devil their own way ! " 
 
 At this instant there was a movement on the road at 
 a little distance from where we were, — some of the 
 Prussian Princes, I believe, passing ; at any rate, we 
 heard the honest German soldiers Hoch-ing, hur- 15 
 rahing, and God-blessing, in their true-hearted but 
 somewhat rococo manner. A flush passed over Von 
 Thunder-ten-Tronckh's face. " God bless Germany" 
 he murmured, " and confound all her kings and 
 princelings !" These were his last coherent words. 20 
 His eyes closed and he seemed to become uncon- 
 scious. I stooped over him and inquired if he had 
 any wishes about his interment. " Pangloss — Mr. 
 Lowe — mausoleum — Caterham," was all that, in 
 broken words, I could gather from him. His breath 25 
 came with more and more difficulty, his fingers felt 
 instinctively for his tobacco-pouch, his lips twitched ; 
 ■ — he was gone. 
 
 So died, mon cher, an arrant Republican, and, to 
 speak my real mind, a most unpleasant companion. 30 
 His great name and lineage imposed on the Bottles 
 family, and authors who had never succeeded with the
 
 "LIFE A DREAM!" 253 
 
 British public took pleasure in his disparaging criti- 
 cisms on our free and noble country; but for my part 
 I always thought him an overrated man. 
 
 Meanwhile I was alone with his remains. His 
 5 notion of their being transported to Caterham was of 
 course impracticable. Still, I did not like to leave an 
 old acquaintance to the crows, and I looked round in 
 perplexity. Fortune in the most unexpected manner 
 befriended me. The grounds of a handsome villa 
 
 10 came down to the road close to where I was ; at the 
 end of the grounds and overhanging the road was 
 a summer-house. Its shutters had been closed when 
 I first discovered Arminius; but while I was occupied 
 with him they had been opened, and a gay trio was 
 
 15 visible within the summer-house at breakfast. I could 
 scarcely believe my eyes for satisfaction. Three Eng- 
 lish members of Parliament, celebrated for their 
 ardent charity and advanced Liberalism, were sitting 
 before me adorned with a red cross and eating a 
 
 2oStrasburg pie ! I approached them and requested 
 their aid to bury Arminius. My request seemed to 
 occasion them painful embarrassment ; they muttered 
 something about " a breach of the understanding," 
 and went on with their breakfast. I insisted, how- 
 
 25 ever ; and at length, having stipulated that what they 
 were about to do should on no account be drawn into 
 a precedent, they left their breakfast, and together we 
 buried Arminius under the poplar-tree. It was a 
 hurried business, for my friends had an engagement 
 
 30 to lunch at Versailles at noon. Poor Von Thunder- 
 ten-Tronckh, the earth lies light on him, indeed! I 
 could see, as I left him, the blue of his pilot coat and
 
 254 "LIFE A DREAM!" 
 
 the whity-brown of his hair through the mould we had 
 scattered over him. 
 
 My benevolent helpers and I then made our way 
 together to Versailles. As I parted from them at the 
 Hotel des Reservoirs I met Sala. Little as I liked 5 
 Arminius, the melancholy scene I had just gone 
 through had shaken me, and I needed sympathy. I 
 told Sala what had happened. " The old story," 
 says Sala; " life a dream ! Take a glass of brandy." 
 He then inquired who my friends were. " Three ia 
 admirable members of Parliament," I cried, "who, 
 donning the cross of charity " "I know," inter- 
 rupted Sala ; " the cleverest thing out ! " 
 
 But the emotions of this agitating day were not 
 yet over. While Sala was speaking, a group had 15 
 formed before the hotel near us, and our attention 
 was drawn to its central figure. Dr. Russell, of the 
 Times, was preparing to mount his war-horse. You 
 know the sort of thing, — he has described it himself 
 over and over again. Bismarck at his horse's head, 20 
 the Crown Prince holding his stirrup, and the old 
 King of Prussia hoisting Russell into the saddle. 
 When he was there, the distinguished public servant 
 waved his hand in acknowledgment, and rode slowly 
 down the street accompanied by the gamins of Ver-25 
 sailles, who even in their present dejection could not 
 forbear a few involuntary cries of "Quel ho mine J '" 
 Always unassuming, he alighted at the lodgings of 
 the Grand Duke of Oldenburg, a potentate of the 
 second or even the third order, who had beckoned to 30 
 him from the window. 
 
 The agitation of this scene for me, however (may
 
 "LIFE A DREAM!" 255 
 
 I not add, mon c/ier, for you also, and for the whole 
 British press ?), lay in a suggestion which it called 
 forth from Sala. " It is all very well," said Sala, 
 " but old Russell's guns are getting a little honey- 
 
 5 combed ; anybody can perceive that. He will have 
 to be pensioned off, and why should you not succeed 
 him ? " We passed the afternoon in talking the thing 
 over, and I think I may assure you that a train has 
 been laid of which you will see the effects shortly. 
 
 10 For my part, I can afford to wait till the pear is 
 ripe ; yet I cannot, without a thrill of excitement, 
 think of inoculating the respectable but somewhat 
 ponderous Times and its readers with the divine 
 madness of our new style, — the style we have formed 
 
 15 upon Sala. The world, mon cher, knows that man 
 but imperfectly. I do not class him with the great 
 masters of human thought and human literature, 
 — Plato, Shakspeare, Confucius, Charles Dickens. 
 Sala, like us his disciples, has studied in the book of 
 
 20 the world even more than in the world of books. 
 But his career and genius have given him somehow 
 the secret of a literary mixture novel and fascinating 
 in the last degree : he blends the airy epicureanism 
 of the salons of Augustus with the full-bodied gaiety 
 
 25 of our English Cider-cellar. With our people and 
 country, mon cher, this mixture, you may rely upon 
 it, is now the very thing to go down ; there arises 
 every day a larger public for it ; and we, Sala's 
 disciples, may be trusted not willingly to let it die. — 
 
 50 Tout a vous, A Young Lion. 1 
 
 To the Editor of the Pall Mall Gazette. 
 1 1 am bound to say that in attempting to verify Leo's graphic
 
 256 "LIFE A DREAM!" 
 
 (I have thought that the memorial raised to 
 Arminius would not be complete without the follow- 
 ing essay, in which, though his name is not actually 
 mentioned, he will be at once recognised as the lead- 
 ing spirit of the foreigners whose conversation is 5 
 quoted. 
 
 Much as I owe to his intellect, I cannot help some- 
 times regretting that the spirit of youthful paradox 
 which led me originally to question the perfections 
 of my countrymen, should have been, as it were, 10 
 prevented from dying out by my meeting, six years 
 ago, with Arminius. The Saturday Review, in an 
 article called " Mr. Matthew Arnold and his Country- 
 men," had taken my correction in hand, and I was 
 in a fair way of amendment, when the intervention 15 
 of Arminius stopped the cure, and turned me, as has 
 been often said, into a mere mouthpiece of this 
 dogmatic young Prussian. It was not that I did 
 not often dislike his spirit and boldly stand up to 
 him ; but, on the whole, my intellect was (there is 20 
 
 description of Dr. Russell's mounting on horseback, from the 
 latter's own excellent correspondence, to which Leo refers us, I 
 have been unsuccessful. Repeatedly I have seemed to be on 
 the trace of what my friend meant, but the particular descrip- 
 tion he alludes to I have never been lucky enough to light 25 
 upon. 
 
 I may add that, in spite of what Leo says of the train he and 
 Mr. Sala have laid, of Dr. Russell's approaching retirement, of 
 Leo's prospect of succeeding him, of the charm of the leonine 
 style, and of the disposition of the public mind to be fascinated 30 
 by it, — I cannot myself believe that either the public, or the 
 proprietors of the Times, are yet ripe for a change so revolu- 
 tionary. But Leo was always sanguine. — Ed.
 
 "LIFE A DREAM I" 257 
 
 no use denying it) overmatched by his. The follow- 
 ing essay, which appeared at the beginning of 1866, 
 was the first proof of this fatal predominance,' 
 which has in many ways cost me so dear.)— Ed. 
 5 Friendship's Garland, ed. 1896. pp. 309-316.
 
 JiS(Xj Our* topic at this moment Is the influence of 
 
 ■^j^tX Religious establishments on culture ; and it is remark- 
 
 /v^m^ able that Mr. Bright, who has taken lately to repre- 
 
 J *-se*iting himself as, above all, a promoter of reason 
 
 ana of the simple natural truth of things, and hiss 
 
 | policy as a fostering of the growth of intelligence, — 
 
 *¥*&#£_, just the aims, as is well known, of culture also, — Mr. 
 
 [^Ij^^Biight, in a speech at Birmingham about education, 
 
 ■^mjyJ seized on the very point which seems to concern our 
 
 U- - Jtopic, when he said : " I believe the people of the 10 
 
 United States have offered to the world more 
 
 'valuable information during the last forty years, than 
 
 all Europe put together." So . America, without 
 
 eligious establishments, seems to get ahead of us 
 
 all, even in light and the things of the mind. 15 
 
 On the other hand, another friend of reason and 
 the simple natural truth of things, M. Renan, says of 
 America, in a book he has recently published, what 
 seems to conflict violently with what Mr. Bright says. 
 Mr. Bright avers that not only have the United States 20 
 thus informed Europe, but they have done it without 
 a great apparatus of higher and scientific instruction 
 and by dint of all classes in America being " suffi- 
 ciently educated to be able to read, and to compre- 
 hend, and to think; and that, I maintain, is the 25 
 foundation of all subsequent progress." And then 
 
 458
 
 AMERICA. 259 
 
 comes M. Renan, and says : " The sound instruction 
 of the people is an effect of the high culture of certain /+ 
 classes. The count/ ies which, like the United States, 
 have created a considerable popular instruction without 
 5 any serious higher instruction, will long have to expiate 
 this fault by their intellectual mediocrity, their vulgarity 
 of manners, their superficial spirit \ their lack of general 
 intelligence." x y^Ji dUu^tku^f & C^ctcX &I«-*~^ 
 Now, which of these two friends of light are we<4io -u/^ixf_i 
 
 10 believe? M. Renan seems more to have in view^fcL^cLa £j 
 what we ourselves mean by culture ; because Mn 1 
 
 Bright always has in his eye what he calls " a com- « . 
 mendable interest" in politics and in political agita^ ^Hi^ 
 tions. As he "said only the other day at Birminhham M»^ QJft 
 
 15 " At this moment, — in fact, I may say at every/ 'W-o. 
 moment in the history of a free country, — there is^ 
 nothing that is so much worth discussing as politics."* 
 And he keeps repeating, with all the powers of his 
 noble oratory, the old story, how to the thoughtful- 
 
 2oness and intelligence of the people of great towns we 
 owe all our improvements in the last thirty years, and 
 how these improvements have hitherto consisted in 
 Parliamentary reform, and free trade, and abolition 
 of Church rates, and so on ; and how they are now 
 
 25 about to consist in getting rid of minority-members, 
 and in introducing a free breakfast-table, and in 
 abolishing the Irish Church by the power of the 
 
 1 " Les pays qui, comme les Etats-Unis, ont cree un enseigne- 
 
 ment populaire considerable sans instruction superieure serieuse, 
 
 30 expieront longtemps encore leur faute par leur mediocrite intel- 
 
 lectuelle, leur grossierete de mceurs, leur esprit superficiel, leui 
 
 manque d'intelligence generale."
 
 260 AMERICA. 
 
 Nonconformists' antipathy to establishments, and 
 much more of the same kind. And though our 
 pauperism and ignorance, and all the questions which 
 are called social, seem now to be forcing themselves 
 upon his mind, yet he still goes on with his glorifying 5 
 of the great towns, and the Liberals, and their opera- 
 tions for the last thirty years. It never seems to occur 
 to him that the present troubled state of our social 
 life has anything to do with the thirty years' blind 
 worship of their nostrums by himself and our Liberal 10 
 friends, or that it throws any doubts upon the suffi- 
 ciency of this worship. But he thinks that what is 
 still amiss is due to the stupidity of the Tories, and 
 will be cured by the thoughtfulness and intelligence 
 of the great towns, and by the Liberals going on 15 
 gloriously with their political operations as before ; or 
 that it will cure itself. So we see what Mr. Bright 
 means by thoughtfulness and intelligence, and in what 
 matter, according to him, we are to grow in them. 
 And, no doubt, in America all classes read their news- 2a 
 paper, and take a commendable interest in politics, 
 more than here or anywhere else in Europe. 
 
 But in the following essay we have been led to 
 doubt the efficiency of all this political operating, 
 pursued mechanically as our race pursues it ; and we 25 
 found that general intelligence, as M. Renan calls it, or, 
 as we say, attention to the reason of things, was just 
 what we were without, and that we were without it 
 because we worshipped our machinery so devoutly. 
 Therefore, we conclude that M. Renan, more than 3a 
 Mr. Bright, means by reason and intelligence the same 
 thing as we do. And when M. Renan says that
 
 AMERICA. 26 1 
 
 America, that chosen home of newspapers and politics, 
 is without general intelligence, we think it likely, from 
 the circumstances of the case, that this is so ; and 
 that in the things of the mind, and in culture and 
 5 totality, America, instead of surpassing us all, falls 
 short. 
 
 And, — to keep to our point of the influence of 
 religious establishments upon culture and a high 
 development of our humanity, — we can surely see 
 
 10 reasons why, with all her energy and fine gifts, 
 America does not show more of this development, or 
 more promise of this.^Tn the following essay it will 
 be seen how our society distributes itself into Bar- 
 barians, Philistines, and Populace ; and America is 
 
 15 just ourselves, with the Barbarians quite left out, and 
 the Populace nearly. This leaves the Philistines for 
 the great bulk of the nation ; — a livelier sort of Philis- 
 tine than ours, and with the pressure and false ideal 
 of our Barbarians taken away, but left all the more to 
 
 20 himself and to have his full swing. And as we have 
 found that the strongest and most vital part of English 
 Philistinism was the Puritan and Hebraising middle 
 class, and that its Hebraising keeps it from culture 
 and totality, so it is notorious that the people of the 
 
 25 United States issues from this class, and reproduces 
 its tendencies, — its narrow conception of man's 
 spiritual range and of his one thing needful. From 
 Maine to Florida, and back again, all America He- 
 braises.y/tHfficult as it is to speak of a people merely 
 
 30 from whjft one reads, yet that, I think, one may with- 
 out much fear of contradiction say. I mean, when in 
 the United States any spiritual side in man is wakened
 
 262 AMERICA. 
 
 to activity, it is generally the religious side, and the 
 
 religious side in a narrow way ./'Social reformers go 
 
 \ to Moses or St. Paul for their doctrines, and have no 
 
 ^^4 notion there is anywhere else to go to ; earnest young 
 
 /V*^ men at schools and universities, instead of conceivings 
 
 -u 1 salvation as a harmonious perfection only to be won 
 J"T Yr by unreservedly cultivating many sides in us, conceive 
 ^ %P^\ of it in the old Puritan fashion, and fling themselves 
 jT^y ardently upon it in the old, false ways of this fashion, 
 
 which we know so well, and such as Mr. Hammond, ia 
 the American revivalist, has lately at Mr. Spurgeon's 
 Tabernacle been refreshing our memory with. 
 
 Now, if America thus Hebraises more than either 
 England or Germany, will any one deny that the absence 
 of religious establishments has much to do with it ? 15 
 We have seen how establishments tend to give us a 
 sense of a historical life of the human spirit, outside 
 and beyond our own fancies and feelings ; how they 
 thus tend to suggest new sides and sympathies in us 
 to cultivate ; how, further, by saving us from having 20 
 to invent and fight for our own forms of religion, they 
 give us leisure and calm to steady our view of religion 
 itself, — the most overpowering of objects, as it is the 
 grandest, — and to enlarge our first crude notions of 
 the one thing needful. But, in a serious people, 25 
 where every one has to choose and strive for his own 
 order and discipline of religion, the contention about 
 these non-essentials occupies his mind. His first 
 crude notions about the one thing needful do not get 
 purged, and they invade the whole spiritual man in 30 
 him, and then, making a solitude, they call it heavenly 
 peace.
 
 AMERICA. 2 6 3 
 
 I remember a Nonconformist manufacturer, in a 
 t,wn of the Midland counties, telling me that when he 
 ** came there, some years ago, the place had no 
 Ussenters ; but he had opened an Independent chapel 
 
 T'/f T c , hurch and Dissent u ' ere P rett y W 
 
 d de d , Wlth harp CQntests beuveen them 4 ^.7 
 
 flit this seemed a pity. " A pity ? ■■ cried he ; " not 
 
 ST r ° n,y f nk ° f aU the ZeaI a «d activity which 
 th .collision calls forth ! » "Ah, but, my dear friend » 
 
 »I iswered, "only think of all the nonsense which 
 
 ya now hold quite firmly, which you would never 
 
 ha held if you had not been contradicting your 
 
 adlrsary m it all these years ! " The more serious 
 
 people, and the more prominent the religious side 
 
 *5 in , the greater is the danger of this side, if set to 
 chQe out forms for itself and fight for existence 
 sweng and spreading till it swallows all other 
 
 TX\ S1 t\ UP ' ilUerce P ts and ^sorbs all nutriment 
 win should have gone to them, and leaves Hebraism 
 2oramnt in us and Hellenism stamped out. 
 
 Cure, and the harmonious perfection of our 
 whob ein and what we caU to ^^^ ^ 
 
 3rM ry , maUerS - And eVGn the institutions, 
 
 whicshould develop these, take the same narrow 
 
 *5 and ; t,al view of humanity and its wants as the free 
 
 of mC C °r imitieS take - J«st as the free churches 
 of Mheecher or Brother Noyes, with their provin- 
 ciahind want of centrality, make mere Hebraisers 
 m rel, n and not perfect men, so the university of 
 3 oMr. la Cornell, a really noble monument of his 
 muniface, yet seems to rest on a misconception of 
 what ure truly is, and to be calculated to produce
 
 264 , AMERICA. 
 
 miners, or engineers, or architects, not sweetness aid 
 light. 
 
 And, therefore, when Mr. White asks the same kiid 
 of question about America that he has asked about 
 
 ■ England, and wants to know whether, without religims 5 
 establishments, as much is not done in America or 
 
 \the higher national life as is done for that life hre, 
 we answer in the same way as we did before, tha as 
 much is not done. Because to enable and stir up 
 people to read their Bible and the newspapers, ari to 10 
 get a practical knowledge of their business, doe not 
 serve to the higher spiritual life of a nation so mch 
 as culture, truly conceived, serves ; and a trueon- 
 ception of culture is, as M. Renan's words shovjust 
 
 3-vhat America fails in. 15 
 
 To the many who think that spirituality, and ^eet- 
 ness, and light, are all moonshine, this will not pear 
 to matter much ; but with us, who value thei and 
 who think that we have traced much of our esent 
 discomfort to the want of them, it weighs a gre deal. 20 
 So not only do we say that the Nonconforms have 
 got provincialism and lost totality by the wt of a 
 religious establishment, but we say that t very 
 example which they bring forward to help t'r case 
 makes against them ; and that when they triuihantly 25 
 show us America without religious establments, 
 they only show us a whole nation touched, *dst all 
 its greatness and promise, with that procialism 
 which it is our aim to extirpate in the Enjh Non- 
 conformist. — Culture a?id Anarchy, ed. i8o>p. xxi-30 
 
 xxviii - GjuutJU^ (^amajuTt i$&- t*_
 
 
 Emerson. «/£*> Ou* ^/*^\jL 
 
 Forty years ago, when I was an undergraduate at ^iff/d, 
 Oxford, voices were in the air there which haunt my 
 memory still. Happy the man who in that susceptible 
 season of youth hears such voices ! they are a posses- 
 5 sion to him for ever. No such voices as those which 
 we heard in our youth at Oxford are sounding there 
 now. Oxford has more criticism now, more knowl- 
 edge, more light ; but such voices as those of our 
 •H /fe^ 1 *' nas no l° n S er - The name of Cardinal New- 
 ^X^4ornan is a great name to the imagination still ; his 
 
 ■* genius and his style are still things of power. But he 
 is over eighty years old ; he is in the Oratory at Bir- 
 mingham ; he has adopted, for the doubts and difficul- 
 ties which beset men's minds to-day, a solution which, 
 
 15 to speak frankly, is impossible. Forty years ago he 
 was in the very prime of life ; he was close at hand 
 to us at Oxford ; he was preaching in St. Mary's pul- 
 pit every Sunday ; he seemed about to transform and 
 to renew what was for us the most national and 
 
 20 natural institution in the world, the Church of Eng- 
 land. Who could resist the charm of that spiritual 
 apparition, gliding in the dim afternoon light through 
 the aisles of St. Mary's, rising into the pulpit, and 
 then, in the most entrancing of voices, breaking the 
 
 25 silence with words and thoughts which were a reli- 
 gious music, — subtle, sweet, mournful ? I seem to 
 
 265
 
 hear him still, saying: "After the fever of life, aftel 
 wearinesses and sicknesses, fightings and despondings, 
 languor and fretfulness, struggling and succeeding ; 
 after all the changes and chances of this troubled, 
 unhealthy state, — at length comes death, at length 5 
 the white throne of God, at length the beatific vision." /I 
 Or, if we followed him back to his seclusion at Little- 
 more, that dreary village by the London road, and to 
 the house of retreat and the church which he built 
 there, — a mean house such as Paul might have lived 10 
 in when he was tent-making at Ephesus, a church 
 plain and thinly sown with worshippers, — who could 
 resist him there either, welcoming back to the severe 
 joys of church-fellowship, and of daily worship and 
 prayer, the firstlings of a generation which had well- 15 
 nigh forgotten them ? Again I seem to hear him : 
 " The season is chill and dark, and the breath of the 
 morning is damp, and worshippers are few ; but all 
 this befits those who are by their profession penitents 
 and mourners, watchers and pilgrims. More dear to 20 
 them that loneliness, more cheerful that severity, and 
 more bright that gloom, than all those aids and appli- 
 ances of luxury by which men nowadays attempt to 
 make prayer less disagreeable to them. True faith 
 does not covet comforts ; they who realise that awful 25 
 day, when they shall see Him face to face whose eyes 
 are as a flame of fire, will as little bargain to pray 
 pleasantly now as they will think of doing so then." 
 
 Somewhere or other I have spoken of those "last 
 enchantments of the Middle Age" which Oxford 30 
 sheds around us, and here they were ! But there 
 were other voices sounding in our ear besides New-
 
 EMERSON. 267 
 
 man's. There was the puissant voice of Carlyle ; sG 
 sorely strained, over-used, and misused since, but 
 then fresh, comparatively sound, and reaching our 
 hearts with true, pathetic eloquence.^^Who can forget 
 5 the emotion of receiving in its first freshness such a 
 sentence as that sentence of Carlyle upon Edward 
 Irving, then just dead : " Scotland sent him forth a 
 herculean man ; our mad Babylon wore and wasted 
 him with all her engines, — and it took her twelve 
 
 10 years ! , / >yA greater voice still, — the greatest voice of 
 the century, — came to us in those youthful years 
 through Carlyle : the voice of Goethe^To this day, 
 — such is the force of youthful associations, — I read 
 the Wilhelm Meister with more pleasure in Carlyle's 
 
 15 translation than in the original. The large, liberal 
 view of human life in Wilhelm Meister, how novel it 
 was to the Englishman in those days ! and it was 
 salutary, too, and educative for him, doubtless, as 
 well as novel. But what moved us most in Wilhelm 
 
 20 Meister was that which, after all, will always move 
 the young most, — the poetry, the eloquence. Never, 
 surely, was Carlyle's prose so beautiful and pure as 
 in his rendering of the Youths' dirge over Mignon ! — 
 " Well is our treasure now laid up, the fair image of 
 
 25 the past. Here sleeps it in the marble, undecaying ; 
 in your hearts, also, it lives, it works. Travel, travel, 
 back into life ! Take along with you this holy earnest- 
 ness, for earnestness alone makes life eternity." Here 
 we had the voice of the great Goethe ; — not the stiff, 
 
 30 and hindered, and frigid, and factitious Goethe who 
 speaks to us too often from those sixty volumes of 
 his, but of the great Goethe, and the true one.
 
 268 EMERSON. 
 
 And besides those voices, there came to us in that 
 old Oxford time a voice also from this side of the 
 Atlantic, — a clear and pure voice, which for my ear, 
 at any rate, brought a strain as new, and moving, and 
 unforgettable, as the strain of Newman, or Carlyle, or 5 
 Goethe^ 3vlr. Lowell has well described the appari- 
 tion of Emerson to your young generation here, in 
 that distant time of which I am speaking, and of his 
 workings upon them. He was your Newman, your 
 man of soul and genius visible to you in the flesh, 10 
 speaking to your bodily ears, a present object for 
 your heart and imagination. That is surely the most 
 potent of all influences ! nothing can come up to it. 
 /TTo us at Oxford Emerson was but a voice speaking 
 from three thousand miles away. But so well he 15 
 spoke, that from that time forth Boston Bay and 
 Concord were names invested to my ear with a senti- 
 ment akin to that which invests for me the names of 
 Oxford and of Weimar*; and snatches of Emerson's 
 strain fixed themselves in my mind as imperishably as 20 
 any of the eloquent words which I have been just 
 now quoting. " Then dies the man in you ; then 
 once more perish the buds of art, poetry, and science 
 as they have died already in a thousand thousand 
 men." " What Plato has thought, he may think ; what 25 
 a saint has felt, he may feel ; what at any time has 
 befallen any man, he can understand." "Trust thy- 
 self ! every heart vibrates to that iron string. Accept 
 the place the Divine Providence has found for you, 
 the society of your contemporaries, the connexion of 30 
 events. Great men have always done so, and con- 
 fided themselves childlike to the genius of their age j
 
 
 
 betraying their perception that the Ettrnal was stir* . y^^x^. 
 ring at their heart, working through their hands, pre- f^ 
 dominating in all their being. And we are now men, 
 and must accept in the highest spirit the same tran- 
 5 scendent destiny ; and not pinched in a corner, not 
 cowards fleeing before a revolution, but redeemers 
 and benefactors, pious aspirants to be noble clay 
 plastic under the Almighty effort, let us advance and 
 advance on chaos and the dark ! " These lofty sen- 
 
 iotences of Emerson, and a hundred others of like 
 strain, I never have lost out of my memory ; I never 
 can lose them. 
 
 At last I find myself in Emerson's own country, 
 and looking upon Boston Bay. Naturally I revert to 
 
 15 the friend of my youth. It is not always pleasant 
 to ask oneself questions about the friends of one's 
 youth ; they cannot always well support it. Carlyle, 
 for instance, in my judgment, cannot well support 
 such a return upon him. Yet we should make the 
 
 20 return ; we should part with our illusions, we should 
 know the truth. When I come to this country, where 
 Emerson now counts for so much, and where such 
 high claims are made for him, I pull myself together, 
 and ask myself what the truth about this object of 
 
 25 my youthful admiration really is. Improper elements 
 often come into our estimate of men. We have lately 
 seen a German critic make Goethe the greatest of all 
 poets, because Germany is now the greatest of mili- 
 tary powers, and wants a poet to match. Then, too, 
 
 30 America is a young country; and young coun- 
 tries, like young persons, are apt sometimes to evince 
 in their literary judgments a want of scale and meas-
 
 2 7° EMERSON. 
 
 ure. I set myself, therefore, resolutely to come at a 
 real estimate of Emerson, and with a leaning even to 
 strictness rather than to indulgence. That is the safer 
 course. Time has no indulgence ; any veils of 
 illusion which we may have left around an objects 
 because we loved it, Time is sure to strip away. 
 
 I was reading the other day a notice of Emerson 
 by a serious and interesting American critic. Fifty 
 or sixty passages in Emerson's poems, says this 
 critic, — who had doubtless himself been nourished 10 
 on Emerson's writings, and held them justly dear, — 
 fifty or sixty passages from Emerson's poems have 
 already entered into English speech as matter of 
 familiar and universally current quotation. Here is 
 a specimen of that personal sort of estimate which, for 15 
 my part, even in speaking of authors dear to me, I 
 would try to avoid. What is the kind of phrase of 
 which we may fairly say that it has entered into Eng- 
 ligh speech as matter of familiar quotation ! Such 
 a phrase, surely, as the " Patience on a monument "20 
 of Shakespeare ; as the " Darkness visible " of Milton ; 
 as the " Where ignorance is bliss " of Gray. Of not 
 one single passage in Emerson's poetry can it be truly 
 said that it has become a familiar quotation like 
 phrases of this kind. It is not enough that it should 25 
 be familiar to his admirers, familiar in New England, 
 familiar even throughout the United States ; it must 
 be familiar to all readers and lovers of English 
 poetry. Of not more than one or two passages in 
 Emerson's poetry can it, I think, be truly said, that 30 
 they stand ever-present in the memory of even many
 
 
 lovers of English poetry. A great number of pas- 
 sages from his poetry are no doubt perfectly familiar 
 to the mind and lips of the critic whom I have men- 
 tioned, and perhaps a wide circle of American readers. 
 5 But this is a very different thing from being matter of 
 universal quotation, like the phrases of the legitimate 
 poets. 
 
 And, in truth, one of the legitimate poets, Emer- 
 son, in my opinion, is not. His poetry is interesting, 
 
 ioit makes one think ; but it is not the poetry of one of 
 the born poets. I say it of him with reluctance, 
 although I am sure that he would have said it of him- 
 self ; but I say it with reluctance, because I dislike 
 giving pain to his admirers, and because all my own 
 
 15 wish, too, is to say of him what is favourable. But I 
 regard myself, not as speaking to please Emerson's 
 admirers, not as speaking to please myself ; but rather, 
 I repeat, as communing with Time and Nature con- 
 cerning the productions of this beautiful and rare 
 
 20 spirit, and as resigning what of him is by their unalter- 
 able decree touched with caducity, in order the better 
 to mark and secure that in him which is immortal. 
 
 Milton says that poetry ought to be simple, sensu- 
 ous, impassioned. Well, Emerson's poetry is seldom 
 
 25 either simple, or sensuous, or impassioned. In 
 general it lacks directness ; it lacks concreteness ; it 
 lacks energy. His grammar is often embarrassed ; 
 in particular, the want of clearly-marked distinction 
 between the subject and the object of his sentence is 
 
 30 a frequent cause of obscurity in him. A poem which 
 shall be a plain, forcible, inevitable whole he hardly 
 ever produces. Such good work as the noble lines
 
 272 EMERSON. 
 
 graven on the Concord Monument is the exception 
 with him ; such ineffective work as the " Fourth of 
 July Ode " or the " Boston Hymn " is the rule. 
 Even passages and single lines of thorough plainness 
 and commanding force are rare in his poetry. They 5 
 exist, of course ; but when we meet with them they 
 give us a slight shock of surprise, so little has Emer- 
 son accustomed us to them. Let me have the pleasure 
 of quoting one or two of these exceptional passages : — 
 
 " So nigh is grandeur to our dust, IO 
 
 So near is God to man, 
 When Duty whispers low, Thou must. 
 The youth replies, I can." 
 
 Or again this : — 
 
 " Though love repine and reason chafe, 15 
 
 There came a voice without reply : 
 ' 'Tis man's perdition to be safe, 
 When for the truth he ought to die.'" 
 
 Excellent ! but how seldom do we get from him 
 a strain blown so clearly and firmly ! Take another 20 
 passage where his strain has not only clearness, it 
 has also grace and beauty : — 
 
 " And ever, when the happy child 
 In May beholds the blooming wild, 
 And hears in heaven the bluebird sing, 25 
 
 4 Onward,' he cries, ' your baskets bring ! 
 In the next field is air more mild, 
 And in yon hazy west is Eden's balmier spring.' " 
 
 In the style and cadence here there is a reminis- 
 cence, I think, of Gray ; at any rate the pureness, 30 
 grace, and beauty of these lines are worthy even of
 
 EMERSON. 273 
 
 Gray. But Gray holds his high rank as a poet, not 
 merely by the beauty and grace of passages in his 
 poems ; not merely by a diction generally pure in an 
 age of impure diction : he holds it, above all, by the 
 5 power and skill with which the evolution of his poems 
 is conducted. Here is his grand superiority to Collins, 
 whose diction in his best poem, the "Ode to Even- 
 ing," is purer than Gray's; but then the "Ode to 
 Evening " is like a river which loses itself in the 
 
 10 sand, whereas Gray's best poems have an evolution 
 sure and satisfying./^ Emerson's "Mayday," from 
 which I just now quoted, has no real evolution at all ; 
 it is a series of observations. And, in general, his 
 poems have no evolution.^Take, for example, his 
 
 15 " Titmouse." Here he has an excellent subject ; and 
 his observation of Nature, moreover, is always marvel- 
 lously close and fine. But compare what he makes 
 of his meeting with his titmouse with what Cowper 
 or Burns makes of the like kind of incident ! One 
 
 20 never quite arrives at learning what the titmouse 
 actually did for him at all, though one feels a strong 
 interest and desire to learn it ; but one is reduced to 
 guessing, and cannot be quite sure that after all one 
 has guessed right. He is not plain and concrete 
 
 25 enough, — in other words, not poet enough, — to be 
 able to tell us. And a failure of this kind goes 
 through almost all his verse, keeps him amid sym- 
 bolism and allusion and the fringes of things, and, 
 in spite of his spiritual power, deeply impairs his 
 
 30 poetic value.// Through the inestimable virtue of 
 concreteness, a simple poem like " The Bridge " of 
 Longfellow, or the " School Days " of Mr. Whittier,
 
 274 EMERSON. 
 
 is of more poetic worth, perhaps, than all the verse 
 of Emerson.^ 
 
 I do not, then, place Emerson among the great 
 poets. But I go further, and say that I do not place 
 him among the great writers, the great men of letters. 5 
 Who are the great men of letters ? They are men like 
 Cicero, Plato, Bacon, Pascal, Swift, Voltaire, — writers 
 with, in the first place, a genius and instinct for style ; 
 writers whose prose is by a kind of native necessity 
 true and sound. Now the style of Emerson, like the 10 
 style of his transcendentalist friends and of the " Dial " 
 so continually, — the style of Emerson is capable of 
 falling into a strain like this, which I take from the 
 beginning of his " Essay on Love " : " Every soul is a 
 celestial being to every other soul. The heart has its 15 
 sabbaths and jubilees, in which the world appears as 
 a hymeneal feast, and all natural sounds and the circle 
 of the seasons are erotic odes and dances." Emerson 
 altered this sentence in the later editions. Like 
 Wordsworth, he was in later life fond of altering ; and 20 
 in general his later alterations, like those of Words- 
 worth, are not improvements. He softened the pass- 
 age in question, however, though without really 
 mending it. I quote it in its original and strongly- 
 marked form. Arthur Stanley used to relate that 25 
 about the year 1840, being in conversation with some 
 Americans in quarantine at Malta, and thinking to 
 please them, he declared his warm admiration for 
 Emerson's Essays, then recently published. How- 
 ever, the Americans shook their heads, and told him 30 
 that for home taste Emerson was decidedly too greeny. 
 We will hope, for their sakes, that the sort of thing
 
 EMERSON. 27 5 
 
 they had in their heads was such writing as I have just 
 quoted. Unsound it is, indeed, and in a style almost 
 impossible to a born man of letters. 
 
 It is a curious thing that quality of style which 
 5 marks the great writer, the born man of letters. It 
 resides in the whole tissue of his work, and of his work 
 regarded as a composition for literary purposes. Bril- 
 liant and powerful passages in a man's writings do 
 not prove his possession of it ; it lies in their whole 
 
 10 tissue. Emerson has passages of noble and pathetic 
 eloquence, such as those which I quoted at the begin- 
 ning ; he has passages of shrewd and felicitous wit ; 
 he has crisp 'epigram ; he has passages of exquisitely 
 touched observation of nature. /'Yet he is not a great 
 
 15 writer ; his style has not the requisite wholeness of 
 good tissue. Even Carlyle is not, in my judgment, a 
 great writer. He has surpassingly powerful qualities 
 of expression, far more powerful than Emerson's, and 
 reminding one of the gifts of expression of the great 
 
 20 poets, — of even Shakespeare himself. What Emerson 
 so admirably says of Carlyle's " devouring eyes and 
 portraying hand." " those thirsty eyes, those portrait- 
 eating, portrait-painting eyes of thine, those fatal per- 
 ceptions," is thoroughly true.// What a description is 
 
 25 Carlyle's of the first publisher of Sartor Rcsartus, " to 
 whom the idea of a new edition of Sartor is frightful, 
 or rather ludicrous unimaginable " ; of this poor 
 Fraser, in whose " wonderful world of Tory pam- 
 phleteers, conservative Younger-brothers, Regent Street 
 
 50 loungers, Crockford gamblers, Irish Jesuits, drunken 
 reporters, and miscellaneous unclean persons (whom 
 nitre and much soap will not wash clean), not a sou]
 
 276 EMERSON. 
 
 has expressed the smallest wish that way ? " What a 
 portrait, again, of the well-beloved John Sterling / 
 " One, and the best, of a small class extant here, who, 
 nigh drowning in a black wreck of Infidelity (lighted 
 up by some glare of Radicalism only, now growing 5 
 dim too), and about to perish, saved themselves into a 
 Coleridgian Shovel-Hattedness." What touches in 
 the invitation of Emerson to London ! "You shall 
 see block-heads by the million ; Pickwick himself 
 shall be visible, — innocent young Dickens, reserved for 10 
 a questionable fate. The great Wordsworth shall talk 
 till you yourself pronounce him to be a bore. 
 Southey's complexion is still healthy mahogany brown, 
 with a fleece of white hair, and eyes that seem run- 
 ning at full gallop. Leigh Hunt, man of genius in the 15 
 shape of a cockney, is my near neighbour, with good 
 humour and no common-sense ; old Rogers with his 
 pale head, white, bare, and cold as snow, with those 
 large blue eyes, cruel, sorrowful, and that sardonic 
 shelf chin. ' How inimitable it all is ! And finally, 20 
 for one must not go on forever, this version of a Lon- 
 don Sunday, with the public-houses closed during the 
 hours of divine service ! " It is silent Sunday ; the 
 populace not yet admitted to their beer-shops, till 
 the respectabilities conclude their rubric mummeries — 25 
 a much more audacious feat than beer.' )/ Yet even 
 Carlyle is not, in my judgment, to be called a great 
 writer ; one cannot think of ranking him with men 
 like Cicero and Plato and Swift and Voltaire. Emer- 
 son freely promises to Carlyle immortality for his 30 
 histories. They will not have it. Why? Because 
 the materials furnished to him by that devouring eye
 
 EATER SO JV. 277 
 
 of his, and that portraying hand, were not wrought in 
 and subdued by him to what his work, regarded as a 
 composition for literary purposes, required. Occur- 
 ring in conversation, breaking out in familiar corre- 
 5 spondence, they are magnificent, inimitable ; nothing 
 more is required of them ; thus thrown out anyhow, 
 they serve their turn and fulfil their function. And, 
 therefore, I should not wonder if really Carlyle lived, 
 in the long run, by such an invaluable record as that 
 
 10 correspondence between him and Emerson, of which 
 we owe the publication to Mr. Charles Norton, — by 
 this and not by his works, as Johnson lives in Boswell, 
 not by his works. For Carlyle's sallies, as the staple 
 of a literary work, become wearisome ; and as time 
 
 15 more and more applies to Carlyle's works its stringent 
 test, this will be felt more and more. Shakespeare, 
 Moliere, Swift, — they, too. had, like Carlyle, the 
 devouring eye and the portraying hand. But they are 
 great literary masters, they are supreme writers, because 
 
 20 they knew how to work into a literary composition 
 their materials, and to subdue them to the purposes of 
 literary effect. Carlyle is too wilful for this, too * . 
 turbid, too vehement. "Q^JiXuJjL *-*- -^O^V 9 **-<*-*-*£ 
 
 You will think I deal in nothing* but negatives. I %-UAVi 
 
 25 have been saying that Emerson is not one of the great 1 
 
 poets, the great writers. He has not their quality of 
 style. He is, however, the propounder of a phi- 
 losophy. The Platonic dialogues afford us the ex- 
 ample of exquisite literary form and treatment given 
 
 30 to philosophical ideas. Plato is at once a great liter- 
 ary man and a great philosopher. If we speak care- 
 fully, we cannot call Aristotle or Spinoza or Kant
 
 278 EMERSON. 
 
 great literary men, or their productions great literary 
 works. But their work is arranged with such construc- 
 tive power that they build a philosophy, and are justly 
 called great philosophical writers. Emerson cannot, 
 I think, be called with justice a great philosophical 5 
 writer. He cannot build ; his arrangement of philo- 
 sophical ideas has no progress in it, no evolution ; he 
 does not construct a philosophy. Emerson himself 
 knew the defects of his method, or rather want of 
 method, very well ; indeed, he and Carlyle criticise 10 
 themselves and one another in a way which leaves 
 little for any one else to do in the way of formulating 
 their defects. Carlyle formulates perfectly the defects 
 of his friend's poetic and literary production when he 
 says of the " Dial " : "For me it is too ethereal, 15 
 speculative, theoretic ; I will have all things condense 
 themselves, take shape and body, if they are to have 
 my sympathy." And, speaking of Emerson's orations, 
 he says : " I long to see some concrete Thing, some 
 Event, Man's Life, American Forest, or piece of 20 
 Creation, which this Emerson loves and wonders at, 
 well Emersonised, — depictured by Emerson, filled with 
 the life of Emerson, and cast forth from him, then to 
 live by itself. If these orations balk me of this, how 
 profitable soever they may be for others, I will not 25 
 love them." Emerson himself formulates perfectly 
 the defect of his own philosophical productions, when 
 he speaks of his " formidable tendency to the lapidary 
 style. I build my house of boulders." " Here I sit 
 and read and write," he says again, "with very little 30 
 system, and, as far as regards composition, with the 
 mosi fragmentary result ; paragraphs incomprehensi-
 
 EMERSON. 279 
 
 ble, each sentence an infinitely repellent particle." 
 Nothing can be truer ; and the work of a Spinoza or 
 Kant, of the men who stand as great philosophical 
 writers, does not proceed in this wise. 
 i Some people will tell you that Emerson's poetry7l~4tlX(_^ 
 indeed, is too abstract, and his philosophy too v^ague, 
 but that his best work is his English TrafajJ^hzfpL . 
 English Traits are beyond question very pleasant <»./* 
 reading. It is easy to praise them, easy (KTcommendV ^vf\ 
 
 10 the author of them. But I insist on always trying/ 
 
 Emerson's work by the highest standards. I esteem ~U/HMH 
 him too much to try his work by any other. Tried) »*-**^ 
 by the highest standards, and compared with th/ ° 1 ' VU-* 
 work of the excellent markers and recorders of the A _^ 
 
 15 traits of human life, — of writers like Montaigne, LA 
 
 Bruyere, Addison, — the English Traits will not stand\ %?*& 
 the comparison. Emerson's observation has not the / ^ 
 disinterested quality of the observation of these mas- 
 ters. It is the observation of a man systematically 
 
 20 benevolent, as Hawthorne's observation in Our Old 
 Hotne is the work of a man chagrined. Hawthorne's 
 literary talent is of the first order. His subjects are 
 generally not to me subjects of the highest interest ; 
 but his literary talent is of the first order, the finest, I 
 
 25 think, which America has yet produced, — finer, by 
 much, than Emerson's. Yet Our Old Home is not a 
 masterpiece any more than English Traits. In neither 
 of them is the observer disinterested enough. The 
 author's attitude in each of these cases can easily be 
 
 30 understood and defended. Hawthorne was a sensi- 
 tive man, so situated in England that he was perpetu- 
 ally in contact with the British Philistine ; and the
 
 280 EMERSON. 
 
 British Philistine is a trying personage. Emerson's 
 systematic benevolence comes from what he himself 
 calls somewhere his " persistent optimism"; and his 
 persistent optimism is the root of his greatness and 
 the source of his charm. But still let us keep ours 
 literary conscience true, and judge every kind of 
 literary work by the laws really proper to it. The 
 kind of work attempted in the English Traits and in 
 Our Old Home is work which cannot be done per- 
 fectly with a bias such as that given by Emerson's 10 
 optimism or by Hawthorne s chagrin. Consequently, 
 neither English Traits nor Our Old Home is a work 
 of perfection in its kind. 
 
 Not with the Miltons and Grays, not with the 
 Platos and Spinozas, not with the Swifts and Vol- 15 
 taires, not with the Montaignes and Addisons, can we 
 rank Emerson. His work of various kinds, when one 
 compares it with the work done in a corresponding 
 kind by these masters, fails to stand the comparison. 
 No man could see this clearer than Emerson himself. 20 
 It is hard not to feel despondency when we contem- 
 plate our failures and short-comings : and Emerson, 
 the least self-flattering and the most modest of men, 
 saw so plainly what was lacking to him that he had his 
 moments of despondency. "Alas, my friend," he 25 
 writes in reply to Carlyle, who had exhorted him to 
 creative work, — " Alas, my friend, I can do no such 
 gay thing as you say. I do not belong to the poets, 
 but only to a low department of literature, — the 
 reporters; suburban men." He deprecated his 30 
 friend's praise ; praise " generous to a fault," he calls 
 it ; praise " generous to the shaming of me, — cold,
 
 EMERSON. 281 
 
 fastidious, ebbing person that I am. Already in a 
 former letter you had said too much good of my poor 
 little arid book, which is as sand to my eyes. I can 
 only say that I heartily wish the book were better ; 
 5 and I must try and deserve so much favour from the 
 kind gods by a bolder and truer living in the months 
 to come, — such as may perchance one day release and 
 invigorate this cramp hand of mine. When I see how 
 much work is to be done ; what room for a poet, for 
 
 10 any spiritualist, in this great, intelligent, sensual, and 
 avaricious America, — I lament my fumbling fingers 
 and stammering tongue." Again, as late as 1870, he 
 writes to Carlyle : " There is no example of con- 
 stancy like yours, and it always stings my stupor into 
 
 15 temporary recovery and wonderful resolution to 
 accept the noble challenge. But ' the strong hours 
 conquer us '; and I am the victim of miscellany, — 
 miscellany of designs, vast debility, and procrastina- 
 tion." The forlorn note belonging to the phrase, 
 
 20 "vast debility," recalls that saddest and most dis- 
 couraged of writers, the author of Obennann, Senan- 
 cour, with whom Emerson has in truth a certain 
 kinship. He has, in common with Senancour, his 
 pureness, his passion for nature, his single eye ; and 
 
 25 here we find him confessing, like Senancour, a sense in 
 himself of sterility and impotence. 
 
 And now I think I have cleared the ground. I 
 
 have given up to Envious Time as much of Emerson 
 
 as Time can fairly expect ever to obtain. We have 
 
 30 not in Emerson a great poet, a great writer, a great 
 
 philosophy-maker. His relation to us is not that of
 
 282 EMERSON. 
 
 one of those personages ; yet it is a relation of, I 
 think, even superior importance. His relation to us 
 is more like that of the Roman Emperor Marcus 
 Aurelius. Marcus Aurelius is not a great writer, a 
 great philosophy-maker ; he is the friend and aider of 5 
 those wio would live in the spirit. Emerson is the 
 same^He is the friend and aider of those who would 
 live in the spirit. (/KM the points in thinking which 
 are necessary for this purpose he takes ; but he does 
 not combine them into a system, or present them as a io 
 regular philosophy. Combined in a system by a man 
 with the requisite talent for this kind of thing, they 
 would be less useful than as Emerson gives them to 
 us ; and the man with the talent so to systematise 
 them would be less impressive than Emerson. They 15 
 do very well as they now stand ; like " boulders," as 
 he says ; in " paragraphs incompressible, each sen- 
 tence an infinitely repellent particle." In such sen- 
 tences his main points recur again and again, and 
 become fixed in the memory. 20 
 
 We all know them. First and foremost, character. 
 Character is everything. " That which all things tend 
 to educe, — which freedom, cultivation, intercourse, 
 revolutions, go to form and deliver, — is character." 
 Character and self-reliance. 'Trust thyself! every 25 
 heart vibrates to that iron string." And yet we have 
 our being in a not ourselves. ' There is a power above 
 and behind us, and we are the channels of its com- 
 munications." But our lives must be pitched higher. 
 " Life must be lived on a higher plane; we must go up 30 
 to a higher platform, to which we are always invited 
 to ascend; there the whole scene changes." The good
 
 EMERSON. 283 
 
 we need is for ever close to us, though we attain it 
 not. '' On the brink of the waters of life and truth, 
 we are miserably dying." This good is close to us, 
 moreover, in our daily life, and in the familiar, homely 
 
 5 places. "The unremitting retention of simple and 
 high sentiments in obscure duties, — that is the maxim 
 for us. Let us be poised and wise, and our own to- 
 day. Let us treat the men and women well, — treat 
 them as if they were real; perhaps they are. Men 
 
 10 live in their fancy, like drunkards whose hands are 
 too soft and tremulous for successful labour. I settle 
 myself ever firmer in the creed, that we should not 
 postpone and refer and wish, but do broad justice 
 where we are, by whomsoever we deal with; accepting 
 
 15 our actual companions and circumstances, however 
 humble or odious, as the mystic officials to whom the 
 universe has delegated its whole pleasure for us. 
 Massachusetts, Connecticut River, and Boston Bay, 
 you think paltry places, and the ear loves names of 
 
 20 foreign and classic topography. But here we are; 
 and if we will tarry a little we may come to learn that 
 here is best. See to it only that thyself is here." 
 Furthermore, the good is close to us all. " I resist 
 the scepticism of our education and of our educated 
 
 25 men. I do not believe that the differences of opinion 
 and character in men are organic. I do not recog- 
 nise, besides the class of the good and the wise, a 
 permanent class of sceptics, or a class of conserva- 
 tives, or of malignants, or of materialists. I do not 
 
 30 believe in the classes. Everyman has a call of the 
 power to do something unique." Exclusiveness is 
 deadly. " The exclusive in social life does not see
 
 284 EMERSON. 
 
 that he excludes himself from enjoyment in the at- 
 tempt to appropriate it. The exclusionist in religion 
 does not see that he shuts the door of heaven on him- 
 self in striving to shut out others. Treat men as 
 pawns and ninepins, and you shall suffer as well as 5 
 they. If you leave out their heart you shall lose 
 your own. The selfish man suffers more from his 
 selfishness than he from whom that selfishness with- 
 holds some important benefit." A sound nature will 
 be inclined to refuse ease and self-indulgence. " To 10 
 live with some rigour of temperance, or some extreme 
 of generosity, seems to be an asceticism which com- 
 mon good nature would appoint to those who are at 
 ease and in plenty, in sign that they feel a brotherhood 
 with the great multitude of suffering men.'' Compen- 15 
 sation, finally, is the great law of life; it is everywhere, 
 it is sure, and there is no escape from it. This is that 
 " law alive and beautiful, which works over our heads 
 and under our feet. Pitiless, it avails itself of our 
 success when we obey it, and of our ruin when we 20 
 contravene it. We are all secret believers in it. It 
 rewards actions after their nature. The reward of a 
 thing well done is to have done it. The thief steals 
 from himself, the swindler swindles himself. You 
 must pay at last your own debt." 25 
 
 This is tonic indeed ! And let no one object that 
 t is too general; that more practical, positive direc- 
 
 A.-44O tion is what we want; that Emerson's optimism, self- 
 reliance, and indifference to favourable conditions for 
 
 < r^ i ^- our life and growth have in them something of dan- 30 
 ger. " Trust thyself;" " what attracts my attention 
 shall have it;" "though thou shouldst walk the world
 
 EMERSON. 285 
 
 over thou shalt not be able to find a condition inop- 
 portune or ignoble;" " what we call vulgar society is 
 that society whose poetry is not yet written, but which 
 you shall presently make as enviable and renowned as 
 5 any." With maxims like these, we surely it may be 
 said, run some risk of being made too well satisfied 
 with our own actual self and state, however crude and 
 inperfect they may be. '' Trust thyself ? '' It may be 
 said that the common American or Englishman is 
 
 ;o more than enough disposed already to trust himself. 
 I often reply, when our sectarians are praised for fol- 
 lowing conscience : Our people are very good in 
 following their conscience ; where they are not so 
 good is in ascertaining whether their conscience tells 
 
 *5 them right. ' What attracts my attention shall have 
 it?'' Well, that is our people's plea when they run 
 after the Salvation Army and desire Messrs. Moody 
 and Sankey. ' Thou shalt not be able to find a con- 
 dition inopportune or ignoble ? ' But think of the 
 
 20 turn of the good people of our race for producing a 
 life of hideousness and immense ennui ; think of that 
 specimen of your own New England life which Mr. 
 Howells gives us in one of his charming stories which 
 I was reading lately; think of the life of that ragged 
 
 25 New England farm in the Lady of the Aroostook; think 
 of Deacon Blood, and Aunt Maria, and the straight- 
 backed chairs with black horse-hair seats and Ezra 
 Perkins with perfect self-reliance depositing his trav- 
 ellers in the snow ! I can truly say that in the little 
 
 30 which I have seen of the life of New England, I am 
 more struck with what has been achieved than with 
 the crudeness and failure. Ikit no d -ubt there is still
 
 286 EMERSON. 
 
 a great deal of crudeness also. Your own novelists 
 say there is, and I suppose they say true. In the New 
 England, as in the Old, our people have to learn, I 
 suppose, not that their modes of life are beautiful and 
 excellent already; they have rather to learn that they 5 
 must transform them. 
 
 To adopt this line of objection to Emerson's deliver- 
 ances would, however, be unjust. In the first place, 
 Emerson's points are in themselves true, if understood 
 in a certain high sense ; they are true and fruitful. 10 
 And the right work to be done, at the hour when he 
 appeared, was to affirm them generally and absolutely. 
 Only thus could he break through the hard and fast 
 barrier of narrow, fixed ideas, which he found con- 
 fronting him, and win an entrance for new ideas. 15 
 Had lie attempted developments which may now 
 strike us as expedient, he would have excited fierce 
 antagonism, and probably effected little or nothing. 
 The time might come for doing other work later, but 
 the work which Emerson did was the right work to be 20 
 done then. 
 
 In the second place, strong as was Emerson's 
 optimism, and unconquerable as was his belief in a 
 good result to emerge from all which he saw going on 
 around him, no misanthropical satirist ever saw short- 25 
 comings and absurdities more clearly than he did. or 
 exposed them more courageously. When he sees " the 
 meanness," as he calls it, ''of American politics,' he 
 congratulates Washington on being '' long already 
 happily dead," on being 'wrapt in his shroud and 30 
 for ever safe." With how firm a touch he delineates 
 the faults of your two great political parties of forty
 
 EMERSON. 287 
 
 years ago! The Democrats, he says, "have not at 
 heart the ends which give to the name of democracy 
 what hope and virtue are in it. The spirit of our 
 American radicalism is destructive and aimless ; it is 
 5 not loving ; it has no ulterior and divine ends, but is 
 destructive only out of hatred and selfishness. On 
 the other side, the conservative party, composed of the 
 most moderate, able, and cultivated part of the popu- 
 lation, is timid, and merely defensive of property. It 
 
 10 vindicates no right, it aspires to no real good, it 
 brands no crime, it proposes no generous policy. 
 From neither party, when in power, has the world any 
 benefit to expect in science, art, or humanity, at all 
 commensurate with the resources of the nation." Then 
 
 15 with what subtle though kindly irony he follows the 
 gradual withdrawal in New England, in the last half 
 century, of tender consciences from the social 
 organisations, — the bent for experiments such as that 
 of Brook Farm and the like, — follows it in all its 
 
 20 " dissidence of dissent and Protestantism of the Pro- 
 testant religion ! " He even loves to rally the New 
 Englander on his philanthropical activity, and to find 
 his beneficence and its institutions a bore ! " Your 
 miscellaneous popular charities, the education at col- 
 
 25 lege of fools, the building of meeting-houses to the 
 vain end to which many of these now stand, alms to 
 sots, and the thousand-fold relief societies, — though I 
 confess with shame that I sometimes succumb and 
 give the dollar, yet it is a wicked dollar, which by and. 
 
 30 by I shall have the manhood to withhold." "Our 
 Sunday schools and churches and pauper societies 
 are yokes to the neck. We pain ourselves to please
 
 288 EMERSON. 
 
 nobody. There are natural ways of arriving at the 
 same ends at which these aim, but do not arrive." 
 " Nature does not like our benevolence or our learning 
 much better than she likes our frauds and wars. 
 When we come out of the caucus, or the bank, or the 5 
 Abolition convention, or the Temperance meeting, or 
 the Transcendental club, into the fields and woods, 
 she says to us : ' So hot, my little sir ? ' " 
 
 Yes, truly, his insight is admirable ; his truth is 
 precious. Yet the secret of his effect is not even in 10 
 these ; it is in his temper. It is in the hopeful, serene, 
 beautiful temper wherewith these, in Emerson, are 
 indissolubly joined ; in which they work, and have 
 their being. He says himself : " We judge of a man's 
 wisdom by his hope, knowing that the perception of 15 
 the inexhaustibleness of nature is an immortal youth." 
 If this be so, how wise is Emerson ! for never had 
 man such a sense of the inexhaustibleness of nature, 
 and such hope. It was the ground of his being ; it 
 never failed him. Even when he is sadly avowing 20 
 the imperfection of his literary power and resources, 
 lamenting his fumbling fingers and stammering tongue, 
 he adds : " Yet, as I tell you, I am very easy in my 
 mind and never dream of suicide. My whole phi- 
 losophy, which is very real, teaches acquiescence and 25 
 optimism. Sure I am that the right word will be 
 spoken, though I cut out my tongue." In his old age, 
 with friends dying and life failing, his tone of cheerful, 
 forward-looking hope is still the same. "A multitude 
 of young men are growing up here of high promise, 30 
 and I compare gladly the social poverty of my youth 
 with the power on which these draw." His abiding
 
 EMERSON. 289 
 
 word for us, the word by which being dead he yet 
 speaks to us, is this : " That which befits us, embosomed 
 in beauty and wonder as we are, is cheerfulness and 
 courage, and the endeavour to realise our aspirations. 
 5 Shall not the heart, which has received so much, trust 
 
 the Power by which it lives ? " 
 // One can scarcely overrate the importance of thus 
 holding fast to happiness and hope. It gives to Em- 
 erson's work an invaluable virtue. As Wordsworth's 
 
 10 poetry is, in my judgment, the most important work 
 done in verse, in our language, during the present 
 century, so Emerson's Essays are, I think, the most 
 important work done in prose. His work is more im- 
 portant than Carlyle's. Let us be just to Carlyle, 
 
 15 provoking though he often is. Not only has he that 
 genius of his which makes Emerson say truly of his 
 letters, that, " they savour always of eternity." More 
 than this may be said of him. The scope and upshot 
 of his teaching are true ; " his guiding genius," to 
 
 20 quote Emerson again, is really "his moral sense, his 
 perception of the sole importance of the truth and 
 justice." But considei Carlyle's temper, as we have 
 been considering Emerson's ! take his own account of 
 it ! " Perhaps London is the proper place for me 
 
 25 after all, seeing all places are /^proper : who knows ? 
 Meanwhile, I lead a most dyspeptic, solitary, self- 
 shrouded life ; consuming, if possible in silence, my 
 considerable daily allotment of pain ; glad when any 
 strength is left in me for writing, which is the only 
 
 30 use I can see in myself, — too rare a case of late. The 
 ground of my existence is black as death ; too black, 
 when all void too ; but at times there paint themselves
 
 290 EMERSON. 
 
 on it pictures of gold, and rainbow, and lightning ; all 
 the brighter for the black ground, I suppose. Withal, 
 I am very much of a fool." — No, not a fool, but turbid 
 and morbid, wilful and perverse. " We judge of a 
 man's wisdom by his hope." 5 
 
 Carlyle's perverse attitude towards happiness cuts 
 him off from hope. He fiercely attacks the desire for 
 happiness ; his grand point in Sartor, his secret in 
 which the soul may find rest, is that one shall cease to 
 desire happiness, that one should learn to say to one- 10 
 self : " What if thou wert born and predestined not to 
 be happy, but to be unhappy ! " He is wrong ; Saint 
 Augustine is the better philosopher, who says : "Act 
 we must in pursuance of what gives us most delight." 
 Epictetus and Augustine can be severe moralists 15 
 enough ; but both of them know and frankly say that 
 the desire for happiness is the root and ground of 
 man's being. Tell him and show him that he places 
 his happiness wrong, that he seeks for delight where 
 delight will never be really found ; then you illumine 20 
 and further him. But you only confuse him by telling 
 him to cease to desire happiness ; and you will not 
 tell him this unless you are already confused yourself. 
 
 Carlyle preached the dignity of labour, the necessity 
 of righteousness, the love of veracity, the hatred of 25 
 shams. He is said by many people to be a great 
 teacher, a great helper for us, because he does so. 
 But what is the due and eternal result of labour, right- 
 eousness, veracity ? — Happiness. And how are we 
 drawn to them by one who, instead of making us feel 30 
 that with them is happiness, tells us that perhaps we 
 were predestined not to be happy but to be unhappy ?
 
 EMERSON. 291 
 
 You will find, in especial, many earnest preachers of 
 our popular religion to be fervent in their praise and 
 admiration of Carlyle. His insistence on labour, 
 righteousness, and veracity, pleases them ; his con- 
 5 tempt for happiness pleases them too. I read the 
 other day a tract against smoking, although I do not 
 happen to be a smoker myself. "Smoking," said the 
 tract, " is liked because it gives agreeable sensations. 
 Now it is a positive objection to a thing that it gives 
 10 agreeable sensations. An earnest man will expressly 
 avoid what gives agreeable sensations." Shortly after- 
 wards I was inspecting a school, and I found the chil- 
 dren reading a piece of poetry on the common theme 
 that we are here to-day and gone to-morrow. I shall 
 15 soon be gone, the speaker in this poem was made 
 to say, — 
 
 " And I shall be glad to go, 
 For the world at best is a dreary place, 
 And my life is getting low." 
 
 20 How usual a language of popular religion that is, on 
 our side of the Atlantic at any rate ! But then our 
 popular religion, in disparaging happiness here below, 
 knows very well what it is after. It has its eye on a 
 happiness in a future life above the clouds, in the 
 
 25 New Jerusalem, to be won by disliking and rejecting 
 happiness here on earth. And so long as this ideal 
 stands fast it is very well. But for very many it now 
 stands fast, no longer ; for Carlyle, at any rate, it had 
 failed and vanished. Happiness in labour, righteous- 
 
 3oness, and veracity, — in the life of the spirit, — here was 
 a gospel still for Carlyle to preach, and to help others 
 by preaching. But he baffled them and himself by
 
 *9 2 EMERSON. 
 
 preferring the paradox that we are not born for hap- 
 piness at all. 
 
 Happiness in labour, righteousness, and veracity ; 
 in all the life of the spirit ; happiness and eternal 
 hope ; — that was Emerson's gospel. I hear it said 5 
 that Emerson was too sanguine ; that the actual gen- 
 eration in America is not turning out so well as he ex- 
 pected. Very likely he was too sanguine as to the 
 near future ; in this country it is difficult not to be too 
 sanguine. Very possibly the present generation may 10 
 prove unworthy of his high hopes ; even several gen- 
 erations succeeding this may prove unworthy of them. 
 But by his conviction that in the life of the spirit is 
 happiness, and by his hope that this life of the spirit 
 will come more and more to be sanely understood, ts 
 and to prevail, and to work for happiness, — by this 
 conviction and hope Emerson was great, and he will 
 surely prove in the end to have been right in them. 
 In this country it is difficult, as I said, not to be san- 
 guine. Very many of your writers are over-sanguine, 20 
 and on the wrong grounds. But you have two men 
 who in what they have written show their sanguineness 
 in a line where courage and hope are just, where they 
 are also infinitely important, but where they are not 
 easy. The two men are Franklin and Emerson. 1 25 
 These two are, I think, the most distinctively and 
 honourably American of your writers ; they are the 
 most original and the most valuable. Wise men 
 
 1 I found with pleasure that this conjunction of Emerson's 
 name with Franklin's had already occurred to an accomplished 30 
 writer and delightful man, a friend of Emerson, left almost the
 
 EMERSON: 293 
 
 everywhere know that we must keep up our courage 
 and hope ; they know that hope is, as Wordsworth 
 well says, — 
 
 " The paramount duty which Heaven lays, 
 5 For its own honour, on man's suffering heart." 
 
 But the very word duty points to an effort and a strug- 
 gle to maintain our hope unbroken. Franklin and 
 Emerson maintained theirs with a convincing ease, 
 an inspiring'joy. Franklin's confidence in the happi- 
 
 ioness with which industry, honesty, and economy will 
 crown the life of this work-day world, is such that he 
 runs over with felicity. With a like felicity does 
 Emerson run over, when he contemplates the happi- 
 ness eternally attached to the true life in the spirit. 
 
 15 You cannot prize him too much, nor heed him too 
 diligently. He has lessons for both the branches of 
 our race. I figure him to my mind as visible upon 
 earth still, as still standing here by Boston Bay, or at 
 his own Concord, in his habit as he lived, but of 
 
 20 sole survivor, alas ! of the famous literary generation of Boston, — 
 Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes. Dr. Holmes has kindly allowed 
 me to print here the ingenious and interesting lines, hitherto un- 
 published, in which he speaks of Emerson thus : — 
 
 " Where in the realm of thought, whose air is song, 
 25 Does he, the Buddha of the West, belong? 
 
 He seems a winged Franklin, sweetly wise, 
 Born to unlock the secret of the skies ; 
 And which the nobler calling — if 'tis fair 
 Terrestrial with celestial to compare — 
 30 To guide the storm-cloud's elemental flame, 
 
 Or walk the chambers whence the lightning came 
 
 Amidst the sources of its subtile fire, 
 
 And steal their effluence for his lips and lyre ?
 
 294 EMERSON. 
 
 heightened stature and shining feature, with one hand 
 stretched out towards the East, to our laden and 
 labouring England; the other towards the ever-growing 
 West, to his own dearly-loved America, — "great, intel- 
 ligent, sensual, avaricious America." To us he shows 5 
 for guidance his lucid freedom, his cheerfulness and 
 hope ; to you his dignity, delicacy, serenity, elevation. 
 — Discourses in America, ed. 1896, pp. 138-207. 

 
 NOTES. 
 
 I. — The Function of Criticism. This essay stands first 
 in Arnold's Essays in Criticism : First Series (1865). It 
 may be regarded as a "programme" of Arnold's subse- 
 quent prose writing. It suggests nearly all the various 
 uses to which he afterward turned criticism: his applica- 
 tion of it to social conditions, to science, to philosophy, and 
 to religion, as well as to literature. Properly read, it has 
 also something to say of the causes that gradually led 
 Arnold away from poetry to prose. 
 
 1 : 4. — / said. See On Translating Homer, ed. 1883, 
 p. 199. 
 
 1 : 20. — Mr. Shairp's excellent notice. An essay on 
 Wordsworth: The Man and the Poet, that appeared in 
 
 the North British Review for August, 1864, vol. xli. 
 " Mr. Shairp " was in 1865 Professor of Humanity at the 
 United College in St. Andrews University, In 186S he 
 was made Principal of the College. In 1877 he became 
 Professor of Poetry in the University of Oxford. He is 
 best remembered by a series of lectures delivered at 
 Oxford on Aspects of Poetry (188 1). On the Poetic Inter- 
 pretation of Nature had appeared in 1877. He died in 
 1885. 
 
 2 : 5. — Wordsworth, . . . in one of his letters. See 
 Memoirs of William Wordsworth, ed. TS51, ii. 51. The 
 passage occurs in a letter of 1816 to the Quaker poet, 
 Bernard Barton (Lamb's friend and correspondent), who, 
 on the appearance of the Excursion, had "addressed 
 some verses to Wordsworth expressing his own admiration, 
 unabated by the strictures of the reviewers." 
 
 3 : 16. — Irenes. Johnson's play of Irene was produced 
 
 295
 
 296 NOTES. 
 
 in 1749. " One of the heaviest and most unreadable of 
 dramatic performances; interesting now, if interesting at 
 all, solely as a curious example of the result of bestowing 
 great powers upon a totally uncongenial task. . . The 
 play was carried through nine nights by Garrick's friendly 
 zeal, so that the author had his three nights' profits. . . 
 When asked how he felt upon his ill-success, he replied : 
 ' Like the monument.' " Leslie Stephen's Johnson (Eng- 
 lish Men of Letters Series), p. 36. 
 
 3 : 17. — Lives of the Poets. In these Lives (1779-81) 
 Johnson is at his best. His wide and accurate informa- 
 tion, vigorous understanding, and strong common sense 
 give his judgments permanent value, despite the limita- 
 tions of the eighteenth-century horizon. 
 
 3 : 19.— Ecclesiastical Sonnets. This series of 132 son- 
 nets (1821-22) deals with the history of the Church in 
 England " from the introduction of Christianity " to " the 
 present times." Despite Arnold's sneer, several of the 
 sonnets — notably those on Cranmer and on Walton's Book 
 of Lives— are in Wordsworth's best manner. 
 
 3 : 20. — Celebrated Preface. The allusion is to the 
 Preface prefixed to the second edition (1800) of the Lyrical 
 Ballads. Passages in the Preface remain among the most 
 suggestive and memorable things that have been said of 
 poetry. " Poetry is the breath and finer spirit of all 
 knowledge; it is the impassioned expression which is in 
 the countenance of all science." . . "The remotest dis- 
 coveries of the chemist, the botanist, or mineralogist will 
 be as proper objects of the poet's art as any upon which it 
 can be employed; if the time should ever come when these 
 things shall be familiar to us, and the relations under 
 which they are contemplated by the followers of these 
 respective sciences shall be manifestly and palpably mate- 
 rial to us as enjoying and suffering beings; if the time 
 should ever come when what is now called science, thus 
 familiarized to men, shall be ready to put on, as it were, 
 a form of flesh and blood, the poet will lend his divine 
 spirit to aid the transfiguration, and will welcome the
 
 NOTES. 297 
 
 Being thus produced as a dear and genuine inmate of the 
 household of man." Wordsworth's Lyrical Ballads, 3d 
 ed., London, 1802, pp. xxxvii and xxxix. 
 
 3 : 23. — Goethe. The student should specially note the 
 recurrence of Goethe's name throughout this " pro- 
 gramme " of Arnold's critical work. Cf. Introduction, 
 p. lxxix. 
 
 6 : n. — Too abstract. Cf. Selections, p. 36, 1. 24, and 
 Introduction, pp. xliii-xlix. 
 
 8 : 20. — No national glow of life and thought. Cf. Kuno 
 Francke's Social Forces in German Literature, p. 528. 
 " There is a deep pathos in the fact that the principal 
 character of the play with which Goethe in 1815 celebrated 
 the final triumph of the German cause should have been a 
 dim figure of Greek antiquity — Epimenides, the legendary 
 sage who awakens from a sleep of long years to find himself 
 alone among a people whose battles he has not fought, 
 whose pangs he has not shared." 
 
 10 : 13. — The old woman. On July 23, 1637, the attempt 
 was made in St. Giles's Church, Edinburgh, to read the 
 new service prescribed by Charles I. for Scotland. A dan- 
 gerous riot followed. According to tradition, the riot was 
 started by one Jenny Geddes, who threw her stool at the 
 Dean's head, crying out, " Villain, dost thou say mass at 
 my lug! " The latest authorities regard Jenny as legend- 
 ary. See Burton's History of Scotland (1S73), vi. 150, 
 
 12 : i.—Joubert. See Pense'es de J. Joubert, Paris, 
 1869, i. 178. The sentence quoted is the second aphorism 
 under Titre xv.—De la liberie" , de la justice et des lois. 
 
 12 : 31. — Burke. For representative extracts from 
 Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France, see Bliss 
 Perry's Selections from Burke (1S96), pp. 143-202. 
 
 13 : 23. — Dr. Price. Richard Price, D. D. (1723-91), 
 long a preacher at various meeting-houses in Hackney, 
 London, was one of the most prominent English advocates 
 of the " Rights of Man." Because of his defense of the 
 American revolutionists he was in 1788 invited by Congress 
 to " come and reside among a people who knew how to
 
 298 NOTES. 
 
 appreciate his talents." From 17S9 to 1791 he defended 
 vigorously in England the new order of things in France. 
 
 13 : 29. — " To party gave up." From Goldsmith's epi- 
 taph (in Retaliation) on " good Edmund." 
 
 15 : 6 — Lord Auckland. William Eden (1744-1814), was 
 in 1785 Pitt's special envoy for the negotiation of an im- 
 portant treaty with France. During the next few years 
 he was of the utmost service to Pitt through his skillful 
 conduct of many pieces of diplomatic business. He 
 received a peerage as Baron Auckland in 1789. 
 
 15 : 28. — Curiosity. Cf. what Arnold says, in 1867, on 
 this same point in his lecture on Culture and its Enemies, 
 a lecture that later became chap. i. of Culture and A7iar- 
 <r/£/(i869). See Selections, pp. 147-148. 
 
 19:15. — 77/i? Home and Foreign Review. Published 
 in London from 1862 to 1864. 
 
 20 : 15. — Sir Charles Adderley. A Conservative states- 
 man, who held important offices in the Colonial and Edu- 
 cational Departments, under Lord Derby, 1858-59 and 
 1866-6S. 
 
 20 : 24. — Mr. Roebuck. Member for Sheffield and a 
 typical representative in 1S65 of the advanced Liberal 
 party. Cf. Selections, p. 173, 1. 9. 
 
 21 : 4. — " D is IVenige." From Goethe's Iphigenie auf 
 Tauris, I. ii. 91-92. 
 
 24: 2. — Detachment. For the Indian Buddhist, the per- 
 fect life involves withdrawal from the world, " habitual 
 silence," and severe "meditation." Cf. J. Barthelemy 
 Saint-Hilaire's The Buddha and his Religion, translated 
 by Laura Ensor, London, 1895, pp. 160-161. 
 
 25 : 17. — Lord Somcrs (1650-1716). The great cham- 
 pion of the English Constitution as determined by the 
 Revolution of 16S8. See the brilliant characterization of 
 Somers in Macaulay's History of England, chap. xx. 
 
 25 : 18. — Philistines. See Selections and Notes, pp. 132 
 and 139. 
 
 25 : iS. — Cobbett. William Cobbett (1762-1S35) was one 
 of the most violent of English democratic agitators. He
 
 NOTES. 299 
 
 was in America for a time, and from 1796 to 1801 published 
 in Philadelphia Peter Porcupine's Gazette. On his re- 
 turn to England he took back with him what was left of 
 Tom Paine. He was Member of Parliament from 1S32 
 to 1835. For Heine's opinion of Cobbett see Selections, 
 p. 142. Cobbett was continually producing newspaper 
 articles and pamphlets, and was also author of many pre- 
 tentious works. He wrote on a large variety of subjects : 
 English grammar, European politics, English party poli- 
 tics, economic problems, religion, the Reformation. A 
 collected edition of some of his more permanently valuable 
 writings on politics was issued in six volumes by his sons 
 in 1835. In the Study of Celtic Literature {Selections, 
 p. 02), Arnold speaks of " Cobbett's sinewy, idiomatic 
 English." 
 
 25 : 23.— Latter-Day Pamphlets. The first of these 
 was published in February, 1850. While admitting the 
 inevitableness of Democracy, they attacked many popular 
 democratic superstitions, and urged that all men devote 
 themselves to honest work and give over cheap oratory 
 and political agitations. 
 
 25 : 24. — Mr. Ruskin. See, for example, Mr. Ruskin's 
 Fors Clavigcra. 
 
 27 : 6. — Obermann. See Senancour's Obermann, ed. 
 1863, Letter xc: — " L'homme est perissable. — II se peut ; 
 mais perissons en resistant, et, si le neant nous est reserve, 
 ne faisons pas que ce soit une justice." ' Man is doomed to 
 perish. — It may be so; but let us perish while resisting, and, 
 if nothingness awaits us, let us ensure that it be not a just 
 apportionment.' Arnold's writings contain many admiring 
 allusions to Senancour (1770-1846). Obermann (1804) is the 
 story of a dreamer of delicately romantic temperament, 
 recited through a series of letters that are exquisite in 
 phrase and in imaginative quality. Spiritual, philosophic, 
 religious, and artistic problems come up for finely melan- 
 choly moralizing, and there is much sensitive transcription 
 from nature. Amiel seems to have been an attempt on 
 the part of the world-order to realize Obermann.
 
 300 NOTES. 
 
 27 : 10. — Bishop Colenso. The first volume of his The 
 Pentateuch and Book of Joshua Critically Examined was 
 published in 1862. It urged the "impossibility of regard- 
 ing the Mosaic story as a true narrative of actual historical 
 matters of fact." Arnold's essay on Colenso bore the title 
 The Bishop and the Philosopher (the philosopher is 
 Spinoza), and appeared in AT ac mi Han's Magazine for 
 January, 1863. Arnold found Colenso's book not spirit- 
 ually edifying for the uninstructed, and too cheap in its 
 scholarship and methods for people of real cultivation. 
 Colenso was Bishop of Natal ; he died in 1883. 
 
 28 : 3. — Joubert. See Pensees de J. Joubert, ed. 1869, i. 
 311, Titre xxiii., Des Oualites de I'i'crivain. " L'ignor- 
 ance, qui, en morale, attenue la faute, est, elle-meme, en 
 litterature, une faute capitale." 
 
 28 : 12. — Dr. Stanley. Arthur Penrhyn Stanley, Dean 
 of Westminster. Cf. 274 : 25. The book in question is The 
 Bible : Its Form and its Substance (1863). It admits the 
 indefensibility of the theory of literal inspiration, but con- 
 tends that in the study of the Scriptures " the main end to 
 be sought is an increased acquaintance with the Bible, and 
 increased appreciation of its instruction." 
 
 28 : 23. — Eighty and odd pigeons. The allusion is to one 
 of the mathematical problems by which Bishop Colenso 
 would discredit the Pentateuch. Arnold's account in his 
 Macmillan article of this particular problem is as follows : 
 " If three priests have to eat 264 pigeons a day, how many 
 must each priest eat? That disposes of Leviticus." 
 
 29 : 1. — A lady. Frances Power Cobbe (b. 1822). She 
 has been very influential as a writer for periodicals, as a 
 lecturer on social topics, as an advocate of women's rights, 
 and of late years as an opponent of vivisection. She has 
 written much on religion from the point of view of a theist 
 and Unitarian. 
 
 29 : 5. — AT. Penan's (1823-92) book was the famous Vie 
 de Jesus (1863). Of Renan's many works on Hebrew lit- 
 erature the best known is the elaborate Histoire des 
 Origines du Chrislianisme, of which the prefatory volume
 
 NOTES. 3 01 
 
 was the Vie de Jhus. Later volumes were Les Apotres 
 (1S66), I'L^glise chretienne (1879). 
 
 29: 11. — " Has been given the strength.'''' The quota- 
 tion conies from 'p. 134 of Miss Cobbe's Broken Lights 
 (1864), a book in which, as Matthew Arnold has just noted, 
 she makes a general " survey of the religious state of 
 Europe." 
 
 29 : 20. — Dr. Strauss 's book. Strauss (1808-74) published 
 his original Life of fesas (" Das Leben Jesu, kritisch 
 bearbeitet ") in 1835. His attempt was to account for the 
 miraculous element in New Testament story as the product 
 of the myth-making popular imagination working under the 
 influence of the Messianic ideal. He published, in 1864, 
 a popular edition of his " Leben Jesu," with the title " Das 
 Leben Jesu ; fur das Deutsche Volk bearbeitet." This is 
 the book alluded to in the text. The earlier book, it may be 
 noted, was translated into English by George Eliot in 1846. 
 
 30 : 16. — Nemo doctus. See Cicero's Alt., xv. 7 : 
 " Nemo doctus umquam (multa autem de hoc genere 
 scripta sunt) mutationem consilii, inconstantiam dixit 
 esse." 
 
 30 : 20. — Coleridge's . . . phrase. See Coleridge's Con- 
 fessions of an Inquiring Spirit : " In my last letter I said 
 that in the Bible there is more that finds me than I have 
 experienced in all other books put together ; that the 
 words of the Bible find me at greater depths of my being ; 
 and that whatever finds me brings with it an irresistible 
 evidence of its having proceeded from the Holy Spirit." 
 Letter II. 
 
 31 : 10. — Religious Duty. Published in 1864 ; a kind of 
 Unitarian guide to spirituality and morality. 
 
 33 '• 31. — Bossuet's philosophy of history. In his Dis- 
 cours sur I'histoire universe! le (1681) Bossuet, though 
 attaining something like a conception of the continuity of 
 history, nevertheless explains the course of events as 
 divinely directed in rather obviously providential ways for 
 the benefit of Christianity in general and of the Roman 
 Church in particular. Arnold's point is, of course, that
 
 3°2 NOTES, 
 
 what was perhaps the most characteristic doctrine of the 
 Reformation, " Luther's theory of grace," is, when judged 
 by philosophical standards, no more satisfactory as a piece 
 of theorizing than Bossuet's attempt to expound all history 
 as merely preparing the way for the ecclesiasticism of the 
 age of Louis Quatorze. 
 
 34 : i. — Bishop of Durham 's. In 1865 the Bishop of 
 Durham was Charles Baring, a prelate of whom nothing 
 seems preserved beyond the historical fact of his prelacy. 
 
 35 : 10. — Ab integro. From Vergil's Eclogues, iv. 5 ; 
 best translated by a line from Shelley's Hellas, " The 
 world's great age begins anew." 
 
 40. — On Translating Homer. Matthew Arnold was 
 made Professor of Poetry at Oxford in 1857. He pub- 
 lished, in 1858, Merope, a tragedy, in imitation of the 
 Greek ; the preface expounded the theory of Greek 
 tragedy. In i860 he began a special series of three lec- 
 tures on translating Homer. In a letter dated October 29, 
 i860, he writes: " I am in full work at my lecture on 
 Homer, which you have seen advertised in the Times. 
 I give it next Saturday. I shall try to lay down the true 
 principles on which a translation of Homer should be 
 founded, and I shall give a few passages translated by 
 myself to add practice to theory. This is an off lecture, 
 given partlv because I have long had in my mind some- 
 thing to say about Homer, partly because of the com- 
 plaints that I did not enough lecture on poetry. I shall 
 still give the lecture, continuing my proper course, toward 
 the end of the term." Letters, i. 145-146. These lectures 
 were published in 1861. The Selection, pp. 40-66, is the 
 entire first lecture. 
 
 40. — Nunquamne reponam? See Juvenal's Satires, i. 1 : 
 
 " Semper ego auditor tantum? Numquamne reponam 
 Vexatus toties ranci Theseide Cordi? " 
 ' Shall I be always a hearer only ? Shall I be vexed so often by 
 the T/ieseis of husky-voiced Cordus and never take revenge ? ' 
 
 40 : 16. — Professor Newman. Francis W. Newman 
 (b. 1805), brother of Cardinal Newman, studied at Oxford
 
 NOTES. 3°3 
 
 and, after various experiences as tutor and traveler, was, 
 in 1846, made Professor of Latin in University College, 
 London ; he resigned this position in 1863. His translation 
 of the Iliad was published in 1856. Professor Newman 
 has written essays and treatises on a wide range of subjects 
 from theology and elementary geometry to Arabic. His 
 scholarship is universally admitted ; his poetic accomplish- 
 ments may be judged from the following extract from his 
 Iliad: 
 
 " Achilles, image of the gods ! thy proper sire remember, 
 
 Who on the deadly steps of Eld far on like me is carried. 
 
 And haply him the dwellers-round with many an outrage harry, 
 
 Nor standeth any by his side to ward annoy and ruin. 
 
 Yet doth he verily, I wis, while thee alive he learneth 
 
 Joy in his soul, and every day the hope within him cherish, 
 
 His loved offspring to behold, returned from land of Troas." 
 
 — Iliad, xxiv. 486-492. 
 
 The measure is the septenarius, with feminine ending — 
 i. e., the seven-foot Iambic line, ending with an unaccented 
 extra syllable. There is no rhyme. Chapman in his 
 translation of Homer uses rhyming seven-foot Iambic 
 lines, ending in an accented syllable. 
 
 40 : 17. — Mr. Wright. See " The Iliad of Homer, 
 translated into blank verse, by I. C. Wright, M. A., trans- 
 lator of Dante; late Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford." 
 London, 1861. 
 
 41 : 14. — Mr. Newman declares. The passage occurs in 
 the preface to Newman's Iliad. 
 
 43 : l 3- — Bentley. See J. H. Monk's Life of Bentley, 
 London, 1830, p. 626: " The common story of his having 
 told Pope, whom he met at Bishop Atterbury's table 
 shortly after the publication of his translation of the Iliad, 
 ' that it was a very pretty poem, but that he must not call 
 it Homer,' is told in different forms; and its truth is very 
 probable, from his having himself, when asked in his latter 
 days what had been the cause of Pope's dislike, replied: 
 ' I talked against his Homer; and the portentous cub 
 never forgives.' "
 
 304 NOTES. 
 
 43 : 17. — 'fis hv 6 4>p6vinos dpiveiev. This famous definition 
 of the standard of excellence in an art comes from Aristotle s 
 Nichomachcean Ethics, II., vi. 15. 
 
 45 : 24. — Voss. The translation of the Odyssey was pub- 
 lished in 1 781; that of the Iliad, with the revised Odyssey, 
 in 1793. 
 
 46 : 15. — Article on English translations of Homer. See 
 the National Review for October, i860, vol. xi. p. 283. 
 
 47 : 3. The most delicate of living critics. Of course, 
 Sainte-Beuve. Cf. Arnold's Letters, i. 155, where he 
 calls Sainte-Beuve " the first of living critics." 
 
 48:6. — Cowpcr. His Homer was published in 1791; a 
 revised edition with many alterations appeared in 1802, 
 after his death. 
 
 48 : 9.— Mr. Sotheby. William Sotheby's (1757-1833) 
 translation of the Iliad into heroic couplets was published 
 ini83i; the Iliad and the Odyssey, with seventy-five de- 
 signs by John Flaxman, were published in 1834. 
 
 48 : 11. — Chapman. Parts of the Iliad appeared in 1598; 
 the entire Iliad about 161 1; half the Odyssey in 1614; the 
 Iliad and the Odyssey together in 1616. His measure, 
 as already noted, is the septenarius, with masculine end- 
 ing; the verses rhyme in couplets. The measure had been 
 largely used in ballads. Cf. 60 : 10. 
 
 51 : 23. — Our pre-Raphaelite school. See Mr. Ruskin's 
 Lectures on Architecture and Painting, Lecture IV., 
 Pre-Raphaelitism: " Pre-Raphaelitism has but one prin- 
 ciple — that of absolute, uncompromising truth in all that it 
 does, obtained by working everything, down to the most 
 minute detail, from nature, and from nature only. Every 
 pre-Raphaelite landscape background is painted to the last 
 touch, in the open air, from the thing itself. Every pre- 
 Raphaelite figure, however studied in expression, is a true 
 portrait of some living person. Every minute accessory is 
 painted in the same manner. . . The habit of constantly 
 carrying everything up to the utmost point of completion 
 deadens the pre-Raphaelites in general to the merits of 
 men who, with an equal love of truth up to a certain point,
 
 NOTES. 305 
 
 yet express themselves habitually with speed and power, 
 rather than with finish, and give abstracts of truth rather 
 than total truth." Further discussions of pre-Raphael- 
 itism may be found in Robert de la Sizeranne's La Pein- 
 ture Anglaise Contemporaine (Paris, 1895), Harry Quilter's 
 Preferences in Art, Knight's Life of Rossetti, Sharp's Life 
 of Rossetti, William Bell Scott's Reminiscences, and in an 
 article of F. G. Stephen's in the Portfolio, 1894. 
 
 54:10 — Robert Wood (1716-71). He traveled widely 
 in the Orient in the interests of history and archaeology, 
 and published two famous illustrated works on Eastern 
 antiquities : The Ruins of Palmyra, 1753 ; The Ruins of 
 Balbec, 1757. He was called Palmyra Wood ; cf. Athen- 
 ian Stewart. 
 
 57 : 6. — Rasselas. In Rasselas, Prince of Abyssinia 
 (1759), the Latinized style of Johnson and his trifoliate 
 sentence structure is luxuriantly developed. The dia- 
 logues as well as the author's own moralizings are all in 
 polysyllables and periodic sentences. " The little fishes 
 talk like whales." 
 
 58 : 20.—" With his eye on the object:'' The phrase first 
 occurs in a letter of 1805 to Scott, who was planning an 
 edition of Dryden. See Memoirs of William Wordsworth, 
 by Christopher Wordsworth (ed. Boston, 1851), i. 317. 
 " Dryden had neither a tender heart nor a lofty sense of 
 moral dignity. Whenever his language is poetically im- 
 passioned, it is mostly upon unpleasing subjects, such as 
 the follies, vices, and crimes of classes of men, or of indi- 
 viduals. That his cannot be the language of imagination 
 must have necessarily followed from this ; that there is 
 not a single image from nature in the whole body of 
 his works ; and in his translation from Virgil, when- 
 ever Virgil can be fairly said to have his eye upon his 
 object, Dryden always spoils the passage." See also 
 in Wordsworth's Essay, Supplementary to the Preface 
 (1815), his famous comment on the artificiality of the 
 eighteenth-century treatment of nature : " Excepting the 
 nocturnal Reverie of Lady Winchelsea, and a passage or
 
 306 NOTES. 
 
 two in the Windsor Forest of Pope, the poetry of the period 
 intervening between the publication of the Paradise Lost 
 and the Seasons does not contain a single new image of 
 external nature, and scarcely presents a familiar one from 
 which it can be inferred that the eye of the Poet had been 
 steadily fixed upon his object." Wordsworth's Poetical 
 Works, ed. John Morley, 1890, p. 870. 
 
 59: 17. — Fourteen-sy liable line. Cf. 40: 16 and 48 : 11. 
 
 60 : 10. — Keats 's fine sonnet. 
 
 "Much have I travell'd in the realms of gold, 
 
 And many goodly states and kingdoms seen ; 
 Round many Western islands have I been 
 
 Which bards in fealty to Apollo hold. 
 
 Oft of one wide expanse had I been told 
 That deep-brovv'd Homer ruled as his demesne : 
 Yet did I never breathe its pure serene 
 
 Till I heard Chapman speak out loud and bold. 
 
 Then felt I like some watcher of the skies 
 When a new planet swims into his ken ; 
 
 Or like stout Cortez when with eagle eyes 
 He stared at the Pacific— and all his men 
 
 Look'd at each other with a wild surmise- 
 Silent, upon a peak in Darien." 
 
 Mr. Swinburne's praise of this sonnet should not be for- 
 gotten : " While anything of English poetry shall endure 
 the sonnet of Keats will be the final word of comment, the 
 final note of verdict on Chapman's Homer." Chapman's 
 Works (ed. London, 1875), vol. ii. p. lvii. 
 
 60 : 13. — Coleridge. See his Miscellanies, Aesthetic 
 and Literary, ed. 1885, p. 289, Chapman 's Homer: "It 
 is as truly an original poem as the Faery Queene ; — it will 
 give you small idea of Homer, though a far truer one than 
 Pope's epigrams, or Cowper's cumbersome most anti-Ho- 
 meric Miltonism. For Chapman writes and feels as a 
 poet — as Homer might have written had he lived in Eng- 
 land in the reign of Queen Elizabeth. In short, it is an 
 exquisite poem, in spite of its frequent and perverse quaint- 
 nesses and harshnesses, which are, however, amply repaid 
 by almost unexampled sweetness and beauty of language, 
 all over spirit and feeling."
 
 NOTES. 3° 7 
 
 60: 15. — Mr. Ha Ham. See his Liter xture of Europe 
 (ed. New York, 1874), ii. 226. 
 
 60 : 17. — Its latest editor. The allusion is to Rev. Rich- 
 ard Hooper's edition of Chapman's Homer, London, 1857. 
 
 62: 10. — " Clearesi-souled." From Arnold's sonnet To 
 a Friend : Poems, ed. 1878, p. 2. 
 
 62 : 12. — Voltaire. He stands here as typical of modern 
 illumination and rationalism. 
 
 62: 14. — "Somewhat as one might imagine." These 
 words occur toward the close of Pope's Preface to his 
 translation of the Iliad. 
 
 62 : 22. — As Chapman says it. See the Commentaries 
 at the end of book i. of Chapman's Iliad; Chapman's 
 Works, ed. R. H. Shepherd, London, 1874-75, iii. 25. 
 
 66. — Philology and Literature. As regards the general 
 significance of Arnold's distrust of philology, see Introduc- 
 tion, pages xxvii and xlv. 
 
 66 : 5. — To give relief. Cf. the preface to Cowper's 
 Homer, p. xv : " It is difficult to kill a sheep with dignity in 
 a modern language, to flay and to prepare it for the table, 
 detailing every circumstance of the process. . . Homer, 
 who writes always to the eye, with all his sublimity and 
 grandeur, has the minuteness of a Flemish painter." 
 
 67 : 1.— Mr. Newman. In 1861 Professor Newman (cf, 
 40 : 16) published Homeric Translation in Theory and 
 Practice. A Reply to Matthew Arnold, Esq., Professor 
 of Poetry at Oxford. In answer to this Reply Arnold 
 delivered one or two additional lectures on translating 
 Homer which, for the most part, had to do with Newman's 
 arguments, but which also carried out suggestively some 
 new lines of thought. His important discussion of Eng- 
 lish Hexameters occurs in these Last Words. The pres- 
 ent Selection comes from the early part of these additional 
 lectures, which, with the title Last Words, are printed at 
 the end of the original three lectures. 
 
 68 : 13. — See Montaigne's Essais, livre II., chap, x., 
 Des Livre s : " Plutarque est plus uniforme et constant ; 
 Seneque, plus ondoyant et divers."
 
 3°8 NOTES. 
 
 71 : 14. — "All thy blessed youth." See Measure for 
 Measure, III. i. 36. 
 
 74 : 7. — Homer seemed to Sophocles. As regards the 
 date of the Homeric poems, "the view that the poems 
 were essentially in their present condition before the 
 historical period in Greece began, early in the eighth 
 century b. c, is moderate." Sophocles lived from 495 to 
 406 b. c. 
 
 74 : 28. — Pericles (495-429 B. C). The statesman who 
 ruled in Athens during the period of its greatest artistic 
 glory. 
 
 77 : 3. — And this is what he knows ! The climax is cer- 
 tainly effective. The reader should note the rhetorical 
 ingenuity with which Professor Newman's incompetence 
 is thrown into relief. Cf. the last sentence of this 
 Selection, p. 82: "Terrible learning, — I cannot help in 
 my turn exclaiming, — terrible learning, which discovers so 
 much ! " 
 
 79 : 20. — Pullman, Mr. Maiden, and M. Penfey. 
 Three well-known Greek scholars. Buttmann (1 764-1 829) 
 was librarian of the Royal Library at Berlin and the 
 author of various Greek grammars. Mr. Maiden (b. 1800) 
 long held the chair of Greek in University College, 
 London. Theodor Benfey (b. 1809) was the author of 
 a Dictionary of Greek Roots (1839). 
 
 81 : 5. — Milton's words. See Lycidas, 1. 124. 
 
 81 : 23. — The father in Sheridan's play. See Sheridan's 
 The Critic, II. ii : 
 
 Governor : " No more ; I would not have thee plead in vain : 
 
 The father softens— but the governor 
 
 Isfix'd!" 
 
 81 : 26. — Professor Max Mailer. Corpus Professor of 
 Comparative Philology and Fellow of All Souls College 
 in the University of Oxford. His best known works are 
 Lectures on the Science of Language (1859), an d Chips 
 from a German Workshop (1868-75). 
 
 83 : 15. — Ponum est. From the Vulgate : Matthew,
 
 NOTES. 3°9 
 
 xvii. 4. The disciples are on the mount of transfigura- 
 tion ; Peter exclaims, " Lord, it is good for us to be here." 
 Arnold, in his Letters (i. 191), notes the fact that, when 
 quoting from the Bible, he always uses the Vulgate Latin, 
 in case he is " not earnestly serious." 
 
 83 : 22.— Moriemini in peccatis vestris. From the Vul- 
 gate, John viii. 24. 
 
 84 : 1.—" Standing on earth." From Milton's Paradise 
 Lost, bk. vii. 23-26. 
 
 84 : XT,— Definition. As regards Arnold's distrust of 
 definitions and of all abstract discussions of literature, see 
 Introduction, p. xliii. ff. 
 
 84 : 22.— Bedeutendes. This word in the sense of note- 
 worthy, or chargedwith significance, was a special favorite 
 with Goethe, by whom it was really made current. See 
 the very long list of quotations from Goethe in the Grimms' 
 Deutsches Worterbuch, under bedeutend. 
 
 85 : 5. — One poet. Shakespeare. Cf. the essay, A 
 French Critic on Milton in Mixed Essays, p. 200: "Shakes- 
 peare himself, divine as are his gifts, has not, of the marks 
 of the master, this one : perfect sureness of hand in his 
 style." Cf. also Essays in Criticism, ii. 135: "Shakes- 
 peare frequently has lines and passages in a strain quite 
 false, and which are entirely unworthy of him. But one 
 can imagine his smiling if one could meet him in the 
 Elysian Fields and tell him so ; smiling and replying that 
 he knew it perfectly well himself, and what did it matter ? " 
 
 87 : 4. — Young. His Complaint or Night Thoughts on 
 " Life, Death, and Immortality," was published in 1742-45. 
 
 87 : 8. — alibv a<T(pa\7)s. See Pindar's Pythian Odes, iii. 
 11. 153-161. 
 
 88 : 7. — Celtic source. Arnold delivered a series of lec- 
 tures at Oxford in 1865-66, on the Study of Celtic Literature. 
 These lectures were published in the Comhill Magazine 
 during the first half of 1866, and issued as a book in 1867. 
 They are specially interesting as an attempt on Arnold's 
 part to apply the historical method for the explanation of 
 the characteristics of English literature. Arnold describes
 
 310 NOTES. 
 
 the typical Celt, Teuton, and Norman, and accounts for the 
 typical Englishman as the resultant of these types. English 
 literature he finds to be the direct imaginative expression of 
 the various mental and moral qualities derived from these 
 widely dissimilar sources. Despite, however, his nominal 
 acceptance of the scientific and historical point of view, 
 Arnold's method is largely one of divination and intuition, 
 and his accounts of the various original types seem not to 
 have been founded on any thorough study of early docu- 
 ments or historical facts. His philological mistakes, he has 
 in several cases admitted in his notes. Notwithstanding 
 such shortcomings this work of Arnold's has been influential 
 in popularizing the view that accounts for literature scien- 
 tifically as an expression of national characteristics. 
 Taine's Histoire de la litteratnre anglaise had appeared 
 in 1864. When Arnold wrote, Taine's book was — and 
 indeed it long remained — the most considerable attempt 
 to explain an entire national literature scientifically in 
 terms of national life. 
 
 89 : 7. — Nor sometimes forget. See Milton's Paradise 
 Lost, iii. 11. 32-35- 
 
 89 : 12. — Es bildet ein Talent. See Goethe's Tasso, 
 I. ii. 
 
 90 : 2. — Menander (ca. 340-ca. 290 B. C). He was the 
 foremost representative of the " New Comedy " in Greece. 
 He kept close in his art to real life and portrayed it with 
 great truth and subtlety. Of preceding dramatists Eurip- 
 ides most influenced him. "O Life and Menander," ex- 
 claimed the Grammarian Aristophanes, " which of you two 
 imitated the other ? " For an excellent contrast between 
 the Old and the New Comedy, see Coleridge's Lectures on 
 Shaksfiere, ed. 1890, p. 191. See also Mr. Churton Col- 
 lins's Essays and Studies (London, 1895) and Mr George 
 Meredith's The Comic Spirit (London, 1897). 
 
 91:31. — Gemeinheit. 'Commonness, mediocity.' Cf. 
 
 138 : 9. 
 
 92 : 11. — Cobbetfs sinewy . . . English. Cf. 25 : 18. 
 92 : 15. — Bossuet (1627-1704). The famous Bishop of
 
 NOTES. 3 1 * 
 
 Meaux, called because of his eloquence the "Eagle of 
 Meaux." Cf. Arnold's translation {Essays, i. 295) of Jou- 
 bert's characterization of Bossuet's style : " Bossuet em- 
 ploys all our idioms, as Homer employed all the dialects. 
 The language of kings, of statesmen, and of warriors ; 
 the language of the people and of the student, of the coun- 
 try and of the schools, of the sanctuary and of the courts 
 of law ; the old and the new, the trivial and the stately, 
 the quiet and the resounding, — he turns all to his use ; 
 and out of all this he makes a style, simple, grave, majes- 
 tic. His ideas are, like his words, varied, — common and 
 sublime together. Times and doctrines in all their multi- 
 tude were ever before his spirit, as things and words in all 
 their multitude were ever before it. He is not so much a 
 man as a human nature, with the temperance of a saint, 
 the justice of a bishop, the prudence of a doctor, and the 
 might of a great spirit." 
 
 92:15. — Bolingbroke. Henry St. John (1678-1751), 
 Viscount Bolingbroke, the famous Tory statesman of the 
 time of Queen Anne. He was a distinguished patron of 
 literature, an intimate friend of Pope's, who addresses him 
 in the opening lines of the Epistle on Man, and a versa- 
 tile writer on political, historical, and pseudo-philosophical 
 topics. His written style is conspicuous for its easy 
 strength, its well-bred colloquialism, and its union of ad- 
 roitness with apparent negligence. Of his style as an ora- 
 tor, Arnold speaks incidentally in his Celtic Literature : 
 " Stafford, Bolingbroke, the two Pitts, Fox, — to cite no 
 other names, — I imagine few will dispute that these 
 call up the notion of an oratory, in kind, in extent, in 
 power, coming nearer than any other body of modern 
 oratory to the oratory of Greece and Rome." Celtic Lit- 
 erature, p. 89. 
 
 93 : 22. — Rhyme. At present, scholars are pretty well 
 agreed that rhyme " comes into our poetry " from Proven- 
 cal verse and the lyrics of the " Norman minstrels." See 
 Gummere's Handbook of Poetics, 153-154. Cf. Schipper's 
 E ng Use he Metrik, i. 30-38.
 
 312 NOTES. 
 
 94 : ^.—Gwydion. See Math the son of Mathonivy in 
 Lady Charlotte Guest's Mabinogion, ed. 1849, iii. 239. 
 94 : 20. — Olwen. See Kilhwch and Olwen, as above, 
 
 ii. 275. 
 
 94 : 28. — Peredur. See Peredur the Son of Evrawc, as 
 above, i. 324. 
 
 95 : 13. — Geraint and Enid. See Geraint the Son of 
 Erbin, as above, ii. 112. 
 
 96: 26. — In die sen Dichtungen, etc. 'These poems are 
 full of a weird moodiness, and show a marvelous sympa- 
 thy with nature, especially with plants and stones. The 
 reader feels as if he were in a magic forest ; he hears hid- 
 den springs musically purling ; mystical wild flowers 
 gaze at him with strange wistful eyes ; invisible lips kiss 
 his cheeks with teasing tenderness ; great funguses, 
 like golden bells, spring up musically at the foot 6f the 
 trees.' 
 
 97 : i.—Shakspeare's . . . daffodil. See Perdita's 
 
 speech in Winter's Tale, IV. iv. : 
 
 " Daffodils 
 That come before the swallow dares, and take 
 The winds of March with beauty." 
 
 Cf. Selections, p. 103. 
 
 97 : 3. — Wordsworth's . . . cuckoo. The allusion is 
 probably to the famous stanza in the Solitary Reaper : 
 
 " A voice so thrilling ne'er was heard 
 In spring-time from the cuckoo-bird, 
 Breaking the silence of the seas 
 Among the farthest Hebrides." 
 
 The Poetical Works of Wordsworth, ed. John Morley, 
 p. 192. Cf. Selections, p. 103. 
 
 Possibly, however, Arnold has in mind the poem To the 
 Cuckoo; two of its most "magical" stanzas run as 
 follows : — 
 
 " Thrice welcome, darling of the Spring 1 
 Even yet thou art to me 
 No bird, but an invisible thing, 
 A voice, a mystery ;
 
 NOTES. 3*3 
 
 " And I can listen to thee yet 
 Can lie upon the plain 
 And listen, till I do beget 
 That golden time again." 
 
 — Ibid-, p. 204. 
 
 97:3. — Keats's . . . Autumn. See the well-known ode, 
 beginning : 
 
 " Season of mists and mellow fruitfulness ! " 
 
 97 : 4. — Obermann's . . . birch-tree. See Selections, 
 p. 103, and for Senancour, see 27 : 6. 
 
 97 : 4. — Easter-daisy. The last paragraphs of Senan- 
 cour's Obermann describe very tenderly and imaginatively 
 the violet and the Easter-daisy, — la hdtive pdquerette. 
 
 97 : 15. — Four of them. This classification of Arnold's 
 is characteristically based on no principle. See the Intro- 
 duction, p. xlix. 
 
 98 : 5. — As when the moon. From Pope's Iliad, bk. 
 viii. 11. 687 ff. 
 
 98 : 9. — Manus heroum. See Propertius's Elegies, xx. 
 11. 21-22. 
 
 " Hie manus heroum, placidis ut constitit oris, 
 Mollia composita litora fronde tegit." 
 
 ' Here the band of heroes, when they had set foot on the peaceful 
 shores, covered the pleasant beach with well-woven leaves and 
 branches.' 
 
 98 : 11. — The line of Theocritus. See Theocritus' Idyls, 
 13 : 34 : ' For a great mead lay before them, rich with 
 rushes for beds.' The reading at present accepted gives 
 e/cetro, ju^ya for e/c«ro /u^yas ; in this case, of course, niya 
 modifies 6veiap. 
 
 98 : 19. — What little town. See Keats's Ode on a 
 Grecian Urn. 
 
 99 : 19. — White hawthorn. This quotation and the fol- 
 lowing one are from Keats's Ode to a Nightingale. 
 
 100 : 4. — Muscosi fontes. Vergil's Eclogues, vii. 45. 
 100 : 6. — Pallentes violas. Ibid., ii. 47-48 : ' For thee the 
 
 fair Naiad plucks pale violets and the tallest poppies and
 
 314 NOTES. 
 
 daintily interweaves with them the narcissus and the 
 flower of the fragrant dill.' 
 
 ioo : 9. — Cana legam. Ibid., 11. 51-52 : ' I myself will 
 pluck quinces, white with tender down, and chest- 
 nuts.' 
 
 100 : 13. — I know a bank. Midsummer Nighfs Dream, 
 II. 1. 
 
 100 : 19. — Look how the floor. The Merchant of Venice, 
 V. i. 
 
 100 : 26. — Met we on hill. Midsummer Night's Dream, 
 II. 1. 
 
 101 : 2. — The moon shines bright. The Merchant of 
 Venice, I. 1. 
 
 I0 3 : 3- — Daffodils. See 97 : 2. 
 I0 3 ' 7- — Voice . . . heard. See 97 : 3. 
 103 : 12. — Moving waters. See Keats's Last Sonnet. 
 Arnold misquotes; for " cold" read "pure." 
 
 103 : 15. — Mountain birch-tree. Cf. 27 : 6 and 97 : 4 
 The quotation may be found in Senancour's Obermann, 
 ed. Paris, 1863, p. 72. 
 
 104 : 1. — Literature and Science. This is one of the 
 three lectures that Arnold gave repeatedly during his visit 
 to America in 1883-84. It was " originally given as the 
 Rede Lecture at Cambridge [England], was recast for de- 
 livery in America, and is reprinted here as so recast." 
 See the preface to Discourses in America. The lecture is 
 a temperate but comprehensive and vigorous plea for the 
 humanities in education ; to many believers in " the 
 classics " its arguments seem still unanswered. The student 
 should note particularly its easy conversational tone, and 
 its method of " winding into a subject," its concreteness and 
 close adherence to life, its pleasant use of illustrations, its 
 delicately venomous irony, its mocking repetition of catch- 
 words and quotations, and its fine sanity and sublimated 
 worldly wisdom ; in all these respects it is a thoroughly 
 characteristic piece of Arnold's prose at its best. Arnold 
 himself rated his Discourses in America very high ; he 
 declared it to be " the book by which, of all his prose-
 
 .VOTES. 3 l 5 
 
 I i be re red 
 
 Letter: ---.- a be 
 
 £ Literal 
 ■ 
 
 tution in 1878. now th 
 
 A , 11 aris a be a 
 
 a«.: 2 rary 
 
 Is. The st > ' :e 
 
 less pli . . - 
 
 108 : 19. — To kruno tr. Sec : : -: 
 
 - -'-- 5-37 
 
 108 : 22. — In a See T B B 
 
 It her £'.'.- die ad- 
 
 red October i 
 no : 2. — M. Renan tai See, for e 
 
 on L'l - ■ - • , . 
 
 /a?«.r Content / [868, pj ._-. and 100-101. 
 
 J:' 226 : 4 
 
 118 : 5. — Di ... onceexpla Seethe 
 
 stt's The I L 451, etc 
 
 119 : 4. — F 
 
 ma: ± t late of Am $83, he 
 
 har. mpleted se years* ser : in 
 
 Johns Hop-: as Un - 
 
 119 : 2; — Mr. Dot See E ar- 
 
 ■ Part EL chaj xxi. 
 
 121 : 10. — Mr. Da 
 Dar win . foments :~ - - : 
 
 the higher : tastes 5 to be i - : 
 
 Let: London, 1887, i 100-101. 
 
 121 : 26. — Sa :n. The sect sites 01 
 
 - . Lem^r.: . ..-.- 1 ::: S. :__ir : _ : ; it 
 
 sts, andnnmbers at : 200c members Am ng those 
 of its pra; dees r docti : go sc grn- 
 
 ish - is are ts - . El ss of 
 
 peace of the primitiv e ristians and - effi- 
 
 cacy of casting lots for dr. g lance 
 
 129:5. — La Roger.-- m has left in his
 
 31 6 NOTES. 
 
 Scholemaster a delightful account of an interview with 
 this charming girl-pedant: " Before I went into Germanie, 
 I came to Brodegate in Leicestershire, to take my leave of 
 that noble Ladie Jane Grey, to whom I was exceding 
 moch beholdinge. Hir parentes. the Duke and Duches, 
 with all the houshold, Gentlemen and Gentlewomen, 
 were huntinge in the Parke: I founde her, in her Chamber, 
 readinge Phaedon Platonis in Greeke, and that with as 
 moch delite, as som jentlemen wold read a merie tale in 
 Bocase. After salutation, and dewtie done, with some other 
 taulke, I asked hir, whie she wold leese soch pastime in the 
 Parke ? smiling she answered me: I wisse, all their sporte 
 in the Parke is but a shadoe to that pleasure, that I find in 
 Plato : Alas good folke, they never felt, what trewe pleas- 
 ure ment." Ascham's Scholemaster, Arber's ed., 46-47. 
 132 : 24. — Mr. Wright. See 40 : 17. 
 
 134 : 2. — The young lions. According to Arnold, the 
 Daily Telegraph (the London morning journal circulating 
 most widely among the English middle classes), fostered 
 many of the worst tendencies in the British public; 
 their love of cheap, patriotic bluster; their fondness for 
 tinsel and claptrap in literary style ; in short, all the lit- 
 erary and moral vulgarities of Philistinism. Leo Adoles- 
 cens or Young Leo is Arnold's favorite nickname for the 
 typical newswriter of the Daily Telegraph. Leo figures 
 frequently in Friendship 's Garland ; one of his letters is 
 given in the Selections, pp. 250-255. Cf. Selections, p. 145 
 and p. 166. 
 
 135 : 19- — Benthamism. The doctrine in its ethical sig- 
 nificance is popularly expounded in John Stuart Mill's 
 essay on Utilitarianism, in his Dissertations and Dis- 
 cussions, vol. iii. Bentham limits all knowledge to 
 phenomena, denies free-will, and makes virtue coin- 
 cident with action for the greatest happiness of the 
 greatest number. Benthamism is used here by Arnold as 
 a general synonym for materialism, and stands for any 
 system of belief that opposes itself directly to a religious 
 or transcendental conception of the universe.
 
 NOTES. 3 X 7 
 
 136 : 15. — liny a pas d'homme necessaire. In Fenelon's 
 Telemaque, bk. xiii., an account is given of the process by 
 which an intriguing man of affairs may render himself 
 necessary to his prince. It may have been partly with 
 reference to this classical passage that Chateaubriand said : 
 "Je ne me crois pas un homme necessaire, et je pense 
 qu'il n'y a pas plus d'hommes necessaires aujourd'hui." 
 The exact phrase in the text is usually ascribed to Napo- 
 leon. 
 
 x 37 : 3- — Exeter Hall. The favorite place in London 
 for large sectarian meetings. 
 
 137:4. — Marylebone Vestry. "The poor law, and 
 management of the paving, cleansing, and lighting are 
 still in the hands of the inhabitants of the parishes, or 
 unions of parishes, or districts of them, and their repre- 
 sentatives. The most important of these assemblies are 
 the vestries of Marylebone and St. Pancras." Bonn's Ztf«- 
 don, 1854, p. 99. The Church of Marylebone is in a popu- 
 lous district in the northwest of London ; a well-to-do 
 tradesman might naturally belong to the vestry and be 
 vaingloriously busy with the details of local administra- 
 tion. Cf. Selections, p. 171, 1. 8. 
 
 137 : 6. — His great dissected master. Jeremy Bentham 
 (d. 1832) left his body to be dissected in the interests of 
 science ; his skeleton is preserved in the museum of Uni- 
 versity College, London. 
 
 J 37 : I( 3- — Our young barbarians. A humorous adapta- 
 tion of a line from Byron's description of the Dying 
 Gladiator in Childe Harold's Pilgrimage, canto iv. 
 stanza cxli. 
 
 137:27. — Tubingen. F. C. Baur, who was made Pro- 
 fessor of Theology in Tubingen in 1826, is regarded as the 
 founder of the so-called '• Tubingen school." The work of 
 the school was the scientific interpretation of the Gospels 
 and Epistles with the view of determining the various con- 
 flicting conceptions of Jesus' character and mission that 
 they embody and of fixing the historical relations of these 
 conceptions. Baur laid special stress on the conflict be-
 
 318 NOTES. 
 
 tween Petrinism and Paulism. In Arnold's mind, Tubin- 
 gen stands for all that is characteristically scientific in the 
 treatment of theological and religious questions. In God 
 and the Bible (1875) Arnold has much to say of Baur and 
 the Tubingen school, e. g., on pp. 19S and 232. 
 
 J 38 : 5. — Goethe . . . on the death of Schiller. See Goe- 
 the's Epilog zn Schillers Glocke in Goethe's Werke (ed. 
 Stuttgart, 1867), xv. 360 : 
 
 " Indessen schritt sein Geist gewaltig fort 
 InsEwige des Wahren, Guten, Schonen, 
 Und hinter ihm, in wesenlosen Scheine, 
 Lag, was uns alle bandigt, das Gemeine." 
 
 ' Meanwhile his spirit fared bravely on into the realms 
 where eternally abide the True, the Good, the Beautiful; 
 and behind him, — a mere shadowy illusion, — lay that 
 which holds us all in bondage, — the petty world of 
 custom.' 
 
 139 : 1. — Philistinism. In German student slang a Phil- 
 ister is anyone outside of the student class and hostile to 
 it — particularly perhaps a man to whom money is owed, a 
 proprietor of rooms, or a smug tradesman. More broadly, 
 the term is applied to foes of the children of light, to ene- 
 mies of ideas and art, to those who are slaves to the petty 
 routine of " use and wont," to men who have no interest 
 beyond the "main chance." An early instance of the 
 word in this sense occurs in Goethe's Satyros (1773), in the 
 opening monologue of Einsiedler. The crude Philistine is 
 described as looking on the sprouting buds and plants of 
 the new year, and thinking simply and solely of the crops 
 that they promise to him and his kin. Heine has probably 
 done more than any other German writer to make the 
 word Philistine known outside of Germany. An instance 
 of his use of it may be found in the first chapter of the 
 Reisebilder, ii., Italien (182S-29). In England Carlyle uses 
 the word as eai - ly as 1S27 in his essay on the State of Ger- 
 man Literature ; Essays, London, 1872, i. 5S. He explains 
 the term as the nickname bestowed on the partisans of the
 
 AZOTES. 319 
 
 Auflarung or Rationalistic movement during the latter 
 part of the eighteenth century, by those who refused to 
 find in Rationalism and Utilitarianism the complete phi- 
 losophy of life. Again, in 1831, Carlyle uses the term, in 
 his review of William Taylor's Historic Survey of German 
 Poetry. After describing Taylor's character Carlyle adds-. 
 " To a German we might have compressed all this long 
 description into a single word. Mr. Taylor is what they 
 call a Philister; every fiber of him is Philistine. With us 
 such men usually take into politics and become Code- 
 makers and Utilitarians." Carlyle's Essays, ed. London, 
 1372, iii. 241. Thackeray's Student Quarter, dealing with 
 Paris in 1839-40, speaks of the Philister and the German 
 Bursch, as contrasted types. In an essay on Macaulay, 
 whom, it may be noted, Arnold once called " the great 
 Apostle of the Philistines" (Arnold's Essays in Criticism, 
 i. 304), Mr. Leslie Stephen comments as follows on the 
 term Philistine: It is a " word which I understand prop- 
 erly to denote indifference to the higher intellectual inter- 
 ests. The word may also be defined, however, as the 
 name applied by prigs to the rest of their species. . . 
 There is much that is good in your Philistine." Leslie 
 Stephen's Hours in a Library, iii. 306. For Arnold's 
 account of the "good " in Philistinism, see Selections, pp. 
 
 233-234- 
 
 I 39 • 3- — Soli. A place on the northeast shore of the 
 Mediterranean, just north from Cyprus. The bad Greek 
 spoken there was proverbial and originated the name 
 solecism for any incorrectness of speech. 
 
 139 : 16. — Respectability. In the report of a trial in some 
 English court a witness characterized the defendant as 
 a respectable man. When asked what he meant by 
 respectable, he explained that the man in question " kept 
 a gig." Carlyle seized upon this naive definition and wove 
 from it the numerous phrases about " gigmanity, " "re- 
 spectability with its thousand gigs," and so on, that abound 
 in his writings. 
 
 140 : 15. — " The French, . . . are the chosen people. y
 
 320 NOTES. 
 
 Txiese are the closing words of Heine's Englische Frag- 
 mente. See Heine's Werke, ed. Stuttgart, vi. 252. 
 
 140 : 27. — " I might settle in England.''' Two of Heine's 
 most amusing attacks on the English character are the 
 chapter called Jofm Bull in the Englische Fragmente, 
 and chap. xlix. of Lutetia, Heine's Werke, ed. Stuttgart, 
 xii. 36 ff. 
 
 141 : 5. — The rule of thumb. See Heine's Englische 
 Fragmente, chap. xiii. Die Befreiung, and cf. John 
 Morley's On Compromise . 
 
 142 : 8. — Cobbett. See 25 : 18. The passage that Ar- 
 nold translates is taken from chap. ix. of the Englische 
 Fragmente. 
 
 143 : 16. — " Moving altogether.'- This is an adaptation 
 of the last line of stanza xi. of Wordsworth's Resolution 
 and Independence. 
 
 144. — Culture and Anarchy. The preface to Culture 
 and Anarchy and the first chapter, Sweetness and Light, 
 are made up, with few alterations, from the last lecture 
 that Arnold gave as Professor of Poetry at Oxford. This 
 lecture was published under the title Culture and its 
 Enemies in the Cornhill Magazine for July, 1867, xvi. 36. 
 To make thelecture available for Culture and Anarchy, 
 Arnold converted the first few paragraphs into a preface, 
 broke the text in general into shorter paragraphs, made 
 a few verbal changes, and did away, at the beginning 
 and the close, with allusions to the Oxford audience. 
 Except in these unimportant ways the Cornhill article 
 was unaltered. Culture and Anarchy was published in 
 1869. 
 
 144 : 16. — Mr. Frederic Harrison. The article in ques- 
 tion, Culture: A Dialogue, appeared originally in the 
 Fortnightly Review for November, 1867, viii. 603. The 
 tone and tenor of the article are indicated by the quota- 
 tion frcm Shakespeare that stands as its motto : 
 
 "The sovereign'st thing on earth 
 Was parmaceti for an inward bruise."
 
 NOTES. 321 
 
 These are the words of advice the fop in Henry IV. 
 gives to Hotspur after the battle. The implication is that 
 Arnold, with his debonair prescription of Culture for the 
 terrible evils of modern society, is no better than a fop in 
 the midst of the carnage and horrors of war. Cf. 174 : 16, 
 and Selections, p. 177. 
 
 145 : 20. — 77/i? Daily Telegraph. See 134 : 2. 
 
 147. — Sweetness and Light. This Selection, pp. 147-180, 
 is the first chapter of Culture and Anarchy, and directly 
 follows the Introduction, given in the preceding Selection. 
 For the title see 160 : 6. 
 
 147 : 26. — M. Sainte-Beuve. See the Quarterly Review 
 for January, 1866, cxix. 80. The article sketches Sainte- 
 Beuve's life and summarizes his more important writings; 
 it gives no adequate analysis of his method or style. 
 
 148 : 4.— Curiosity. Cf. Se lections, p. 15, where in The 
 Function of Criticism (1865) Arnold makes a similar plea 
 for the value of Curiosity. 
 
 148 : 23. — Montesquieu says. The quotation comes from 
 Montesquieu's Discours sur les motifs qui doivent nous 
 encourager aux sciences, prononce le 15 Novembre 1725. 
 Montesquieu's CEuvres completes; ed. Laboulaye, vii. 78. 
 
 149 : 21.— Bishop Wilson. Thomas Wilson (1663-1755) 
 was Bishop of the Isle of Man— Lord Bishop of Sodor and 
 Man — from 1697 to his death. For the details of his biog- 
 raphy, see the folio edition of his Works, London, 1782. 
 It is interesting to note that in 1785 copies of this folio edi- 
 tion were presented by Dr. Wilson, Prebendary of West- 
 minster, son of the Bishop, to "the United States in 
 Congress assembled," and by the Secretary of Congress, 
 through the " Delegates," transmitted to various Colleges 
 and Universities. Arnold has prefixed to Culture and 
 Anarchy a brief appreciation of Bishop Wilson's religious 
 writings. "In the essay which follows," Arnold says, 
 " the reader will often find Bishop Wilson quoted. To 
 me and to the members of the Society for Promoting Chris- 
 tian Knowledge, his name and writings are still, no doubt, 
 familiar. But the world is fast going away from old-fash-
 
 322 NOTES. 
 
 ioned people of his sort, and I learnt with consternation 
 lately, from a brilliant and distinguished votary of the nat- 
 ural sciences, that he had never so much as heard of 
 Bishop Wilson, and that he imagined me to have invented 
 him." . . "On a lower range than the Imitation, and 
 awakening in our nature chords less poetical and delicate, 
 the Maxims of Bishop Wilson are, as a religious work, far 
 more solid. To the most sincere ardor and unction. 
 Bishop Wilson unites in these Maxims, that downright 
 honesty and plain good sense which our English race has 
 so powerfully applied to the divine impossibilities of reli- 
 gion; by which it has brought religion so much into practi- 
 cal life, and has done its allotted part in promoting upon 
 earth the Kingdom of God." 
 
 A perhaps over-ingenious speculation suggests itself as 
 regards Arnold's use of Bishop Wilson's name. In 1858 
 died Daniel Wilson, Bishop of Calcutta, who was for many 
 years a curate or rector in London, and who was widely 
 known among Low Churchmen by somewhat voluminous 
 writings. Arnold's calm and complete ignoring of any 
 Bishop Wilson save the historical Bishop of Sodor and 
 Man may have been an intentional bit of satire at the 
 expense of the Low Church party and one of its typical 
 representatives. 
 
 149:21. — To make reason. Cf. Bishop Wilson's Max- 
 ims, in his Works, ed. 17S2, i. 290 : "A prudent Christian 
 will resolve at all times to sacrifice his inclinations to 
 reason, and his reason to the Will and Word of God." 
 
 152 : 26. — Making end/ess additions. Cf. Celtic Liter- 
 ature, p. 137: "The hard unintelligence, which is just 
 now our bane, cannot be conquered by storm ; it must be 
 suppled and reduced by culture, by a growth in the vari- 
 ety, fullness, and sweetness of our spiritual life ; and this 
 end can only be reached by studying things that are 
 outside of ourselves, and by studying them disinter- 
 estedly." 
 
 153 : 18. — To promote. The Thirty-fourth of Bishop 
 Wilson's Sermons — that on the Great Duty of Instruct-
 
 A"OTES. 323 
 
 z'ng the Ig?iorant — urges " that the promoting the King- 
 dom of God is very consistent with the ordinary business 
 of life." Bishop Wilson's Works, ii. 221. This sermon is 
 specially interesting because it emphasizes from the Chris- 
 tian point of view the need and value of very much that 
 kind of quiet instruction of the people to which Arnold so 
 largely devoted himself. " Amongst other means [for 
 promoting the Kingdom of God] that of instructing the 
 ignorant is the foundation of all the rest. . . For thus 
 men are dealt with as reasonable creatures. . . To be 
 dealt with as reasonable creatures, we must be informed, — 
 What our condition is ;— in what relation we stand to 
 God ; what it is he expects from us," etc. 
 
 155 : 24.— J/r. Roebuck's. Cf. 20 : 24. 
 
 159 : 14-—" Eat and drink" This is the first of Frank- 
 lin's Rules of Health, as given in Poor Richard's Alma- 
 nack, 1742. Arnold misquotes ; Franklin writes, " such an 
 exact quantity as the constitution of thy body allows of." 
 
 159 : 22. — " // is a sign," etc. This sentence forma 
 chapter xli. of the Enchiridion of Epictetus. 
 
 160 : 6. — Sweetness and light. This is the phrase by 
 which ^Esop, in Swift's Battle of the Books, sums up the 
 superiority of the ancients over the moderns. " As for us, 
 the ancients, we are content, with the bee, to pretend to 
 nothing of our own beyond our wings and our voice, that is 
 to say, our flights and our language ; for the rest, whatever 
 we have got has been by infinite labor and search, and 
 ranging through every corner of nature ; the difference is, 
 that instead of dirt and poison we have rather chose to fill 
 our hives with honey and wax, thus furnishing mankind 
 with the two noblest of things, which are sweetness and 
 light." Swift's Works, ed. Scott, 1824, x. 240. 
 
 163 : 1. — Independents. In America Independents are 
 known as Congregationalists, — Orthodox or Unitarian. 
 The sect originated in England about 1570. Its distin- 
 guishing principle is the right of every congregation of 
 believers to independence and self-government. 
 
 l( >Z : 5-—" The Dissidence of Dissent. ' From Burke's
 
 324 NOTES. 
 
 speech on Conciliation with America. See Burke's Works, 
 ed. London, 1823, iii. 53. 
 
 164 : 24. — The Pilgrim Fat tiers' Voyage. The Pilgrim 
 Fathers landed from the Mayflower at what is now Plym- 
 outh in November, 1620. There were one hundred and 
 one in the company, all Independents. 
 
 166 : 18. — Publice egestas. See Sallust's Catiline, lii. : 
 •'• Pro his nos habemus luxuriam atque avaritiam ; publice 
 egestatem, privatim opulentiam." ' In place of all this 
 former excellence we have to-day luxury and avarice ; 
 public want and private wealth.' 
 
 166 : 25. — The Daily Telegraph. See 134 : 2. 
 
 169 : 9. — Mr. Beales. Edmond Beales was a prominent 
 member of Parliament and a very active champion of the 
 cause of democracy. He was President of the league for 
 securing Manhood Suffrage and made himself conspicuous 
 in the summer of 1866 by helping to organize huge popular 
 demonstrations in Trafalgar Square and Hyde Park, in 
 furtherance of the cause of Reform. Cf. Selections, p. 201, 
 
 1. 15. 
 
 169 : 9. — Charles Bradlaugh. At this time Mr. Brad- 
 laugh had not entered Parliament ; he was chiefly known 
 as editor of the National Reformer, as a radical lecturer on 
 religion, and as an almost rabid advocate by pen and voice 
 of extreme democratic opinions. His famous and ulti- 
 mately successful struggle for the right to take his seat in 
 Parliament without the customary formal oath began much 
 later. 
 
 170 : 4. — Dr. Newman's Apology. Cardinal Newman's 
 Apologia pro Vita Sua (1864) was ostensibly a reply to 
 Charles Kingsley's charge that Newman taught the justi- 
 fiableness of lying, but was really an account of Newman's 
 whole life as teacher, preacher, and ecclesiastic, and an 
 explanation of the causes that led him from Evangelical- 
 ism through the Via Media to Romanism. Newman's 
 hostility to " Liberalism " is specially described on pp. 30, 
 214, and 261 of the Apologia, ed. 1890. Cf. Selections 
 and Notes, 265 : 9.
 
 NOTES. 3 2 5 
 
 170 : 10. — Qucr regio. See the sEneid, i. 460. ^neas 
 finds scenes from the war about Troy carved upon Dido's 
 temple and exclaims to Achates: "What region of the 
 earth is not filled with the tale of our woe ? " 
 
 170 : 27. — Mr. Lowe. Robert Lowe, afterward Viscount 
 Sherbrooke, had held several offices in the Board of Edu- 
 cation and the Board of Trade, and had been conspicuous 
 during 1866-67 as one of the bitterest opponents of Dis- 
 raeli's Reform Bill. His speeches on this subject were 
 published in 1867. 
 
 171 : 8. — Middle-class vestries. Cf. 137 '.4. 
 
 173 : 9. — Mr. Roebuck. Cf. 20 : 24. 
 
 174 : \\.—Jacobi)iism. The term, of course, comes from 
 the name of the famous political club, Les Jacobins, to 
 which Robespierre belonged in 17S9-94. The essential 
 characteristics of Jacobinism as a habit of mind are given 
 by Arnold in the lines that follow. 
 
 174 : 16. — Mr. Frederic Harrison. A prominent Lon- 
 don barrister and man of letters, one of the most active of 
 the English Positivists or followers of Comte. Cf. 144:16, 
 and Selections, pp. 177, 247-248, and 251. 
 
 174 : 17. — Comte. Auguste Comte (1798 -1857), the French 
 philosopher whose system goes by the name of Positivism. 
 He taught that all our knowledge is confined to phenom- 
 ena, that all metaphysical speculation is misleading, that 
 the aim of science is by observation, experiment, and 
 generalization, to reduce to order all the facts of human 
 experience and to find for them formulas of ever in- 
 creasing scope. Speculation, he taught, goes through 
 three stages : first, the theological, where existence and 
 its facts are explained as directly dependent on the 
 capricious action of supernatural agents ; secondly, the 
 metaphysical, where existence and its facts are explained 
 as the expressions of unknown substances acting according 
 to law ; thirdly, the positive, where the verifiable facts of 
 existence are alone attended to and the attempt is made to 
 find the sequences by which these facts follow one another. 
 Positivism was the most considerable attempt, prior to the
 
 326 NOTES. 
 
 Theory of Evolution, to limit all knowledge to such knowl* 
 edge as is derivable through the methods of the natural 
 sciences and to reduce this knowledge into a complete and 
 harmonious system of carefully determined facts and cor- 
 related principles. Comte substituted for supernatural 
 religion the Religion of Humanity and for the worship of 
 God the cult of great men. Positivism has been flippantly 
 described as the system that spells God with a small g and 
 humanity with a large h. 
 
 174 : 17. — Mr. Congreve. Richard Congreve, b. 18 18, 
 was for a time a tutor at Wadham College, Oxford, has 
 published various essays on historical and social questions, 
 and has translated Comte's Catechism of Positive Religion 
 (1858). Mr. Congreve is more given to ecclesiasticism 
 than is Mr. Frederic Harrison, and whereas Mr. Harrison 
 has little to say of the Religion of Humanity and is chiefly 
 concerned for the intellectual and moral welfare of Posi- 
 tivists, Mr. Congreve lays great stress on the value of 
 Religion, and holds weekly meetings in London where 
 Positivistic worship is conducted with a good deal of 
 ornate detail. For an account of Positivist churches in 
 London, see the New York Na lion, vol. 1. No. 1285, p. 128. 
 
 174 : 28.—^ current in people 's minds. Here and in the 
 next paragraph Arnold recognizes in a curiously incidental 
 fashion the theory that regards opinion as depending nec- 
 essarily upon social conditions, and as subject to law in 
 its apparently whimsical changes. There is something a 
 trifle grotesque in his arrogating to himself and to " Cul- 
 ture " special ownership in this conception of the growth 
 of opinion — a conception which is distinctively scientific 
 and tends to reduce even the flurries of popular whim to 
 law, and to systematize even the caprices of fashion. 
 
 175 : 8. — Preller. Ludwig Preller (1809-61) was from 
 1846 to 1861 Librarian-in-chief at Weimar ; he had pre- 
 viously been a Professor in several German universities, in- 
 cluding Jena. His most important works were his Greek 
 Mythology (1854-55) and his Roman Mythology (1858). 
 
 175 : 31. — A new version of the Book of fob. Arnold
 
 NOTES. 3 2 7 
 
 misrepresents Franklin. The " project " for a new version 
 of Job was merely a somewhat elaborate joke. Among the 
 " Bagatelles," now included in the second volume of Frank- 
 lin's Works, is a piece called The Levee, in which Frank- 
 lin translates the account in Job of Satan's visit to God into 
 the language of the ceremonial of a European court ; the 
 translation is obviously meant to be amusing. Immediately 
 after this piece comes the so-called " project " for a new ver- 
 sion of the Book of Job, with a half-dozen specimen verses. 
 In one of these verses the phrasing is the same with that 
 of The Levee, and in all of them the account of the Bible 
 incidents is so managed as to be absurdly suggestive of 
 modern politics and intrigue. Take for example, Frank- 
 lin's paraphrase of verse ii. ; the original is as follows : 
 " But put forth thine hand now, and touch all that he 
 hath, and he will curse thee to thy face." With Franklin 
 this becomes, " Try him;— only withdraw your favor, turn 
 him out of his places, and withhold his pensions, and you 
 will soon find him in the opposition." Arnold criticises 
 Franklin's bit of burlesque with astonishing seriousness 
 and literalness. For The Levee and the Proposed New 
 Version, see Franklin's Works, ed. Boston, 1S36, ii. 164. 
 
 176 : ib.— Deontology. Bentham's Deontology, or The 
 Science of Morality (the theory of what is fitting,— of the 
 ought,— Grk. to Seov, that which is binding or right), was 
 published in 1S34, two years after Bentham's death. For 
 the passage Arnold quotes, see i. 39. Cf. 135 : 19- 
 
 176 : 30. — Comte. Cf. 174 : 17. 
 
 176 : 30 —Mr. Buckle. He is remembered through his 
 heroic attempt, in his History of Civilization in England 
 (vol. i., 1857 ;ii., 1S61), to put history on a scientific basis and 
 to trace the laws that have determined the development ot 
 national life. He was without university training, studied 
 for the most part alone, and was doubtless in some degree 
 victimized by his theories. His History of Civilisation is 
 full of brilliant suggestion, and shows enormous reading, 
 but is not always sure in its facts, and is often unsafe in its 
 speculation. His maim thesis, that progress depends wholly
 
 328 NOTES. 
 
 on intellectual enlightenment, does not tally with the later 
 sociological theories of evolutionists. Buckle wrote before 
 the days of evolution. His History has been recently de- 
 fended at great length by Mr. J. M. Robertson in Buckle 
 and his Critics : A Study in Sociology, London, 1895. 
 
 176 : 30— Mr. Mill. John Stuart Mill (1806-73), the 
 most prominent perpetuator in the middle of the century of 
 the Locke and Hume tradition in philosophy, before it was 
 transformed by the assimilation of the results of modern 
 science. He was the immediate disciple of his father 
 James Mill and of Jeremy Bentham. The history of his 
 intellectual life from his earliest years is given in his 
 Autobiography, a book which should be read at the 
 same time with Mark Pattison's Memoirs and Cardinal 
 Newman's Apologia. His System of Logic appeared in 
 1843 and his Political Economy in 1848. His three most 
 characteristic short works are, On Liberty (1859), Utilitari- 
 anism (1862), and the Subjection of Women (1869). 
 
 179 : 28. — Abelard. Pierre Abailard (1079-1142) was one 
 of the most brilliant thinkers and famous teachers of the 
 Middle Ages. During the first years of the twelfth century 
 he lectured in Paris to crowds of students from all over 
 Europe. Later, after many mischances largely due to 
 his romantic passion for Helo'ise, the story of which 
 has entered so variously into European literature, he 
 turned hermit and took up his abode in the wilderness. 
 But he was soon besieged once more with pupils, who 
 lived in huts in the desert to be near him and listen to 
 his teaching. Some years later Abelard was accused of 
 heresy by Bernard, through whose influence he was con- 
 demned by a church Council about 1140. See Abailard : 
 sa vie sa philosophic et sa theologie, by Charles Remusat, 
 Paris, 1845. 
 
 179 : 31. — Lessing. G. E. Lessing (1729-81) was the 
 re-creator of German literature. He assailed the slavish 
 imitation of French pseudo-classicism, prevalent in 
 the writings of such men as Gottsched, and turned to 
 English literature for his models. In his Laocoon and 
 
 \
 
 NOTES. 3 2 9 
 
 Dramaturgie he interpreted Classical art anew and freed 
 it from the false glosses of French pseudo-classical criti- 
 cism. As a dramatist he dealt frankly and powerfully 
 with actual life, and did much to make German literature 
 the imaginative and sincere expression of German national 
 ideals. In Nathan der Weise, he pleaded for religious 
 tolerance. Everywhere he stood for clear thought, genu- 
 ine emotion, national enthusiasm against pedantry, artifici- 
 ality, and academicism. During his later years he was 
 head Librarian at Wolfenbiittel, near Brunswick. 
 
 179 : 32. — Herder (1744-1803). Probably Herder's great- 
 est claim to remembrance lies in the fact that he first 
 grasped firmly and applied widely the conception of litera- 
 ture that explains it as a growth and development depend- 
 ent upon social conditions. He was also one of the earliest 
 of the Germans to feel the artistic charm of the Middle 
 Ages, and it was through him that Goethe was led to an ap- 
 preciation of Medieevalism. His mind was astonishingly 
 active and fertile, but his artistic sense was not sure, and 
 he produced little work that lives through sheer beauty. 
 His beneficial influence on his contemporaries cannot be 
 measured by the actual survival of his writings During 
 the latter part of his life he was court-preacher at 
 Weimar. 
 
 180 : 12. — St. Augustine. See the Confessions of St. 
 Augustine, bk. xiii. ch. xviii. ; J. G. Pilkington's transla- 
 tion, Edinburgh, 18S6, p. 369. 
 
 181. — Hebraism and Hellenism. The terms are probably 
 taken from Heine. See Heine's Uber Ludwig Borne, 
 bk. i. Werke, ed. Stuttgart, x. 12 : " 'Jew ' and ' Chris- 
 tian ' are for me words of quite similar meaning and 
 are both opposed to Hellene, by which name also I denote 
 no special nation, but a mental habit and a mode of con- 
 ceiving life, which are both innate and the result of train- 
 ing. In this connection I might say : All men are either 
 Jews or Hellenes, men ascetic in their instincts, hostile to 
 culture, spiritual fanatics, or men of vigorous good cheer, 
 full of the piide of life, Naturalists. Thus there have been
 
 33° NOTES. 
 
 Hellenes in the families of German pastors, and there have 
 been Jews who were born in Athens and perhaps the 
 direct descendants of Theseus. The beard makes not the 
 Jew, nor the peruke the Christian." It should be noted 
 that somewhat later in this Selection (p. i S3), Arnold speaks 
 of Heine's recognition of the contrast between Hellene and 
 Hebraist and asserts that Heine brings in Hebraism " just 
 as a foil and contrast to Hellenism, and to make the superi- 
 ority of Hellenism more manifest." 
 
 In Wordsworth's Preface to the 18 15 edition of his 
 Poems there is an interesting contrast between the Hebrew 
 mind and imagination and those of the Greeks and Romans. 
 Milton is " a Hebrew in soul." See Wordsworth's Works, 
 ed. Morley, 882-8S3. The comparison is, however, brief, 
 and hardly goes beyond artistic matters. 
 
 181 : 1. — This fundamental ground. These are the 
 opening words of chap. iv. of Cult tire and Anarchy. In 
 chap. iii. Arnold has described the various defective types 
 of which English society consists, — Barbarians, Philistines, 
 the Populace, — and has exemplified the evils that arise from 
 the self-will with which each type lives out its own life irre- 
 sponsibly. The tendency of all English life and thought, 
 Arnold insists, is to overemphasize the right of the individ- 
 ual to go his own way ; confusion and a kind of anarchy 
 result. "We see, then," Arnold concludes, "how indis- 
 pensable to that human perfection which we seek is, in the 
 opinion of good judges, some public recognition and estab- 
 lishment of our best self, or right reason. We see how our 
 habits and practice oppose themselves to such a recogni- 
 tion, and the many inconveniences which we therefore 
 suffer. But now let us try to go a little deeper, and to find 
 beneath our actual habits and practice the very ground 
 and cause out of which they spring." Now follows the 
 .Selection in the text. 
 
 181 : 6. — The best light you have. " Two things a Chris- 
 tian will do : Never go against the best light he has ; this 
 will prove his sincerity : — and secondly, to take care that 
 his light be not darkness ; that is, that he mistake not his
 
 NOTES. 33 1 
 
 rule by which he ought to go." Bishop Wilson's Maxims, 
 Works, ed. 1782, i. 290. 
 
 183 : 6. — Frederick Robertson (1816-53). Robertson of 
 Brighton — he went to Brighton in 1S47 — was one of the 
 most eloquent preachers of his day. He belonged to no 
 special party in the Church of England, at times ran coun- 
 ter to the prejudices of all parties, was fearless in his advo- 
 cacy of his own ideas, was embroiled with various social 
 cliques in Brighton because of his contention for reforms, 
 and wore out his nervous, eager temperament in his strug- 
 gle to maintain his ideals. See Rev. Stopford Brooke's 
 Life and Letters of Frederick Robertson (1865). The 
 sermon Arnold alludes to is doubtless the Advent Lecture 
 of December 6, 1S49, The Grecian. " Four characteris- 
 tics," Robertson urges, " marked Grecian life and Grecian 
 religion: Restlessness — Worldliness — The Worship of the 
 Beautiful — The Worship of the Human." See Robertson's 
 Sermons, ed Boston, 1869, i. 195. 
 
 183 : n. — Heinrich Heine. See 181. For an interesting 
 discussion of Heine's Paganism, see Emile Hennequin's 
 E.crivains francises, Paris, 1SS9, p. 82. 
 
 186 : S. — Aristotle will undervalue knowing. See the 
 Nicomachean Ethics, bk. ii. chap. iii. 
 
 186 : 15. — Epictetus exhorts us. See, for example, the 
 chapter " Concerning those who Embrace Philosophy in 
 Words," The Discourses of Epictetus, bk. ii. chap. xix. : 
 "Show me a Stoic, if you have one. Where? Orhowshould 
 you? You can show, indeed, a thousand who repeat the 
 Stoic reasonings. . . Show me one who is sick, and 
 happy ; in danger, and happy ; dying, and happy ; exiled, 
 and happy ; disgraced, and happy. . . Why then do you 
 not finish your work, if you have the proper aims?" The 
 Works of Epictetus, translated by T. W. Higginson, 
 160-161, (revised ed. I., 187-8). 
 
 186 : 19. — Plato . . . calls life. Seethe Gorgias, where 
 Socrates discusses with Callicles the need of self-control. 
 Callicles insists that the truly happy life consists in allow- 
 ing one's desires "to wax to the uttermost" and then
 
 332 NOTES. 
 
 ministering to them. Socrates contends for the life of 
 absolutely controlled desires. Callicles finds such a life 
 absurd ; the life of " those who want nothing " cannot be 
 the ideal happy life, "for then stones and the dead 
 would be the happiest of all." " Yes," replies Socrates, 
 " and your words may remind us that life is a fearful 
 thing ; and I think that Euripides was probably right in 
 saying ' Who knows if life be not death and death life ? ' 
 for I think that we are very likely dead." Socrates then 
 goes on to preach the doctrine of the mortification of de- 
 sires. See Jowett's Dialogues of Plato, i. 81-82. 
 
 186:20. — The Imitation. The famous mediaeval devo- 
 tional manual usually ascribed to Thomas a Kempis, a 
 monk of the fifteenth century, who spent his life in a con- 
 vent near Utrecht. The doctrine of asceticism pervades 
 the whole manual. See the chapter that treats " Of the 
 Royal Road of the Holy Cross," bk. ii. chap, xii.: " Behold 
 all is in the Cross, and in dying lies all ; and there is no 
 other way to life and to true inward peace but the way of 
 the holy cross and of daily mortification." . . " Know for 
 certain that thou must lead a dying life ; and the more a 
 man dies to himself, the more he begins to live to God." 
 The Imitation of Christ, Kegan Paul & Co., 1881 (Parch- 
 ment Library), pp. 90, 95. 
 
 186 : 31. — The moral virtues . . . the porch. See the 
 Nicomachean Ethics, bk. x. chap. viii. : "It is only in a 
 secondary sense that the life which accords with other, 
 i. e., non-speculative, virtue can be said to be happy ; for 
 the activities of such virtue are human, they have no 
 divine element." Aristotle goes on to demonstrate that 
 the activity of the Gods consists in speculation, and that 
 " the life of men is blessed in so far as it possesses a cer- 
 tain resemblance to their speculative activity." Welldon's 
 translation, Macmillan, 1S92, pp. 338 and 341. 
 
 187 : 3 — Plato expressly denies. " But he who is a phi- 
 losopher or lover of learning (<j>i\o[xa8r)s), and is entirely pure 
 at departing, is alone permitted to reach the gods. " Plato's 
 Phcedo, 82, D. See Jowett's Dialogues of Plato, i. 411.
 
 NOTES. 333 
 
 187 : 27. — The best man is he. The passage occurs in 
 Socrates's talk with Hermogenes over his approaching 
 trial. Socrates justifies his serenity of mind and explains 
 wherein he seems to himself to have obtained happiness 
 through living well. See Xenophon's Memorabilia, bk. iv. 
 chap. viii. 
 
 190 : 15. — My Saviour banished joy. Arnold seems to 
 have in mind Herbert's poem, The Size : 
 
 "Content thee, greedie heart. 
 Modest and moderate joyes to those that have 
 Title to more hereafter when they part 
 Are passing brave." 
 
 The fifth stanza begins : 
 
 " Thy Saviour sentenc'd joy, 
 And in the flesh condemned it as unfit ; 
 At least in lump." 
 
 Herbert's Works, ed. Grosart, 1874, i. 157. 
 
 191 : 1. — St. Augustine's Confessions. Seethe admirable 
 translation by J. G. Pilkington, Edinburgh, 1886. 
 
 191 : 2. — The Imitation. Cf. 186 : 20. 
 
 194 : 15. — Mr. Murphy. See the second chapter of Cul- 
 ture and Anarchy : " Mr. Murphy lectures at Birmingham, 
 and showers on the Catholic population of that town ' words,' 
 says the Home Secretary, ' only fit to be addressed to 
 thieves or murderers.' What then? Mr. Murphy has his 
 own reasons of several kinds. . . He is doing as he likes , 
 or, in worthier language, asserting his personal liberty. . . 
 The moment it is plainly put before us that a man is 
 asserting his personal liberty, we are half disarmed ; be- 
 cause we are believers in freedom, and not in some dream 
 of a right reason to which the assertion of our reason is to 
 be subordinated." Mr. Murphy and his religious extrava- 
 gance form for Arnold an illustration of the kind of " an- 
 archy" in English social conditions that can be corrected 
 solely by " Culture." See Culture and Anarchy, p. 47. 
 
 194 : 30. — Puritanism . . . St. Paul. Arnold treats
 
 334 NOTES. 
 
 this topic at length in his St. Paul and Protestantism 
 (1870). 
 
 195 : 14. — Already pointed out. See Culture and Anar- 
 chy, p. 121. 
 
 197 : 19. — Life after our physical death. Cf. Arnold's 
 Sonnet, Immortality : 
 
 " No, no ! the energy of life may be 
 Kept on after the grave, but not begun ; 
 And he who flagg'd not in the earthly strife, 
 From strength to strength advancing — only he, 
 His soul well-knit, and all his battles won, 
 Mounts, and that hardly, to eternal life." 
 
 Arnold's Poetical Works, ed. 1890, p. 183. 
 
 197 : 24. — One of the noblest collects. The Collect for 
 Easter Even: "Grant, O Lord, that as we are baptized 
 into the death of thy blessed Son our Saviour Jesus Christ, 
 so by continual mortifying our corrupt affections we may be 
 buried with him ; and that through the grave, and gate of 
 death, we may pass to our joyful resurrection ; for his 
 merits, who died, and was buried, and rose again for us, 
 thy Son Jesus Christ our Lord." 
 
 199 : 23. — Faraday. Cf. 121 : 26. 
 
 200 : 24. — As Plato says. For the classic passage in 
 which Plato describes the development of the soul through 
 its devotion to Beauty see the Symposium, 199-212; Jowett's 
 Dialogues of Plato, i. 491-503. 
 
 201 : 13. — Mr. Spurgeon . . . voluntaryism. By vol- 
 untaryism is meant the advocacy of a Free as opposed to 
 a State Church. Cf. Culture and Anarchy, p. 61 : "Again, 
 as culture's way of working for reason and the will of God 
 is by directly trying to know more about them, while the 
 Dissidence of Dissent is evidently in itself no effort of this 
 kind, nor is its Free Church, in fact, a church with worthier 
 conceptions of God and the ordering of the world than the 
 State Church professes, but with mainly the same concep- 
 tions of these as the State Church has, only that every 
 man is to comport himself as he likes in professing them —
 
 NOTES. 335 
 
 this being so, I cannot at once accept the non-conformity 
 any more than the industrialism and the other great works 
 of our Liberal middle class as proof positive that this 
 class is in possession of light, and that here is the true seat 
 of authority for which we are in search." 
 
 201 : 14. — Mr. Brig/it . . . persona/ liberty. Cf. Cul- 
 ture and Anarchy, p. 43 : " Mr. Bright . . . said forcibly 
 in one of his great speeches, what many other people are 
 every day saying less forcibly, that the central idea of 
 English life and politics is the assertion of personal lib- 
 erty. Evidently this is so ; but evidently, also, as feudal- 
 ism, which with its ideas and habits of subordination was 
 for many centuries silently behind the British Constitu- 
 tion, dies out, and we are left with nothing but our system 
 of checks, and our notion of its being the great right and 
 happiness of an Englishman to do as far as possible what 
 he likes, we are in danger of drifting toward anarchy." 
 201 : IS-— Mr. Beales. Cf. 169 : 9. 
 
 206 : 17.— Henry More (1614-87). He is commonly 
 called Henry More the Platonist. He was one of the four 
 Cambridge men— the others were Cudworth, Smith, and 
 Whichcote— who in the latter part of the seventeenth cen- 
 tury withstood the influence of the mechanical philosophy 
 of Descartes and Hobbes through recourse to Plato and 
 Idealism. His Divine Dialogues are perhaps his most 
 representative work from the point of view of literature. 
 He is studied suggestively and some of his ideas and 
 phrases are reproduced in Mr. Shorthouse's John Ingle- 
 sant. " His great discovery," says Mr. A. C. Benson in a 
 recent essay, "burst upon him like a flash of light — the 
 nearness and accessibility of God, whom he had been seek- 
 ing so far off and at such a transcendent height ; his reali- 
 zation of the truth that the Kingdom of God does not dwell 
 in great sublimities, and, so to speak, upon the mountain 
 tops, but that it is within each one of us." See A. C. Ben- 
 son's Essays, New York, 1S96, p. 65, and Arnold's Last 
 Essays, p. 197. 
 207 : 14. — Sublime hoc candens. Cicero quotes the
 
 336 NOTES. 
 
 phrase from Ennius in De Natura Deorum, ii. 25 : " As- 
 pice hoc sublime candens quod invocant omnes Jovem." 
 ' Behold this Brilliant on high which all men call Jupiter.' 
 Arnold's text misprints invocenl for invocant, and Arnold 
 transposes hoc and sublime. 
 
 208 : 31. — Qu'est-ce-que la nature? See Les Pense'es 
 de Blaise Pascal, ed. Molinier, 1879, i. 69, De la justice. 
 Coutumes et prejugdes. 
 
 210 : 12. — Rabbinism. Rabbis are authenticated Teach- 
 ers of the Jewish Law. Rabbinism is the religious and 
 philosophic doctrine developed in the schools of the 
 Rabbis. 
 
 213 : 8. — Ovid. " QiAs locus," etc. ' What place is 
 more awful than a temple? Yet temples also must a 
 woman shun, if she be prone to err.' 
 
 213 : 16. — Hominum divomque. Part of the first lines of 
 the opening invocation of Lucretius's De Rerum Natura : 
 " ^Eneadum genetrix hominum," etc. 'Great mother of 
 the Romans, delight of men and gods, divine Venus.' 
 
 214 : 3. — Air. Birks. Thomas Rawdon Birks, author of 
 " The Two Later Visions of Daniel," " Memoirs of the 
 late Rev. E. Bickersteth,"etc , had in 1873 just been made 
 Professor of Moral Philosophy at Cambridge. 
 
 215 : 21. — The moral and intelligent. The phrase has 
 been reiterated by Arnold in Literature and Dogma as 
 characteristic of scientific theology. Cf. the Preface, 
 p. ix. : " Now, the assumption with which all the churches 
 and sects set out, that there is ' a Great Personal First 
 Cause, the moral and intelligent governor of the universe,' 
 and that from him the Bible derives its authority, cannot 
 at present, at any rate, be verified." Cf. also Arnold's 
 ridicule of attempts to describe God's ways to man in the 
 phraseology of an Anglo-Saxon man of business : St. Paul 
 and Protestantism, p. 14. 
 
 216 : 18. — Saying of Izaak Walton. See the last chap- 
 ter of the first part of Walton's Complete Angler. Piscator, 
 who is on his way home from a good day's fishing, moralizes 
 for the benefit of the Scholar: " And that our present happi-
 
 NOTES. 337 
 
 ness may appear to be the greater, and we the more thank- 
 ful for it, I will beg you to consider with me, how many do, 
 even at this very time, lie under the torment of the stone, 
 the gout, and toothache ; and this we are free from. And 
 every misery that I miss is a new mercy : and therefore let 
 us be thankful." Complete Angler, ed. Major, 1844, p. 248. 
 
 220 : 12. — The prison of Puritanism. See Arnold's essay 
 on Heinrich Heme, Essays, i. 176. The sentence specially 
 commended itself to Arnold, and is quoted also in the essay 
 on Falkland, Mixed Essays, p. 170. 
 
 220 : 15.— Rabelais (ca. 1490-1553). The incorrigible 
 jester of the early Renaissance. His Gargantua and Pan- 
 tagruel comment recklessly on the whole scope of life as it 
 shaped itself in the imaginations of men newly emanci- 
 pated from the asceticism of the Middle Ages. 
 
 220 : 16. — George Fox (1624-90). The first of the 
 Quakers. 
 
 221 : 15. — Rights of Man. In August, 1789, the Constit- 
 uent Assembly in Paris voted the " Declaration of the 
 Rights of Man." This was a kind of Confession of Faith 
 of the new Revolutionary religion. The first two articles 
 were as follows : 
 
 I. Men are born and remain free and equal in rights. 
 
 II. These rights are : liberty, property, security, and 
 resistance to oppression. See Martin's France, i. 78. 
 
 222 : 9. — La Boheme. The world of those chartered 
 libertines— struggling young painters and poets. George 
 Sand was the first to use the word in this sense in her La 
 Derniere Aldini (1837), which closed with the exclama- 
 tion : Vive la Boheme! Henri Murger's famous Scenes 
 de la vie de Boheme was published in 1848. 
 
 224 : 16. — Das Gemeine. Cf. Selections and Notes, 
 138 : 9- 
 
 225 : 17. — For aculeness . . . the Greeks. These lines 
 are quoted in MacFirbis's Book of Genealogies, a curious 
 Irish work of the seventeenth century. Arnold omits sev- 
 eral characterizations between those of the Saxons and the 
 Gaedhils:
 
 33 8 NOTES. 
 
 " For haughtiness, the Spaniards; 
 For covetousess and revenge, the French," etc. 
 
 See Eugene O'Curry's Lectures, Dublin, 1861, p. 224. 
 
 226 : 4. — M. Renan (1823-92), the famous French sava*J, 
 author of the well-known Vie de Jesus. For the essay 
 from which Arnold quotes, see Renan's Essais de Morale 
 et de Critique, Paris, 1859, p. 375. 
 
 227 : 22. — Always ready to react. See Martin's France, 
 ed. 1857, i. 36. 
 
 229 : 20 — Architectonice. '0 apxir^KTuv was " the mas- 
 ter builder " whose conception governed the whole struc- 
 ture of a building. 'H dpxireKToviKr) with rex"V, art, 
 understood, means the complete mastery in art that is 
 characteristic of the perfectly accomplished artist and 
 that secures the highest results. 
 
 229 : 21. — Agamemnon. One of iEschylus's tragedies. 
 
 230 : 15. — Sybaris. A Greek city in the south of Italy, 
 that in the sixth century b. c. developed great wealth 
 and luxury. Sybarite became the traditional name for a 
 rich and careless pleasure-taker. 
 
 250 : 17. — Baicr. A town on the Mediterranean not far 
 from what is now Naples, the site of the villas m* many 
 wealthy Romans. Cf. Horace's first Epistle, 1. 83: 
 
 " Nullus in orbe sinus Baiis praelucet amcenis." 
 ' No bay in the world outshines that of lovely Baias. 
 
 230 : 25. — The knives. This quotation and an abstract 
 of the Battle may be found in O'Curry's Lectures, p. 248. 
 The battle occurred, according to the Annals, in the year 
 of the world 3330. 
 
 231 : 9. — Forth to the war. Cf. The Forms of Ossian, 
 ed. iS22, ii. 38: " Cormul went forth to the strife, the 
 brother of car-borne Crothar. He went forth, but he fell. 
 The sigh of his people rose." Also, ii. 24: '• Our young 
 heroes, O warriors ! are like the renown of our fathers. 
 They fight in youth. They fall. Their names are in 
 song." Both passages are from Temora.
 
 NOTES. 339 
 
 233 : 29. — Philistinism. Cf. 139 : 1. 
 
 235 : 10. — Rue de Rivoli. A famous street of shops and 
 hotels in Paris; it is taken by Arnold as symbolic of 
 French taste, or rather of " Latin precision and clear rea- 
 son." Stonehenge, with its Druidic circle, stands pre- 
 sumably for Celtic "spirituality"; just how Nuremberg 
 corresponds to or expresses Teutonic " fidelity to nature," 
 or the " steady humdrum habit of the creeping Saxon," it 
 is not so easy to see. 
 
 235 : 13. — Mr. Tom Taylor's translations. Tom Tay- 
 lor (1817-80), an oddly versatile man of letters, who pro- 
 duced successful plays, readable biographies, and confident 
 art criticism with the utmost facility. He was editor of 
 Punch from 1874 to 1880. His best known play is Masks 
 and Faces. His Bat/ads and Sotigs of Brittany ap- 
 peared in 1865. It is specially interesting as containing 
 several engravings of Millais's and at least one each of 
 Charles Keene's and John Tenniel's. 
 
 238 : 5. — Mr. Cobden. Richard Cobden (1804-65), the 
 famous Liberal politician and Anti-Corn Law agitator. 
 The passage to which Arnold objects, commented severely 
 on English ignorance of American geography as illustrated 
 by a Times article, in which three or four of the largest 
 North American rivers were absurdly confused and mal- 
 treated. " When I was at Athens," said Cobden, " I 
 sallied out one summer morning to see the far-famed 
 river, the Ilyssus, and after walking for some hundred 
 yards up what appeared to be the bed of a winter torrent, 
 I came up to a number of Athenian laundresses, and I 
 found they had dammed up this far-famed classic river, 
 and that they were using every drop of water for their 
 linen and such sanitary purposes. I say, Why should not 
 the young gentlemen who are taught all about the geog- 
 raphy of the Ilyssus know something about the geography 
 of the Mississippi, the Ohio, and the Missouri ? " See John 
 Morley's Cobden, ii. 479. Cf. Mr. Balfour's Cobden and the 
 Manchester School in his Essays and Addresses. 
 
 238 : 28. — Aliens in speech. Lord Lyndhurst, John
 
 34° NOTES. 
 
 Singleton Copley (1772-1863), strenuously disowned the 
 phrase. He was charged with having used it during the 
 debates of 1836. Cf. Sir Theodore Martin's Lord Lynd- 
 hurst, p. 346. 
 
 239 : 28. — Eugene O'Curry (1795-1S62). He held the 
 chair of Irish History in the Catholic University at Dub- 
 lin — the university of which Newman was for a time 
 rector. 
 
 240 : 10. — Lord Melville. Henry Dundas, Viscount 
 Melville (1741-1811), was one of the most strenuous sup- 
 porters of Lord North's policy toward the American 
 colonies. 
 
 241 : 4. — Mr. Roebuck's and Mr. Lowe's. For Mr. 
 Roebuck, see Selections and Notes, 20 : 24, and 173 : 9. 
 For Mr. Lowe, see 170 : 27. 
 
 241 : 6. — Daily Telegraph. Cf. 134 : 2. 
 
 241 : 21. — Fenianisni. The Fenians were a secret 
 society, founded about i860, to obtain by force indepen- 
 dence for Ireland. They derive their name from Fin, a 
 legendary Irish hero, MacPherson's Fingal, father of 
 Ossian. 
 
 242. — Compulsory Education. This and the following 
 Selection are Letters vi. and xii. of Friendship's Gar- 
 land, published in book form in 1871, with the motto 
 Manibus date lilia plenis — Bring handfuls of lilies. 
 Friendship's Garland, originally contributed to the Pall 
 Mall Gazette a.?, a series of Letters, is far more searchingly 
 ironical in its treatment of English life than Culture and 
 Anarchy. Its essential ideas, however, remain those of 
 the earlier book. It insists on the need of culture (which 
 here goes by the German name, Geist) and on the ina- 
 bility of mere political machinery to remedy existing 
 evils; it illustrates the absurdities of outworn mediaeval 
 traditions and the grotesqueness of sectarian prejudices. 
 Most of the Letters are signed by Arnold himself, who 
 poses as a humble candidate for higher knowledge, tempo- 
 rarily under the engrossing influence of a young German 
 philosopher, Arminius von Thunder-ten-Tronckh. A few of
 
 NOTES. 341 
 
 the Letters purport to be from Arminius, and one, No. 
 xii., from Young Leo, the typical newswriter of the Daily 
 Telegraph. By the use of Arminius's fierce intellectualism 
 Arnold exposes unsparingly many of the most ludicrous 
 imperfections in English life; yet, by his clever suggestion 
 of Arminius's Prussian pedantries and pedagogic crocheti- 
 ness of temper, he makes it possible for an English reader to 
 take Arminius humorously, feel some of his own superi- 
 ority, and hence accept criticism without fatal injury 
 to his self-esteem. Meanwhile, Arnold deprecates the 
 charge of self-sufficiency by means of much droll self- 
 caricature. 
 
 No attempt is made in the Notes to explain the continual 
 allusions in these Selections to current events and to other 
 parts of Friendship's Garland. Arnold's general inten- 
 tion and the quality of his irony are plain enough. 
 
 258. — America. This was written before Arnold's visit 
 to America in 1SS3-S4. For Arnold's direct impressions of 
 American life, — impressions that, despite some acerbity 
 and some desire to "hold an English review of his 
 Maker's grotesques," are, on the whole, kindly and appre- 
 ciative, — the reader should turn to the second volume of 
 the Letters. Numbers, in Discourses in Afnerica, gives a 
 formal criticism of the special clangers of American life. 
 
 259 : i.—M. Renan. Cf. 226 : 4 and no : 2. For the 
 passage quoted, see Renan's Questions Contemporai7ies, 
 Preface, vii; cf. p. 76 of the essay. 
 
 263 : 27. — Mr. Beecher. Henry Ward Beecher (1813-87), 
 for many years pastor of Plymouth Church, Brooklyn. 
 
 263 : 27. — Brother Noyes. J. H. Noyes (181 1-86), 
 founder of the so-called Oneida Community. Hepworth 
 Dixon gave in 1867 a picturesque account of this com- 
 munity in New America, chap. 53. 
 
 263 : 30. — Mr. Ezra Cornell (1807-74), founder of Cor- 
 nell University, Ithaca, N. Y. According to its charter 
 the university was established with the purpose of teach- 
 ing "such branches of learning as are related to agri- 
 culture and the mechanic arts, including military tactics.''
 
 342 NOTES. 
 
 264 : 3. — Mr. White. See Culture and Anarchy, Pref- 
 ace, p. xvi : "A Nonconformist minister, the Rev. 
 Edward White, who has written a temperate and well- 
 reasoned pamphlet against Church establishments, says 
 that ' the unendowed and unestablished communities of 
 England exert full as much moral and ennobling influ- 
 ence upon the conduct of statesmen as that Church which 
 is both established and endowed.' " 
 
 265. — Emerson. This appreciation of Emerson, one of 
 the three "Discourses" that Arnold gave on his lecture- 
 tour in America, illustrates well the limitations as well as 
 the excellences of his literary criticism. The lack of any 
 strenuous attempt to get at the real substance of Emer- 
 son's teaching and to correlate it with the intellectual 
 tendencies of the times is conspicuous and characteristic; 
 the essay does not put us at the center of Emerson's 
 thought and reveal it in its entirety and self-consistency, 
 and in its necessary connection with the social conditions 
 by which it was largely determined. On the other hand, 
 the ethical quality of Emerson's work is delicately per- 
 ceived and described; the emotional quality of his thought 
 and moods and style, in so far as they react upon charac- 
 ter, is appi-eciated with fine sensitiveness of taste and ex- 
 quisite sympathy. Here, as ever, Arnold as a critic is 
 most distinctively an appreciator of the beauty of the art 
 of those "that live in the spirit." Cf. the Introduction, 
 pp. xxxvi-xliii. 
 
 265 : 1. — Forty years ago. As regards Arnold's style in 
 this essay, see the Introduction, pp. lxiv-lxv. 
 
 265 : 9. — Cardinal Newman (1801-90). Cf. 170 : 4. He 
 was the leader of the Oxford movement, 1830-41, and at 
 the time of which Arnold speaks was still preaching and 
 writing with the purpose of reviving the spiritual life of 
 the Anglican Church and reinvesting the Church with 
 mediaeval dignity and splendor. He resigned his position 
 as preacher to the University in 1843 and withdrew to 
 Littlemore, where he had planned founding a monastery. 
 In 1S45 he entered the Church of Rome. In 1854 he was
 
 NOTES. 343 
 
 made Rector of the new Catholic University at Dublin. 
 After a few years he took up his abode in the Oratory near 
 Birmingham, where he died in 1890. 
 
 265 : 17. — St. Mary's pulpit. St. Mary's is the Cathedral 
 Church of Oxford. 
 
 266 : 1. — After the fever of life. See Newman's Sermon 
 on Peace in Believing; Parochial and Plain Sermons, 
 vi. 369. The sermon was preached May 29, 1839. 
 
 266 : 7. — Littlemore. A small town within an easy walk 
 of Oxford. In 1828, when Newman was made incumbent 
 of St. Mary's, he was also made chaplain of Littlemore. 
 He withdrew to Littlemore in 1S41, though he did not re- 
 sign from St. Mary's till TS43. 
 
 266 : 29. — Somewhere or other. See Selections, p. 137. 
 
 267 : 6. — Edward Irving (1 792-1 S34). He was famous 
 as an eloquent pulpit orator, and afterward as the founder 
 of a new sect, the so-called Holy Catholic Apostolic Church, 
 which still exists in London. His pretensions as a prophet 
 became finally so extreme that he was deserted by all his 
 followers save a few fanatics. Cf. Carlyle's Reminiscences. 
 Irving was for a time engaged to Jane Welch, afterward 
 Mrs. Carlyle. 
 
 267 : 12. — Goethe. Arnold here substantially admits his 
 discipleship of Goethe. Cf. Introduction, p. lxxix. 
 
 267:14. — IVilhelm Meister. Carlyle's translation ap- 
 peared in 1824. 
 
 267 : 23. — Dirge over Mignon. See Wilhelm Meister, 
 bk. viii. chap viii. 
 
 268 : 19. — Weimar. Goethe's home. 
 
 269 : 27. — A German critic. Hermann Grimm, now 
 Professor in Berlin University. See Arnold's A French 
 Critic on Goethe : " Then there comes a scion of the ex- 
 cellent stock of the Grimms, a Professor Hermann Grimm, 
 and lectures on Goethe at Berlin, now that the Germans 
 have conquered the French, and are the first military 
 power in the world, and have become a great nation, and 
 require a national poet to match; and Professor Grimm 
 says of Faust, of which Tieck had spoken so coldly: ' The
 
 344 NOTES. 
 
 career of this, the greatest work of the greatest poet of all 
 times and of all peoples, has but just begun, and we have 
 been making only the first attempts at drawing forth its 
 contents.' " Mixed Essays, ed. 1883, p. 208. 
 
 271 : 23. — Milton. See Milton's Of Education : " To 
 which [/. e. logic and rhetoric] poetry would be made subse- 
 quent, or indeed rather precedent, as being less subtile 
 and fine, but more simple, sensuous, and passionate." 
 Prose Works, London, 1806, i. 281. 
 
 272 : 10. — So nigh is grandeur. The last lines of the 
 third of Emerson's Voluntaries: Poems, ed. 1883, p. 237. 
 
 272 : 15. — Though love repine. One of the Quatrains, 
 Sacrifice: Poems, p. 314. 
 
 272 : 23. — And ever. From May-Day: Poems, p. 190. 
 
 273 : is. — Cowper. Several of Cowper's poems moralize 
 gracefully on the lives of insects, birds, or animals; e. g., 
 the Pineapple and the Bee, the Raven, the Nightingale 
 and the Glowworm. Possibly Arnold, with his customary 
 desire to eulogize totality, means to call to mind the moral 
 of the Nightingale and Glowworm: 
 
 " Hence jarring sectaries may learn 
 Their real interest to discern; 
 That brother should not war with brother, 
 And worry and devour each other; 
 But sing and shine with sweet consent, 
 Till life's poor transient night is spent, 
 Respecting in each other's case 
 The gifts of nature and of grace." 
 
 273 : 19. — Bums. See his To a Mouse: Poems, Globe 
 ed., p. 54. 
 
 274:11.-77^ Dial. "The literary achievments of 
 Transcendentalism are best exhibited in the Dial, a 
 quarterly ' Magazine for Literature, Philosophy, and Re- 
 ligion,' begun July, 1S40, and ending April, 1S44. The 
 editors were Margaret Fuller and R. W. Emerson. . . 
 Mr. Emerson's bravest lectures and noblest poems were 
 first printed there. Margaret Fuller, besides numerous
 
 NOTES. 345 
 
 pieces of miscellaneous criticism, contributed the article 
 on Goethe, alone enough to establish her fame as a dis- 
 cerner of spirits." O. B. Frothingham's Transcendental- 
 ism, p. 132. Among the other contributors were George 
 Ripley, James Freeman Clarke, Theodore Parker, Henry 
 Thoreau, theChannings, and C. P. Cranch. 
 
 274 : 25. — Arthur Stanley (1815-S1). He is best re- 
 membered as Dean of Westminster. In 1S44 he published 
 a Life of Dr. Arnold of Rugby, Matthew Arnold's father. 
 Cf. 28:11. 
 
 275 : 25. — Sartor Resartus. The poor publisher was not 
 so wrong-headed as he is made to appear; he was simply 
 not a prophet. Sartor, as a serial in Fraser's Magazine 
 in 1833-34, had led to many violent protests on the part 
 of subscribers, and, when published as a book in 1838, had 
 called forth but two letters of commendation, — one from 
 Ralph Waldo Emerson and one from a Roman Catholic 
 priest in Ireland. Under the circumstances, the publisher 
 can hardly be blamed for having hesitated about " a new 
 edition." 
 
 275 : 29. — Regent Street. A street of fashionable shops 
 in London, not far from Club-land. 
 
 275 : 30. — Crockford. The house on St. James's Street 
 that is now used by the Devonshire Club, Avas formerly a 
 famous gambling house kept by one Crockford. 
 
 276 : 2.— John Sterling (1806-44). He is now for the 
 most part remembered as Coleridge's disciple and Carlyle's 
 friend. Carlyle's Life of Sterling appeared in 1851 ; the 
 closing paragraph suggests vividly Sterling's peculiar 
 charm : " Here, visible to myself, for some while, was a 
 brilliant human presence, distinguishable, honorable, and 
 lovable amid the dim common populations ; among the 
 million little beautiful, once more a beautiful human soul ; 
 whom I, among others, recognized and lovingly walked 
 with, while the years and the hours were." 
 
 276 : 15. — Leigh Hunt (1784-1859). Libeler of the 
 Prince Regent ; author of Rimini; inveterate man of let- 
 ters ; friend of Keats and Shelley and Carlyle ; cherishei
 
 346 NOTES. 
 
 of the unpractical ; the first thorough-going English anti- 
 Philistine. 
 
 276 : 17. — Old Rogers (1763-18 5 5). The banker-poet, 
 patron of art and letters, and epigrammatic diner-out. His 
 Pleasures of Memory appeared in 1792. 
 
 2 79 : 7- — English Traits. Emerson's account of his 
 visit to England (1856). Hawthorne's Our Old Home 
 appeared in 1863. 
 
 281 : 2i. — Senancour (1770-1S46). Cf. 27 : 6, 97 : 4, and 
 103 : 15. 
 
 282 : 3. — Marcus Aurelius (121-180). The great Impe- 
 rial moralist of Rome. See the Thoughts of Marcus 
 Aurelius, translated by George Long (1S62). See also 
 Arnold's Essays, i. 344, and Walter Pater's Marius the 
 Epicurean. 
 
 285 : 10. — Disposed . . . to trust himself. The 
 dangers of arbitrariness and of self-will are, of course, the 
 burden of Arnold's whole discourse in Culture and Anar- 
 chy. Cf. Selections, p. 181 ff. , and especially Doing as one 
 Likes, chap. ii. of Culture and Anarchy. 
 
 286 : n. — The hour when he appeared. Emerson's 
 work was part of the "Liberal movement" in English 
 literature. He strove to free the individual from the bond- 
 age of old traditions and to give him the courage of new 
 feelings and aspirations. Only through over-emphasis on 
 the rights of the individual was the richer emotional and 
 spiritual development of the later century possible. For 
 this reason Arnold approves Emerson's incitement to 
 "self-will." 
 
 287 : 19. — Brook Farm. The Brook Farm "association 
 was simply an attempt to return to first principles, to 
 plant the seeds of a new social order, founded on respect 
 for the dignity, and sympathy with the aspirations of 
 man. . . It was felt at this time, 1842, that, in order to 
 live a religious and moral life in sincerity, it was necessary 
 to leave the world of institutions, and to reconstruct the 
 social order from new beginnings. A farm was bought in 
 close vicinity to Boston (at West Roxbury) ; agriculture
 
 NOTES. 347 
 
 was made the basis of the life, as bringing man into direct 
 and simple relations with nature, and restoring labor to 
 honest conditions. To a certain extent, . . . the princi- 
 ple of community in property was recognized." O. B. 
 Frothingham's Transcendentalism, p. 164. The experi- 
 ment lasted from 1842 to the burning of the Phalanstery or 
 large common dwelling, in 1S47. Among the members of 
 the community were George Ripley, Charles A. Dana, 
 Minot Pratt, and for a time Hawthorne. Cf. Haw- 
 thorne's notes of his experiences at Brook Farm in Froth- 
 ingham's Transcendentalism, p. 171. 
 
 287 : 20. — Dissidence of dissent. Cf. 163 : 5. 
 
 290 : 11. — What if thou ivert born. See Sartor Resar- 
 tus, bk. ii. ch. ix. : "I asked myself : What is this that, 
 ever since earliest years, thou hast been fretting and fum- 
 ing, and lamenting and self-tormenting, on account of ? 
 Say it in a word : is it not because thou art not happy ? 
 Because the thou (sweet gentleman) is not sufficiently 
 honored, nourished, soft-bedded, and lovingly cared-for ? 
 Foolish soul ! What Act of Legislature was there that thou 
 shouldst be Happy ? A little while ago thou hadst no right 
 to be at all. What if thou wert born," etc. Arnold's con- 
 trast between Carlyle on the one hand, and Augustine and 
 Epictetus on the other, is open to misconception. Carlyle 
 expressly admits in a passage directly following that quoted 
 in the text, that " Blessedness " is the highest good of 
 human life, — a Blessedness won through self-denial and 
 " Love of God "; it would not be easy logically to distin- 
 guish this Blessedness from the delight or happiness which 
 Epictetus and Augustine admit as legitimate ends of 
 human action. The pursuit of happiness in any Epicurean 
 sense, all three moralists condemn. Still, the force of 
 Arnold's contrast remains unimpaired in so far as Carlyle 
 more than the other two moralists fails to portray the 
 actual pleasures or the golden self-possession of assured 
 spiritual life. 
 
 290 : 13. — Act we must. Cf. St. Augustine's account of 
 the Roman Goddess Felicity in the City of God, bk. iv.
 
 348 NO TES. 
 
 chap. 23 : " For who wishes anything for any other reason 
 than that he may become happy ? . . . No one is found 
 who is willing to be unhappy. . . For there is not any- 
 one who would resist Felicity, except, which is impossible, 
 one who might wish to be unhappy." 
 
 290 : 15. — Epictetus. Cf. the Discourses of Epictetus 
 (Higginson's translation), bk. iii. chap. vii. : " For it is 
 impossible that good should lie in one thing, and rational 
 enjoyment in another." The underlying purpose of the 
 Discourses is adequately to define " rational enjoyment " 
 and to distinguish between the rational and the irrational. 
 " The only way to real prosperity (let this rule be at 
 hand morning, noon, and night) is a resignation of things 
 uncontrollable by will. . . Mindful of this, enjoy the 
 present and accept all things in their season." Bk. iv. 
 chap. iv. 
 
 293 : 4. — The paramount duty. Cf. bk. iv. of the Excur- 
 sion, where the Wanderer expounds to the Solitary the 
 dependence of life on Hope. 
 
 "We live by Admiration. Hope, and Love ; 
 And, even as these are well and wisely fixed, 
 In dignity of being we ascend."
 
 "One of the best series of annotated school texts that have 
 ever been produced."— Dial. 
 
 ENGLISH READINGS 
 
 l6mo, cloth. Prices net 
 
 PROSE 
 
 Addison: Selections. Edited by Edward B. Reed, Assistant Pro- 
 fessor in Yale University, xxxii+360 pp. 80 cents. 
 
 Arnold : Prose Selections. Edited, with notes and an introduction, 
 by Lewis E. Gates, sometime Professor in Harvard College. xci+ 
 348 pp. 75 cents. 
 
 Burke: On Conciliation. Edited, with introduction and notes, by 
 Daniel V. Thompson, Teacher in the Lawreuceville School, xliv-f- 
 122 pp. 30 cents. 
 
 Burke: Selections. Chosen, and edited with a full introduction, by 
 Bliss Perry, Editor of Atlantic Monthly, xxvi-f 298 pp. 75 cents. 
 
 Coleridge : Prose Selections. Selections chosen, and edited with in- 
 troduction and notes, by Henry A. BEERS, Professor in Yale Uni- 
 versity. xxix+146 pp. 50 cents. 
 
 De Guincey : The English Mail Coach and Joan of Arc. With an 
 introduction and notes by James Morgan Hart, Professor in Cor- 
 nell University. xxvi-l-138 pp. 50 cents. 
 
 Dryden : Essays on the Drama. Edited by William Strunk, Jr., 
 Assistant Professor in Cornell University. xxxviii-|-i8o pp. 60 cents. 
 
 Johnson : Selections. Edited by C. G. Osgood, Preceptor in Princeton 
 University. lx-j-479 pp. 90 cents. 
 
 Johnson : Basselas. With an introduction and notes by Oliver Far- 
 RAR Emerson, Professor in Western Reserve University, lv 4-179 
 pp. 50 cents. 
 
 Landor: Selections from the Imaginary Conversations. Edited 
 by Alphonso G. Newcomer, Professor in Leland Stanford Uni- 
 versity. lix-}-i66 pp. 60 cents. 
 
 Macaulay : Essays on Milton and Addison. Edited, with notes, 
 by James Arthur Tufts, Professor in the Phillips Exeter Academy. 
 xlix+226 pp. 35 cents. 
 
 Macaulay and Carlyle : Croker's Boswell's Johnson. The com- 
 plete essays, with brief notes and an introduction by W. STRUNK, 
 Jr., Assistant Professor in Cornell University. With portrait of 
 Johnson on his tour through the Hebrides, xl+192 pp. 50 cents. 
 
 Nettleton's Old Testament Narratives. Selected and edited, with 
 an introduction, by George H. Nettleton, Ph.D., Assistant Pro- 
 fessor in Yale University. xxxvii+294 pp. 60 cents. 
 
 Newman : Prose Selections. Edited, with introduction and notes, 
 by Lewis E. Gates, sometime Professor in Harvard University. 
 lxi-)-228 pp. 75 cents. 
 
 Pater : Prose Selections. Edited by E. E. Hale, Professor in Union 
 College, lxxvi+268 pp. 75 cents. 
 
 Poe: Selections from his Critical "Writings. Edited by P. C. 
 Prescott, Assistant Professor in Cornell University, li+348 pp» 
 75 cents. 
 
 Buskin • Sesame and Lilies. Edited, with an introduction and 
 notes, by Robert K. Root, Ph.D., Preceptor in Princeton Univer- 
 sity. xxviii-)-i37 pp. 35 cents. 
 
 Swift: Prose Selections. Edited by Frederick C. Prescott, As- 
 sistant Professor in Cornell University, xliii+aig pp. 75 cents.
 
 ENGLISH READINGS (Continued) 
 
 Thackeray : English Humourists. Edited, with an introduction 
 and notes, by William Lyon Phelps, Professor of English Litera- 
 ture in Yale University. xii+360 pp. 80 cents. 
 
 FORMS OF DISCOURSE 
 
 Andrews's Specimens of Discourse. Selected and edited by Ar« 
 thuk L. Andrews, Instructor in Cornell University, v-f-289 pp. 
 60 cents. 
 
 Baker's Specimens of Argumentation. Chosen and edited by 
 George P. Baker, Professor in Harvard University. 186 pp. 50 
 cents. 
 
 Baldwin's Specimens of Prose Description. Edited, with introduc- 
 tion and notes, by Charles Sears Baldwin, Ph.D., Professor in 
 Yale University. 1+149 PP- 5° cents. 1 
 
 Bouton's The Lincoln-Douglas Debates. Edited by A. L. Bouton, 
 Assistant Professor in New York University, v+297 pp. 60 cents* 
 
 Brewster's Specimens of Prose Narration. Chosen and ediud 
 by William T. Brewster, Assistant Professor in Columbia Uni- 
 versity. xxxvii+209 pp. 50 cents. 
 
 Lamont's Specimens of Exposition. Selected and edited by Ham- 
 mond Lamont, formerly Professor in Brown University, xxx-j-i8o 
 pp. 50 cents. 
 
 Lewis's Specimens of the Forms of Discourse. By Edwin Her- 
 bert Lewis, Professor in Lewis Institute, Chicago, viii+367 pp. 60 
 cents 
 
 Nettleton's Specimens of the Short Story. Selected and edited 
 by George H. Nettleton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Yale Uni- 
 versity. vii+22gpp. 50 cents. 
 
 POETRY AND THE DRAMA 
 
 Browning : Selections. Lyrical and dramatic poems. With the essay 
 on Browning from E. C. Stedman's " Victorian Foets.'' Edited by 
 Edward T. Mason. 257 pp. 60 cents. 
 
 Byron : Selections. Edited, with introduction and notes, by F. I. 
 Cakpknter, Assistant Professor in the University of Chicago. 
 lviii+412 pp. $1.00. 
 
 Ford : The Broken Heart. With introduction and notes by Clinton 
 Scollard, sometime Professor in Hamilton College, xvi+132 pp. 
 60 cents. 
 
 Lyly : Endymion. With introduction and notes by George P. 
 Baker, Professor in Harvard University, cxxvi+109 pp. 85 cents. 
 
 Marlowe : Edward II. And selections from Tamburlaine the 
 Great, and the Poems. With notes and an introductory essay by 
 Edward T. McLaughlin, Professor in Yale University. xxi+iSo 
 pp. 60 cents. 
 
 Milton : Minor English Poems. With an introduction and notes 
 by Martin W. Sampson, Professor in Cornell University, li+345 
 pp. 60 cents. 
 
 Pope : Selections. Edited by Edward B. Reed, Ph.D., Assistant 
 Professor in Yale University. xxx+246pp. 75 cents. 
 
 Shakespeare : Merchant of Venice. Edited by Thomas M. Par- 
 ROTT, Professor in Princeton University. xli+22opp. 35 cents. 
 
 Tennyson: The Princess. Edited, with notes, introduction, and 
 analytical questions, by L. A. SHERMAN, Professor in the University 
 of Nebraska. Ixi-|-i8s pp. 35 cents. 
 
 UCMDV ILT/^T T 1 /"■ C\ 34 West 33d Street, New York 
 rlrLlNKl l"iUL,l OL \^\J. 378 Wabash Avenue, Chicago
 
 Pancoast's Standard English Poems 
 
 Spenser to Tennyson. Selected and edited by Henry 
 S. Pancoast. xxiii + 749 pp. i6mo. $1.50. 
 
 Henry A. Beers, Professor in Yale University: — Th< 
 collection seems to me, in general, made with excellent 
 judgment and the notes are sensible, helpful, and not too 
 weitlaufig. 
 
 Fred Lewis Pattee, Professor in State College, Pa.: — 
 An ideal selection from every standpoint. 
 
 Samuel Thurber, Girls' High School, Boston: — Mr. Pan- 
 coast had in view the teacher who means to give the best 
 possible conspectus of English poems, rather than the 
 searcher for gems to make a golden treasury. Yet the 
 book is a treasury, for all that. . . . Challenging compari- 
 son as [a text-book], it easily takes first rank. . . . Surely 
 nobody is using a book of this scope quite so good as this. 
 
 Pancoast's Standard English Prose 
 
 From Bacon to Stevenson. Selected and edited by 
 Henry S. Pancoast. ix + 676 pp. 121110. $1.50. 
 
 About one hundred selections (most of them com- 
 plete in themselves) from Bacon, Walton, Sir 
 Thomas Browne, Fuller, Milton, Jeremy Taylor, 
 Cowley, Bunyan, Dryden, Defoe, Swift, Addison, 
 Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke, Coleridge, 
 Southey, Lamb, Landor, Hazlitt, De Quincey, 
 Carlyle, Macaulay, Newman, Froude, Ruskin, 
 Thackeray, Matthew Arnold, Pater, and Stevenson. 
 
 R. K. Root, Princeton University:— The list of 
 authors represented is thoroughly comprehensive and the 
 selections themselves are chosen with excellent taste. I 
 am specially pleased that Mr. Pancoast has given complete 
 essays, rather than mere fragments. 
 
 F. B. White, St. Paul's School, Concord, N. H.:— Tt is 
 an admirable collection. I have seen almost no book of 
 selections from literature which seems to me so satisfacto- 
 rily complete. 
 
 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 
 
 NEW YORK CHICAGO
 
 Pancoast's Introduction to 
 English Literature 
 
 By Hknry S. Pancoast. Third Edit/on, Revised and 
 Enlarged, ix + 656 pp. 121110. $1.35. 
 
 This edition has been entirely rewritten and 
 printed from new plates on a larger page. Greater 
 space has been given to the Early and the Middle 
 English periods and to the literature of the Queen 
 Anne and Victorian periods. Lives of Bunyan, 
 Dryden, Steele, Cowper, and others have been added. 
 
 C. G. Child, Professor in the University of Pennsyl- 
 vania: — It is far and away the best elementary text-book 
 of English Literature in existence. 
 
 William Lyon Phelps, Professor in Yale University: — 
 This is an exceedingly valuable book, in fact one of the 
 best summaries of English Literature that has ever been 
 written. 
 
 James Hugh Moffatt, Central High School, Phila- 
 delphia, Pa.: — I have always liked this book because it 
 shows so clearly that English Literature is an expression of 
 national life, and because it is not only about literature 
 but is literature itself. 
 
 Dr. Albert Leonard, Superintendent of Schools, New 
 Rochelle, N. Y.: — The book has been made even better 
 than it was before the revision There is no better text- 
 book for High School work in English Literature than this 
 book, and I am sure that this revised edition will win a 
 still larger number of friends. 
 
 Pancoast's Introduction to 
 American Literature 
 
 By Henry S. Pancoast. xii + 393 pp. i6mo. $1.12. 
 
 The Nation: — Quite the best brief manual of the subject 
 we know. . . . National traits are well brought out with- 
 out neglecting organic connections with the mother 
 country. Forces and movements are as well handled as 
 personalities, the influence of writers hardly less than 
 their individuality. 
 
 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 
 
 NEW YORK CHICAGO
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 DEC 20 1960 
 
 - 
 
 FE£ 2 3 RECD 
 DEC 1 2 1961 
 
 
 4; 1^0 
 
 F 
 
 "JUL i 8 1962 
 
 , 
 
 REC'D m 
 
 ID 
 
 APR 3 1£(73 
 
 it-uw: 
 
 
 rm L9-50m-9,'60(B3610s4)444
 
 O^R * "3 1158 "00304 9292 
 
 ft 
 
 /* 
 
 I* v 
 
 liin ?.^ THERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 II III II MIL... 
 AA 000 368 696